V'V' f

;;v,

S^;;§

aTTTWmJESEI

- - ' \ -• ;

iHa&A rrrrri
PsBe^liiii

\

$

NATURALIST:

A

MONTHLY JOURNAL OF

Natural History for the North of England

EDITED BY

W. H. PEARSALL, D.Sc., F.L.S., and W. R. GRIST, B.Sc.,

THE UNIVERSITY, LEEDS.

with the assistance as referees in special departments of

H. B. BOOTH, F.Z.S., M.B.O.U.

J. M. BROWN, B.Sc., F.L.S., F.R.E.S.

W. H. BURRELL, F.L.S.

CHRIS. A. CHEETHAM. F.R.E.S.

W. J. FORDHAM, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P.,

D.P.H.

RILEY FORTUNE, F.Z.S., F.R.P.S.

Professor A. GILLIGAN, D.Sc., F.G.S., M.I.M.E,
F. A. MASON, F.R.M.S.

Mrs. Elsie M. MOREHOUSE.

Thos. SHEPPARD, M.Sc., F.G.S., F.Z.S.

T. W. WOODHEAD, Ph.D., M.Sc., F.L.S.

1933.

LONDON

A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue, L.C.4

And at Hull.

PRINTED BY A. BROWN AND SONS, LTD.

PERTH STREET WEST, HULL.

AN., 1933

ILLUSTRATED JOURNAL

PRINCIPALLY FOR THE NORTH OF ENGLAND.

No. 912

No. 686 of current Series

Edited by

W. H. PEARSALL, D.Sc., F.L.S.,
The University,

Editorial

Yorkshire Naturalists
Notes and Comments

Limnaea borealis Gronov in North Yorkshire— R. J.

Flintoff, F.G.S., F.L.S. ..... 4-5

New Botanical Records for North Yorkshire — R. J.

Flintoff . . . . . . . .5

Albino Birds in Cumberland in 1932 — T. F. Marriner 6-7
Field Note ......... 7

Arctostaphylos Uva-Ursi Spreng., in Yorkshire . 7

Vertebrate Zoology in Yorkshire — E. Wilfred Taylor 8-10

Reviews and Book Notices .... 10-11

Y.N.U. Annual Report ..... 12-24

News from the Magazines ..... 5

Illustration ....... 3

Plate, I.

LONDON :

A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C.4.
And at Hull.

Printers and Publ'shers to the Y.N.U.

and W. R. GRIST, B.Sc.,

Lee,f?:==W^ji

at Halifax—

( illustrated )

PRICE 1/6 net.

Prepaid Subscription
15/ - per annum .

FOR SALE.

GEOLOGY.

At 3/- each.

Researches in Newer Pliocene and Post -Tertiary Geology. J. Smith.
Slate and Slate Quarrying. D. C. Davies.

Valleys and Their Relations to Fissures, etc. G. H. Kinahan.

The Ventriculidae of the Chalk (Plates). J. Toulmin Smith.

At 3/6 each.

The World Before the Deluge. Louis Figuier.

The Student’s Elements of Geology. Sir Charles Lyell.

An Introduction to Petrology. F. P. Mennell.

Geology of East Norfolk. R. C. Taylor.

Catalogue Raissonne des Dufferens effets Curieux 1766. Helle and
Glomy.

A Sketch-Map Geography. E. G. R. Taylors.

Volcanoes and Earthquakes. Houston.

At 4/- each.

Elements of Mining and Quarrying (2nd Ed.). C. Le Neve Foster.

At 4/6 each.

The Student’s Manual of Geology. J. Beete Jukes.

A Manual of Petrology. F. P. Mennell.

Geology of Clydesdale and Arran. James Bryce.

Geological Fragments Collected at Furness and Cartmel. J. Bolton.
The Geology of Arran and the other Clyde Islands. James Bryce.
Autobiographical Sketch of James Croll. J. C. Irons.

Life and Lettfrs of Sir Joseph Prestwich. G. A. Prestwich.

Geology (2 Vols.) D. T. Ansted.

At 5/- each.

On the Structure and Affinities of the Genus Monticulipora and its
Sub-genera. H. Alleyne Nicholson.

Outline of the Geology of Norfolk S. Woodward.

A Memoir of William Pengelly of Torquay. Hester Pengelly.

Geological Observations (2nd Ed.). Charles Darwin.

The Geology of Peterborough and Its Vicinity. H. Porter

At 5/6 each.

The Geological Observer (Bound in Morocco). H. T. de la Beche.
Siluria. Sir R. I. Murchison.

Geology of To-day. J. W. Gregory.

At 6/6 each.

History of Geology and Palaeontology. Karl A. von Zittel.

The Geology of the South-East of England. Gideon Mantell,
Technische Geologie. Dr. D. Brauns.

At 71-

The Geology of the Country Around Liverpool (2nd Ed.). G. H. Morton.

At 7/6 each.

Geology and Mineralogy Considered with Reference to Natural
Theology (2 Vols.). Rev. William Buclcland.

Essais de Paleoconchologie. M. Cossman.

Geology of the Isle of Man. Lamplugh.

Apply : — C Department, Messrs. A. Brown & Sons, Ltd.

The Naturalist, 1933

Plate I

T. SHEPPARD, Esq., M.Sc., F.G.S., etc,
Editor of The Naturalist , 1903-1933.

THE NATURALIST

FOR 1933.

EDITORIAL.

With the previous number, the long connection
of Mr. T. Sheppard with The Naturalist as its
Editor came to an end. Mr. Sheppard became
Editor in 1903, and he has occupied this post con-
tinuously until the present. Naturalists in general
and readers of this paper in particular certainly
owe a very great debt to Mr. Sheppard, while it is
impossible to estimate how much The Naturalist
itself owes to his activities on its behalf. Not only
was he responsible for bringing it to a high level
of efficiency in the pre-war years, but he also
successfully laboured to maintain its quality and
style during the difficult war and post-war 'periods.
He has succeeded in imparting to the journal some-
thing of his own vitality, and, still more, the impress
of his own personality.

It is fitting, therefore, to say that the existence
of The Naturalist is a monument to Mr. Sheppard’s
work, and the new Editors fully recognise that they
are confronted with a considerable task in con-
tinuing the high standard of the journal set by Mr.
Sheppard.

[Note: The frontispiece is a reproduction of the- oil -painting

by Mr. Vincent Galloway , presented to Mr. Sheppard at Halifax,
December 10 pi, 1932, on the occasion of his retirement from the
Editorship of The Naturalist .]

JAN 1 4 '

1933 Jan. 1

A

2

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS AT HALIFAX.

The Seventy-first Annual Meeting of the Union was held at
the Bankfield Museum, Halifax, on December ioth, 1932.
Both the General Committee Meeting and that at which
Prof. A. Gilligan, D.Sc., delivered his Presidential Address
on ‘ Sand Grains and Sandstones/ were better attended than
any similar meetings held for many years past. The Mayor
of Halifax (Councillor Wm. Crabtree, J.P.) gave a warm
official welcome to the Union, and expressed his best wishes
for the continued success of its activities ; the appreciation
of the Union shown by this public recognition was ably
voiced by Prof. Gilligan.

An unusual item in the day’s programme was a presentation
made to a retiring official, Mr. Thomas Sheppard, M.Sc., who
had been Editor of The Naturalist from January, 1903, until
December, 1932. Prof. Gilligan, in asking Mr. Sheppard to
accept a portrait of himself, painted by his friend, Mr. Vincent
Galloway (City of Hull Art Gallery), spoke of his unremitting
work in the interests of the Union since he first became a
member in 1897. Mr. Sheppard had been Hon. Secretary,
Editor, and President of the Union (1908). Prof. Gilligan
also paid a special tribute to Mr. Sheppard for the enormous
amount of work represented by the publication of his
Bibliography of Yorkshire Geology,’ which had placed
geologists under a debt of gratitude for all time. Yorkshire
Naturalists were highly appreciative of these many and
varied services on behalf of the Union, and it gave him the
greatest possible pleasure, as President of the Union, to
hand Mr. Sheppard his portrait and a cheque representing
the joint subscriptions of over a hundred individual members,
as well as a number of the Scientific Societies affiliated with
the Union.

Mr. Sheppard, in acknowledging the gift, said he was
deeply touched by this recognition, and spoke of his early
association with the Union and of the knowledge of the
county he had gained by that means, as well as of the friend-
ships he had formed among the scientific workers with whom
he was thus brought into contact. Although he was resigning
the Editorship on medical advice, it was his earnest desire
that he might still keep in active touch with the work of the
Union, and with the pages of The Naturalist, which were now
passing into other hands.

In the evening members were entertained by the Halifax
Scientific Society at a Conversazione. The Circle of Micro-
scopy, under the direction of Mr. J. A. Wade, displayed
exhibits illustrating the biological foundations of inheritance
which proved very attractive and highly informative. Fine

The Naturalist

Notes and Comments.

3

sections of coal balls and other specimens collected from the
Halifax bed were shown, and an excellent table display of
plants, plant galls, etc., illustrative of outdoor life in
December was a very interesting feature among the exhibits.

It was announced that the President of the Union for
1933 would be Mr. J. M. Brown, B.Sc., F.L.S., while Mr.
F. A. Mason and Mr. S. D. Persy Fisher had been re-elected
Hon. Secretary and Hon. Treasurer respectively. The new
Editors of The Naturalist were to be Dr. W. H. Pearsall
F.L.S., and Mr. W. R. Grist, B.Sc., The University, Leeds. —
F. A. Mason.

NOTES AND COMMENTS.

MISS FRANCES PITT.1

This delightful narrative is surely the most charming of

the many publications from the pen of Miss Frances Pitt.
Throughout its pages are touches of natural history interest,
which, we are thankful to say, are inevitable, but the whole
is a delightful' story which is thrilling from cover to cover.
The narrative relates to a young fox which was brought up
.and made friends with a baby hound, and they became quite
playmates together. Eventually the fox escaped and took
its home in the woods, until the day came when the foxhound
took its place with the hunting pack. The hound discovered
the fox, its former playmate, to the great joy and delight of
both, and they gambolled about as in the old days. The
story is written from the point of view of the fox, but is
remarkable inasmuch as the author shows equal sympathy
for both fox and hound. We are kindly permitted to reproduce
■one of the many delightful little sketches. In this case it
illustrates the two ‘ inseparable companions.’

1 Scotty : The Adventures of a Highland Fox, by Frances Pitt.

London : Longmans, Green & Co., xii+271 pp., 10/6 net.

1 933 Jan. 1

4-

LINN ALA BOREALIS GRONOV. IN NORTH
YORKSHIRE.

R. J. FLINTOFF, F.C.S., F.L.S.

In John Gilbert Baker’s Flora of North Yorkshire, 1906, page
314, I find : ‘ Linncea borealis, Gronov. Scottish type,

Native, Montane, Area 3. Range, 250-300. Silpho Moor,,
between Scarborough and Whitby, discovered in 1863 by
John Tissiman.’ In The Flora of Yorkshire, by Henry
Baines, 1840, I cannot discover any mention of Linncea. In
The Supplement , 1854, there is no record.

I have been investigating the matter for years and I am
unable to find any trace of Linncea on Silpho Moor, and more
important, I cannot meet with any one who has, in spite of
many observers having made diligent search.

Mr. Bernard Reynolds in his list of ‘ Whitby Wild Flowers,’
1915, gives two stations, Goat.hland and Hackness. Rare.
The Hackness station has most probably been copied from
Baker, and regarding the Goathland station all I can say is.
Linncea is so rare here that I have not seen it, nor can
I find anyone who has.

Canon Fisher in his list of ‘ Plants Twelve Miles Round
Whitby, 1928, 1929, 1930,’ omitted Linncea on my suggestion,
and no one has drawn attention to its having been left out of
this record of local plants.

So far as I can learn there is no record for this plant either
in the East Riding or the West Riding, so Mr. Tissiman’s
would appear the only one for the County of York, and the
record is nearly 70 years old. We must, therefore, assume
that no one has seen this plant during this long interval.

These questions arise, naturally : If Mr. Tissiman did

not find Linncea, what plant did he find, and is there any
record of a dried specimen in any local or other herbarium. ?
I am writing this note in the hope that it may be the means of
bringing forth some evidence in regard to Linncea on Silpho
Moor, and failing this the conclusion is surely warranted that
Linncea borealis is not a Yorkshire plant.

I wish to thank Dr. T. W. Woodhead, of Huddersfield,
Mr. E. R. Cross and Mr. A. I. Burnley, of Scarborough, for
their kind help, and Mr. A. E. Peck for very kindly making
enquiries both in relation to Linncea borealis and Arctostaphylos
uva-ursi.

I have now drawn attention to four very doubtful records,
for the present time in Baker’s North Yorkshire.

1. Allium schoenoprasum in meadows at Kirby Moorside-
in 1805, recorded by Mr. Flintoff.

2. Arctostaphylos uva-ursi in long ling on the hills between

The Naturalist

New Botanical Records for North Yorkshire. 5

Levisham and Cawthorne Camps, recorded by Dr.
Braithwaite.

3. Andromeda poli folia at Balderdale, discovered in 1884
by W. Foggitt, of Thirsk, and A. Smith, of Durham.

4. Linncea borealis on Silpho Moor between Scarborough
and Whitby, discovered in 1863 by John Tissiman.

Unless we can glean some reliable information relative
to these plants the records should be either omitted from a
future edition of Baker’s Flora, or a note appended stating
that the plants are not known at these stations at the present
time.

[Oct 21 st 1932. Since writing the above I have had a
visit to-day from Mr. A. J. Wilmott of the British Museum,
and he tells me that in the herbarium there they have a
specimen of Linn&a from Silpho Moor. Mr. Wilmott has
very kindly promised to send me a copy of the label.]

NEW BOTANICAL RECORDS FOR NORTH
YORKSHIRE.

R. J. FLINTOFF.

In the summer of 1931 Mr. H. Furness, of Brompton, near
Scarborough, brought to me a plant which he found in a pond
at Brompton. As it differed from type I sent it to the late
Dr. G. C. Druce, of Oxford, who named it Veronica beccabunga
Linn., /. submersa. All the leaves were submerged and
translucent.

In The Naturalist, October, 1931, I wrote about a certain
Hieracium found in Riccaldale, Kirby Moorside, by A. I.
Burnley, John Burnett, A. S. Lealman and R. J. Flintoff,
which proved difficult to identify. • It has now been named
by Dr. K. H. Zahn, Hieracium sagittatum Lin deb., var.
subhirtum (Hanb . )

In 1931 I found at Grosmont a Taraxacum growing
■on the old railway line, which has been named by Dr. H.
Dahlstedt Taraxacum brachyglossum Dahlst.

So far as I can learn these plants are new records for the
North Riding, and possibly for the County of York.

I shall be grateful to anyone who will give to me definite
information relative to the occurrence of these plants in the
'County.

The Pontefract and Castleford Express for December 2nd contains a
lengthy article by Mr. C. Marshall on Castleford’s Museum, which has
just been opened to the public. He writes : — ‘ The Museums’ Committee
have endeavoured to get away from the old idea of a museum being a
.general repository for old junk, for they realize that stuffed birds and
beasts with glassy eyes and wooden expressions are not instructive, and
that the best way to study them would be by a visit to the Whipsnade
Zoo.’

*933 Jan. x

6

ALBINO BIRDS IN CUMBERLAND IN 1932.

T. F. MARRINER.

Albinism has never been so common among our birds as in
this year.

Yellow Hammer. — A pure albino recorded from the
Eden Valley in February, and another in March near
Plumpton village. These were both noted by reliable
authorities. A third was seen in April, but was quite possibly
one of those already recorded.

House-Sparrow. — Two on a farm near Carlisle in April.
Each year, for about five years past, albinos have been bred
on this farm ; a gentleman in Carlisle has in his possession
one of the birds bred there in 1931. It is a beautiful specimen,,
soon took to the cage life, and has become a great pet. The
farmer upon whose property the birds nest is very proud of
the presence of the white sparrows, and no one is allowed to
interfere with them.

Chaffinch. — I had under observation the nest of a
chaffinch, built just inside the gate of a nursery garden near
Carlisle. One of the five young, when feathered, proved to
be an albino. I missed the date when the young actually
left the nest, but saw them being fed by the parent birds,
on the trees.

The albino remained in the neighbourhood for some time,,
then gradually began to get further and further southward
along the road. It proved to be a cock bird. It eventually
found its way to the riverside and for a time created much
interest by its appearance in the public park at Carlisle..
Then it disappeared, but a white chaffinch was seen about
three weeks later on the roadside a few miles south of Carlisle..
I have no doubt it was the same bird.

In August a white chaffinch was seen near Penrith, a
cock bird, and late in September a similar record came from
Shap. The bird was probably migrating south, as some of
our residents are known to do, for the winter. It will be
interesting to note whether it returns north in the spring,
if it should survive the winter and other dangers to which
its rarity will surely subject it.

Blackbird. — Though no all-white specimens have been
recorded during the year, there have been several instances
of piebald varieties, Out of a nest of five in the hedge of a.
Carlisle garden four were more or less white, and a nicely
marked specimen, shot accidentally near Brampton, is now
in the Hancock Museum, Newcastle.

Starling, — Though not, strictly speaking, a Cumberland
record, a beautiful albino form was taken just over the border
in June. It is at present in the possession of a Dumfries-
fancier.

The Naturalist

Field Note.

7

Common Snipe. — A perfect albino form appeared on the
marsh near Bowness on Solway in September, and is now
being kept under close observation by local bird lovers to
preserve it, if possible, from the gunmen.

The above list only includes examples which I have either
personally seen, or know to have been seen by a reliable bird
man. Other instances have come to my notice, but as I was
unable to verify either personally, or from a reliable source,
I have not included them. For instance, jackdaws breed
commonly in the cliffs at Penton, and a farm-hand tells me
that a pure white bird came from one of the nests this year
and was to be seen daily.

This may be quite correct, but I have had no opportunity
of going to see it, and could find no one else who had actually
seen it except my informant.

ARCTOSTAPHYLOS UVA-URSI Spreng., IN
YORKSHIRE.

In reference to Mr. R. J. Flintoff’s note in the December issue of The
Naturalist, p. 374. Mr. A. E. Bradley writes : ‘ There is no mistake of
identification in my Bearberry record, my father-in-law, Mr. T. R.
Marsden, who was the “ friend ” referred to in the note, told me that
Bearberry near Slippery Stones grew mixed with Cowberry. From the
small bundle which he brought for me I selected two pieces which had
a quantity of good foliage ; one of these I gave to Dr. F. A. Lees, the
other piece is before me now, and I shall be glad to show it to anyone
who is interested .

Mr. Ralph Chislett also writes : ‘ I can confirm that Arctostaphylos

uva-ursi grows on the Yorkshire side of the Derbyshire Derwent, above
Slippery Stones. I have known the locality long and well ; in spite of
the attentions of the herbalists in 1900, the plant was abundant there
in the spring of 1932.’

FIELD NOTE.

Grey Phalarope at Liverpool. — In The Naturalist for
June, 1932, I recorded the occurrence of two Grey Phalaropes
(Phalaropus fulicarius) on the Cheshire coast at Dove Point,
one of which was shot. It is interesting to note that another
specimen was watched at Hoy lake, near the same spot, on
October 27th, 1932, after previously being reported to me by
naturalists, sportsmen and the keeper from between Hoylake
and Hilbre Island (Dee estuary). As far as I am aware
the bird was not shot. It was frequently watched swimming
and feeding on the edge of the water and afforded an admirable
study subject for some of the ornithological section of the
Liverpool Naturalists’ Field Club. — Eric Hardy.

1933 Jan. 1

8

VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY IN YORKSHIRE.

E. WILFRED TAYLOR.

A meeting of the Vertebrate Section of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union
was held at Leeds, October 22nd, Mr. H. B. Booth occupying the chair.

The general and financial reports of the various Sub -Committees
were approved.

Mr. Rosse Butterfield was elected to the chair for the coming year
and Mr. E. W. Wade was nominated as the. Section’s candidate for the
Presidential Chair of the Union.

Exhibits.

Mr. C. F. Proctor exhibited the dried body of a Kestrel, taken from
a keeper’s gibbet at Hornsea, in which a Wren had built its nest.

Mr. F. H. Edmondson showed the skin of a Grey variety of Partridge,
shot at Scorby ; a similar specimen wa,s obtained at the same place
two years ago. Mr. C. F. Mason exhibited part of the jaw and the over-
grown incisor teeth of a hare in which the milk teeth had persisted and
deflected the adult teeth out of contact with those in the opposite jaw.

Bird Language.

Mr. W. R. Grist read a paper on ‘ The Study of Bird Language,’
and stated that although the songs of birds had interested mankind
from the dawn of civilisation, the failing of the older school of
observers was to argue too anthropomorphically. Actually the structure
of the brain of a bird is very reptilian in character, although the bird
is warm blooded. This fact, coupled with other observations, suggests
high development of instinctive behaviour and limited intelligence.
Thus, nest building and migration appear to be governed by instinct
rather than by intelligence.

The sense of smell is undeveloped but hearing is acute and communica-
tion is by sound, usually vocal. The whole of the ear, including the
mechanism of balance, is highly developed.

The sounds produced by birds may be divided into two main classes ;
the call note which express alarm, brooding, feeding or gathering, and
the song, which may be defined as a sustained sequence of notes arranged
in a recognisable specific pattern. Thus the songs of the Chaffinch,
Thrush or Robin may vary individually and yet be instantly recognised
as specific.

Birds living in colonies do not sing, but those species scattered over
the countryside have each their own song. A series of charts, compiled
by Mr. Walter Gyngell, in the Scarborough district, were circulated and
indicated the song cycles of a large number of species throughout the
year. It was clearly shown that the greatest activity coincided with
the middle of the nesting season, and as the birds are then mated it is
clear that the purpose is not to attract a mate but rather to assert a
territorial right during a period when the young are defenceless.

Various means were described by which a knowledge of bird songs
could be acquired and the lecturer cleverly imitated a number of bird
songs by means of mechanical contrivances and by whistling. Various
methods of recording the songs were also explained and examples were
read from various works on British Birds to illustrate the extreme difficulty
of indicating correctly the song of a bird in print. Gramophone records
provided a promising field, but the high cost raised a real difficulty at
the present time.

The lecturer enumerated many problems awaiting solution and
thought that time-tables for the day and year were urgently required.
It was also important to determine if mated cock birds sing more or less

The Naturalist

Vertebrate Zoology in Yorkshire.

9

than unmated birds of the same species. Some, such as the Starling,
are known to mimic the songs of other species. Then again, is there
evidence that young birds find it necessary to practise before they become
song perfect ?

Life of the Heron.

An illustrated paper was then read by Mr. H. J. Wagstaff, on ‘ The
Home-life of the Heron as seen through eight Breeding Seasons.’ The
lecturer stated that the photographs had been taken and the observations
made in a very ancient and carefully preserved Heronry, on an island
site in one of the Midland Counties. The nests, particularly the older
ones, were of great size, sometimes as much as nine feet deep, and built
of sticks up to six feet in length. In a second Heronry near by, the
lining was of smaller twigs and of dried grass. The trees were well
grown and the construction of ‘ hides ’ at a height of about 85 feet pre-
sented unusual difficulties. The framework was of timber secured by
galvanised wire and covered with a water-proof fabric.

The presence of the birds in the tree tops indicated the selected sites
of future nests and a certain ceremonial accompanied the actual building
of the nests in which both birds participated. Certain peculiar notes
were uttered by the male on presenting a stick to the female and she,
before receiving it, threw back her head and touched her tail with the
tip of her beak. Some nests were built very rapidly, often with stolen
material.

The first egg was laid soon after the completion of the nest and the
full complement varied from three to five. Both birds took turns at
incubation but the female sat for longer periods, until after 26 to 28
days, the young were hatched. The eggs were frequently inspected
at this stage and the pieces of egg shell were carefully removed.

When disturbed, the parents frequently left the nest for seven or
eight hours and were unusually timid on returning. It frequently
happened that the young were not fed for very long periods and it ap-
peared certain that food was brought during the hours of darkness. It
was, therefore, decided to improve the ‘ hide ’ so that it would be possible
to remain in it for the entire week-end without the observer suffering
unduly from the cold winds which were much in evidence in such exposed
situations during the early months of the year.

When the young were 10 to 14 days old, they were not brooded so
much and the adults disgorged half -digested food into the bottom of the
nests when a scramble took place ; the food consisted of rats, mice, moles,
lizards, fish, beetles, and young birds. At the age of three weeks, the
young were excitable and noisy and the parents, on landing at the side
of the nests, commenced to rock themselves backwards and forwards until
a thickening of the neck indicated that food was about to be disgorged
into the nest. The young then stretched up and seized the beak of the
adult, dragging the head down into the nest. Feeding took place through
the night and the whole family rested at dawn.

Four or five disgorgings might be made at one visit to the nest and
the adult did not concern itself in the least with the distribution of the
food. On one occasion, a carp of about two lbs. weight was disgorged
and the young struggled for possession until they were all too exhausted
to continue. Not infrequently a tug-of-war took place over the body of
of a rat or rabbit. After feeding, the fish scales were removed from the
beak by means of the comb on the middle toe.

As the young grew older they grasped the bottom of the nest and
indulged in wing exercises ; at other times they amused themselves by
dexterously catching the flies that invaded the nest. Later still, they
climbed out on the branches to practice wing exercises, jumping from
branch to branch as their confidence increased.

1933 Jan. 1

A2

10

Reviews and Book Notices .

The lecturer referred particularly to the position of the eyes of the
Heron which are set to look downwards so that the area beneath the head
can be seen when the beak is held horizontally and to the long yellow
tongue which could be clearly seen in some of the photographs.

When stormy weather was experienced, the young squatted down in
the bottom of the nests, and when the sun shone, much time was given
over to preening and sun-bathing. When heavy rain fell, the young
wrapped themselve about with their wings in a most remarkable manner,
the head and neck being completely hidden. When the rain ceased they
opened their wings, shook themselves and appeared to be quite dry.

In many of the nests one of the young was smaller and weaker than the
others and obtained a smaller share of the food. This hindered its growth
and placed it at a further disadvantage of which -the others took immediate
advantage. It received violent stabs and buffetings from the others until
it learnt to interpose its body and to hide its more vulnerable head and
neck. As it became weaker it was more and more assailed by the others
until it was finally killed or pushed over the edge of the nest. This
accounts for the large number of young Herons found dead or dying
beneath the nests and it was observed that the adults treated the matter
with complete indifference.

The Heron mates when two years old and does not appear to rear a
second brood.

The lecturer had to dispute the tenancy of his hide with a
pair of amorous Stock Doves and a pair of Jackdaws which frequently
perched about his person. The lecture was admirably illustrated and
was much appreciated as the culmination of an enterprise displaying
both enthusiasm and endurance.

A vote of thanks to the lecturers and the lanternist was proposed and
carried unanimously.

REVIEWS AND BOOK NOTICES.

The Nightingale : Its Story and Song, by Oliver G. Pike.

London : J. W. Arrowsmith, Ltd., 208 pp., 10/6 net. The author seems
to have gathered together all there is to be said about the Nightingale,
its nesting habits, its song, food supply, etc. His notes thereon are
followed by eighteen chapters dealing with Warblers, Thrushes, Finches,
Skylarks, Titmice, Pipits, etc. The species described are illustrated
by quite good photographs reproduced by the half-tone process, and there
is no doubt our readers will like to have this record of observations
which they have probably made in the field.

Thomas Johnson : Botanist and Royalist, by H. Wallis Kew

and H. E. Powell. London : Longmans, Green & Co., Ltd., xi. + i5i
pp., 8/6 net. The work of the pioneers of botanical science are often
so hidden and difficult of access that we are inclined to forget the work
of these great writers. Our contributor, Mr. H. W. Kew, together with
the Librarian of the Royal Society of Medicine, Mr. H. E. Powell, have
jointly made investigations as to the life and work of Thomas Johnson,
who early contributed much to botanical science. The list of works
and references with which the volume commences is rather an alarming
one, and shows the extent to which research has been made. Perhaps
one of the most remarkable of many illustrations is that on Plate XI.
when it is shown to what an extent England and Wales was covered
by Johnson during his botanical work. There are reproductions of
photographs, early books, woodcuts, etc., the whole making an enter-
taining volume. Among them is an early example of a bunch of bananas

The Naturalist

Reviews and Book Notices .

Ii

which was received in 1633. They were then known as ‘ Plantaine
Fruit.’

Upland Rambles in Surrey and Sussex, by Harold Shelton.

London : Pitman & Sons, Ltd., 126 pp., 3/6 net. In company with his
mother, the author has explored the more interesting and delightful
parts of Surrey and Sussex, and in twelve chapters gives an account of
the routes travelled. There are illustrations of the topographical
features, and ten route maps. The three appendices give an idea of the
time spent in the district, namely : ‘ A Week’s Walking in the North

Downs ’ ; A Week’s Walking in the South Downs ’ ; and ‘ A Fortnight’s
Walking in Surrey and Sussex.’

The Lake Counties, by W. G. Collingwood. London : F. Warne
& Co., Ltd., xvh + 368 pp., 15/- net. This volume was published within
a few days of*the death of the author, whose work in the Lake District
is well known. It appeared in pocket form over thirty years ago and
has long been out of print. The book has been entirely revised and
considerable additions have been made, all of which received the author’s
personal attention. There are no fewer than sixteen plates in colour
and seventy-two line illustrations, by A. Reginald Smith ; and there
are special articles on ‘ The Birds,’ by Mary L. Armitt, revised by
Arthur Astley ; ‘ Butterflies and Moths,’ by Dr. R. C. Lowther ; 1 The
Flora,’ by S. L. Petty, revised by Mary Thompson, Agnes Drury and
A. G. Hayes ; ‘ The Building of the Lake District,’ by B. Smith, etc.
The name of Collingwood is too well known to our readers to require
any recommendation, but we should like to congratulate the publishers
on their splendid share in the work. There is also a useful Gazetteer.

The Psychology of Animals, by F. Alverdes. London : Kegan
Paul, Trench, Trubner & Co., viii. + i56 pp., 9/- net. This is one of
a large number of volumes in the International Library of Psychology,
Philosophy and Scientific Method, edited by C. K. Ogden, M.A. ‘ The
interest of humanity in animal psychology is very ancient. While
biology has kept to the view that animals (and even men) are machines,
and that animal psychology is unthinkable, the “ commonsense ” view
that animal behaviour can be interpreted by human beings is equally
strong. Dr. Alverdes, in this interesting work, comes down in favour
of the “ commonsense ” viewpoint. Ranging over a wide field, he shows
how the psychological attitude to animal behaviour may be used to
guide and interpret experiment.’ The titles of the first four of the
twelve chapters give an indication of the thoroughness of the work,
namely : ‘ Difference between living and non-living nature — The

“ End ” (aim, object, purpose, goal) and the “ Whole ” as biological
fictions — “ The End determines the Means,” and ” the Whole deter-
mines the Parts ” ’ ; General remarks on scientific statement, and more
concerning the fictional mode of regarding biological facts. — Conscious-
ness, freedom of will, psyche ’ ; ‘ Individuality — The ciliated slipper-

animalcule as individual ’ ; ‘ More concerning the individuality of

animals possessing numerous like organs of locomotion. — The free-
swimming Turbellaria and Starfish.’ The volume has been translated
by Dr. H. Stafford Hatfield.

The Roads of England, by R. M. G. Anderson. London :
Ernest Benn, Ltd., 240 pp., 8/6 net. This is a fascinating record of
the growth and evolution of the roads of England and of the way in which
traffic thereon has improved from the date of ‘ Shanks’s Pony,’ coaching
days, etc., to the present time, when so many of the roads have had to
be rebuilt on account of the change in the traffic. The old road books,
turn -pike roads, toll-bars, etc., all come under the reviews.

1933 Jan. 1

12

THE YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION’S
SEVENTY-FIRST ANNUAL REPORT
FOR 1932.

(Presented at Halifax on Saturday, December 10th, 1932).

The Seventieth Annual Meeting was held at Skipton on Saturday,
December 5th, 1931. The Annual Report was published in The
Naturalist, pp. 23-30, 56-60 and 87-92.

The Presidential Address, on f British Entomogenous Fungi,’
was delivered by Mr. T. Petch, B.A., B.Sc., and that also has been
published in The Naturalist, pp. 103-108, 133-136 and 167-172.

The Secretariat. — The resignation of Dr. W. H. Pearsall, F.L.S.,
as Joint Hon. Secretary, from December 31st, 1931, on account of the
work entailed by his appointment as Hon. Director of the Freshwater
Biological Research Laboratory, Windermere, was accepted with regret.
Dr. Pearsall had been in office since the beginning of 1922, and the
Executive wishes to place on record its high appreciation of his many
valuable services. Mr. F. A. Mason, who was elected Hon. Secretary
for 1932, expressed his keen regret at the severance in office. Dr.
Pearsall ~and he had worked throughout a period of ten years with the
most cordial co-operation ; in the Field and in the Executive business
of the Union alike, Dr. Pearsall’s services would be greatly missed,
and he had the best wishes of the Union for the success of the work in
which he is now engaged.

The Presidency for 1933 has been offered to and accepted by Mr.
James Meikle Brown, B.Sc., F.L.S., F.E.S., in recognition of his services
to Entomology and to other branches of Natural History, and particularly
in respect of his contributions to Yorkshire Entomology.

Field Meetings have been held during 1932 as follows : — Conis-
borough (for Don Gorge), Saturday, April 30th ; Sedbergh (for
Howgill), Whitsun, May 14th to 16th ; South Cave, Saturday, June
18th ; Salburn, Saturday, July 2nd to 4th ; Skipton (for Gargrave),
Bank Holiday, July 30th to August 1st ; Fungus Foray, Kirby Moorside,
September 17th to 21st, and reports of the general excursions have
appeared in The Naturalist during the year ; the report of the Fungus
Foray is in the Press. In addition there have been Sectional Field
Meetings for Entomology and Plant Galls, at Ryhill, June 25th ;
Concho logy, at York, June nth, and Kirk Smeaton, September 10th ;
Ecology, Moughton, May 7th.

The Excursions for 1933 will be as follows : — -

Change of Address. The following changes (or corrections) have
been notified during the year : —

Bradford Natural History and Microscopical Society : Hon. Sec-

retary, W. F. Fearnley, Arvensis, The Drive, Ben Rhydding.
Bradford Scientific Association : Hon. Secretary, Oswald J. Harding,
76 Pasture Lane, Clayton, Bradford.

Bromehead, C.E.N., B.A., Geological Survey Office, 32 St. Mary’s,
York.

Darlington and Teesdale Naturalists’ Field Club : Hon. Secretary,
J. B. Nicholson, M.A., “ Elmstead,” Elms Road, Darlington.

April I5th-i7th (Easter)

May 13th (Saturday)

June 3rd -5th (Whitsun)

July 8th (Saturday)

August 5th~7th (Bank Holiday)
September 1 6th -21st

Robin Hood’s Bay (N.E.)
Skipwith (S.E.)

Dent (N.W. )

Ripponden (S.W.)

Ripon (Mid.W. )

Fungus Foray, Barnard
Cartle (for the Yorkshire
side of the Tees) .

The Naturalist

Yorkshire Naturalists' Union : Annual Report, 1932. 13

Falconer, Wm., F.E.S., 25 Ashdale Road, Waterloo, Liverpool.

Hincks, W. D., M.P.S., “ Sudest,” 46 Gipton Wood Avenue,
Harehills, Leeds.

Dixon, W. L., 7 Manby Road, Sudden, Rochdale.

Montagu, Miss A. E., “ Low Borrans,” Windermere.

Petch, T., B.A., B.Sc., North Wootton, King’s Lynn.

Simpson, J. R., Longden Avenue, Dryclough Road, Crosland Moor,
Huddersfield.

Taylor, E. Wilfred, 13 Chestnut Avenue, York.

Versey, Dr. H. C., F.G.S., 1 Stainburn Terrace, Moortown, Leeds.

Wade, E. W., “ Ferriby,” St. Osmund’s Road, Parkstone, Dorset.

Membership . —The following new members have been elected
during the year, making a total of 326 : —

Akers, Noel C., F.I.C., .Cliff Edge, Hornsea.

Boyne, Dr. A. M., 48 Park Grove, Prince’s Avenue, Hull.

Burkill, Harold J., M.A., F.R.G.S., 3 Newman’s Court, Cornhill,
London, E.C.3.

Cowling, E. T., Gay Lane, Otley.

Gray, R. W., 8 Hartley Road, Exmouth.

Hall, Miss Margaret J., “ Mannville,” Cottingley Drive, Bingley.

Holroyd, George E., F.Z.S., Cardrona, Baildon.

Oliver, F. W., Sablecote, Hornsea.

Stubbs, Fred B., 80 Spring Lane, Oldham.

Affiliated Societies remain at 38 in number. The Hon. Secretaries
of certain Societies have failed to furnish particulars of their Membership
and of their circular requirements, and it is in the interests of their
respective Societies that this should be done. Prompt attention to the
requests of the Hon. Secretary of the Union in this connection would
greatly facilitate the work of the Executive and would tend to encourage
more enthusiasm in the interest taken in the activities of the Union
by the Associates.

Obituary. — The Union deplores the loss, through death, of Jo.
Beanland, Ben Morley, Bernard Hobson, F. J. Stubbs, G. H. T.
Newcommen, T. H. Taylor, and G. C. Waud.

Permanent Members of General Committee. — The following
members have been elected : —

Miss L. M. Anderson, Miss L. Scott, Miss D. Wooff, C. Allen,
W. B. Haley, E. Hallowell, Chas. Mosley, T. Throup.

Honorary Members, — Mr. F. W. Bramson, F.S.C., an Mr. M. H.
Stiles, F.R.M.S. are elected Honorary Members.

VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY SECTION.

York District (Sydney H. Smith, F.Z.S.) : — Ornithological
Notes. — Nesting operations of wild bird life were retarded by the cold
weather of March, April and May ; gales of wind accompanied by cold
rain and sleet were the daily obstacle of summer immigrant birds, and
as late as May 4th there was a heavy fall of snow in the evening, and
floods in the Rivers Ouse and Derwent and other tributary streams.
Many species of birds had their nests destroyed, the greatest sufferers
being Grouse, Partridges, Wild Duck, and various other water-frequenting
fowl. Later on, however, the weather cleared up and second nests were
attempted, and in many cases with reasonable success. The general
effect is disastrous because only a small percentage of birds whose nests
are thus destroyed will essay the task again the same season.

The usual colony of Black -headed Gulls occupied the ponds at
Skipwith Common and appeared to be about the same in number as last
year. There were a fair number of Mallards nesting there, also several
pairs of Shoveller and Teal Ducks, and two pairs of Nightjars made
use of an old haunt in the bracken.

1933 J^n. 1

14 Yorkshire Naturalists' Union : Annual Report, 1932.

Three pairs of Nightjars nested successfully at Sandhutton, and others
were noted at Strensall and at Scoreby.

Two nests of Blackcap Warbler were found at Sandhutton and the
young hatched safely ; both nests were photographed by Mr. F. Vear,
who states they are the first Blackcap Warblers he has seen there for several
years .

The same observer found six nests of the Tree Creeper at Sandhutton,
but states that two were destroyed by the heavy rains ; the species is
rare in the vicinity of York, and I hope this note indicates a probable
increase of such an interesting bird.

Mr. Vear also reports finding the nest of a Song Thrush built on the
ground in a plantation at Sandhutton, and a nest of the Chaffinch built
in the side of a haystack at the same place — both are most unusual
situations.

A Nightingale frequented the lane leading to Waplington Hall, near
Pocklington, and was singing every evening during June.1

Cuckoos have been fairly numerous, although late in arriving ; during
July a young Cuckoo being fed by a pair of Pied Wagtails had been reared
in the grounds of Allerthorpe Hall, where it was watched over by
Alderman H. Rhodes Brown, J.P. (Lord Mayor of York) and his lady.

Corncrakes have been very scarce ; one pair was noted at White
Sike Farm, Sandhutton, by Mr. Vear early in May, and this is the only
record sent to me.

Six pairs of Herons nested in the Shire Oak Woods at Healaugh,
but do not increase in number.

Lapwings are fairly common, thanks to the protection of the Wild
Birds Acts, and they would increase further if their nests were not
destroyed by farmers' rollers on newly seeded arable land in the spring ;
this destruction appears to be unavoidable.

Mr. V. G. F. Zimmermann informs me that during the last week
in February three pairs of Great Crested Grebes returned to the ponds
at Dringhouses, York, after being absent through the winter. At the
same time and place two pairs of Pochards were seen ; these latter birds
were noticed several times during the spring, and Mr. H. Shorney
believes they bred in Askham Bogs.

The eggs in the Great Crested Grebes’ nest on Mr. Hesp’s pond were
taken by some boys on May 8th. On May 25th there was a young Great
Crested Grebe on Mr. Leetham’s pond and two young ones on Mr. Hepper’s
pond ; also the pair which had their eggs taken on May 8th had built
another nest in the centre of Mr. Hesp’s pond and were sitting on three eggs.

During the latter part of February there was a very large flock of
Brambling Finches feeding on beech-mast in the wood between Terrington
and Castle Howard, and several small flocks were noticed near Crambe
Beck and the Castle Howard Farm School.

Curlews were often seen on Strensall Common and Alne Moor during
the spring and summer, but I have no evidence that they bred there.

Mr. Zimmermann, in his report to me, also states : — -

‘ On June 5th I saw a male Stonechat- on Gilling Moor, and on the
two following days I again saw it in the same place ; evidently its
mate was sitting somewhere near, as on July 10th I saw a pair of Stone-
chats and three young ones in the same locality.

1 On June 19th I saw a Reed Warbler’s nest with four eggs at Nidd ;
the nest was built amongst some reeds in the side of the lake.

‘ The same evening I heard the call of the Landrail near Ripley,
also at Green Hammerton — the only times I heard the Landrail this
year. Mr. H. Shorney informs me that the only time he heard it was
near Bishopthorpe on May 18th.

‘ During the last week of September and for a few days in October
1 ? May (H.B.B. & Ed.) .

The Naturalist

Yorkshire N aturalists’ Union : Annual Report, 1932. 15

a small flock of about twenty Mealy Redpolls were to be seen every
day feeding on some waste land near the River Foss at Huntington.

' Carrion Crows and Magpies appear to be more numerous than ever.

‘ On September 27th I saw a large flock of Fieldfares near Storwood
— an early date of arrival of these Scandinavian winter visitors . (S .H .S . )

I must again express my gratitude to Messrs. V. G. F. Zimmermann,
Fred Vear and H. Shorney for their valuable help in compiling these
notes.

Arrival of Migrants, York District, 1932.

Chiff Chaff
Wheatear
Willow Warbler

Sandpiper

Swallow

Sand Martin

Cuckoo...

Whitethroat
Sedge Warbler
Tree Pipit

House Martin

Blackcap

Pied Flycatcher

Whinchat

Corncrake

Swift ...

Nightjar
Turtle Dove
Y ellow Wagtail
Redstart

Spotted Flycatcher
Reed Warbler
Garden Warbler ...
Grasshopper Wareler

Hawnby, March 13th ; Huntington, April 3rd.
Strensall Common, March 17th.

Stamford Bridge, March 15th ; Huntington,
April 12th.

Pickering, April 9th ; Hawnby, May 1st.
Huntington, April 9th ;■ Stamford Bridge,
April 15th ; Brandesburton, April 24th.
Huntington, April 12th ; Stamford Bridge,
April 15th, April 28th (12).

Huntington, April 26th ; Stamford Bridge,
April 29th ; Boston Spa, April 29th ;
Hawnby, May 1st.

Huntington, April 27th.

Huntington, April 27th ; York, April 28th.
Huntington, April 27th ; Dringhouses, May
8th.

York, April 28th.

Sandhutton, April 28th.

Hawnby, May 1st.

Strensall, May 3rd.

Sandhutton, May 2nd.

Huntington, May 3rd ; York, May 6th.
Gilling, May 3rd ; Sandhutton, May 6th.
Ampleforth, May 3rd ; Strensall, May 8th.
York, May 6th ; Dringhouses, May 26th.
Huntington, May 6th.

Huntington, May 6th.

Dringhouses, May 8th.

Dringhouses, May 8th.

Askham Bogs, June 19th.

Pisces.

(Sydney H. Smith, F.Z.S.) : — The period under review has not
yielded any fish that are really exceptional, and local anglers have not
contributed a single specimen worthy of setting up as an addition to the
very fine collection of the York and District Amalgamation of Anglers.
The rivers generally have run in normal volume, except for a few minor
floods during April and May, such floods really being an advantage from
an angler's point of view. The item of outstanding interest is the remark-
able run of salmon in the lower Ouse during August ; upwards of 1,000
fish were obtained by the various netsmen who operate on this length.
This is curious in view of the corresponding scarcity of Salmon along
the East Coast of Yorkshire at this period. Last year record catches
were obtained along the coast, and this synchronised with a fairly plentiful
supply of Salmon in the River Ouse, and I am at a loss to understand the
reason why 1932 should be marked by record numbers in the river and
record decrease on the coast. The Yorkshire Evening Press of August
16th reported a 12 lb. Salmon as having marooned itself by jumping
amongst the rocks below the fall at Naburn ; this fish' was rescued by
spectators and returned to safety. On August 3rd a large fish, supposed

1933 Jan. 1

1 6 Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union : Annual Report, 1932.

to be a Salmon, jumped below the weir at Topcliffe in the River Swale.
The river was in slight flood and the water temperature 57 deg. F.
Numbers of Salmon were passing up the ladder and also jumping at the
fall at Linton-on-Ouse on September 3rd, the fall at this time being
nearly drowned by flood water. Perhaps the most interesting item
concerning Salmon is the reported capture on July nth of two Salmon
parr (yearling Salmon) at Langton in the River Swale, by Mr. Smithson,
of Northallerton, who duly returned the youngsters to the water. These
fish obviously must be the result of naturally deposited ova of the
previous season’s run, and goes to prove that some Salmon must, on
occasions, be able to get over the supposed insurmountable barrier at
Topcliffe Weir.

Salmon. — Since writing this report I am informed that on October
nth there was a continuous run of Salmon all day over Naburn Weir.
The weir was almost drowned by a freshet coincident with a high tide,
which brought the two levels within 2 feet of each other. The lock keepers
state that many hundreds of Salmon surmounted the dam.

Trout. — The River Derwent in the vicinity of Malton has yielded
several large Trout, the best weighing nearly 8 lbs., and several others
of a little over 5 lbs. have been caught, principally with the aid of live
bait. Fishing the Holbeck, near Slingsby, on July 3rd, I had Trout
2.\ lbs. and ij- lbs., and friends had three more Trout each ij lbs., all
taken on minnow. The Trout fishing season generally has been an average
one, and no catches of outstanding interest are reported. An experiment
has been the stocking of the lake at Waplington, near Pocklington,
with 250 yearling and 2,000 Trout fry, all of which were turned in on
July 9th. The lake is some 5 acres in extent and shallow in depth,
being densely overgrown with waterlilies. On July 17th, six yearling
Trout were found dead, very probably killed by rotting vegetation,
the result of cutting the waterlilies. Since that date, however, no more
dead fish have been seen.

Grayling. — A large number of grayling, netted from the River Costa,
were liberated in the River Nidd at Skip Bridge on February 2nd, 1932 ;
fifty of these, from 12 inches to 15 inches in length, were marked by me
with silver numbered tablets previous to their release. Seven of these
fish have since been recaptured at points varying from half a mile to 32-
miles from the place of their introduction. Full details will appear in
the next Yorkshire Fishery Board report. On July 19th a Grayling,
1 lb. 5f 02s., was caught in the River Nidd at Hammerton by Mr. G.
Ward.

Pike. — Pike are generally numerous in the Rivers Ouse, Derwent,
Rye and Swale, and reports of their capture have been numerous, but
there have been no fish of this species of specimen size. On January 17th,
Mr. F. Dyer, of the York City Rowing Club, found a pike stranded after
flood on the bank of the River Ouse at Clifton, York, which measured
3 ft. 7 ins. long and was 7 ins. across the back and would be well over
20 lbs. in weight. This fish still shewed signs of life, and after being
lifted into the water it gradually recovered and went away.

Common Eel. — Two large specimens have been obtained ; in
September one weighing 6 lbs. 4 ozs. was caught at a place called Queen
Mary’s Dub, a large sheet of water about three miles from Ripon. This
lake is not far from the River Ure, and eels will be able to get to it fairly
readily. Another weighing a little over 5 lbs. was caught at Linton-on-
Ouse, also during September.

Lamprey. — On April 27th large numbers of Lampreys were running
up the Isle Beck, in the vicinity of Thirkleby. Mr. G. Merriman, of
York, caught twelve on this date in his landing net and returned them
again to the water. Lampreys were also reported about this date as
being seen in both the rivers Ouse and Derwent. Those reported from the

The Naturalist

Yorkshire Naturalists’ ■ Union : Annual Report, 1932. 17

Isle Beck must have come up the Rivers Ouse and Swale and Cod Beck
before arriving in the Isle Beck on their spawning errand.

Burbot. — A feature of the River Derwent in the vicinity of Elvington
lias been the occurrence of Burbot Eels during August and September ;
anglers caught twelve Burbot weighing up to 1 lb. each during the last
week of September. The Burbot used to be very common in the River
Foss at York thirty years ago, but appears to have now entirely dis-
appeared from that river.

Flounder. — Numbers of Flounders have been taken in the River
Derwent below Sutton dam during September, and one specimen weighing
15 ozs. was caught in the River Nidd at Hammerton early in October.

Barbel. — A number of Barbel have been obtained in the. Rivers
Ouse and Wharf e during the year, but the item of most interest is the
capture of a young Barbel 7 ins. long in the River Foss between Yearsley
Bridge and the Union Workhouse on October 16th by Mr. William
Dodds, of York. This fish was brought to me alive, and is being kept
in my aquarium for further observation. I have never previously known,
during a period of thirty years, of the occurrence of the Barbel in this
tributary of the River Ouse.

Roach. — The River Ouse in the vicinity of Acaster has produced
a good number of Roach during the year, probably as the result of
•continued stocking by the York Angling Clubs. One specimen fish
■weighed 1 J lbs., and this was reported as having been taken near Fulford.

Perch. — Many hundreds of Perch have been introduced into the
.River Ouse by the York and District Amalgamation of Anglers, but it
is curious that this species does not become very firmly established.
I believe the explanation to be lack of suitable spawning places ; Perch
ova is produced in long strings and requires to be interlaced amongst
subaqueous grasses and water-loving plants, and a lack of such accom-
modation may explain the position in regard to this fish. A specimen
weighing 15 f ozs. was caught in the River Wharfe at Tadcaster by Mr.
W. Lee on July 19th, and another 1 lb. if ozs. was caught in the River
Derwent at Bubwith by Mr. W. Spindley on the same date.

Ruffe. — Mr. D. Langstaffe draws my attention to a remarkable
feature of the Lower Ouse, the permanent stock of Ruffe ; during the
year many thousands have been killed by local anglers, but the supply
seems to be as great as ever. Mr. Langstaffe suggests there must be
something peculiar in the manner of their spawning which permits
them to become so firmly established, and I commend the subject to our
local biologists fdt special study.

Gudgeon. — Another noticeable feature of the Lower Ouse (the
"Naburn and Acaster areas being indicated) is the increase in numbers of
Gudgeon, most of them of large size. Mr. Langstaffe states that many
years ago they were very plentiful in the River Ouse and then became
very scarce. On one occasion some years ago a local angler (F. Henderson)
won a fishing match with a catch of 8 lbs. of Gudgeon numbering 120.

Chub. — There is nothing to report in respect of Chub.

Dace. — There have been some good catches of Dace in the River
Ouse and Isle Beck, but none of specimen weight.

Bleak. — This fish is extraordinarily numerous in both the Rivers
Ouse and Foss, and affords much sport, particularly to juvenile anglers.

North Riding (W. J. Clarke, F.Z.S.) : — Marine Fish. — Observations
on fish have been mostly confined to the Scarborough Fish Market, where
some interesting specimens have been landed during the year. On
June 2nd, 1932, a Red Mullet was brought in, an uncommon fish in this
•district. A Black Bream was trawled 12 miles E.N.E. off Scarborough
on January 26th. Two Red Gurnards were observed among the heaps
of the commoner Grey species on January nth, 1932. Tunnies were
abundant off Scarborough during the summer, the first being seen on
August 6th, 1932. Between that date and September 17th fifteen of

J933 Jan. 1

18 Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union : Annual Report, 1932.

these fish were caught off Scarborough at distances varying from 4 miles,
to 30 miles from the shore. The weights ran from 434 lb. up to 798 lb.
Six tunnies were also caught near Whitby, from 538 lb. to 700 lb. in
weight. A fine example of the rare Wolffish, Anarrhichas latifronst
measuring 3J ft. in length and 28 £ in. in girth, was caught by the S.T.
Brilliant Star on August 17th, 1932, 24 miles E.N.E. off Scarboroughs
It was sent to the British Museum, where an examination of its stomach
revealed that it had been feeding upon pollack. This is, I believe, the
fourth record for the North Sea.

An hermaphrodite Cod, containing both roe and milt, was trawled.
20 miles off Scarborough on March 24th., 1932. Two Halibut of unusual
size for the North Sea, were caught on a line within 5 miles off Filey Brig,
on July 13th, 1932. One weighed 9 st. 13 lb., the other 2 lb. less. A
Short Sunfish was taken in Filey Bay first week in August, 1932. It was
a small example measuring just over 2 ft. from tip to tip of its fins.
A very beautiful pied variety of the Common Sole was landed at Scar-
borough on October nth, having being caught near that place. It
measured 1 1 in. in length, the general colour above and below was pinkish-
white, variegated with orange and dark -brown blotches, both sides being
coloured alike. Pilchards are not common off the Yorkshire coast, but
are doubtless much overlooked. Six examples were noticed amongst
the catches of herrings landed at Scarborough between July 21st and July
26th, 1932. A Twaite Shad, 13 in. long, was trawled 37 miles E.S.E..
off Scarborough on April 25th, 1932. A small Sturgeon about 5^ ft. long
was landed at Scarborough on May 19th, having being caught near the
port. Another about 2 ft. long was caught 26 miles E. by N., on March
4th, and a third was taken 12 miles E. by S. off Scarborough on January
7th, 1932. It weighed 7 lb.

Porbeagle Sharks were very abundant off Scarborough and Whitby
during the warm months, and many were caught by the fishing boats,
while they proved a nuisance to the Tunny anglers. They ran up to'
9^ ft. in length.

A Sting Ray, 16 in. long, was trawled 12 miles N.E. off Scarborough,
on February 9th, 1932. This poisonous species has occurred more
frequently off the Yorkshire coast in recent years.

A Sea Lamprey, 31 J in. in length, clung to the side of a boat near-
Robin Hood’s Bay on January 21st, 1932, and was gaffed. Every
Tunny I have been able to examine has borne scars from the attacks-
of this parasite fish.

An Angel Shark, Fiddle Fish, or Monkfish (not the “ Monk ’ of the
Yorkshire fishermen), measuring 36 in. in length, was caught 12 miles-
N.E. off Scarborough on September 13th, 1932. This is not a common
fish off the Yorkshire coast, and most of the fishermen had never seen one.

Birds. — Owing to the inclement weather in the spring of 1932, the
summer migrants were generally late in their arrival, and some did not
appear in their usual numbers. Chiff Chaffs, Sand Martins, Turtle
Doves, and Landrails were very scarce in the Scarborough Area. At
Whitby, however. Landrails were heard in eleven different places during
June, and a Turtle Dove was seen near the same place where it seldom
occurs. There was no evidence of the presence of Reed Warblers at
Scarborough Mere this year, and only a single Grasshopper Warbler was.
heard. Swifts were more numerous, as well as Common Sandpipers,
whose numbers showed a welcome increase on recent years on all the
streams in the Scarborough Area. Goldfinches were more abundant near-
Scarborough and nested there. Pied Flycatchers appeared in some
numbers. Five pairs nested near Goathland, and three pairs in Forge
Valley, where seven male birds were seen together on May 14th 1932.
Grey Wagtails were not so plentiful as usual during the past year, but all.
the usual nesting places for Dippers and Kingfishers were occupied, and
both these species are well maintaining their numbers. Curlews were

The Naturalist

Yorkshire N aturalists’ Union : Annual Report, 1932. 19.

plentiful on the Scarborough side of the Moors, but Golden Plovers were
but few in numbers, and Ring Ouzels were scarce this year.

Yellow Hammers and Greenfinches were fewer in numbers, and not a
single Bullfinch was observed during the year in the Scarborough Area.
Waxwings appeared in some numbers near Scarborough from December
1931, to February, 1932, flocks of up to 30 individuals being seen, which-
stayed about for some days. Some of them penetrated far within the
boundaries of Scarborough, feeding in the gardens on apples, berries, etc.
A male Golden Oriole was seen near Hackness Park on July 30th, 1932.
A Little Owl was noticed at Burniston on October 27th, and a Red-
necked Grebe lived in Throxenby Mere for several days in April, 1932.
Many Woodcocks nested in the woods near Scarborough ; they appear to'
be getting more abundant as a breeding species every year. Wild Fowl
frequented the Mere during the winter months and those noted included
Mallard, Pochard, Goldeneye, Scaup, Tufted Ducks, and one Long -tailed
Duck. Two pairs of Teal nested on the Moors between Whitby and
Scarborough, and the ducklings of one brood were found and photo-
graphed. The species also nested near Glaisdale. The colony of Black-
headed Gulls on the Moor showed signs of being much molested. About
80 pairs of birds were present, but most nests had been robbed, only three
were seen containing eggs, and not a single young bird was visible on
May 30th. Fulmars were abundant along the cliffs, 30 were counted in
the Scarborough Castle Cliff on February nth. This number increased
as the season went on to probably double this number and they stayed
till September, but there was no definite evidence that young were-
reared .

The Recorder is greatly endebted to Messrs. A. S. Frank and F.
Snowdon, of Egton and Whitby ; and to T. N. Roberts, and F. D.
Taylor, of Scarborough for assistance in compiling this report.

West Riding (H. B. Booth, F.Z.S., M.B.O.U.) An adult male-
Common Scoter spent about a fortnight on Denton Lake, Ben Rhydding.
I first saw it on April 2nd, and the last time on April 10th. It consorted
chiefly with a single Mute Swan, and was not so wild and nervous as the
other ducks (Mallard, etc.). It made repeated, and at times, lengthy
dives for food, and appeared to have settled down, until the Swan left,
when it became uneasy and suspicious, and disappeared. This water is
very shallow, but contains large numbers of Swan Mussels ( Anadonta
cygnea) , on the young of which it doubtless lived, and kept in good
condition.

The Waxwing invasion during the last two months of 1931, was little-
in evidence in the West Riding, although they were eagerly watched for.
It was a year of very poor fruiting, particularly for haws and holly berries,
and possibly any Waxwings that lingered here starved to death. The
only reports that reached me for this Riding were : — three were watched
feeding on the fruits of hawthorn and guelder rose on November 22nd at.
Chapeltown, Sheffield, by Mr. W. E. Heathcote ( The Yorkshire Evening
Post, of November 27th, 1931), and the feathers of a female that had
evidently been killed by a Hawk in the Deer Park, Bolton Woods,
Wharf edale, were picked up on December 17th.

During the month of August a Cormorant frequented the River
Wharfe in the neighbourhood of Bolton Abbey (Rev. C. F. Tomlinson).
Snow Buntings, which have been very little in evidence for several years,
turned up again. A flock were reported at Withens in November
(W. R. Verity), two were seen on I lk ley Moor on November 22nd (H.
Dibb), and one on the top of Royle’s Plead, near Halifax, on November
29th (H. Waterworth).

Herons. — We counted 21, what we took to be occupied nests in
Lord Wood, Gargrave, as against 19 last year. At Hubberholme four
nests were located by birds hying from them, and it is probable that there
were one or two more ; as in their present site it is impossible to see

1933 Jan. 1

:20 Yorkshire Naturalists’, Union : Annual Report, 1932.

their nests in the great' overgrown spruce, trees. I was unable to visit
Park House Ghyll, near Gisburn, but I gather that they have done badly
there from Mr. Stanley Crook, in ‘ The North-Western Naturalist ' for
June, 1932 (p. 125), who reports, ‘ Only about three or four pairs nesting
at Bolton-by-Bowland, April 17th. Two adult birds found dead at foot
of nesting trees (shot?). Many Carrion Crows about. ( N.B . — This
heronry is now mid -way between Gisburn and Bolton -by Bowland — -
formerly it was in Gisburn Park.) One or more pairs were nesting in
Grass Woods, but owing to the height and density of the larches, it was
extremely difficult to locate them (R. Butterfield). The pair in Westy
Bank Wood, Bolton Abbey, again attempted to nest (at the other end
of the wood), and with rather more success ; but it is not quite certain
if the young succeeded in getting away (Rev. C. F. Tomlinson).

Rooks. — Although still a very common bird, there is good evidence
to prove that it is a decreasing species in Mid-Wharfedale, and possibly in
Mid -Airedale also. The substantial rookery in the grounds of Ilkley
Hall, which had decreased to 59 nests in 1929, had further decreased to
eight nests in 1931. This year it became extinct. A few pairs of the
birds returned, and commenced repairing old nests : but left in their
isolation. In Ben Rhydding village, where we had eight scattered nests
last year, against 19 in 1930, we had not a single nest in 1932. Near
the Ilkley Viaduct there was a slight increase, viz. 18 nests against eight
last year, and 13 or 14 in 1930. Mr. G. Veale, who has for several years
counted the Rook’s nests between Ilkley and Threshfield and Grassington,
reports that with one or two exceptions, there is a continued decrease in
numbers. The chief exception is in the village of Addingham, where
they have increased. At the Steeton rookeries, Mr. Sam Clough informs
me that there were 251 nests, a decrease of 24 on the year ; but Mr.
Clough has not shot any young Rooks for the last two seasons. Before
that they were regularly shot annually.

Great -Crested Grebes. — A pair have returned, and successfully
nested on the water at Coniston Cold, after an absence for three seasons.
There is good evidence that a pair have nested on Eshton Tarn, for the
first time to the best of my knowledge. I spent a short time at Fairburn
this season, but on a casual observation, the Great Crested Grebes,
although still comparatively numerous, appeared to be still decreasing
in numbers.

Other Nesting Notes. — Near to Ben Rhydding a pair of Spotted
Flycatchers hung about from the beginning to the 17th of September,
.at first with four, but later with three young ones ; evidently a second
brood, which is rare with this species. Near to the same spot, and most
probably belonging to the same pair of birds, on June 4th, there was a
nest containing four eggs. More nests of Kingfishers have successfully
got away near Ben Rhydding this season than for several years, and I am
given to understand it has been the same around Cottingley in Airedale.
For a few years the Green Woodpecker has frequented the district around
Buckden and Hubberholme. This year it appears to have increased there,
and was very noisy. This year this species has successfully nested near
Hebden Bridge. A young one (badly damaged)- y^as picked up in
Crimsworth Dean on June 27th, and another one has since been found
(W. R. Verity). The last of our local Swifts left very early on August
13th, and in the midst of a heat wave, when winged food appeared to be
superabundant. The following day (14th) a young Swift fell out of a
nest. It was fully feathered, but was only about three-quarters adult
size, and was unable to fly. It was kept until the next day, when, as
its parents did not return, and there was no possible chance of keeping
it alive, it was put out of its misery.

No Shovelers were seen at Coniston Cold this year, but a pair were
noted at Fairburn on April 30th. The Black -headed Gulls did not appear
to be nesting at Fly Flats reservoir this summer, probably due to the

The Naturalist

Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union : Annual Report, 1932. 21

disturbance caused by the repairing and cleaning out of the dam (H.
Water worth) .

The head forester at Bolton Woods flushed a Woodcock on July 26th,
and not suspecting a nest so late, found that he had put his foot on to
two eggs, about one week incubated. This was near to Strid Cottage,
where there was a very late nest several years ago.

On April 24th one nest of Golden Plover contained three fresh eggs,
and another four eggs slightly incubated (G. Veale). Yet on June 19th,
another Golden Plover was still incubating, and the eggs were almost
ready to hatch (A. E. Pullan) .

Stray Notes. — There were many more Siskins about in January last
than during the 24 years I have lived here — in fact in most winters we-
do not see one at all. On January 24th I watched a flock of quite twenty
Long-tailed Tits, which is a very large flock for these parts. I was
hoping that there was a welcome increase in Jack Snipe last winter
unless it was the same bird that I put up many times over two or three-
months, as I never saw more than one at the same time. In game birds,.
Partridges have done badly, Red Grouse poorly, but slightly better than,
was expected, and Pheasants appear to have done well. Black Game,,
which have inhabited extreme Upper Wharfedale for a great number of
years, appear to be slowly increasing.

A bird picked up in dying condition at Appletreewick, during the
last week in September, is being set up for the Craven Museum. I
have not seen it yet, but it is described as a Pomatorhine Skua. If its
description in the newspapers is anything to go by, I shall be surprised
if it is any kind of a Skua at all.

Variation. A White Twite was seen on Haworth Moor, in August (R.
Butterfield). On July 7th, among a flock of about twenty Mallard, on
Denton Lake, Ben Rhydding, was one that appeared to be pure white
and a female. On my trying to get a better view, the flock rose high
into the air, and apparently left this neighbourhood.

MAMMALS, AMPHIBIANS, REPTILES AND FISHES
COMMITTEE.

Mammals (W. G. Bramley) : — From reports reaching me from
observers in different parts of the county, Red Squirrels are with difficulty
maintaining their status. A welcome increase is indicated from the
Whitby area, though. this is somewhat tempered by the presence of disease,,
as several dead Squirrels have been observed.

In spite of persecution the Grey Squirrel is not only maintaining
its numbers, but is also gradually extending its range, especially in the
North Riding. The colony at Hebden Bridge is an exception, and is
only just maintaining its numbers. None have been seen in the Goathland
district since first reported in 1930.

Mr. A. D. Middleton, of Oxford, informs me that during 1931 that
epidemic disease caused a considerable reduction in the numbers of
the ‘ American Rat.’ He writes : ‘ I got a good deal of evidence, though
not quite conclusive, that the disease was coccidiosis in the South of
England, and I got the same organism from Grey Squirrels from Thornton
Dale during 1931. But as the coccidia can reach a sort of harmless
balance with their host, and only occasionally crop out as a lethal epi-
demic, the mere presence of coccidia in the animals does not prove that
they died of coccidiosis. All the evidence I have fits the conclusion
that the Grey Squirrel throughout the country did have an epidemic
of this disease during the autumn, winter and spring, 1930-31, and I,
personally, have little doubt about it, but I cannot prove it scientifically.’

The heavy rains and floods about the end of May are probably partially
responsible for the scarcity of the Rabbit, many of which were drowned,

*933 Jan. 1

22 Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union : Annual Report, 1932.

and in the North Riding suffered from disease. Hares are also diminished
in numbers.

The smaller mammals, Mice and Voles, are in very small numbers
following a year of floods in 1931, which was also a minimum year for
these destructive pests. A Lesser Shrew was caught by Mr. S. H. Smith
at Scoreby, near York, on October 1st, and the convenor noted the
Water Shrew at Nun Appleton on April 24th.

An increase is indicated in Stoats and Weasels. Hedgehogs also
appear to be more numerous, especially in the East Riding. In several
parts of the York area Moles are becoming a nuisance. Mr. Smith suggests
this may be due to the disappearance of the old-fashioned Mole Trapper
“the destruction of the animals now being left to the individual occupier
of the land.

In the Halifax district Foxes are becoming too numerous for the
liking of poultry keepers, and several have already been destroyed.
They make their headquarters in old disused stone quarries.

Badgers still continue to maintain their hold in their usual habitats
in the county, while Otters are gradually increasing, especially in the
York district. Two were seen nearly every evening disporting in the
Ouse near Scarborough Bridge, York, practically in the centre of the city.
Another swimming near Linton-on-Ouse, July 20th, in broad daylight
dived completely under a passing vessel and then swam carelessly away.

The colony of Black Rats round the harbour at Scarborough is
•decreasing in strength. Between January 1st and October nth, 1932,
•only 15 were caught as against 46 in 1931 and 60 during 1930.

A school of Porpoises has been seen in the Humber. Of late years
this used to be a common sight, but has not been observed of recent
years .

Reptiles. — A Grass Snake was caught at Long Wall, Elland, early
in September. In the Holderness area they are becoming plentiful.

Amphibians. — After the scarcity caused by the drought in 1929
Erog spawn is now rapidly regaining its normal amount.

I am indebted to Messrs. S. H. Smith, W. J. Clarke, H. B. Booth,
C. F. Proctor, W. Greaves, and R. J. Flintoff for information used in
compiling this report.

Hornsea Mere, 1932 (Chas. F. Procter) : — We started watching
on Ma}^ 1 6th at the above, and finished on July 23rd. The Herons at
“that time were well away. There had been twenty nests, all of which
Fad successfully reared young.

On May 16th there were seven Swans. Three pairs of these nested
and reared five, six and two cygnets respectively. Their numbers are
•swollen at the present time, and the last count gave us 63 all in.

The Ducks have done well this year. It is probably a record year.
There is a good show-of Mallard, Shovellers, Pochard, Tufted, and Teal ;
one or two Shelldrakes have visited the Mere from time to time.

There have been many Snipe, which have bred in the open spaces
round the Mere. Ten pairs of Great Crested Grebes appear to have bred,
but for some reason or other the young are very shy this year. A family
party of four and another of three have' been seen, and the others seem to
have one each or two each. They appear to average about a pair. There
is a fair sprinkling of Little Grebes.

There are again a great many Coots, but they do not appear to have
interfered with the Ducks at all. There are not many Water Hens,
•considering the amenities that the Mere affords, but it is more than
probable that the Coots see that they do not get too numerous.

The west end of the Mere has been a perfect bird sanctuary ; on
the occasions on which I have visited it, there have been thousands
of all sorts of wild fowl in close proximity to one another.

Cormorants have been steady residents throughout the year. Two
Kingfishers built their nests and got off with four and three respectively.

The Naturalist

Yorkshire N aturalists* Union : Annual Report, 1932. 23

Two Woodcocks brought off four and three respectively. This latter is
very interesting, as it is the first time the Woodcocks have been recorded
.as nesting here.

The Bearded Tit has not been seen. This does not, however, preclude
its presence. Many Goldfinches have been about the whole of the summer,
and as many as nine nests have been noted. Most of the small birds
and finches have done very well. There are a good many Woodpeckers.
Reed Warblers have been especially abundant.

A very interesting curiosity in nesting occurred when a Wren took
possession of the feathered carcase of a Kestrel hung from the keeper’s
vermin pole, and reared a tight packet of a dozen or more young. The
.-body was nailed through the skull and all the flesh had fallen away from
the neck vertebrae. The bird had entered through the pelvic arch, and
I constantly expected that the increasing weight as the young birds
-grew would be more than the contact adhesion of the neck vertebrae
would stand. I am pleased to say, however, that they managed success-
fully to get off.

Spurn — Ringed Plover.- — At Kilnsea we started watching on May
16th. By July 18th we had marked twelve nests containing four eggs uni-
formly each, on the Beacon and eleven on the Spurn similarly containing
four eggs. One found on May 15th was afterwards found to have only
three, but with that exception, all the others seemed to be undisturbed.

The Terns were very much more erratic. They started laying about
May 29th, and up to June 26th 48 nests had been recorded with two or
•three eggs, a total of 125 ; no nests with less than two were recorded after
June, 26th, and only four with two up to that date. Two of these again
laid another egg each, so that June 26th may be taken as about the
last recorded period when eggs were laid.

The notices which the Union fixed a few years ago appear to have
-at least had the effect of making common knowledge that it is illegal to
touch the eggs, and there has been little trouble this year.

An Oystercatcher laid three eggs and was first observed on June
26th at Kilnsea on the Humber side. They were all hatched out on July
3rd. This is an interesting record. There have been no abnormal tidal
■conditions, and for the second year in succession the birds appear to
-have done well. The colony, however, does not seem to appreciably
increase, as last year the number of nests recorded was 48.

The Stone Curlews do not appear to be doing very well in the
Thornton Dale district. Mr. J. Green only reports two pairs nesting,
and it was wet and^stormy every day they were sitting. The birds
nesting ground has been nearly all planted up under the reafforestation
scheme. A pair were reported as frequenting the 50 -acre rough pasture
field, below the village, but no signs of a nest were found. They may
not have been a nesting pair, or, alternatively, they may have been sterile.

Mr. Green reports a tremendous lot of Lesser Whitethroats in the
Thornton Dale district. He reports a Gold Crested Wren as having
nested behind the ivy on an old tree bole, like a tree creeper. Mr. Green
also reports Goldfinch and Bullfinch within a short distance of the Gold
! Crest. He reports having seen twelve Geese passing westward on July
12th. They were probably Canada Geese, as from time to time during
the summer months parties of these leave private waters and wander
around .

With respect to the season generally, it appears to have been a good
one for most birds. Wood Pigeons have been plentiful, game birds have
been patchy, but all the finches and commoner birds have had an excellent
^nesting time. A great many Kestrels have come over this year, and
Ducks have been very plentiful in the estuary, but up to the present
no Woodcock have been noted. The Pink -footed Geese arrived in their
usual numbers.

There has, however, been nothing of outstanding note to record.

1933 Jan. 1

24 Yorksnire Naturalists’ Union : : Annual Reporl, 1932.

WILD BIRDS AND EGGS PROTECTION
COMMITTEE.

List of Subscriptions for 1932.

l

s.

d.

1

s.

d.

W. H. St. Quintin

5

0

0

J.J.Brigg ...

0

10

0

A. Hirst

5

0

0

V. G. F. Zimmermann

0

10

0

J. W. Dent

2

0

0

W. J. Clark ...

0

10

0

J . Atkinson

1

1

0

Mrs. J. F. Ewing

0

10

0

T. Waddington

1

1

0

W. Bennett

0

10

0

S. H. Smith ...

1

0

0

S. E. Evans

0

10

0

W. McMillan ...

1

0

0

J. H. Rowntree

0

5

0

Miss Waterhouse

1

0

0

T. N. Roberts ...

0

5

0

F. H. Edmondson

1

0

0

G. Battie Bisat

0

5

0

H. B. Booth ...

1

0

0

Leeds Co-op. Club

0

5

0

E. B. Gibson ...

0

10

6

A. E. Thornes

0

5

0

E. W. Taylor

0

10

6

W. F. Fearnley

0

5

0

H. J. Behrens ...

0

10

6

W. E. L. Wattam

0

5

0

Miss I. Simpson

0

10

6

Well Wisher

0

3

0

C. F. Procter ...

0

10

6

J. E. B. Wild ...

0

2

6

R. Chislett

0

10

0

A. Wood

0

2

6

A. E. Boycott

0

10

0

E. Hallowell ...

0

2

0

C. W. Mason ...

0

10

0

W. Jackson

0

10

0

^29

19

6

C. Edmondson

0

10

0

W. G. Birch

0

10

0

ENTOMOLOGICAL SECTION

Diptera (Chris. A. Cheetham) : — Good collecting days have been
very few this year, and no special insects have been seen in quantity
unless we say that some of the biting midges belonging to Ceratopogonids
have been too plentiful at times. In an effort to find a of Tipula
excisa many visits were paid to Penyghent and Ingleborough, but these
were unsuccessful, in fact the were exceedingly scarce and few were
captured, the one occasion that a species of Tipula was seen in numbers
sufficient to cause comment was at Leek Fell on August 20th where
Tipula marmorata was very abundant, T . alpium was plentiful as usual,
but T . vernalis much scarcer than it is normally.

Ephemeroptera (John R. Dibb) : — In presenting this first report it
is pleasing to realise that another step forward has been made in the
progress of the Y.N.U. in so far as the Ephemeroptera is an order of
insects which has not been considered until a year ago to be sufficiently
worked upon in Yorkshire to warrant the presentation of an annual
report .

This is a suitable occasion upon which an acknowledgement to previous
Y.N.U. workers may be made. I refer to the excellent and valuable
work which was done during the years 1927-1929 by Dr. Percival and Mr.
H. Whitehead. Fortunately the results of this work were published
in The Journal of Ecology, The Entomologists’ Monthly Magazine , The
Proceedings of the Leeds Philosophical Society, and the Union’s organ.
The Naturalist, and undoubtedly we have to thank these investigators
for the fact that other Y.N.U. members are now interesting themselves-
in the May-flies, and that our knowTedge of the Yorkshire Ephemeroptera
is definitely on the advance.

{To be Continued)

The Naturalist

WATKINS & DONCASTER

NATURALISTS,

36, STRAND, LONDON, W.G.2

(Five doors from Charing Cross),

P.O. Box 126 Telephone: Temple Bar 9451.

Keep in stock every description of

APPARATUS, CABINETS, BOOKS & SPECIMENS

for Collectors of

BIRDS’ EGGS, BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS, Etc.

Catalogue (96 pages) sent post free on application.

Issued bi-monthly, Illustrated with Plates and Text Figures.

To Subscribers, 12s. 6d. post free.

The Scottish Naturalist

With which is incorporated ‘The Annals of Scottish Natural History’

EDITED BY

PERCY H. GRIMSHAW, F.R.S.E., F.E.S.

Keeper, Natural History Department, Royal Scottish Museum

AND

JAMES RITCHIE, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S.E.

Regius Professor of Natural History, University of Aberdeen

Assisted by:— EVELYN V. BAXTER f.z.s., h.m.b.o.u. ; LEONORA J. RINTOUL, f.z.s., h.m.b.o.u. ;
H. S. GLADSTONE, m.a., f.r.s.e., f.z.s. ; W. EAGLE CLARKE, i.s.o., ll.d. ; ANDERSON
FERGUSSON, f.e.s. ; A. C. STEPHEN, b.sc., f.r.s.e.

Subscriptions should be addressed to the Publishers,

Messrs. OLIVER & BOYD, LTD., Tweeddale Court, Edinburgh.

Storeboxes for collections. 16x11x2! TV-
lined cork two sides, polished. Best make each

Life Histories of British Insects. Honey
Bee, Silk Moth, Butterflies and Economic 8/f>
species. Well mounted in cases 9x7x2 each

W. H. JANSON & SON, Natural
44 Gt. Russell Str

Polyporus strips for mounting Diptera, X/-
Hymenoptera and other small insects box

British Coleoptera, Diptera, Lepidoptera, etc.,
supplied. Large and interesting forms of exotic,
Coleoptera, Lepidoptera, Spiders, Scorpions etc.,
for exhibition. List sent free.

History Specimens and Apparatus,
, London, W.G.l.

BINDING “ THE NATURALIST

Volumes of THE NATURALIST for
any year can be bound in a serviceable
and attractive Cloth Case, dark blue
and gilt lettered on back and side. Price
4/- per volume, or post free 4/6.

A. RROWN & SONS, LIMITED

40 GEORGE STREET. HULL

THE CITY AND PORT OF HULL

Royal 8Vo. Contains 120 pages of text matter, profusely illustrated, in
stout cover with attractive, coloured design. 1/- net, post free 1/6.

Tells what ought to be known of Hull’s important commercial, industrial,
municipal and shipping activities, and is also informative of the City’s many
historical, religious and social interests. Contains New Plan of Hull.

A. BROWN & SONS, LTD., SAVILE STREET, HULL.

COLLECTING APPLIANCES

for outdoor work in all branches of Natural History.

We cater for the Botanist, Zoologist, Pond Life student,
Geologist, Lepidopterist , Ornithologist, etc.

Also Cabinets, Boxes, Tubes, etc., of every description.

Send for Catalogue “ C ” 40 pp. post free.

Flatters & Garnett, Ltd.,

309 OXFORD ROAD, MANCHESTER.

(Opposite University)

WALKS AND TALKS ON THE NORTH
YORKSHIRE COAST AND MOORS.

By W. RIDLEY -MAKEPEACE

128 pages , F'cap 8vo , stiff Boards, rounded corners, three-colour design
on front cover, profusely illustrated, and with folding map of the district.

1 1* net.

A little book of exceptional interest to walkers and tourists. In his description of eleven
moorland and coastal walks the author not only tells his readers when to turn right, when
left, and where to start and finish, but all sorts of interesting ancient and modern historical
details about the country traversed.

Obtainable from all Booksellers.

London : A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue E.C.4.

NORTH WESTERN NATURALIST

A Scientific and Educational Journal (Published Quarterly),
especially for Cheshire, Cumberland, Derbyshire, Isle of Man,

Lancashire, North Wales, Shropshii

Edited by A A. DALLMAN,

H. Britten, f.e.s.

W. E. COLLINGE, D.Sc., F.S.A.

J. W. Jackson, m.sc., f.g.s.

R. TI. CORSTORPHINE, B.Sc.

A. Wilson, f.l.s., f.r.met.s.

e, Staffordshire and Westmorland.

F.C.S. , in collaboration with

C. L. Walton, m.sc., ph.d.,

Rev. G. H. Carpenter, d.sc.

H. E. Forrest, f.l.s.

F. E. Weiss, d.sc., f.r.s.

T. A. Jones.

Communications to : —

Editorial. — A. A. Dallman, F.C.S., 12 Tickhill Road, Doncaster.
Business. — T. Buncle & Co., Market Place, Arbroath.

Annual Subscription, 7/6. Single copies, 21- net.

The Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine

PRICE TWO SHILLINGS MONTHLY.

EDITED BY

G. C. Champion, F.Z.S. J. J. Walker, M.A., R.N., F.L.S.

J. E. Collin, F.E.S. K. G. Blair, B.Sc., F.E.S.

R. W. Lloyd. H. Scott, M.A., Sc.D., F.E.S.

This Magazine, commenced in 1864, contains Standard Articles and Notes
on all subjects connected with Entomology, and especially on the Insects of
the British Isles.

Subscription — 15/- per annum, post free, to —

R. W. LLOYD, 15 ALBANY, PICCADILLY, LONDON, W.1

Printed by A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., Perth Street West, Hull, and published by
A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., at 5 Farringdon Avenue, in the City of London.

January, 1933.

SB., 1933

HtfURAl

No. 913

No. 686 of current Series

A MONTHLY
ILLUSTRATED JOURNAL

PRINCIPALLY FOR THE NORTH OF ENGLAND.

Edited by

W. H» PEARSALL, D.Sc., F.L.S., and W.

The University, Lee

Contents

Notes and Comments
Yorkshire Mycologists at Kirbymoorside — F. A.

Mason, F .RM.S and John Grainger, Ph.D. 27-31
Conchological Corrections ..... 31

The Palmate Orchids of Craven — J. N. Frankland 32-35
Low Grade Metamorphism of the Ellands Flags

due to Subsidiary of Faulting — James Walton 35-36
Waxwing in the West Riding — H. B. Booth . . 37

British Willow Tit in Yorkshire — H. B. Booth . 37

Reviews and Book Notices ..... 37

Y.N.U. Annual Report ...... 38-48

Northern Notes ....... 48

LONDON :

A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.G.4.
And at Hull.

Printers and Publishers to the Y.N.U.

PRICE 1/6 net.

Prepaid Subscription
15/ - per annum.

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION,

VERTEBRATE SECTION.

President of the Section : Rosse Butterfield, Keighley.

Two meetings will be held in the Library of the Church Institute, Albion
Street, Leeds, on Saturday, February 18th, 1933, at 3-15 p.m. and 6-30 p.m.

The following papers will be read :

‘ Human Influence on changing Vertebrate Fauna,’ by Rosse
Butterfield .

‘ The Great Crested Grebe Census and Enquiry of 1931 : The Yorkshire
Area,’ by H. B. Booth, F.Z.S., M.B.O.U.

‘ Recent Birdwork in Lapland and in the English and Dutch Marshes
(illustrated), by R. Chislett, F.R.P.S., M.B.O.U.

‘ A Duncombe Park Avian Quartet ’ (illustrated), by F. Jefferson.

Members are invited to bring notes, specimens, and lantern slides.
Will officials of affiliated societies kindly notify their members.

E. WILFRED TAYLOR, Hon. Secretary,

13 Chestnut Avenue, York.

FOR SALE.

GEOLOGY.

At 1/- each.

Rudimentary Treatise on Geology. Lieut. -Col. Portlock.

The Religion of Geology and its Connected Sciences. E. Hitchcock.
Our World : Its Rocks and Fossils. Mrs. Wright.

The Geologist's Text-book. D. T. Ansted.

Geology. S. B. J. Skertchly.

At 1/6 each.

Corals and Coral Islands. J. D. Dana.

Physical Geography. T. S. Traill.

Geology : Chapters of Earth History. George Hickling.

Elementary Practical Physiography. J. Thornton

At 8/6

The Primaeval World of Switzerland (2 Vol.). Prof. Heer.

At 9/6

Geology and Mineralogy Considered with Reference to Natural The-
ology (2 Vols. in one). Many plates on linen. Wm. Buckland.

At 10/6 each.

Royal Commission on Coal Supplies, 1905, Vol. I., Digest of Evidence.

At 12/6.

A Treatise on Ore and Stone Mining. C. Le Neve Foster.

At 15/-

Annals of Coal Mining and the Coal Trade (2 Vols.). R. L. Galloway

At 17/6.

Geology and Fossils of Sussex (Large Paper).

Apply : — C Department, Messrs. A. Brown & Sons, Ltd.

25

NOTES AND COMMENTS.

FAKES AND FORGERIES.

A. Vayson de Pradenne has recently • issued a handsome
volume entitled Les fraudes en archeologie prehistorique avec
quelques exemples de comparaison en archeologie generate et
sciences naturelles } V. Gordon Childe in referring to this
in The Antiquaries Journal for October says, ‘ The English
may, perhaps, derive some small comfort from the circumstance
that the most glaring and persistent frauds were perpetrated
in countries where criticism is traditionally frank and brutal.
The only extensive fraud in this country which has had any
lasting repercussions is that of Dumbuck and Dunbuie, which
Munro exposed with ruthless directness. The normal English
practice of greeting well-sponsored forgeries with (at worst)
polite silence may, perhaps, after all, be the safest road to
ensure their eventual burial. But it is not the attitude
recommended by Vayson ; to him every one who, out of
laziness, courtesy, or like motives, fails to fall upon the
fraud ferociously is a coward and a traitor. At the same time,
the reader will be struck by the part played by Englishmen —
John Evans, Seton-Karr, etc., in unmasking forgeries
abroad.’

RETICULATA OR RIDICULATA ?

In The Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of
London, issued in November, Dr. T. N. George has a paper
on ‘ British Reticulate Spiriferidae.’ From this we gather ;
‘*At first sight it would appear that, according to Rule 30 (d)
of the Rules of Nomenclature, Reticularia reticulata, of which
the specific name lyas the same meaning as the generic, auto-
matically becomes the type : the late Mr. Buckman informed
me (in lit.) that such was his reason for adopting this species
without discussion (1908, p. 31) and further added, “ No-
subsequent author has any right to choose another species ;
if he does so, it is invalid.” On the other hand, as Dr..
Bather has pointed out to me, since “ reticulata ” is not
literally the same word, though it may have the same meaning,
as ” Reticularia,” it would appear that the question strictly
falls under Recommendation III (i) of the Rules, which
suggests the adoption of a different but similarly-meaning
specific name only when there is no contra-indicating factor.
In the present instance, the factor which prevents preference
being shown to Reticularia reticulata is the fact that a
genolectotype has already been selected from amongst M ’Coy’s
original syntypes, “ and such designation is not subject to
change.” ’

1 Paris : Nourry, pp. viii-j-676, with 46 plates.

1933 Feb. 1

B

26

Notes and Comments.

MR. W. H. ST. QUINTIN’S BIRDS.1

The publishers have put us under a further debt of gratitude
by issuing this delightful and well-illustrated volume.
Interest is being continued in wild fowl and in our public
parks and private aviaries can still be seen such species as
can readily be kept in captivity in this country. The present
work is all the more welcome as it describes the species
preserved in the wonderful aviaries and gardens of a former
President of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, and one who
has done so much for the preservation of bird life, both in
captivity and in the wilds, namely, Mr. W. H. St. Quintin.
The author was formerly in Mr. St. Quintin’s employment,
and the species described are those which he personally
observed at Scampston Hall. As many of our members who
have had the privilege of visiting Scampston know, the birds
there are kept under as natural conditions as is possible. The
species are described under the heads of Herons, Storks, Geese,
Swans, Small Water Fowl, Tree Ducks, Diving Ducks ;
Sand Grouse, Pheasants, Tragopans, Partridges Quails,
Hemipodes or Bustard Quails, Grouse, Rails, Cranes, Bustards,
Small Waders, Gulls, Aviaries, Foods and Feeding, Pear-Moss
Litter, Overcrowding, New Arrivals. Catching up and
handling, Packing birds for travel, Feather clipping and
pinioning, Vermin, Diseases, Accidents. The variety of the
different species under these headings is remarkable. For
instance, there are no fewer than twenty different species of
pheasants, seven different Sand Grouse, and so on. There
are some excellent illustrations, and we notice the photographs
are by Peter Scott, the son of Scott the Explorer ; Sir Digby
Legard, Bt. ; and Oxley Grabham.

DR. HARKER’s LATEST WORK.2

When, forty years ago, our colleague Dr. A. Harker dis-
continued preparing the Annual Bibliographies of the Geology
of the North of England for this journal, and handed the work
over to the present writer, he did not remain idle, and from
time to time we have had the privilege of drawing attention to
extraordinarily scholarly volumes which have appeared from
his pen, some of which have already an international reputation.
The present book contains a series of lectures delivered at
Cambridge and is certainly the ‘ last word ’ on the subject.
The author tells us that ' Metamorphism is here conceived, not
as a status, but as a process ; viz. : a progressive change in
response to changing conditions of temperature and stress.’

1 Water-Fowl and Game-Birds in Captivity, by Arthur F. Moody.
London : H. F. & G. Witherby, 240 pp., 10/6 net.

2 Metamorphism : A Study of the Transformation of Rock Masses, by
Alfred Harker. London : Methuen & Co., x-f-360 pp., 17/6 net.

The Naturalist

27

YORKSHIRE MYCOLOGISTS AT KIRBYMOORSIDE.

F. A. MASON, F.R.M.S. , AND JOHN GRAINGER, PH.D.

The Annual Meeting of the Mycological Committee of the
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union was held at Kirbymoorside
from September 17th — 22nd, 1932. The White Horse Hotel
arranged to accommodate the members of the Committee,
and a large work-room was available.

Kirbymoorside is a small town situated between the North
York Moors and the upper part of the Vale of Pickering.
Two ecological types of collecting ground were therefore
presented — the valleys and hills with limestone vegetation
and the cultivated alluvial plain to the south of the centre.
The latter type of country is often difficult of access to a large
party, but the visitors to Kirbymoorside were fortunate in
having the very active assistance of Mr. J. Burnett and Mr.
Lealman, who knew the district, and brought in collections
of fungi from various places. Nevertheless, the species in the
list which follows can all be regarded as typical of the valleys,
the sides of which were invariably lined with woods of a very
mixed character. If any one tree could be said to be present
more generally than any other, it was the oak. Sycamore,
birch and holly were plentiful. The undergrowth was mainly
Mercurialis and except in Kirkdale was fairly dense.

The chief excursions were to the woods round the River
Dove, to Hutton Beck and to Kirkdale. All these localities
were rich in specimens and afforded much work for the members
present .

The Annual Meeting of the Committee was held at the
White Horse Hotel on Saturday, September 17th, at 8 p.m.,
under the able chairmanship of Mr. J. W. H. Johnson, M.Sc.
Mr. A. E. Peck was elected chairman of the Committee for
the coming year, and Mr. Fowler Jones was named Repre-
sentative of the Committee on the Executive. Mr. J. Grainger
was re-elected Hon. Secretary.

Mr. T. Petch, B.A., B.Sc., addressed the Committee the
same evening on ‘ The Hypocreacese.’ He dealt in a very
simple yet scholarly manner with the characteristics and
classification of this difficult group of Fungi.

The Secretary spoke about * Virus Diseases of Plants ’ on
the evening of Monday, September 19th, and the following
evening Mr. F. A. Mason, F.R.M.S., delivered a public lecture
on ‘ Fungi ’ which was much appreciated, not only by members
of the Union, but also by the more enlightened public of
Kirbymoorside and the neighbourhood.

The name of Miss Kathleen Morehouse was added to the
list of members of the Committee.

The different species of fungi found proved to be unusually

1933 Feb. 1

28

Yorkshire Naturalists at Kirbymoorside .

uniformly distributed in this area, despite slight differences
in the character of the several places visited. The woods in
the neighbourhood of Hutton Beck yielded the more prolific
gatherings, and what species were found there were duplicated
in the Kirkdale area. The addition to the County records of
three species may be considered very satisfactory. Lactarius
violascens found in woods on the right hand bank of the River
Dove is a very interesting addition to our Lactarii. The
investigation also resulted in obtaining records for twelve
other species new to the well-worked N.E. Division, V.C.62,
threee of which are first records in the County.

*=New to N.E. Division ; f— New to Yorkshire.

Myxomycetes.

Ceratiomyxa fruticulosa Macbr.
Physarum nutans Pers.

P. nutans.

var. leucophceum List.

P. virescens Ditm.

Fuligo septica Gmel.
Didymium nigripes Fr.
Stemonites fusca Roth.

S. splendens Rost.

Comatricha nigra Schroet.

Comatricha. typhoides Rost.
Cribraria argillacea Pers.
Tubifera ferruginosa Gmel.
Reticularia Ly coper don Bull
Trichia decipiens Macbr.

T . varia Pers.

Arcyria cinerea Pers.

A. pomiformis Rost.

A. denudata Wetts.

A. incar nata Pers.

Phycomycetes .

Synchytrium Mercurialis (Lib.) Fuckel.

Phytophthora infestans (Mont.) de B.

Cystopus candidus (Pers.) de B.

Plasmopora Epilobii Schroet.

Peronospora Ficarice Tul.

Mucor Mucedo (Linn.) Bref.

Spinellus fusiger (Link) van Tiegh.

Pilobolus roridus (Bolt.) Pers.

Entomophthora aphidis Hoffm., on aphis on Sycamore.

E. sphcerosperma Fres., on flies.

E. dipterigena Thaxt., on flies.

PLECTOM YCETES .

Podosphcera leucotricha (Ell. and Ev.) Salmon, conidial stage only.
Sphcerotheca pannosa (Wallr.) Lev., conidial stage only.

Erysiphe graminis DC., conidial stage only.

Discomycetes.

Helvetia crispa (Scop.) Fr.

Otidea leporina (Batsch) Fuckel.
Ciliaria scutellata (Linn.) Quel.
Cheilymenia stercoria (Cke.) Boud.
Coprobia granulata (Bull.) Boud.
Ascophanus carneus (Pers.) Boud.
Leotia lubrica (Scop.) Fr.
Calycella citrina (Hewg.) Quel.
Coryne sarcoides (Jacq.) Tul.
Orbilia xanthostigma Fr.

Phialea firma (Bull.) Quel.

Chlorosplenium aeruginosum
(Oeder) de Not.

Helotium aureum Pers.
Dasyscypha nivea (Hedw. fil )
Sacc.

Trichoscypha calycina (Schum.)
Boud.

Mollisia atro-cinerea (Cke.) Phill.
M. cinerea (Batsch) Fr.

Rhytisma acerinum (Pers.) Fr.

The Naturalist

Yorkshire Naturalists at Kirby moor side .

29

Pyrenom ycetes .

Hypomyces chrysospermus Tul.

Nectria cinnabarina (Tode) Fr.

N . ditissima Tul.

*N. galligena Bresad.

Hypocrea rufa (Pers.) Fr.

Cordyceps militaris (Linn.) Link.
Chcetosphceria phcBostroma (Mont.) Fuckel.
Melanomma pulvis-pyrius (Pers.) Fuckel.
Leptosphceria acuta (Moug. and Nestl.) Karst.
Xylaria polymorpha (Pers.) Grev.

X. hypoxylon (Linn.) Fr.

Hemibasidiomycetes .

Ustilago Hordei (Pers.) Kell, and Swing.
Urocystis Anemones (Pers.) Wint.
Pucciniastrum Circaece (Schum.) Speg.
•Coleosporium petasitis Lev.

Puccinia Centaur ece DC.

P. Violce (Schum.) DC.

P. Poarum Niels.

P. Lychnidiarum Link.

BASIDIOM YCETES .

Amanita phalloides .
A. muscaria.

A . rubescens .
Amanitopsis vaginata.
A . fulva.

Lepiota procera.

L. carcharias.

L. rhacodes.

L. granulosa.
Armillaria mellea.
Tricholoma album.

T . rutilans.

T. terreum.

Russula nigricans.

R. cyanoxantha.

R. fur cat a.

R. lepida.

R. heterophylla.

R. rubra.

R. fragilis.

R. emetica.

R. ochroleuca.

R. fellea.

R. adust a.

Mycena lade a.

M. prolifer a.

M. rugosa.

M . poly gramma.

M. alcalina.

M . ammoniaca. .

M . hematopus.

M. sanguinolenta .

M . galopus.

M . acicula.

M. rosella.

M. tenerrima.

Collybia platyphylla.

C . fusipes.

C. maculata.

C. radicata.

Marasmius peronatus .
M . hariolorum.

M. dryophilus .

M . ramealis.
Androsaceus rotula.

A . graminum .

Ladarius turpis.

L. pyrogalus .

L. deliciosus.

L. quietus.

L. aurantiacus .

L. rufus.

L. torminosus.

\L. violascens (Otto) Fr.
Hygrophorus eburneus.
H . cossus.

H . pratensis .

H. niveus.

H . miniatus.

H . conicus.

H. ceraceus.

H. nemorius.

H . puniceus.

H. psittacinus .

Clitocybe phyllophila.

C. dealbata.

C. infundibuliformis.
Laccaria laccata

var. amethystina .
Omphalia fibula.

1933 Feb. 1

30

Yorkshire Naturalists at Kirby moor side.

basidiomycetes ( Continued ) .

Panus stypticus

var. farinaceus .
*Volvaria parvula.

Pluteus cervinus.

P . salicinus.

Entoloma sericeum.

E. nidorosum.

Leptonia lampropus.

*L. lazulina.

L. sericella.

L. euchroa.

Clitopilus prunulus.

Pholiota erebia.

P. squarrosa.

P. flammans .

P. mutabilis .

Bolbitius flavidus.

B. titubans.

Inocybe scabra.

I . geophylla

var. lilacina.

I. calamistrata .
*Astrosporina trechispora.

A . scabella.

Hebeloma fastibile.

H. mesophceum .

Naucoria Cucumis.

Galera tenera.

G. ovalis.

G. hypnovum.

G. mniophila.

G. mycenopsis .

Tubaria furfuracea .
Cortinarius (Phleg.) largus.

C. (Phleg.) decolor ans.

C. (Myx.) elatior .

C. (Myx.) delibutus.

C. (Ino.) violaceus.

C. (Ino.) pholideus.

C. (Dermo.) cinnamomeus.
C. (Tela.) bulbosus.
Psalliota xanthoderma.

P. campestris .

P. hcemorrhoidaria .

S tropharia ceruginosa .

S. s ter cor avia.

S. semiglobata.

Anellaria separata.

A . fimiputris .

Gomphidius glutinosus .

G. viscidus.

Hypholoma velutinum.

H . fascicular e .

H. hydrophilum .

Panceolus campanulatus .

P. papilionaceus .
Psathyrella atomata.

P. disseminata.

Psathyra corrugis.

Psilocybe sarcocephala.

P. semilanceata .

P. spadicea.

Coprinus comatus.

C. sterquilinus.

C. atramentarius var. soboliferus _
C. cinereus.

C. micaceus.

Nyctalis asterophora.

Cantharellus cibarius.

C. tubceformis .

*C. cinereus.

Paxillus involutus.

Boletus elegans.

B. badius.

B. chrysenteron.

B. subtomentosus.

B. edulis.

B. scaber.

Tylopilus fe Ileus.

Polyporus varius.

P. squamosus .

P. sulphur eus .

P. adustus.

P. lacteus.

Fomes igniarius.

F . pomaceus .

F . annosus.

F. ferruginosus.

Polystictus hirsutus.

P. versicolor.

Irpex obliquus.

Daedalea biennis.

D. quercina.

Coniophora puteana.

Ph lebia merismoides .

Fistulina hepatica.

Hydnum repandum

var. rufescens
Grandinia farinacea .

Phylacteria terrestris.

Hypochnus umbrinus.

Stereum spadiceum.

S. rugosum.

S. hirsutum.

S. purpureum.

Corticium laevce.

C lav aria cr is tat a.

C. cinerea.

C. Kunzei.

C. incequalis .

C. vermicularis .

C. persimilis .

C. rugosa.

f C. crass a Britzl.

Pistillaria furcata.

P. uncialis.

The Naturalist

Conchological Corrections .

31

Tremella frondosa.

T. lutescens.

Exidia glandulosa.
Dacryomyces deliquescens .
Calocera viscosa.

C. cornea.

Cynophallus caninus.
Phallus impudicus.
Ly coper don per latum
L. pyri forme.

L. echinatum.

Bovista nigrescens.
Crucihulum vulgare.

Fungi Imperfecti.

Phyllosticta Violce Desm.

Phoma herharum West.

B . samar arum Desm.

Cytospora ambiens Sacc.

* Fusicoccum Pini (Preuss) Sacc.

Coniothyrium Fuckelii Sacc.

Hender sonia Henriquesiana Sacc. and Roum., on Rosa fruits.
Monilla fructigena Pers., on apples.

Oidium alphitoides Griff, and Maubl., on oak.

O. farinosum Cke., on hawthorn.

*Cephalosporium muscarium Petch, on Trichia decipiens.
*Acremonium album Preuss, on flies.

Botrytis cinerea Pers.

Acrostalagmus cinnabarinus Corda.

Trichothecium roseum Link.

Ramularia lychnicola Cke.

R. Primulce v. Thuem.

\Cladosporium aphidis v. Thuem., on flies and aphis.
Helminthosporium velutinum Link, on decorticated wood.
*Macrosporium commune Rabenh.

Isaria farinosa (Holms.) Fr., on pupae.

\Hymenostilbe arachnophila (Ditm.) Petch, on spider.
Tubercularia vulgarias Tode.

Fusarium culmorum (W. G. Sm.) Sacc., on wheat.

CONCHOLOGICAL CORRECTIONS.

Owing to unforeseen difficulties, a number of errors were included in.
the lists of mollusca given in the November (1932) number of The
Naturalist, Excursion Reports. Mr. J. Davy Dean has kind ly^compi led
the following list of corrections.

Page 342
Line 26.

,, 33-
Page 348
Line 4.
,, 6.
,, 10.

,, 11.
,, 12.

,, 15-
,, 16.

,, 17-

,, 20.
,, 21 .
,, 22.
,, 26.
,, 28.
>> 34-

(Sedbergh) .

For molluses, read molluscs.

For Limax concriptus, read Arion circumscriptus .
(Skipton) .

For Wilmore, read Wilman.

For Hyalinia alliana, read Hyalinia alliaria.

For Hygromia strolata, read Hygromia striolata.

For var. subcarnate, read subcarinata.

For (Helix) rupestris, read Pyramidula rupestris.
Clausilia nigosa, read Clausilia rugosa.

For Cochlicopa lulrica, read Cochlicopa lubrica.

For Bulimus obscuruis, read Bulimus obscurus.

For Hygnonsia stroleta, read Hygromia striolata.

For Hygnonsia rotundata, read Pyramidula rotundata.
For (Helix sericla) , read (Helix sericea) .

As on line 12.

,, 6.

,, ,, 15-

1933 Feb. 1

3-2

THE PALMATE ORCHIDS OF CRAVEN.

BY J. N. FRANKLAND.

The Flora of West Yorkshire is very obscure as to the palmate
orchids occurring in Craven and very little has been written
about them since. As there is still a lot of work to accomplish
on this critical group of plants— in other parts as well as in
Craven — all we can do at present is to compare our Craven
plants with those found elsewhere, and so gain some idea of
why and how they occur.

All the distinct species of palmate orchids have been
noted in Craven, besides most of the varieties and many
hybrids. The following is a list of the palmate orchids seen.

Orchis lati folia L.

-O . incarnata L.
c. pulcherior Dr.
maculata

x. prcetermissa Var. pulchella
-O. prcetermissa Var. pulchella Dr.
~0 . purpurella Steph.

-0 . maculata L.
b. leucantha Dr.

prcetermissa Var. pulchella
x. purpurella
-O . Fuchsii Dr.

Var. ovata Dr.

*. incarnata
x. maculata

#. prcetermissa Var. pulchella
x. purpurella
-O. O' Kelly i Dr.

The question now arises. Are all these true species, or
are some of them only hybrids or states ?

Orchis lati folia is the rarest palmate orchis of Craven and
although it may be known on more occasions I have only one
authentic record of it. Many leading botanists consider this
plant a true species, but my own observations suggest that it is
merely a hybrid between Orchis prcetermissa, and 0. Fuchsii
or maculata, or both. In other districts where I have seen
it in plenty, it grows only among groups of the above-
mentioned parent plants, and the variations tending to one or
the other are so many that we have to search long sometimes,
to get a hybrid to conform to the accepted description of it
Our one recorded plant for Craven occurred near 0. Fuchsii
and 0. prcetermissa Var. pulchella, and it is probably due to the
scarcity of the latter that 0. lati folia is so rare.

Orchis incarnata is the commonest of Craven’s hollow-
stemmed bog orchids. Except where it hybridises, and this
is of very local occurrence, it is very easy to distinguish by
the flesh-coloured florets with characteristic re flexed lip, and
straight erect keeled and hooded leaves which are never
spotted. This plant grows up to 1,500 feet above sea level.
Its variety, pulchrior, is equally common. The variety is to
be distinguished by its deep rich purple flowers, and less
re flexed and rather broader lip. Though both are common, it
is only rarely that we find them growing together. The type
plant seems to prefer limestone bogs, while the variety is
almost invariably found in deep peat mosses. The variety,

The Naturalist

The Palmate Orchids of Craven

33

in suitable years, attains much more luxuriant proportions
than the type ; indeed, it is our biggest palmate orchis. Our
northern 0. pulchrior does not differ from its southern equiva-
lent either in size or minor details. I have seen it growing
in Dorset in immense colonies.

Type Orchis prcetermissa I have never seen in Craven.
Its variety occurs, but not abundantly in any one spot. This
variety probably takes the place of the type in the hilly parts
of the north. It is a more slender and rather paler in colour,
and its leaves are usually unspotted. To illustrate how
difficult the palmate orchids can be I mention the following.
Plants from a certain colony of Orchis prcetermissa Var.
pulchella which has been observed for many years were sent
to Kew. The specialists there thought at first the orchids
were either exceptional forms of 0. purpurella , or a hybrid
between this and 0. prcetermissa Var. pulchella, as leaves on
some of the plants were very faintly spotted towards the tip.
On examining further material, it was identified as 0.
prcetermissa Var. pulchella.

Our most interesting species is Orchis purpurella. Although
this orchis grows in several places in fair abundance it was
only noted in Craven for the first time in 1931 when a gathering
was sent to Kew, who were very interested in it, Craven being
a new locality for the species. Kew expressed the view that
our plant was form B as found by the Stephensons at Amble-
side. There is no doubt whatever that this is a good species,
for it grows in colonies quite apart and each plant exactly
alike. Hybrids are found occasionally with one of the spotted
orchids as the other parent. The lip of this plant is broad,
and of a very rich deep purple colour, and it differs from that
of any other palmate orchid by the fact that it is almost
entire. The leaves are more or less faintly spotted at the
tip. Orchis purpurella and 0. prcetermissa Var. pulchella
have a superficial resemblance to each other, but their separa-
tion presents no difficulty to the writer. I have not observed
a plant which suggested a hybrid between the two.

Orchis maculata is common but almost invariably on
a peaty soil. It is quite a distinct species, for in several
places it grows along with 0 . fuchsii without any intermediates
occurring. In other places where a few intermediates are seen
they are certainly hybrids. The white form, Var. leucantha
is sometimes seen, but it is much rarer than the questionable
0 . O’Kellyi. This white variety, too, is more slender than the
type and also has unspotted leaves. If 0. O’Kellyi is a
species, then this white maculata deserves the same rank.

By far the commonest of our palmate orchids is 0. fuchsii.
It occurs almost anywhere on dry or wet ground on both
acid and alkaline soils, varying in colour and stature according

1933 Feb. 1

B2

34

The Palmate Orchids of Craven.

to situation. In general aspect and lipshape it keeps strictly
true to type, and only as a hybrid does it possess any of the
features of 0. maculata. A white form occurs, often in small
colonies but always near or among the type plants. This
white form is the plant which has been called Orchis O’ Kelly i.
Some botanists aver that Orchis O’Kellyi does not occur in
Craven, but if there is a plant worthy of the name then we
have it in plenty. If not, no district has it. True, it differs
from Orchis fuchsii in many minor respects. It is a more
slender plant as a rule with white flowers and unspotted leaves.
The florets, too, are smaller. Some years ago I sent specimens
of our plant to the late Dr. Druce, who replied : ‘ This is
undoubtedly Orchis O’Kellyi.’ The plants sent to Druce were
not growing on a limestone soil ; indeed, we get it as much
away from limestone as on it . Druce wrote of it : ‘ Calcareous
areas of Burren, Co. Clare, Galway, Sutherland and Yorks.,
etc.’ If so, why is our white form of 0. fuchsii on a non-
calcareous area still Orchis O’Kellyi ? And if there is a
difference, why did Druce name it 0. O’Kellyi ? The truth
is that Orchis O’Kellyi is merely a white form of Orchis fuchsii,
and although these white forms may differ slightly, no dividing
line can be drawn between a distinct species and an albino.

In 1930, I found a peculiar spotted orchis with almost
elliptical leaves and a very long narrow flower spike. This
was sent to Dr. Druce who named it Orchis fuchsii Var. ovata.
Although distinct as an individual plant, we think it more a
form than a variety.

Lip markings vary so much in all species that we cannot
take this to be a reliable aid to identification, but the shape
and outline of the lip means a great deal. As pressed specimens
lose their colour and the lip shape is distorted, they are often
of very little use. It is as well to take in addition several
florets and preserve them loose in small test tubes containing
fomalin reduced 5 per cent. They can be examined at any
time.

Summing up we see that five distinct species of palmate
orchids occur in Craven, and these are properly classified as
follows.

Orchis incarnata L.
c. pulcherior Dr.
x. maculata

x. pvcetermissa Var. pulchella Dr
0-. maculata L.
b. leucantha Dr.
x . prcetermissaNax . pulchella Dr
x. purpurella
0-. purpurella Steph.

We accept the above species because they occur in places
in abundance quite apart from any other and all quite to

0-. Fuchsii Dr.

Var. O’Kellyi Dr.
forma ovata Dr.
x. incarnata
;r. maculata

#. prtceermissa Var. pulchella ==
lati folia,
x. purpurella

The Naturalist

The Low Metamorphism of the Elland Flags. 35

type. Wherever any variation is noticed hybridisation is
the cause.

Orchis lati folia and 0. O’Kellyi are not species because they
never occur in isolated colonies, but only in the company of
other species, and then sparingly. Orchis lati folia is a hybrid.
Orchis O’Kellyi an albino, just as white forms or varieties of
incarnata, maculata, etc. If Orchis purpurella is not a species
as sceptics sometimes tell us, from whence does it obtain its
spotted leaves ? It cannot be from Orchis fuchsii, for the lip
shape is entirely different. If from maculata, how does it
come to be found in isolated and quite uniform colonies ?
When we require a specimen we prefer to visit a colony of
orchids and pick one at random knowing that it will be what
we want. How can a plant be defined as a distinct species
when one has to wander about a considerable time among
masses of variable palmate orchids, and eventually find one
or two which are considered to be ‘ good latifolias.’

Is there some peculiar factor at work in connection with
the hybridisation of orchids ? In most spots in Craven we
find many species growing together and fail to find a hybrid,
while in others hybrids are more common than type specimens.
On one such tract we have Orchis maculata- fuchsii -pur pur ella-
incarnata and Var. pulchrior and prcetermissa Var. pulchella,
and to spend an hour there and see all the variations gradually
merging one into the other would almost shatter the faith of
the most ardent student of palmate orchids. Perhaps it is
spots like this that make some botanist very sceptical as
regards accepting such species as Orchis purpurella ; but it is
the fact that all these plants can be found in other places quite
distinct that makes us keep the faith. As before mentioned,
this cannot be said for Orchis lati folia and Orchis O’Kellyi.

LOW GRADE METAMORPHISM OF THE ELLAND
FLAGS DUE TO SUBSIDIARY FAULTING.

JAMES WALTON.

Flixby is bounded by Rastrick and Elland on the north,
and by Huddersfield and Longwood on the remaining sides,
and the major portion of the parish is occupied by a park
which has been converted into a golf course. The Elland
Flags are well exposed in this area and are traversed by three
small east-west faults which may be considered as parallel
branches of the Rishworth-Staincliffe fracture. Owing to
extensive quarrying, the effect of these faults is well shown,
and in the quarry at the northern end of Cowcliffe village,
the smallest of them is seen together with a series of subsidiary
fractures. The largest of these subsidiary faults has a throw
of only one foot and it is almost vertical.

1933 Feb. 1

36 The Low Metamorphism of the Elland Flags.

At this point the Elland Flags consist of a series of
sandstones, flagstones, shales and mudstones, and the beds
can be conveniently compared with regard to the effect of
the minor fracture upon them. There are three sandstone
beds ; the top one is a soft, even-grained rock ; the bottom one
is a hard even -grained sandstone ; while the third is a coarse,
tough, ferruginous rock. The upper and lower beds have
been ground up considerably and reduced to either sand or
gravel, but, in the latter case, the fragments have been
cemented together by limonite, which has been brought down
by waters percolating through the ferruginous rocks above,
and the result is a breccia with a limonite cement. The
tough sandstone still remains compact near the fault, although
it has been oxidised and has lost its toughness.

Two beds of mudstone are exposed in the quarry ; one is
a tough, laminated, micaceous rock, while the other is very
similar except that it contains a high percentage of carbona-
ceous matter. In neither case have the rocks been shattered,
but they show considerable carbonisation. The carbonaceous
shales have merely been shattered.

Near to the fracture the mudstones and shales have been
dragged down and are bent, although in the case of the shales
this is masked by the shattering action. This is not noticeable
in the sandstones, which either slipped down as solid blocks
or crumpled up without bending. The resistance to com-
pression of a number of these beds was determined with
the following results : —

Pounds per square inch.

Tough Sandstone ... ... ... 2,700

Upper Sandstone ... ... ... 720

Bottom Sandstone ... ... ... 2,540

Carbonaceous Shale ... ... ... 105

Grey Shaly Mudstone ... ... ... 1,585

Although the Tough Sandstone has not been fractured,
the Bottom Sandstone has been considerably crushed and it
appears that the pressure exerted on the beds by this fracture
was in the neighbourhood of 2,600 pounds per square inch.
This was quite sufficient, but did not crush the Grey Shaly
Mudstone. This is explained by the fact that the mudstone
was capable of bending and this bed has bent to the extent of
4J deg. per inch. The flexibility of the mudstone is due to
the high percentage of mica and to the lamination, which
allowed the laminae to slide over each other and shear. The
effect of the shearing has been a development of slickensiding
along the planes of lamination and a drawing out of the
particles.

The Naturalist

Reviews and Book Notices.

37

WAXWINGS IN THE WEST RIDING.

It is rather a curious fact that we should have more records of Waxwings
this season in this district than in the great invasion of a year ago. Mr.
R. Butterfield informs me that two Waxwings were in a Rowan or
Mountain Ash tree on November 22nd and 23rd at Higher Utley, a
suburb of Keighley. They were in the garden of Mr. Rish worth, and
took very little notice of traffic, etc., but spent most of their time dozing
or preening — occasionally dropping to the ground for a fallen berry.
Another was seen at close quarters at Shipley on November 29th. The
Rev. C. F. Tomlinson informs that a small flock of six or eight birds
were seem just after the middle of November in the Deep Park, Bolton
Abbey, close to where one was killed by a Hawk a year ago. The same,
or a similar, flock were seen at the same place on December 2nd, and
were feeding on haws. It is strange that they turn up suddenly in
November and disappear in December to nobody knows where. — H. B.
Booth, Ben Rhydding.

BRITISH WILLOW TIT IN YORKSHIRE.

At a recent meeting of the British Ornithologists’ Club, Mr. H. F.
Witherby stated, on the authority of Mr. A. Hazelwood, of Doncaster,
that the British Willow Tit ( Paras atricapillus kleinschmidti) was common
around Doncaster, and that it nested there freely. — H. B. Booth.

REVIEWS AND BOOK NOTICES.

The Form and Properties of Crystals, an Introduction to the
Study of Minerals and the use of the Petrological Microscope, by
A. B. Dale. This book has been written for first -year students doing
Mineralogy and Crystallography, most of the existing elementary text-
books on this subject being expensive. The writer’s object is to introduce
students of geology to the minimum knowledge of Crystallography and
Physics (more especially Physical Opticsjwhich it is essential they should
possess, if they are to have any intelligent notion of what they are doing
when they study thin slices of rocks under the microscope. Cambridge
University Press, 186 pp., 6/-.

Insect Behaviour, by Evelyn Cheeseman. Philip Allen & Co.,
Ltd., 1932, pp. 186, 4/6 net. This is a well-written account of insect
behaviour for the ‘ Man in the street.’ It is pointed out that, owing to
their immense antiquity, insects have reached a high stage of development.
Their actions are governed by hereditary instincts and not by intelligence.
Numerous examples of these instincts are given. Instinctive behaviour,
however, can be varied by an alteration of circumstance and there are such
actions as ‘ blind trials. ’ There is also a seeming awareness of failure and
danger which may cause an alteration in behaviour, and certain insects
apparently are able to learn by experience. Insects come into the
world predisposed to a distinct mode of behaviour, inherited through
natural selection and though there is a latent faculty to vary behaviour,
there is no evidence of a conception of ultimate aim. Influences in the
environment evoke an appropriate response, the action being prompted
by outside stimuli. Tropisms have to do with ordinary every-day
needs and are of various kinds, such as heliotropism, thermotropism and
chemotropisms. There is also a certain amount of periodicity of behaviour
which has become stereotyped and can act without the appropriate
stimulus as when a diurnal insect becomes active in the daytime even
though kept in the dark when the normal stimulus of light is absent.
The instincts of the parent in the preparation for the next generation
are frequently most complicated and are discussed in this work with
interesting detail. The author is to be congratulated on having produced
a most readable and instructive little book.

1933 Feb. 1

38

THE YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION’S
SEVENTIETH ANNUAL REPORT

FOR 1932

[Continued from page 24) .

ENTOMOLOGICAL SECTION [continued).

An interesting collection of material is at present being worked upon
from just outside the Yorkshire boundary collected by Mr. Pentelow,
and it contains such good species as Rhithrogena fraglyi, which is a species
not yet recorded in Yorkshire.

Some of the results of the investigations into the Yorkshire Mayfly
fauna during 1931 made by Mr. Hincks and myself, appeared in The
Naturalist for February, 1932, and included three additions to the
Yorkshire list, but much of the information which we obtained could
not be placed in a short paper of this description.

A large number of records from a wide range of Yorkshire localities
have been obtained this year together with some biological observations,
which may prove of interest, and we hope to be in a position to put
these on record.

Mr. Hincks took a female Rhithrogena at West Tanfield last year,
which, we believe, will prove to be an addition to the British List.
Unfortunately, this cannot be determined for certainty without further
materials, but it appears to be amply distinct from R. fraglyi and R.
semicolorata.

At Ryhill, on the Entomological Section’s field meeting in June,
the cast pellicles of Caenis macrura were noticed upon trees near the
water and there followed a search for the nymphs which were found in
numbers beneath algal growth at the edge of the reservoir. These
nymphs were difficult to see owing to their resemblance in colour to the
reservoir bed.

No additions have as yet been made to the Yorkshire list during 1932.

Our knowledge of Mayfly nymphs and their determination is ex-
ceedingly poor, and a good deal of time has been spent in collecting
and observing Yorkshire specimens in the nymphal state. The following
three species : Caenis macrura, Cloeon dipterum and Ecydonurus venosus
have each been captured as fairly well developed nymphs and successfully
kept until emergence of the adult. Other species have been taken in the
nymphal state, but have succumbed in our aquaria either through in-
adequacy of the aeriation of the water or of their food supply.

Mr. W. Withell has done some good work by supplying some excellent
photographs of wing slides.

I have received good material from Mr. W. Doughty and Mr. A. G.
Davies, who are keen Yorkshire fly fishermen.

A list of records for 1932 is appended, together with a reference to
those who have contributed to form it. Attention is drawn to the
probable increase in this list when the remaining material which has been
sent in is worked out.

NOTE. — At the Annual Meeting to-day, Mr. J. Wood has handed
in a very excellent collection of material to be worked up, which will
increase the list of records in due course.- — r 5/1 0/32.

List of Records for 1932.

Ephemera danica Mull. ... Harewood Bridge, 13.6. A few speci-
mens only seen, and one male and one
female captured.

Meanwood Beck, Leeds, 16.6. Seen in
thousands swarming both sexes, flying
from the beck in evening up road.
(W. W.) 20 specimens sent to me.

The Naturalist

Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union: Annual Report , 1932. 39

Ecydonurus venosus F.

Heptagenia sulpphurea Mull.
Rhithrogena semicolorata Curt.

Baetis pumilus Burm.
B . rhodani Piet.

B. bioculatus L.

Chloeon rufulum Mull.

Habrophlebia fusca Curt.

Leptophlebia marginata L.
Paraleptophlebia submarginata,
Steph .

Leptophlebia vespertina L.

Ephemerella notata Eaton. ...

Caenis vivulorum Eaton.

C. macrura Steph.

K

West Tanfield, R. Ure, 29.5. Males
swarming, and both sexes hatching
out from river all day. (J. R. D.)
Harewood Bridge, 11.6. Not abundant.
Harewood Bridge, 13.6. Not abundant.
Harewood Bridge ,13.6. Fairly common .
Pateley Bridge, 22.5. Scarce. (W. D.)
West Tanfield, 29.5. Few only.
(J.R.D.)

Harewood Bridge, 11.6. Common.
(W. D.)

Harewood Bridge, 28.5. Not common.
Cowthorpe, 17.4. One male. (W. D.)
Low Laithe, near Summerbridge, 7.5.
Scarce. (W. D.)

Pateley Bridge, 22.5. Few only.
(W. D.)

Scarcroft, 26.5. Not common.

West Tanfield, 29.5 . Scarce. (J.R.D.)
Harewood Bridge, 13.6. Very abundant.
Ryhill, 1.5. Well-grown nymphs.
Ryhill, 25.6. Adults very common.
East Cottingwith, R. Derwent, August.
(W. D. H.)

Ryhill, 14.5. One male. (J. R. D.)
Pateley Bridge, 22/5. Few only.

(W. D.)

Mean wood Beck, Leeds, May.

(W. D. H. and G. N.)

West Tanfield, 29.5. One male sub.
(J. R. D.)

Cowthorpe, 17.6. Two males.
(A. G. D.)

Harewood Bridge, 13.6. Adults common
Ryhill, 25.6. Nymphs common.
Hatched out in captivity end of June.

Reference to Contributors to Above Records.

NOTE. — Records not otherwise
Hincks and J. R. Dibb.

(G. A. N.)

(W.D.)

(A. G. D.)

(W. W.)

(W. D.H.)

(J . R. D.)

acknowledged, made by W. D.

... G. Nelson.

... W. Doughty.

... A. G. Davies.

... W. WlTHELL.

... W. D. Hincks.

... J. R. Dibb.

Hemiptera (J. M. Brown, B.Sc.) : — Very little of special interest
has been noted among the Hemiptera during the past season. Individuals
seem to have been scarce, notwithstanding the sunny time during August,
and the species taken have been mainly quite common ones. A visit
to Allerthorpe Common during August was, unfortunately, spoiled by
rain, but supplied a single specimen of Piezodorus lituratus F., a species
reputed to be plentiful wherever gorse flourishes, but actually very local
in the county, having been taken in two or three places only, and those
chiefly on the coast. At the same time three species of Idiocerus were
taken, viz. confusus Flor., lituratus Fall., and fulgidus Fab., this last

1933 Feb. 1

40 Yorkshire Naturalists' Union: Annual Report, 1932.

an uncommon one. In Goredale, also during August, Temnostethus
pusillus H. S., and a species of Deltocephalus not yet identified with any of
our local forms, were obtained. Lygus rubricatus Fall, and Atractotomus
magnicornis Fall., were plentiful on Scots Pine at Winterburn, where
also occurred Lygus cervinus H . S . , and Orthotylus viridinervis Kb. The
Scale-insect, Lecanium capreae (L.), was noted on hawthorn at Sedbergh.
Deltocephalus sabulicola Curt, is reported by Mr. M. L. Thompson from
the north-east coast.

Neuroptera (J. M. Brown) : — Among common species taken during
the summer may be noted Hemerobius stigma Steph. from Allerthorpe,
Boriomyia subnebulosa Steph. from Ryhill, Chrysopa vittata Waes. from
near Sheffield, and the minute Semidalis aleurodiformis Steph. from
Winterburn, Ryhill and Sheffield, and with this last the form curtisiana
End.

Plecoptera (J. M. Brown) : — A considerable amount of collecting
has been done among the Stoneflies, and a number of new vice-county
records can be given. Amphinemura standfUssi Ris. and Leuctra moselyi
Mort., noted for the first time in last year’s Report, were taken again this
year at Winterburn (V.C. 64), Capnia nigra Piet, and Nemurella in-
conspicua Piet, occurred near Sheffield (V.C. 63), Leuctra nigra Piet,
was obtained at Sedbergh (V.C. 65) and near Sheffield, while the rare
Capnia vidua Kip. occurred near Muker (Swaledale).

Psocoptera (J. M. Brown) : — The most interesting species obtained
during the season is the apterous Hyperetes guest falicus Kibe, taken at
Winterburn, which, I believe, is the first county record.

Plant Galls (J. M. Brown) While galls have been collected on
most of the Union excursion's, few of particular interest have been noted.
At Sedbergh, Mr. Mason gathered the interesting root-gall on the oak,
due to Biorrhiza pallida Oliv. f. aptera, the alternate generation to the
common Oak-Apple gall wasp. In the neighbourhood of Skipton,
Stictodiplosis scrophulariae Kieff., deforming the flower buds of the
Figwort, was rather plentiful, and on Flasby Fell Molinia coerulea, as
noticed first by Mr. Malins Smith, was commonly attacked by Mayetiola
ven tricola Rubs.

In The Naturalist for November, Mr. Falconer published a list of Galls
obtained in the North and East Ridings.

Coleoptera (M. L. Thompson) : — From the reports which have so
far reached me it appears that beetles have been scarce during the past
season both with regard to species and individuals. Members of the
Coleoptera Committee attended the meetings of the Union at Saltburn,
Skipton and Sedbergh, also the Sectional Meeting at Ryhill Reservoir.
A few new localities for some interesting species may be mentioned.
Mr. E. G. Bayford captured a specimen of Blethisa multipunctata L. at
Bolton Ings, Bolton -on-Dearne. Mr. W. J. Fordham records Harpalus
ceneus var. ccerulescens Schil., from Allerthorpe Common in 1931, and
Otiorrhynchus rugosostriatus Goezes., from Barmby Moor in 1931. Mr. T.
Stainforth has again taken Donacia ( Plateumaris ) braccata Scop., on
Phragmites in a ditch near the River Hull. Agabus femoralis Pk. was
found in a large pool below Cronkley Fell in Upper Teesdale in May.
Mr. J. Wood met with Bryocharis ( Megacronus ) cingulata Man., in
Sunnydale, Morton, near Shipley, and a fine specimen of Aromia moschata
L. at Askham Bog, York. Mr. Geo. B. Walsh has found specimens in
his collection of Bembidion redtenbacheri , which were taken at Scalby
Beck, near Scarborough and Bridlington. This species was brought
forward as a British insect by Dr. Joy, who took a few specimens on the
banks of a stream near Sheffield in 1925.

Specimens in my own collection are from Lockwood Beck Reservoir,

The Naturalist

Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union: Annual Report , 1932. 41

near Guisborough ; Redmire in Upper Wensleydale ; and Keld in
Upper Swaledale.

Hymenoptera (Rosse Butterfield) : Aculeata Hymenoptera. —

The summer months were apparently decidedly more favourable than the
•corresponding months of the past two or three years, but, nevertheless,
insects of this group have been far from common. This may be due to a
relatively few number of pupae due to emerge this year. The number
of last year’s mud nests of Odynerus on walls, rocks, etc., was lower than
I have known for twenty years.

Andrena clarkella appeared on Austwick Moss as early as March 25th,
but no Nomada inquilines were noticed about its burrows. Mr. W. J. Ford-
ham saw this species and Nomada leucopthalma on April 27th at Aller-
thorpe. Andrena sericea proved the most abundant spring bee. A variety
•of A . chrysosceles occurred on raspberry bloom near Coniston in earlyjuly.
I doubt whether the nest of Bombus soroensis has been found or recorded
in this country, and on August 18th I took an opportunity, when in Grass
Wood, of examining one under a root of beech near the surface. The nest,
a little larger than a cricket ball, was formed of cut, dry fine grass, with
strands of sheep’s wool worked in the lining. I was disappointed in not
finding Psithyrus distinctus var. subrufipes , which is supposed to be its
inquiline. An interesting find was the curious and rare Rhopalum
tibialis Fab., near Ryhill, in June. Both Mr. J. Wood and I secured
examples of both sexes. Mr. Fordham found males of Andrena fucata
at Allerthorpe on June 16th, and it has been seen in two or three places
in the West Riding.

Lepidoptera : York District (A. Smith) : — Sallows did not offer
much material in the spring, perhaps the best things coming to the
bloom were T. populeti one specimen, P. rubricosa and T. munda more
freely. T. pulverulenta plentiful. The cold about this time kept
larvae back, and not till early June did the Sallow -feeding larvae show
much signs of getting any larger. On the 8th June I took a number of
X . fulvago larvae only a quarter of an inch long ; this time last year
they were full fed. C. viminalis larvae were plentiful in the various
Sallows growing in the Strensal! area ; the same day H . tenebrata were
flying in the afternoon by the roadside.

On Strensall Common during the evening of June nth Fox Moths
were flying in numbers and kept on doing so in spite of a thick ground
fog setting down, obliterating everything from view. Nothing else
was flying during the fog.

One of my best captures of the season were two specimens of
E. punctaria (Maiden’s Blush) at Buttercrambe on June 14th, one a
slightly -worn male, the other a fine female. This is the first time I
have seen the species in Yorkshire.

At Newton Dale on June 25th quite a number of interesting butterflies
were in evidence. N. lucina plentiful, females mostly and getting a bit
worn, this date being rather late for them. L. astrarche were in fine
fresh condition and numerous A . selene and A . euphrosyne were both
flying about. L. cegon was as plentiful as usual. A. candidata fairly
common among the Hazel, but the best capture of the day was a specimen
of N. pulveraria (Barred Umber) by Mr. Head, of Burniston. This insect
has not before been recorded in our York area. Larvae of B. sphinx
were beaten from an oak tree. This is also interesting as the insect has
not been found by many of our Yorkshire collectors and, up to this
record, has not been found in our area except by the Rev. C. D. Ash,
somewhere near Tadcaster.

On June 29th at Buttercrambe I took a specimen of H . albicillata
and a caterpillar of T. crataegi ; two crataegi larvae occurred at Newton
Dale in 1931, both unfortunately ichneumoned. I have not heard of this
species before in our area.

I933 Feb. 1

42 Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union: Annual Report, 1932.

July 1st. — One specimen of leporina (Miller) at rest on Pine tree at
Strensall.

July 3rd. — At Helmsley I took a specimen of A. bloomeri, another
Yorkshire locality for this species.

July 6th. — Four miles from York on the Malton Road, I beat off
oak two larvae of N. chaonia. Several E. obliterata were caught flying
among the Alders.

July 9th. — I sugared at Buttercrambe, the more interesting captures
were one specimen of E. prasina (The Green Arches), one N . triangulum,
one T. batis, three N .C . nigrum, several M. strigilis. Prasina is very
rare in the York District.

July 10th. — Larvae of C. prunata in garden at Huntington.

July nth. — Forge Valley, near Scarborough, A. bloomeri not scarce
but difficult to catch, mostly sitting up high on the Beech trunks.
V . cambrica were also about, but like bloomeri did their worst to avoid
capture .

July 18th. — At Langdale End, Scarborough, A. aglaia were fairly
plentiful, although a windy cold day they were flying over the long
grasses ; nothing but males were seen. I took a nearly full-fed larvae
of V . cambrica the same day, also larvae of E. minutata and E. nanata.

August 24th. — At Strensall larvae were plentiful ; among the bag were
L. camelina, N. dictaeoides, N. dromedarius, N. ziczae, A. betularia,
and T. fir mat a.

September 8th. — Larvae of A. leporina at Strensall on Birch.

September nth. — Cawood. One larvae of M. persicaria feeding

on garden daisies in a garden near the Bridge ; in the same garden
larvae of P. forficalis had simply riddled the leaves of the Horse Radish ;
a few caterpillars of M . fluctuata were struggling to live on the same
plants. Our well-known and local E. vespertaria has almost suffered
extermination owing to the undergrowth having been burnt, all the
Dwarf Sallow was reduced to ashes, so no ova could possibly exist under
such conditions ; the insect is rarely found far from this patch and no
record of the insect has reached me yet for 1932.

CONCHOLOGICAL SECTION.

Mollusca (Elsie M. Morehouse) : — The year 1932 can be noted
by a great improvement in the molluscan world. The past few years
the conditions have not been in favour of these little animals. In several
habitats under observation there has been a distinct improvement in
respect of numbers ; in others the upward grade leaves a great deal to
be desired. If in 1933 the present conditions are maintained, it is to be
hoped those species which were practically gone will have fully recovered.

It is hardly fair to judge the molluscan fauna in the different places
where meetings have been held, because they are very sensitive to climatic
conditions and it is not always possible to be out at dusk or later when
they are feeding.

Those molluscs worthy of mention or common species taken in unusual
habitats were Limncea peregra taken from the swift -running becks around
Sedbergh. In these becks the aquatic plants were practically nil.
Vitrea radiatula found on stones near a farmhouse, on the way to Carling
Gill. Arianta arbustorum found on Black Force at an altitude of
1,000 feet. The different Limncea taken from drains, etc., around
Ferrybridge on June 4th, the shells were unusually frail, evidently due
to insufficient lime. Only one Paludestrina stagnalis was found when
dredging in the Market Weighton Canal on June 28th ; this is very
unusual. Paludestrina jenkensi and sub-species are invariably local,
but where they occur there are vast quantities. Another habitat has

The Naturalist

Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union : Annual Report, 1932. 43;

been found at Almholme, near Doncaster, for the three molluscs which
associate together Aplecta hypnorum, Limncea glabra and Planorbis
spivorbis. At another place at Almholme a very small grip in a grass
lane was full of Planorbis spirorbis, quite 70 per cent, being distorted.
Some very curious forms were found during our first visit. A colony
of Helicella itala was found by the edge of a limestone quarry, Kirkdale
Woods, Kirby Moorside.

Slugs have not been nearly so plentiful this year, a few isolated
places have produced quite the average amount. Mr. Kenneth Howell
found Arionater v. fasciata in Saw Woods, Leeds, and a very fine
specimen of Limax maximus v. sylvatica which he took at Kirk Smeaton,
its measurement when fully extended being 8J inches. I believe this
constitutes a record for length.

BOTANICAL SECTION.

(Chris. A. Cheetham) — This section meets under the shadow of a
great loss. Mr. Jo. Beanland will long be missed when the distribution
of any Yorkshire plant is under discussion, and his cheery voice and help-
ful suggestions will be heard no more at these meetings he liked so well.
We shall only realise our loss as time goes on and his knowledge is wanted
in our discussions.

Another loss to Yorkshire botanical knowledge is that of an associate
of the Union, Mr. H. H. Sturdy, of Settle. He was less known to our
members than he was to botanists who visited the district he knew so
well. They will find the gap he has left when they come again to Craven.

The year has been more normal in all respects than the past two,
and the results appear somewhat uninteresting owing to this general
average of weather, flowering and fruitage.

January and February gave promise of a very early spring, and
Celandines were reported in flower during the first week or two of the
year. Coltsfoot and Primroses were in bloom at the commencement of
February, and even the Alpines were early. Hutchinsia was in flower
January 25th, and Saxifraga oppositifolia on February 27th. The
promise of an early spring was not kept, however, and March, April and
May were cool and sunless, so that spring flowers were, on the whole,
a week or two later than usual.

A general impression of the flowering would be that it was a good
display, but it did not last very long. The meadow Buttercups made a
striking show, and it was suggested in some cases that they were better
seen this year than is usual owing to the late growth of the grass crop.
The Heather made a fine show of colour, but did not last very long.
One curious result of the check to growth due to the cold spell in spring
was seen in Colt Park Wood at the end of June, the fern leaves, most
particularly those of Filix mas, had a pale green margin, varying up to-
an inch in width, very distinct from the normal dark green of full growth
as if there had been a distinct check and maturing of the early growth
and then a sudden recommencement of growth when the warm dry spell
came in June.

Coming to the results as shown by the fruitage, few seem very good
from all districts ; perhaps the Wild Rose, Raspberry and Mountain Ash
might be put in this class. Then follow the Elderberry, Sycamore,
Beech and Ash, the last-named seems poor near Bradford and Hudders-
field, but in Craven many trees are full of fruit, though, as is usually
the case, there are many quite bare, and this may be owing to a tendency
to become a dioecious species, and these to be male plants. The Oak
came into leaf two or three weeks before the Ash, but it has produced
a very poor crop of fruit in most districts. Hawthorn is very uneven,

1933 Feb. 1

44 Yorkshire Naturalists' Union : Annual Report, 1932.

occasional bushes with plenty of berries, but the greater number without.
The Bramble crop is far better than that of the last two years, and
Raspberries have done very well. Apples, Pears and Plums are only
moderate, Sloes and Damsons almost absent.

The season seems to have produced a normal growth of all species of
orchids, none being reported as failing or making special displays. Mr.
A. Malins Smith mentions a patch of Habenaria chlorantha flowering, which
had been watched and had not produced flowers since 1914 ; he also
cites the abundance of Ash seedlings as an outstanding event of the
year.

Mr. W. B. Haley states that Epilobium angustifolium is over-running
the ground which was so full of interesting aliens, though a few are
still holding their own.

The consensus of opinion is that secondary growth has not been so
noticeable this year, but statements vary widely, and this may be due
to various causes. Some definite trees will be found to always show this
type of growth, and if they are carefully examined it will generally be
found that there has been disturbance of the original growth at some
time or other. Perhaps a broken branch years ago, or pruning and clipping
this year, or insect attack during spring — any such like matters will
cause the production of a type of secondary growth.

Flowering Plants (W. A. Sledge, Ph.D.) : — The task of drawing
up this report on the flowering plants for the past season, during which
many notable records have been made, has been lightened by the kindness
of those members who have forwarded their records to me, and I should
like to thank them for their help.

From the North Riding, Mr. R. J. Flintoff, sends me records
for Rynchospora alba L. Yahl. found by Dr. H. Arathoon at Lilia Cross ;
Crepis biennis L., found by W. C. Worsdell, James Green and R. J.
Flintoff at Allerston, near Pickering ; and Asplenium lanceolatum Huds.
found by Mr. Francis Druce near Goathland. Mr. Flintoff also records
Hieracium sagittatum Lindeb. var. subhirtum Hanb. (teste K. Zahn)
from Riccaldale, and a Dandelion collected by him at Grosmont has
been identified by Dr. Dahlstedt as Taraxacum brachyglossum Dahls.
Early in the season Miss K. Rob found Asperugo procumbens L. in some
quantity in a stackyard at Topcliffe, near Thirsk, where she showed it
to me. We also collected Pyrus scandica Fr. at Pilmoor ; it has long
been known to grow there, but is unrecorded in Baker’s North Yorkshire
and the Comital Flora of the British Isles. Mrs. T. J. Foggitt and I also
collected a batrachian Ranunculus at Thirsk, which Mr. W. H. Pearsall
identified as R. heterophyllus Weber, var. trifidus Pearsall.

From the West Riding Mr. N. Frankland records Peucedanum sativum
L. from near Gisburn, and our late regretted member, Mr. H. H. Sturdy,
shortly before his death had noted that the prevailing Water Plantain
in the Leeds and Liverpool Canal in the Craven area is Alisma plantago-
aquatica L. var. lanceolatum With. Early in July I spent a week at
Austwick, and the visit yielded Car ex diandra Schrank. and C. panicea
L. var. tumidula Laest., the former a most welcome record in view of the
■very few, old and vaguely localised records for the species in the Flora
of West Yorkshire. The record for this plant at Malham Tarn quoted in
the Flora is open to grave doubt. Further investigations were made on
the marsh and spotted orchids of the district, and the following species,
varieties and hybrids are now known to occur in the neighbourhood :
Orchis incarnata L., O. incarnata L. var. pulchrior Dr., O. praetermissa
Dr. var. pulchella Dr., O. purpurella Steph., O. elodes Griseb., O. elodes
Griseb. var. leucantha (Dr.) O. elodes Griseb. xO. praetermissa Dr. var.
pulchella Dr., O. Fuchsii Dr., and 0. Fyichsii Dr. xO. praetermissa Dr.
var. pulchella Dr. Purpurella hybrids probably occur, too, but have not
yet been identified with certainty.

The Naturalist

Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union: Annual Report, 1932. 45

Other new or noteworthy native Yorkshire plants recorded in the
current report of the Botanical Society and Exchange Club include :
Erophila boerhaavii van Hall Dumortier var. fraseri O.E. Schulz var.
nov. from Sawley, near Clitheroe, V.C. 64, and Erophila boerhaavii van
Hall Dumortier var. inf lata H. C. Wats. O. E. Schulz, from the
summit of Ingleborough, V.C. 64, both collected by Mr. C. G. Trapnell ;
Viola hirta L. x V. odorata L. and Hieracium chlorophyllum Jord. var.
calvescens Zahn., both from Outershaw, V.C. 64, collected by the late
Dr. G. C. Druce ; Campanula rotundifolia L. var. fissa Dr. var. nov.,
from Winterburn, near Skipton, V.C. 64, collected by Mr. A. Turner ;
Campanula rotundifolia L. var. linearifolia Dum. Hayek., from Outer-
shaw and Coniston Cold, V.C. 64, and Carex lepidocarpa Tausch., from
Winch Bridge, Teesdale, V.C. 65, both collected by the late Dr. G. C.
Druce.

Amongst the alien species recorded, Mr. Flintoff notes Stachys annua
L. from Dalby Marwood ; Stachys grarrdi flora L., found by Mr. J. Green,
of Thornton Dale ; Saponaria vaccaria L. from near Driffield, collected
by Major Lawson, and Erigeron acre L. found by Miss Ingham at Gros-
mont. Some interesting aliens have been found by the late Mr. H. H.
Sturdy and Mr. N. Frankland in the Settle area, including Brassica
gallica Willd. Dr., Lepidium virginicum L., Vida pannonica Crantz.
var. striata M. Bieb., Lathy rus aphaca L., Potentilla norvegica L.,
Caucalis daucoides L., Linaria purpurea Mill., and Leucojum vernum L.
In September I paid another visit with Mr. J. Kendall to the Olympia
sidings at Selby, where, in addition to the aliens recorded from this
locality in last year's report, the following plants were collected :
Ipomoea hederacea (new to Britain), Chenopodium murale L. var. micro-
phyllum Giircke., C. aristatum Asch. (new to Yorkshire), Polygonum
petecticale Stokes, Fagopyrum sagittatum Gilib., F. tartaricum L.
Gaertn., Panicum miliacium L., and P. crus-galli L.

Bryological Committee (F. E. Milsom, B.Sc.) : — Judging by
results, the Bryological Section may claim to have had a very successful
year.

Although the sectional meeting arranged for Easter had to be aban-
doned owing to lack of support, much keenness has been shown during
the year by members of the section, and it would seem, on reviewing the
past few years, that bryology in Yorkshire is tending to depend more
on individual than on cbncerted effort.

Dealing first with new records, there are the following : —

Mosses.

Schistostega osmundacea Mohi. (new to V.C. 65).

Orthodontium gracile Schwaeg. var. heterocarpum Wats, (new to V.C.

62) .

Heterocladium heteropterum B. and S. vhr. fallax Milde (new to V.C.

63) -

Hypnum lycopodioides Schwaeg. (new to V.C. 63).

The Orthodontium is an interesting extension of its range in Yorkshire.
It is of interest to note that the variety has now been found in V.Cs 62, 63,
64 and 65, also in both the Yorkshire and the Staffordshire side of Cheshire,
and in Staffordshire.

Hepatics.

Aplozia pumila (With.) Dum. var. rivularis Schiffn. (new to V.C. 63).

The following notes were added on species which, though not new
Vice-Comital records, are interesting for various reasons.

Mosses.

Tetraphis pellucida Hedw. Found in fruit at East Witton (V.C. 65)-

1933 Feb. 1

46 Yorkshire Naturalists' Union : Annual Report, 1932.

Swartzia inclinata Shoh. Confirmed for V.C. 64 by its discovery near
Helwith.

Dicranella squarrosa Schp. Found in fruit near Ingleby Greenhow
(V.C. 62).

Fissidens rufulus B. and S. Confirmed in fruit in its station in
River Wharfe (V.C. 64).

Leptodontium flexifolium Hampl. Found in fruit on Moughton
(V.C. 64).

Trichostomum mutabile Brach. var. lophocarpum Schp. Found in
fruit in V.C. 64.

T . tortuosum Dixon. Found in fruit in V.C. 64.

Orthodontium gracile Schwaeg. var. hetevocarpum Wats. Found at
Pateley Bridge, Nidderdale, and Appletreewick, Wharfedale.

Zygodon lapponicus B. and S. Confirmed on Ingleborough (V.C. 64).

Myurella julacea B. and S. Confirmed on Ingleborough (V.C. 64).

Hepatics.

Ptilidium pulcherrimum (Web.) Hampl. A welcome confirmation
of its presence in V.C. 64, by its discovery at Eldroth.

Marchesinia Mackair (Hook) Gray. Confirmed in Ingleton Glens by
its discovery in plenty in another habitat from than in which it was
originally found.

In conclusion, emphasis is placed on the appeal made last year that
old records of rare mosses should be followed up in order that definite
information can be available as to which of the rare species can be con-
sidered extinct in the county.

Ecological Committee (Miss D. Hilary, B.Sc.) : — Two meetings
have been held, one at Skipton on the occasion of the Annual Meeting,
and the other a field meeting, May 7th. A second field meeting arranged
in October did not take place owing to the impossible weather conditions.
At the May Meeting the plots which last year were staked out on Moughton
Fell for the investigation of the degeneration of the Juniper Scrub, were
revisited and a few new records made. Another plot was entirely cleared
of vegetation so that any invasions may be recorded in subsequent visits.
Several exposures were made in the Juniper Valley, and the nature of
the soil and the acidity at different depths was recorded. It is hoped
later to obtain a more detailed record of soil analysis and acidity.

Mycological Committee (Dr. J. Grainger) : — The Committee has
continued its activities during the year and has been represented on
each of its general excursions. Its annual Foray was held at Kirby -
moorside from September iyth-22nd, when excursions into the valleys
which run northwards to the moors were arranged, and a large number
of species was collected. The Chairman, Mr. J. W. H. Johnson, M.Sc.,
F.I.C., presided over the Annual Meeting held on the 17th, when Mr.
A. E. Peck was elected Chairman for the ensuing year. Miss K.
Moorhouse was elected a member of the Committee ; the Hon. Secretary,
Representative on Executive, and Recorder being severally re-elected.

GEOLOGICAL SECTION.

Glacial Committee : — -Renewed attention has recently been paid
to the coast sections in Holderness, and Hull members have been active
in a re-examination of the Boulder Clays from a stratigraphical aspect.
A new classification of these clays has recently appeared in The Naturalist
from the pen of Mr. W. S. Bisat, and members are invited to test the
validity of his conclusions on the coast and in inland sections.

The Naturalist

Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union : Annual Report, 1932. 47

Temporary Sections : — Very little information has been sent to
the convener. Excavations in building operations at Moortown, Leeds,
have enabled the Boundary Fault of the Coalfield to be mapped in an
area where exposures are limited.

Geological Photographs : — The convener has continued his work
on East Yorkshire sections, particularly Glacial sections. An appeal
is made to affiliated societies to take part in the photography of natural
features in their own area, and to send a copy of their photographs to
the convener for incorporation in the Union’s collection. The re-
photography of sections, after many years interval, may be of considerable
value to studies of erosion, so that old negatives and prints have still a
value in this connection.

“ The Naturalist ” has appeared regularly each month and, despite
some reduction of pages through financial considerations, its standard
has been well maintained. Many of the illustrations which have greatly
enhanced its pages, have been paid for by the authors of papers, while
some have been included by the courtesy of the Hull Corporation. The
Executive regrets to record the resignation of the Editor, Mr. Thos.
Sheppard, M.Sc., F.G.S., who has conducted the journal since 1903,
and in recognition of his valuable services a Presentation is to be made,
for which contributions have been received from a large number of
members, associates, and friends of the Union.

In view of the many difficulties and expenditure of time involved
in the production of a monthly journal like The Naturalist, the Executive
has much satisfaction in being able to announce that in future the
publication of The Naturalist will be in the hands of Dr. W. H. Pearsall,
F.L.S., Botany Dept., and Mr. W. R. Grist, B.Sc., Appointments
Board, of the University, Leeds, as Joint -Editors.

Gift to Leeds University. — Mr. T. Sheppard has handed over to
the University at Leeds his collection of authors’ reprints and pamphlets
relating to the geology, natural history and archaeology which principally
relate to Yorkshire. He has also handed over his material for a history of
Yorkshire scientific societies, upon which he had been at work for some
time, and this includes the syllabuses, lists of members, excursion pro-
grammes, annual reports, etc., of practically all the natural history
societies and field clubs in the County from their beginning. Many of
these societies are now not in existence, hence the record is a particularly
valuable one. These are from Mr. Sheppard’s private collection.

In addition there is a large quantity of notebooks and other records
relating to the work of the Yorkshire Naturalists' Union which were
handed over to Mr. Sheppard by the Executors of the late J. W. Taylor,
the late W. Denison Roebuck having given them to Mr. Taylor before
his death. It is thought that this collection had better be housed in
the University, where it will be available to any members of the Union
interested .

Soppit Memorial Library. — Dr. T. W. Woodhead, M.Sc., F.L.S.,
has been re-elected Librarian.

Delegate to the British Association and to the Plant Conservation
Board of the Society for the Preservation of Rural England, Mr. T.
Sheppard .

1933 Feb. 1

48

Northern News.

INCOME & EXPENDITURE ACCOUNT
to Oct. 31, 1932.

INCOME.

Members’ Annual

Subscriptions, arrears
„ 1932

,, 1933

Levies from Affiliated

Societies, arrears

„ 1932

* Booth ’ Fund for printing

Interest on 4% Consols

,, 4J% Conversion

, , 5% War Loan

,, Bank

Bonus on Conversion of 5%
War Loan ...

Naturalist —

Subscriptions, arrears
„ 1932

„ 1933

‘ Cheesman ’ Fund for
Illustrations...

Bonus on Conversion of
Cheesman Fund

£

s.

d.

17

13

0

57

8

6

0

16

0

2

8

7

8

12

2

5

18

0

7

13

8

5

0

0

0

4

8

1

0

0

35

0

0

in

0

0

1

0

0

5

0

0

1

0

0

Balance of Expenditure over Income...

£ s. d.

75 17 6

11 0
3 10

19 16 4

153

4

£267 11 0

EXPENDITURE.

Expenses of Meetings — £ s. d.

General Expenses ... 0 14 3

Secretaries’ Stationery 1 14 0

Printing and Stationery (General A/c)
,, ,, (Treasurer’s A/c)

Postages, addressing (Treasurer)

Naturalist —

Members’ Copies

161

16

0

Exchange , ,

6

0

0

Stationery

1

4

9

Extra Illustrations

1

15

0

,, arrears 1930-31

13

10

0

Binding

1

16

0

Extra Pages

6

13

6

Editor’s Postages

9

0

0

Sundry Expenses —
Bank Charges
Income Tax
Wreaths

£ s. d..

2 8
49 14
0 11
3 12

201 15 3

1 19
5 10

2 0

£267 11 0

BALANCE SHEET, October 31, 1932.

LIABILITIES.

Naturalist, etc. ...
Subscriptions paid in advance
Life Members’ account

Balance of Assets over Liabilities

S. D. P. FISHER,

Hon. Treasurer.

£ s.
113 10
1 16
323 8

. 151 10 6
£590 5 3

ASSETS.

Cash at Bank
,, in hands of Treasurer
£200 4% Consols, value at date
£170 16s. 9d. 4£% Conversion

£100 5% War Loan

£ s. d.

Subscriptions in arrears 62 10 0
Written off as unrealizable 29 10 0

£

s.

d.

54

12

4

7

17

11

216

10

0’

179

0

©

99

5

0‘

33

0

O'

‘ Booth ’ Fund, £100 3£% Con-
version Loan.

‘ Cheesman ’ Fund, £100 5% War
Loan.

Audited and found correct,

November 12th, 1932.

£590 5 3-

CHRIS. A. CHEETHAM, ) „ . ...

W. H. BURRELL, ^ Hon. Auditors .

NORTHERN NEWS.

At a recent meeting of Hull naturalists, Mr. C. M. Holt exhibited
a ‘ silver-striped Hawk Moth,' said to be the first caught in the district
since 1864.

The death is announced of H. Knight Horsfield, for many years
natural history editor of the Yorkshire Weekly Post. He was an authority
on bird life and a member of the British Ornithological Union.

Mr. Ludwig Glauert, formerly of Sheffield, and now the Curator
of the Perth Museum, Australia, sends us a number of copies of Our
Rural Magazine, issued by the Education Department of Western
Australia, in which are various natural history notes from his pen.

The Naturalist

WATKINS & DONCASTER

NATURALISTS,

36, STRAND, LONDON, W.G.2

{Five doors from Charing Cross),

P.O. Box 126 Telephone: Temple Bar 9451.

Keep in stock every description of

APPARATUS, CABINETS, BOOKS & SPECIMENS

for Collectors of

BIRDS’ EGGS, BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS, Etc.

Catalogue (96 pages) sent post free on application.

Irish Naturalists’ Journal

A Magazine of Natural History, Antiquities and Ethnology.

Published every Two Months by the I.N.J . Committee.

Edited by J. A. S. STENDALL, M.R.I.A., M.B.O.U.,
with the assistance of Sectional Editors.

Annual Subscription, 6/- post free. Single Parts , 1/3.

All communications to be addressed to —

W. M. Crawford, B.A., F.E.S., F.Z.S., Hon. Sec.,

Orissa, Marlborough Park, Belfast.

Storeboxes for collections. i6xiiX2f 7/-
lined cork two sides, polished. Best make each

Life Histories of British Insects. Honey
Bee, Silk Moth, Butterflies and Economic 8/6
species. Well mounted in cases 9x7x2 each

W. H. JANSON & SON, Natural
44 Gt. Russell Str

Polyporus strips for mounting Diptera, 1/-
Hymenoptera and other small insects box

British Coleoptera, Diptera, Lepidoptera, etc.,
supplied. Large and interesting forms of exotic,
Coleoptera, Lepidoptera, Spiders, Scorpions etc.,
for exhibition. List sent free.

History Specimens and Apparatus,
, London, W.C.l.

BINDING “ THE NATURALIST ”

Volumes of THE NATURALIST for
any year can be bound in a serviceable
and attractive Cloth Case, dark blue
and gilt lettered on back and side. Price
4/- per volume, or post free 4/6.

A. BROWN & SONS, LIMITED

40 GEORGE STREET, HULL

THE CITY AND PORT OF HULL

Royal 8vo. Contains 120 pages of text matter, profusely illustrated, in
stout cover with attractive, coloured design. 1/- net, post free 1/6.

Tells what ought to be known of Hull’s important commercial, industrial,
municipal and shipping activities, and is also informative of the City’s many
historical, religious and social interests. Contains New Plan of Hull.

A. BROWN & SONS, LTD., SAVILE STREET, HULL.

COLLECTING APPLIANCES

for outdoor work in all branches of Natural History.

We cater for the Botanist, Zoologist, Pond Life student,
Geologist, Lepidopterist, Ornithologist, etc.

Also Cabinets, Boxes, Tubes, etc., of every description.

Send for Catalogue “ C ” 40 pp. post free.

Flatters & Garnett, Ltd.,

309 OXFORD ROAD, MANCHESTER.

(Opposite University)

WALKS AND TALKS ON THE NORTH
YORKSHIRE COAST AND MOORS.

By W. RIDLEY -MAKEPEACE

128 pages , F’cap 8vo, stiff Boards, rounded corners, three-colour design
on front cover, profusely illustrated, and with folding map of the district.

1 J* net.

A little book of exceptional interest to walkers and tourists. In his description of eleven
moorland and coastal walks the author not only tells his readers when to turn right, when
left, and where to start and finish, but all sorts of interesting ancient and modern historical
details about the country traversed.

Obtainable from all Booksellers.

London : A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue E.C.4.

THE BIRDS OF YORKSHIRE

By T. H. NELSON, M.B.O.U.,

With, the co-operation of W. Eagle Clarke, F.R.S.E., and F. Boyes.

Two volumes. Demy 8vo, 901 pages, including over 200
Illustrations, beautifully printed in double tone ink, from photo-
graphs by R. Fortune, F.Z.S., and other well-known naturalist
photographers, also three-colour plates, including specially designed
title pages. Cloth boards, 17/6 net, post free, 18/3.

London : A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C. 4.

And at Hull.

BRITISH BIRDS

AN ILLUSTRATED MONTHLY MAGAZINE

Edited by H. F. WITHERBY, m.b.e., f.z.s., m.b.o.u., h.f.a.o.u. ;

Assisted by Rev. F. C. R. JOURDAIN, m.a., m.b.o.u., h.f.a.o.u., f.z.s., and
N. F. TICEHURST, o.b e., m a., f.r.c.s., m.b.o.u.

A complete current History of British Birds
ARTICLES NOTES

CORRESPONDENCE REVIEWS

Beautifully illustrated with ‘Photographic and other Plates
ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, 20/- POST FREE; MONTHLY, 1/9 NET.
Specimen Plates with List of Contents post free.

London: H. F. & G. WITHERBY, 326, High Holborn

Printed by A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., Perth Street West, Hull, and published by
A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., at 5 Farringdon Avenue, in the City of London.

February, 1933.

OQ' ‘t'v

[ARCH, 1933

No. 914

No. 687 of current Series

ILLUSTRATED J

PRINCIPALLY FOR THE

Edited by

W. H. PEARSALL, D.Sc., F.L.S., and

The University, Leeds.

Contents

PAGE

Gonyostomum Semen, Diesing — A. Malin Smith,

M.A 49-50

Crepis biennis L. in Yorkshire — E. Drabble, D.Sc.,

F.L.S 51-52

Uncommon Moss Fruits — Chris. A . Cheetham . . 52

On the Habits of the Red Squirrel as observed

at Liverpool — Eric Hardy .... 53-56

Ornithological Notes Scarborough — W . J . Clarke . 56

Study in Variation : Pugnax Pugnus Martin and
Pugnax cf. Sulcatus J. de C. Sow ( illustrated )

Brian Simpson, M.Sc. ..... 57-61

The Burton Agnes Crepis — R. J. Flintoff . . 62-63

Entomological Section Annual Meeting . . 64

More Records of Yorkshire Coleoptera — Geo. H.

Walsh, B.Sc. ...... 65-68

Field Note ........ 68

Aculeate Hymenoptera in Yorkshire — Rosse

Butterfield, F.E.S. and W. J . Fordham, M.R.C.S. 69-70
Purple Saxifrage in Flower in February — Chris. A.

Cheetham ....... 70

Correspondence ....... 70-71

Reviews and Book Notices ..... 72

News from the Magazines ..... 72

Northern Notes . . . . . . . 68, 72

Illustrations ...... .57, 59, 60, 61

LONDON :

A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C.4.
And at Hull.

Printers and Publishers to the Y.N.U.

PRICE 1/6 net.

Prepaid Subscription
15/- per annum.

FOR SALE.

GEOLOGY.

At 2/- each.

A New System of Geology. Mary Salter.

Elementary Geology. Charles Bird.

Outline of the Geology of the Globe. E. Hitchcock.

Geology for Schools and Students. F. C. Bakewell.

An Introduction to Geology. C. I. Gardiner.

Comparison of British and American Foundry Practice. P. G. H. Boswell.
A Brief Survey of Physical and Fossil Geology. F. J. Francis.
Elementary Geology. J. C. Ward.

Geological Gossip : or Stray Chapters on Earth and Ocean (gth Ed.).

D. T. Anstead.

Outlines of British Geology. Anon.

The Changeful Earth. G. A. J. Cole.

A Geological Excursion Handbook for the Bristol District. S. H.
Reynolds.

The Miner's Guide. F. P. Mennell.

Fossil Sponge Spicules from the Upper Chalk. G. J. Hinde.

Glossary and Notes on Vertebrate Palaeontology. S. A. Pelly.
Outline of the Geology of the Neighbourhood of Cheltenham.
R. I. Murchison.

Charles Darwin as Geologist. Archibald Geikie.

The British Coal Industry. Gilbert Stone.

The Testimony of the Rocks. Hugh Miller.

At 2/6 each.

Advanced Text-book of Geology (5th Ed.). D. Page.

School Manual of Geology (6th Ed.). J. Beete Jukes.

Australasian Fossils. F. Chapman.

My Schools and Schoolmasters. Hugh Miller.

Physical Geology and Geography of Great Britain. A. C. Ramsay.
Report on Magnetic Isoclinal and Isodynamic Lines of the British
Isles. Edward Sabine.

A Text -book of Geology. W. Jerome Harrison.

Elementary Introduction to the Knowledge of Mineralogy (3rd Ed.).
William Phillips.

Lectures on the Geology of Leighton Buzzard. E. W. Lewis.

Hugh Miller : A Critical Study. W. M. Mackenzie.

Coal and What We get it from. R. Meldola.

Rain and Rivers. G. Greenwood.

Underground Waters for Commercial Purposes. Rector.

Physiography. T. H. Huxley.

The Practice of Embanking Lands from the Sea. John Wiggins.

At 3 /- each.

Researches in Newer Pliocene and Post-Tertiary Geology. J. Smith.
Slate and Slate Quarrying. D. C. Davies.

Valleys and Their Relations to Fissures, etc. G. H. Kinahan.

The Ventriculidae of the Chalk (Plates). J. Toulmin Smith.

At 3/6 each.

The World Before the Deluge. Louis Figuier.

The Student’s Elements of Geology. Sir Charles Lyell.

An Introduction to Petrology. F. P. Mennell.

Geology of East Norfolk. R. C. Taylor.

Catalogue Raissonne des Dufferens effets Curieux 1766. Helle and
Glomy.

A Sketch-Map Geography. E. G. R. Taylors.

Volcanoes and Earthquakes. Houston.

Apply : — C Department, Messrs. A. Brown & Sons, Ltd.

49

GONYOSTOMUM SEMEN DIESING.

A Flagellate now first recorded for the British Isles.

A. MALIN SMITH.

On July 6th, 1929, I collected an organism at Austwick Moss,
W. Yorks., v.c. 64, which I identify as above. It has been
found each year since at the same place and also at Helwith
Moss on June 9th, 1930, and May 7th, 1932.

This organism belongs to the Chloromonadales, a group
of highly specialised unicellular flagellate forms. Pascher1
records four genera of the group, one of which is colourless.
These comprise six species, three of which belong to
Gonyostomum. The only species of This group so far recorded

for the British Isles is V acuolaria virescens Cienk, recorded
twice in recent years <

Gonyostomum semen is a free-swimming cell furnished with
two flagella, one of which is directed forward and the other
backward along a ventral groove. Two aspects of this groove
are seen in Figs. 4 and 5. The cell is of comparatively large
size, being 44-67 ju long and 30-36 y wide, in the examples
measured by me. It is markedly flattened and the thickness
is approximately three -fifths of the width, (c.f. Figs. 2
and 3). There is no cell-wall, but the cell is bounded by a
firm outer layer or periplast in which highly refractive
trichocyst-like rods are embedded. These are regularly
arranged at the anterior and posterior ends of the cell, irregu-
larly elsewhere. (See Fig. 1). The rods at the posterior
tip of the cell are specially noticeable, as this tip is frequently
free from chloroplasts. The free forwardly directed flagellum

1 ‘ Susswasserfl, Deutschlands, Osterreichs und der Schweiz.’ ii 179,
figs. 381 and 382 (1913).

1933 March 1

c

50

Gonyostomum Semen Diesing.

is about the same length as the body of the cell. The trailing
backwardly directed flagellum vibrates in the ventral groove
and the flickering due to this vibration was clearly seen
in cells viewed when turning over. (Fig. 5). The organism
normally swims steadily forward, grooved side downwards,
without any spiral turning motion, such as is characteristic
of Chlamydomonas. Sudden backward movements are
frequent.

In the fresh cell the chromatophores are not visible as
clearly separated bodies, but treatment with very dilute
iodine causes the cell to round off and to discharge its refractive
rods, which lengthen somewhat on discharge. During this
change the chromatophores are revealed as clearly separate
green bodies. In such a rounded cell their shape is round,
but when occasionally visible in the fresh living cell, they are
more elongated. Fig. 2 shows their distribution in a cell
which, though not fully rounded off, yet shows them clearly.
Continued action of iodine causes the cell to disintegrate
and, as it does so, the chromatophores are discharged from the
cell and are seen outside mixed with small oil glubu'les, oil
being an assimilatory product of this organism. In these
iodine treated cells the nucleus becomes clearly visible. It
is large, and in a dying individual which had rounded off to
dimensions of 41 ju X 35 u, the nucleus measured 18 g X 11 g.
It possesses a small nucleolus. Irritation by iodine apparently
causes the dense, taut periplast to slacken and thin out, and
this, together with the fact that the rods have been got out
of the way by discharge, clearly reveals the chromatophores
as separate bodies. Owing to its extreme susceptibility to
irritating liquids, the organism cannot easily be preserved,
as it disintegrates very quickly in all the media so far tried.

Figs. 6 and 7 show two views of the vacuole system at the
anterior end. There is one large three-angled vacuole opening
anteriorly to the outside and in another plane rounded
diverticula of this can be seen. The central space and the
diverticula slowly change their relationships so as to look at
one time almost separate, at another time united. The cell
is slightly metabolic. When unimpeded, it swims smoothly
forward and the normal shape, as then shown, is not curved.

It is found in still pools among Sphagnum , and is most
common in pools with a good deal of free water with some
Sphagnum. Pools in which filamentous algae are abundant
do not contain it. Small quantities of Microspora tumidula
and Cocystis solitaria, however, accompany it among the
bogmoss. Pascher2 records it as widespread yet occasional
on the continent in stagnant water and peaty pools. No
reproductive stages were observed.

2 Loc. cit.

The Naturalist

5i

CREPIS BIENNIS L. IN YORKSHIRE.

E. DRABBLE, D.Sc., F.L.S,

With the question of the presence of Crepis biennis in
Yorkshire has become involved the identity of certain plants
gathered near Bridlington by Messrs. Lawson and Flintoff
and others. As one of those whose misfortune it is to have been
drawn into the discussion, a short statement from me may,
perhaps, be permitted. In 1929 the late Dr. G. C. Druce
sent me a sheet labelled * Crepis nicceensis Balb., N. Yorks.,
June, 1929, ex R. J. Flintoff ’ for my determination. The
plant clearly was not nicceensis, as the hairy inner surface of
the phyllaries at once showed, but the specimen was in such
extremely poor condition and so incomplete that no deter-
mination was possible. A plant, however, was raised from a
fruit of this specimen, and this formed a good rosette in 1930
and flowered in 1931, but it was apparently self -sterile, as
no fertile fruits could be obtained. This plant was similar
to a Crepis found by me in that year at Freshwater, Isle of
Wight, and was identified as C. oporinoides Boissier, Voyage
botanique dans le Midi de l’Espagne.

I have seen the specimen from Allerston, which Mr.
Flintoff says is now ‘ at rest * in the Herbarium at Kew.
It would have been well could that rest have remained un-
broken, but it has been disturbed by Mr. Flintoff himself
in The Naturalist, November, 1932, p. 318. The specimen
as I saw it was an incomplete plant without ripe fruit, and,
in my opinion, was not one on which a determination could
firmly be based for purposes of record.

In July of the same year (1932) Mr. Lawson sent me
plants with ‘ Bridlington ’ as the only indication of locality.
One of these was distinctly hairy, but the rest were apparently
large forms of the same plant as that sent me by Dr. Druce
and grown by me from seed. There were no ripe fruits, but
I was told that if I would only wait patiently they would
ripen off. My previous experience with the cultivated plant
led me to watch this with interest and it was no surprise to
find that this did not happen, thus confirming my impression
that the plant was self-sterile.

Later in the same year Mr. Lawson sent what he stated to be
fruiting heads of a large Crepis, presumably from the same local-
ity. The pappus was well formed, but there was not a single
fertile fruit. These specimens had markedly hairy peduncles and
involucies, and were probably biennis. Thus from North York-
shire I have seen plantswhich I rega.rd&s(i)biennis,(2)oporinoides.

Firstly with respect to biennis. This is recorded in J. G.
Baker's ‘ Flora of North Yorkshire ’ as ‘ In Cleveland in cultiv-
ated fields, Great Ay ton, W. Mudd ! ’ This, with Baker’s
confirmatory !,’ should be a satisfactory record, and my ex-
perience with the North Yorkshire plants offers no challenge to

1933 March 1

52

Uncommon Moss Frnits .

Baker’s mark of exclamation. It is probably thoroughly justi-
fied, and Mr. Flintoff’s ambition to furnish a record ‘ without the
addition of a note of exclamation’ is surely a very strange one.

The other plant, C. oporinoides Boiss., is, in my opinion,
merely a variety of C. biennis (see Journal of Botany , October,
1932, p. 280), and I shall not be at all surprised should it be
found in other parts of the country. That it has until this
year (1932) been recorded, so far as I know, only from the
Sierra Nevadas in Spain may well be due to lack of extensive
and intensive study of C. biennis throughout its geographical
area in this country and on the Continent. It does not seem
to me likely that oporinoides has had a separate distribution
from biennis sensu stricto. It may well be a mutational form
which may crop up anywhere, and its occurrence at Fresh-
water— a biennis area — may be significant.

During the coming season plants should be gathered in
North Yorkshire by some responsible collector and the same
material be circulated to all those who have previously tried
to furnish help, and here it should be noted that fruiting heads
must be sent if determination is to be secured. The plants
ought also to be observed in cultivation, and to this end ripe
fruits must be collected on the spot, where pollination from
plant to plant may have taken place. That oporinoides—
though probably self-sterile — does produce fertile fruit in
Yorkshire is shown by my success in raising the plant from
seed. Meanwhile, may not all of us who have been drawn
into this discussion agree to let the matter rest until we have
all examined adequate and identical material.

UNCOMMON MOSS FRUITS.

CHRIS. A. CHEETHAM.

The present season appears to be a good one for mosses, and
some unusual fruiting plants have come under my notice.

The first to attract attention was Anomodon viticulosus ,
which is a very common moss in our limestone districts, but
which is seldom seen fruiting ; this winter it is very full of
fruit in a place on Giggleswick Scar, where it has required
careful search to find fruits in recent years. Then, on a road-
side bank near Oxenber, Mnium undulatum may be seen bearing
capsules ; this place is where our Bryological committee saw
it in 1915, careful search in the intervening time having been
unsuccessful. Trichostomum tortuosum is not often seen in
fruit, but recently a tuft was seen in this condition. Lastly,,
several fruiting plants^of Hylocomium squarrosum were seen with
capsules, this moss being another very shy fruiting species.

These examples suggest that the present time may well be used
to see if further species are showing such signs of abnormal fruit-
ing, preferably in well-known localities to the individual worker.

The Naturalist

53

ON THE HABITS OF THE RED SQUIRREL AS
OBSERVED AT LIVERPOOL.

ERIC HARDY.

For the last ten years I have kept regular observations on a
colony of some twelve breeding pairs of the British Red
Squirrel (Sciurus leucorous) near my home. The area is park-
land, deciduous trees in small woods and plantations, with a
few conifers in two or three small groups, covering some 270
acres. The squirrels are perfectly wild, afforded no protection
in the way of nesting boxes, though two pet pairs were released
about ten years ago when the colony was getting less. It
has since much increased.

Appearance of Specimens. — The winter-coat is complete
by early November, though the grey hairs are prominent by
October. The summer coat is assumed in May and complete
by June. Occasional specimens show a tendency to lightness
in the tail in autumn, but I have never known an albino or
a dark melanic form in the local colony, though my uncle,
E. T. Turner, has watched a pure albino red squirrel in
Gumley Woods, Leicestershire, at the end of the last century,
and a black squirrel was shot at Watford in October, 1865.

Breeding Habits. — In no case have I found any definite
proof of the use of extra summer dreys, often alluded to in
literature on the subject, to which the young are transported
when the original drey is in danger. In many pairs in the
colony the same drey was used for summer and winter, though
seldom two summers in succession, for the squirrels usually
shift their quarters each breeding season. The pair mate
for life, but do not always breed in the same locality each
summer, and never Have I found two pairs breeding closer
than about fifty yards. There are marked territory rights
which are vigorously enforced in the breeding season, though
not so much in winter, when considerable intrusion occurs.
The young do not stay with their parents long after leaving
the drey, being independent by November. Young leave
the drey early in June, though they are in the drey in May
and often as early as April. Very often the old nest of a
magpie ( Pica pica pica, Linn.), very common in the area, is
used for a winter drey, while I have known an old rook or
crow nest to be similarly used elsewhere. The pair keep
together during the winter and the young may or may not
breed the first season after birth. They occasionally rear
two broods. Trouble is experienced with stoats elsewhere,
but these do not occur here, while rats, which take heavy toll
of young birds, do not affect the squirrels.

There is a definite nuptial display, though the full courtship

1933 March 1

54

On the Habits of the Red Squirrel.

is rather difficult to make out from casual play, mated pairs
often playing with each other outside the breeding season.
It appears to be mostly male and female chasing each other,
stopping to face each other almost nose touching nose for a
few seconds, and then continuing, chaser and chased frequently
changing place. They often roll over and over in grips,
biting at each other and squealing all the time. From time
to time during the courtship, which usually commences soon
after the winter coat is donned and continued during the
building of the drey and also during play, the male runs up
to the top of a thorn tree and sitting bolt upright on its hind
legs, scans the surrounding countryside for danger. The
courting is usually carried out in very early morning.

Habits. — These Red Squirrels definitely do not ‘ hibernate '
during the winter months, as I have frequently recorded their
occurrence abroad at all times of the winter (see ‘ Squirrels
not Retired by December/ The Naturalist, March, 1931 ;
my ‘Field Notes for 1931/ Proceedings Liverpool Naturalists
Field Club, 1931 ; ‘ Country-Side/ Nature Records, Spring

and Summer, 1931, Spring, 1932). There is no time of the
winter- that I have not found them abroad, even when thick
hoar frost covers the ground and when the temperature is
below freezing, though individuals vary and some will sleep
in their dreys through the colder weather. They are abroad
before daybreak, and on Christmas morning 1930 I watched
one feeding beneath its drey an hour before sunrise in a copse
that was then pitch dark. I had already walked by it without
seeing it when its movements, as it bolted, disclosed its.
presence. Though abroad before daylight I have not found
them abroad after dusk. I have frequently seen them feeding
during heavy rain on spring and summer mornings, but their
tails get very wet and heavy and the squirrels are continually
washing themselves and shiver much from the cold. They
feed chiefly on beechmast here, because hazel does not occur
where they breed. They prefer beechmast to acorns.

They are, on the whole, very tame, and individuals learn
to recognise particular people with whose presence they become
associated. They will take chocolate and eat it with relish,
and two or three people make a regular habit of feeding them
with nuts, chiefly Brazils, which they take from their hands
and often climb on to their knees and shoulders in a similar
manner to the grey squirrels in Regent's Park, though not
quite so confidingly. They are always far more tame in early
morning than at mid-day, and seem to get more wary when
more people get about. The female is always shyer than
the male.

They frequently drink in summer, despite assertions to
the contrary by some writers. They lap the water like a

The Naturalist

On the Habits of the Red Squirrel.

55

rabbit, and can swim. They do not bury the charming
* nut -larders * each autumn as so picturesquely described by
many writers of popular nature notes. They bury odd nuts
here and there in the fallen leaves with no attempt at distinct
hoards. The action is purely automatic instinct and shows
no knowledge or design behind it. In winter the squirrel
scratches indiscriminately amongst the fallen leaves for nuts,
with no particular search for anything buried by itself ; I
have no doubt that the squirrel has no knowledge that it
buried nuts there in the autumn. Nuts naturally fall off
trees into the dead leaves, and the squirrels are sure to find
some there by scratching. They scratch because experience
teaches them dt is the most productive way of finding food.
They always peel off the husk with their canines before
chewing the kernel, and hold it with their two ‘ thumbs
to do so, spinning it round as the husk peels off. The main
feeding spell seems shortly after daybreak: it is carried on
casually to mid-day or a little after, but ceases in the afternoon.
They do not touch fungi, at least to my knowledge, owing
to an abundance of other food.

The range of movement in winter is fairly wide and
individual territories are considerably invaded. In fact,
territory rights seem non-existent outside the breeding season.
Occasionally, in autumn or winter, odd squirrels are seen in
villages on the south edge of the city, where they do not
occur normally. They frequently travel nearly a hundred
yards on the ground, especially where the trees are thin or
interspersed with meadowland.

Their natural enemies seem few. Stoats and weasels
cause trouble elsewhere but do not occur here. I have found
no evidence of rats ,rkilling them, but in winter, when the
area is frequently in possession of flocks of gulls and rooks,
I have seen herring gulls and rooks attack individual squirrels,
chiefly when the latter are covering distances on the ground,
and in all cases the squirrels show extreme fear and make
every effort to regain trees. It is quite possible for a herring
gull to kill a squirrel. Skin disease has not broken out in
recent years, but there seems to be a long cyclic increase and
decrease, longer though than Middleton has shown with the
voles (Journal of Ecology, Vol. XVII, No. i, and Vol. XIX,
No. i).

Relation to Grey Squirrel. — The alien Carolina Grey
Squirrel (Sciurus carolinensis) does not occur in the area,
but I have kept observations in woods in Leicestershire and
Northamptonshire where red and grey species occur, and I
cannot hold the view that the grey is responsible for driving
out the red. There is often fighting between both species,
but in the Brampton Ash Woods, Northamptonshire, and

1933 March i

56

Ornithological Notes.

Old Dalby Woods, North Leicestershire, both species exist
together and have done so ever since the grey appeared, the
keepers tell me. They do not intermingle, but there is no
noticeable enmity, and in the former case the keeper tells
me the red squirrels are increasing though he still shoots
them. The increase and decrease of the red squirrel thus
seems, as Middleton indicated in his paper on the grey squirrel
in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London , 1930^
to be one of cycles and not connected with the grey squirrel,
for areas where the grey squirrel does not occur, as all the
red squirrel haunts around Liverpool show this periodic
increase and decrease. Red squirrels were on the decrease
in this area eighty years ago after fairly wide distribution
(see Byerley’s ‘ Fauna of Liverpool ’ in Proceedings of
Liverpool Literary and Philosophical Society, 1853-4,) but
within recent years appear to have reached the end of the
decrease cycle and are on the increase again.

ORNITHOLOGICAL NOTES FROM SCARBOROUGH.

W. J. CLARKE.

A late House Martin was seen hawking for flies in the shelter
of the cliffs at Cloughton Wyke on November 27th, 1932.

On January 23rd, 1933, a melanic variety of the House
Sparrow visited my garden to feed with other birds ; it
remained about until February 3rd. Its plumage above and
below was a uniform sooty black which gave no indication of
its sex. That it was not coloured by dirt was evident from
the gloss to be seen on the feathers in certain lights. The
legs also appeared to be black, but the beak was of the normal
horn colour.

An Albino Thrush, all white with the exception of a few
dark feathers on the rump, has been seen by several observers
at Scarborough during early February.

Waxwings appear to have visited Yorkshire in some
numbers during recent months. I have notes of the following
occurrences in or near the Scarborough district : —

Five at Scarborough on November 26th, 1932.

One at Scalby on November 28th.

Two at Scarborough on December 1st.

Five at Rillington, last week in December, 1932.
a Several ’ at Scarborough, January 19th, 1933.

One at Scarborough, January 21st.

Five at Cloughton, January 26th.

Four at Scalby, January 26th.

Some of these birds have been seen far within the bound-
aries of Scarborough, where they visit gardens and feed on
the berries of the Cotoneaster. Others have been seen eating
the fruit of the Wild Rose.

The Naturalist

A STUDY IN VARIATION:

PUGNAX PUGNUS Martin, and PUGNAX cf.
SULCATUS J. de C. Sow.

BRIAN SIMPSON, M.Sc., UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, SWANSEA.

This paper describes the results of a graphical and mathe-
matical survey of a group of six hundred specimens of Pugnax.
These were selected, because of their completeness, from a
group of two thousand, collected by Mr. A. E. Alkins from
a small area, and at one locality, in the Carboniferous Lime-
stone of Castletoh, Derbyshire. The collection is now in the
Department of Geology, at the University College of Swansea.
A cursory examination of the group shows that considerable
variation exists.

The measurements were all made by a vernier calliper,

i
h

Ol
Ul

o

Fig. 1. Illustrating the terms used in the text.

reading to the nearest .1 mm., and all the calculations obtained
by slide rule.

Four variants have been considered :
height : from the umbone to the anterior margin of the shell.
breadth : the greatest measurement parallel to the hinge line.
thickness : at right angles to these two.

depth : the greatest measurement at right angles to the hinge
line and at right angles to the height. This measurement
was found necessary in order to indicate the height of
the ridge and the depth of the furrow.

The percentage ratio of one variant to another has been
worked out in four cases, namely : —

JieigM x IOq thickness x IQ0 dej>th_ X I00 thickness x jqq

breadth height breadth breadth

and from the results obtained, frequency polygons and scatter
diagrams have been constructed.

Homogeneity of the Group. — From a short examination of
the group it appeared that possibly two forms were represented.
In order to test this, frequency polygons were constructed.
In such curves, obvious and marked irregularities have, in
many cases, been shown to indicate a discontinuous variation
in the group, caused by the presence of one or more species

ig33 March i

C2

58

A Study in Variation.

within that group. The scatter diagrams show the correlation
or otherwise of two variants, a wide and indiscriminate scatter
indicating low correlation, while the location of the scatter
in two diagonally opposite quadrants indicates a high degree
of correlation. As a further measure of correlation the
arithmetic mean deviation has been calculated, and also
expressed as a percentage of the mean measurement of the
variant, in the same way as indicated by Vernon (i). The
straight plotting of height and breadth as ordinates of a scatter
diagram enabled the limiting curves — a maximum and a
minimum — to be calculated, thus giving at any point the
limits between which any specimen might be expected to
vary.

Consideration of the Frequency Polygons. — In all
the diagrams the solid lines represent the polygons in which
the six hundred specimens are considered. In all cases the
boundaries of the polygons are full of minor irregularities
due to the lack of numbers ; however, in three of the four
diagrams (Fig. 3, B.C.D.) two major peaks are observed, the
exception being X 100 in which case the polygon gives
impression of homogeneity, being a normal binomial curve.
Judged on this diagram alone there is nothing to suggest any
abnormality in the group, this phenomenon being due to the
fact that the variants change in the same way and increase
at similar rates.

The three polygons with irregularity each show one large
peak on the right and a smaller one on the left. When this
fact was discovered the specimens falling within the two areas
enclosed by the peaks were separated and examined further.
Three characters were found to differ, first the anterior margin,
second the tumidity, and third the sharpness of the ribs.
There were smaller and younger specimens of the two species
somewhat intermingled, and in this preliminary sorting it
was necessary to fix on one difference between the two. Since
the internal characters showed no obvious difference, the
character of the anterior margin was taken as the feature of
differentation, with the result that 450 specimens fell into
the species Pugnax pugnus Martin, and 150 into the group
which is here named Pugnax cf. sulcatus J. de Sow. The
differences are seen in the drawings Fig. 2 where the anterior
margin, the tumidity, and the sharpness of the ribs constitute
marked differences in the species.

Variation in Pugnax pugnus Martin. — Martin (2) gives
the type species and figures it in Plate 22 of his work as
Conchy liolithes anomites subrotundus. The drawing of the
anterior view is not copied by later writers. Davidson (3)
omits the layered nature which Martin shews and which is
very characteristic. The species is described by Davidson

The Naturalist

A Study in Variation .

59

as follows : ‘ shell very variable in shape, transversely ovate

or oblato — deltoidal ; wider than long ; dorsal valve gibbous,
most elevated near the front, evenly convex at the umbone ;
mesial fold large, and more or less prominent. Ventral valve
less convex than the opposite one, with a sinus of moderate
depth, commencing at a short distance from the beak, and

Pugnax cf. sulcatus J. de G. Sow.

Fig. 2. A series of four specimens of each species to show the variation. The
younger specimens are placed to the right.

extending to the front. Beak small, much incurved, and but
rarely visible in full grown shells. Each valve is ornamented
with from nine to fourteen ribs, which become obsolete as
they approach the beak and umbone ; from three to six
occupy the fold and sinus/

Three examples measured :

Length 12 lines. Width 17 lines. Depth 12 lines.

,, 24 ,, ,,24 , . ,, 20

,, 11 ,, ,, 15 ,, , ioj ,,

ig33 March 1

60 A Study in Variation.

In Fig. 3 are the four graphs shewing the variation in the
two species.

After the separation of the two species the graph of the
variation of each was superposed on the original graph and
appears in each polygon. Fig. 3 A shews only the one graph,
since the variation is almost identical in the two species with

respect to these two factors. The two mean values for these
species are : Pugnax pugnus Martin, 78.88.

Pugnax cf. sulcatus J. de C. Sow, 79.83 indicating a very
slight tendency on the part of P . cf. sulcatus J. de C. Sow to
a quadrate section. Little useful purpose would be served
in separating these two in respect of these variants.

Plotting the two variants as ordinates of a scatter
diagram Fig. 6 shews that there are limiting curves within

The Naturalist

A Study in Variation. 61

which the specimens vary : these curves have the following
formulae :

Maximum curve. .oi35h2-f 1.169I1 — .044
Minimum curve .105I12 + 1.28311+ .013

It is seen from these curves that the variation increases in
amount as the specimens increase in size : that is, as they
approach maturity. Compared with the latitude in other
factors^ the variation in this instance is small, most of the
specimens lying within a range of 20 per cent., about half the

'•5 75 1 . 25 S 75 z zs 5 75 3 zs S 7 S

Fig 6. Illustrating the maximum and minimum curves in the variation of
height to breadth.

jf

range in the other factors. This indicates that the ratio of
height to breadth remains almost constant during growth.

In the diagram representing x 100 Fig. 3 B,

it is seen that the range is considerable, 53 per cent. The

mean of the factor is 70.33, indicating that a similar ratio

occurs here as in X 100 although the range is

considerably more.

The arithmetic mean deviation is 8-76 or 12-31 per cent,
of the mean for the species. The largest number of specimens
is seen to lie within narrow limits 60 per cent — 80 per cent,
and represents the mature individuals, while those outside
these limits, represent either very young forms when the
relation is low, or very large specimens when the relation
approaches 100 per cent, and the specimens present a quadrate
appearance.

(To be continued.)

1933 March 1

62

THE BURTON AGNES CREPIS

R. J. FLINTOFF.

In 1923, Mr. Major Lawson, of Bridlington, found a plant on waste
ground in or near the cemetery at Burton Agnes, near Driffield. He
showed specimens to me on several occasions. At first, I identified it
as Crepis biennis Linn, later, I thought it resembled a large form of
Crepis capillaris Wallr., and finally, I favoured again Crepis biennis.
In 1925, specimens were sent to Kew where they were named Crepis
biennis Linn.

For July, 1925, I find this entry in my ‘ Field Book ’ : — ‘ As there
appears to be still some doubt regarding the identity of the Burton Agnes
Crepis, I have sent a specimen to Dr. Druce.’ Dr. Druce was always
very kind to me, and for nearly twenty years I have been in constant
friendly communication with him. At all times he gave to me most
valuable help very willingly.

Early in July, 1928, I sent a specimen to Dr. Druce, and on the 10th,
I received a reply from him in which he called it Crepis tavraxacifolia
Thuill. On September 10th, 1928, Dr. Druce wrote : ‘ It is Crepis

nicceensis, in which I am quite interested. It differs from C. capillaris
Wallr., and from C. biennis Linn in its being a rougher plant with often
many satse on the peduncles. The receptacle is quite different, being
fovillate — each hole where the achene springs from has a winged border.’

On the 14th September, Mr. Lawson sent me the following notes :

‘ 17th June, 1923. In Burton Agnes cemetery I found a composite
plant growing in abundance.

23rd June, 1923. Flintoff considers that this plant is a large form
of Crepis capillaris Wallr.

1 8th June, 1924. The giant form of Crepis capillaris again observed
by J. R. Bramley and me.

23rd June, 1925. The giant variety of Crepis capillaris from Burton
Agnes turns out to be Crepis biennis' Linn, identified at Kew.’

In early June, 1932, I had been gleaning information relative to the
identity of the Crepis growing at Allerston, near Pickering, and on the
suggestion of Mr. Francis Druce and Mr. A. J. Wilmott, I sent a specimen
to Dr. Drabble, who requested me to send him the Burton Agnes Crepis.
He thought the plant was most probably Crepis oporinoides Boiss.

In The Journal of Botany for July, 1932, there is the following note
by Dr. Drabble : — ‘ Crepis oporinoides Boissier in Britain. In October,
1931, a large Crepis, which differed in several striking respects from
C. biennis Linn, was found at Freshwater, Isle of Wight. In 1929, Dr.
G. C. Druce sent to me a specimen labelled (in his own hand) Crepis
nicaeensis Balb, N. Yorkshire, June, 1929, ex R. J. Flintoff. Druce was
evidently dissatisfied with this name, and desired my opinion. The
specimen was very imperfect, but a few ripe seeds were present, and from
one of these a good plant was raised which flowered in 1931, and agreed
in essentials with the Freshwater plant. I have identified these plants
as C. oporinoides Boiss., and a full account will appear in a paper on
the genus Crepis in Britain shortly to be published in this journal.’

The paper duly appeared in The Journal of Botany for October, 1932,
and in this the above statement is repeated in similar but slightly altered
words. Those who are interested should read Dr. Drabble ’s article
in its entirety, so I will only make one quotation, relative to the Burton
Agnes plant from the section headed ‘ Crepis oporinoides Boiss.’ : ‘ Certain
specimens recently received from Mr. Major Lawson, of Bridlington,
though not in fruit, appear to belong to this species. They show extremely
vigorous growth, attaining a height of three feet or more, with stems up
to three-quarter inch in diameter at the bhse. The divisions of the

The Naturalist

Burton Agnes Crepis.

63

leaves are broader than those given in the above description, but the
general proportions are roughly maintained . No evidence is yet available
as to the mode of introduction of this plant into Great Britain. At
Freshwater, it grew in a meadow ; in North Yorkshire, on waste ground.
Attempts to induce seed formation by pollinating the flowers on the
cultivated plant proved completely unsuccessful, and the failure may
indicate self -sterility. The original N. Yorkshire plant sent to the
writer by Dr. Druce, which grew, it is understood, with many more of
the same kind, had formed fertile fruit.'

When Dr. Drabble writes of North Yorkshire, he means, of course,
East Yorkshire. This is an important correction, because it might lead
to confusion between the Crepis from Burton Agnes and the Crepis from
Allerston.

Further specimens were sent to Dr. Drabble which are dealt with in
the following letter ffrom Mr. Lawson, dated nth October, 1932 : ‘ I

was at Burton Agnes last Friday, and I obtained a solitary specimen of
Crepis in fruit. It was a secondary growth, but not a very fine one, as it
had grown from a primary stump which had been cut by the scythe a
few months ago. I sent this to Dr. Drabble as he desired to have a
further specimen, and I enclose his reply, dated 9th October, 1932 :
“ Thank you for the plant from Burton Agnes. Though peculiar in
some respects, I can only call it Crepis biennis . I don’t think it is the
same as the large and much less hairy plants you kindly sent to me in
June ; if I can ripen off fruits, I shall try to grow it.” ’

Mr. Lawson continues : ‘ I am sorry Dr. Drabble does not think it
is the same species as the one I sent to him in June. I feel almost certain
these autumnal secondary flowers and fruits are identical with the early
tall plants of June. In fact, it is quite easy to recognise the old summer
stumps. Last time Dr. Drabble called the plant Crepis oporinoides Boiss.
and this time he suggests Crepis biennis Linn., which, I think, agrees
with your decision more than once expressed.’

I will now summarise the results of this investigation made over a
period of nearly ten years. The following are the suggested names :

18th June, 1923
23rd ,, 1923

25th June, 1925
10th July, 1928
10th Sept. 1928
18th June, 1932
9th Oct. 1932

Crepis biennis Linn. \

Crepis capillaris Wallr. J

Crepis biennis Linn.

Crepis taraxacifolia Thuill. \
Crepis nicaeensis Balb. J

Crepis oporinoides Boiss. \
Crepis biennis Linn. J

Flintoff .

Kew.

Druce.

Drabble.

From a consideration of these data, I conclude that Crepis biennis
Linn is a very variable plant, particularly in regard to its hairiness, so
that different specimens show marked dissimilarities, leading to their
confusion one with another, and with other closely allied species. It
may be there are several very rare species of Crepis growing at Burton
Agnes in the same small plot of land. As Mr. Lawson has pointed out,
this seems extremely improbable. Further, I am of opinion that the
Crepis at Burton Agnes in the East Riding, and the Crepis at Allerston
in the North Riding, are both Crepis biennis Linn., and most likely new
records for both Ridings. The late J. F. Robinson, in his ‘ Flora of the
East Riding,’ gives : ‘ Crepis biennis Linn. Colonist. Ger. 1. On the
wolds, near Bishop Burton (Robert Teesdale) : not noted by anyone

since, and probably a mistake at first. (See Wats. Top. Bot.).’

And for the North Riding, John Gilbert Baker gives one doubtful
station at Great Ayton, recorded by W. Mudd.

In any case, they are very rare plants. Will any botanist, who is in
a position to give authoritative information, relative to the occurrence
of Crepis biennis Linn, in the East or North Ridings, be kind enough to
do so ?

1933 March 1

64

ENTOMOLOGICAL SECTION ANNUAL MEETING.

Members of the Entomological and Plant Galls Sections of the Y.N.U.,
met at the Leeds Museum, on Saturday, October 15th. Mr. J. M. Brown,

B. Sc., F.L.S., presided. Tokens of respect were paid to the late Mr. B.
Morley and Mr. Beanland, former active members of the Section.

The afternoon meeting was devoted to a most interesting and varied
exhibition of specimens.

Mr. Bayford shewed the scarce Blethisa multipunctata from a new
station near Barnsley, and members discussed its distribution in the
county. For Mr. Wood, of Keighley, Mr. Bayford exhibited a beautifully
set series of county Coleoptera containing some rare and interesting
insects. Material in other orders collected by Mr. Wood was shown, all
characterised by the same meticulous care in mounting. Mr. Wood has
liberally distributed this material for determination, and it is hoped
that the results will appear in these pages.

Mr. Cheetham exhibited an interesting series of Diptera from the
Austwick district, and discussed the restricted season of several of the
species. Dicranomyia aperta Mr. Cheetham has found associated with
grass of Parnassus and only to be found during the very limited flowering
period of that plant. Besides Orimarga alpina, Tipula caerulescens ,
Spania nigra, and Ptiolina nigra, Mr. Cheetham showed the three closely
allied Daddy-long-legs, Tipula paludosa, oleracea and czizeki and the
male and female of the common T. fulvipennis , together with a male
showing female wing and leg characters on one side.

Mr. Thompson showed interesting Coleoptera and Hemiptera.
Agabus femoralis Pk. from Upper Teesdale ; Mycetoporus splendidus
Grav., Redcar ; Arpedium brachypterum Grav., Ingleby-in-Cleveland ;
Lesteva luctuosa Fauv., Northumberland ; Rhizophagus parallelo colli s
Gy 11., and R. cribratus Gyll., Co. Durham ; Priobium eichoffi Ld.,
Kildale-in -Cleveland ; Barypethes araneiformis Shr., and Hydronomus
alismatis Marsh., from Co. Durham.

The Hemiptera comprised Corixa semistriata Fieb., Co. Durham,

C. carinata Sahib., Upper Wensleydale, Deltocephalus sabulicola Curt,
from Redcar and Aphalava exilis Web., and Mohr., Northumberland.
On behalf of Miss Pilkington, Mr. Brown showed galls and sawflies of
Pontania salicis.

Mr. W. P. Winter gave an account of spider habits and exhibited
the larva of a Carabid beetle (? Pterostichus ) obtained whilst searching
for ‘ leather -jackets.'

Mr. A. E. Winter passed round a series of delightful photographs and
photo -micrographs of insect subjects, which were much praised by
members.

Mr. J. R. Dibb exhibited a series of Yorkshire mayflies and nymphs
preserved in spirit, and showed some recent entomological literature,
including Dr. Joy’s ‘ Practical Handbook of the British Beetles.’ A
series of European Carabids of the sub-family Chlaeninae and some
striking beetles from Wicken Fen were also shown by Mr. Dibb.

Some little-known neotropical Odonata were exhibited by Mr. Hincks,
together with some of the modern literature on the species of this
region. Mr. Hincks also passed round some interesting Yorkshire and
other Diptera, including several uncommon local species captured during
1932, and a possible new British species of the mayfly genus Rhithrogena.

The President, Mr. J. M. Brown, had a fine series of species of
Psocoptera, many of them Yorkshire forms. Amongst specimens of
Hemiptera, Mr. Brown exhibited eight species of Idiocerus and two
recently-discovered Yorkshire Plecoptera, Amphinemura Standfussi and
Leuctra moselyi.

The evening meeting was devoted to the reading of reports and to
the nomination of officers.

The Naturalist

65

MORE RECORDS OF YORKSHIRE COLEOPTERA.

GEO. B. WALSH, B.Sc.

( Scarborough ).

Our knowledge of the Coleoptera has advanced so much
of recent years that it becomes necessary drastically to revise
many of the Yorkshire records. In many cases, especially
where it has been shown that a reputed species consists in
reality of two species or of a congerie of species, it will
certainly be wisest to scrap all existing fecords and start
anew ; as examples we may quote the species associated
with Haliplus ruficollis, Nebria brevicollis , Atheta melanocera,
the genus Gabrius, and the like. It probably sounds severe,
but, in the same way, all old records of unusual species should
be held suspect until such time as they have been confirmed
by recent workers ; in many cases this will undoubtedly be
done, as, for example, with many of Bissill’s old records ;
on the other hand, other records — for example, some of
Lawson’s Scarborough records of wood-feeding beetles, which
were almost certainly based on specimens introduced with
foreign timber — will inevitably finally be deleted. It would
seem wise, also, to put on permanent record the occurrence
of common insects in localities rarely visited, so that in the
finish we may have a more or less complete knowledge of our
fauna available for ecological or zoogeographical study.
Finally, all specimens of which there is the least doubt should
be submitted to some authority on that particular group for
confirmation or otherwise.

It is in the spirit of these remarks that the following notes
are made. All specimens of importance have been con-
firmed by Dr. Malcolm Cameron or Mr. J. H. Keys,
according to the group, and Dr. W. J. Fordham has
assisted with the Yorkshire distribution. The order and
nomenclature are in accordance with Beare’s List of 1930.
The past two years, 1931 and 1932, have been particularly
inimical to insect life. Though the rainfall for the years is
probably not far removed from the normal, yet most of it
has fallen in the summer months, and heavy floods in May,
June and September, have occurred just at the time when
they are likely to do the most harm. Large quantities of
flood refuse were collected at Yedingham on two occasions,
as the following records show, but general collecting has
proved of little avail. Nevertheless, a few unusual insects
have turned up and these are recorded below.

Nebria brevicollis Fabr. (s. str.) Under stones at Hunmanby, and on

the cliffs at Bridlington.

N. iberica Oliv. Under fallen trees in Beedale.

1933 March 1

66

More Records of Yorkshire Coleoptera.

Clivina collaris Grav. Common in flood refuse from Yedingham.

Amara eurynota Panz. ( acuminata Payk.) Two from Yedingham.

Bembidion gilvipes Sturm. Yedingham.

B. atrocoeruleum Steph. (s. str.) Common on the banks of the Swale at
Richmond .

B. redtenbacheri Karl D. This species, which closely resembles the
preceding one, was added to the British list in 1926 on specimens
taken near Sheffield by Dr. Joy, and is recorded in Joy’s book as
‘ very rare.’ This is certainly not the case in this area. I have
taken it commonly on the banks of Scalby Beck, in crevices in the
clay cliffs south of Bridlington, and in small numbers at Butter -
crambe. Since Joy’s examples were taken on high ground and mine
at sea-level, there is no reason to suppose that it is restricted to any
particular altitude. (Confirmed by Mr. C. McK. Jarvis).

Anacaena limbata Fabr. Yedingham.

Chaetarthria seminulum Herbst. Common in flood refuse at Yedingham.

Empleurus ( Helophorus ) nubilus Fabr. Common at Yedingham.

Ochthebius ( Henicocerus ) exsculptus Germ. Yedingham.

ELydraena pygmaea Wat. Ellerburn, near Thornton Dale ; this is rare
in Yorkshire.

Cercyon lateralis Marsh. Common at Yedingham.

C. pygmaeus 111. A few at the same place.

Aleochara sparsa Heer. and A. bipustulata Linn. Yedingham.

Exaleochara ( Tinotus ) morion Grav. (New to the Scarborough list).
In flood refuse at the mouth of Scalby Beck.

Atheta curtipennis Thoms. ( Oxypoda exigua Er.) (New to Yorkshire)..
A single specimen at Yedingham.

A. gregaria Er. (Not recorded from the Scarborough area). Abundant
at Yedingham.

A. ( Aloconota ) currax Kr. (new to V.C. 64). In rubbish by the stream
at Gaping Ghyll.

A. (. Aloconota ) sulcifrons Steph. Moss in Forge Valley. Rare in Yorks.

A. ( Metaxya ) gyllenhali Thoms. (New to Scarborough). Yedingham.

A. ( Metaxya ) elongatula Grav. (New to Scarborough). In cut grass
at Scarborough, and by the side of the stream at Hayburn Wyke.

A. ( Hygroecia ) britteni Joy. Yedingham.

A. ( Dralica ) rigua Williams (new to V.C. 62). One example from
Yedingham. It has previously been recorded only from Bubwith
and Allerthorpe.

A. ( Oreostiba ) tibialis Heer. (new to V.C. 64). In flood refuse at Gaping
Ghyll.

A . ( Microdota ) mortuorum Thoms. Abundant in fungi at Langdale End.

A. (. Atheta s. str. Gg .) gagatina Boudi. (New to Yorks.) In fungi at
Langdale End.

Atheta sodalis Er. Common in Raincliffe Woods in November.

Atheta triangulum Kr. (new to V.C. 62). Two specimens in cut grass
at Scarborough, and one example at Yedingham.

A. crassicornis Fabr. (New to Scarborough). Common in fungi in
Raincliffe Woods, and at Langdale End.

A. trinotata Kr. By sweeping near Scarborough Mere.

A. ( Hypatheta ) pertyi Heer. In fungi at Langdale End in August.

A. ( Liogluta ) longiuscula Kr. ( vicina Steph.) (New to Scarborough).
Common in cut grass at Scarborough and in flood refuse at Yedingham.

A. ( Liogluta ) oblonga Er. .In carrion in Raincliffe in November. This
is a rare species generally in the country.

A. ( Megista ) graminicola Gyll. (New to Scarborough). Yedingham.

A. ( Dimetrota, ) parvula Mann. ( cauta Er.) On the sandhills south of
Bridlington.

A. ( Datomicra ) arenicola Thoms. In fungi at Langdale End.

Meotica exilis Er. Yedingham.

The Naturalist

More Records of Yorkshire Coleoptera .

67

Amischa cavifrons Sharp. Yedingham.

Tachyusa leucopus Mann. Yedingham. Common.

Autalia rivularis Grav. Yedingham.

Tachyporus pusillus Grav. Yedingham.

Tachinus co llaris Grav. Yedingham. This species seems to be fairly
widely distributed in the Scarborough district.

Mycetoporus longulus Mann. This species is local in Yorks., but was
common in Yedingham flood refuse.

M. splendidus Grav. The V.C.H. records this as rare, and only two
examples occurred at Yedingham.

Staphylinus aeneocephalus De Geer. This species has recently been
separated as distinct from 5. cupreus Rossi. ^ All my Yorkshire
examples standing under cupreus are really the former species ; they
come from Flixton, near Filey, Middleton-in-Teesdale, Langdale End
and Scarborough. 5. cupreus seems to be of southern distribution.

Philonthus mannerheimi Fair. ( lucens Er.) This is very rare in Britain ;
one specimen has been recorded from Strensall, near York. Two
examples were taken at Yedingham.

P. cephal.otes Grav. One specimen op Seamer Moor in June in carrion.

Gabrius ( Philonthus ) astutus Er. (New to Yorkshire). This seems to
be even rarer than mannerheimi ; Fowler records two localities, one
doubtful, and the species has been taken at Plymouth by Mr. Keys.

I have taken one specimen on the cliffs at Bridlington in July.

G. nigritulus Grav. Our knowledge of the distribution of this insect
has improved since Fowler’s time ; he recorded it as ‘ not common,’
although we now know it is the commonest member of the subgenus.
It occurred commonly in flood refuse from Yedingham, confirming
R. Lawson’s record from Scarborough.

G. pennatus Sharp. (New to Scarborough). Common in Derwent flood
refuse from Ay ton to Yedingham. This is the second record for the
vice-county, Mr. M. L. Thompson having taken it in Cleveland.

Lathrobium longulum Grav. This is rare in the North Riding, and is
new to the Scarborough district. Three specimens from Yedingham.

L. ierminatum Grav. One from Yedingham, confirming Lawson’s old
record .

Medon propinquus Bris. (New to Yorks.) One specimen from
Yedingham.

M. obsoletus Nord. This is rare in the North. One was found in cut
grass at Scarborough dn July, confirming Lawson’s old record.

Aploderus coelatus Grav. Common at Yedingham.

Trogophloeus elongatulus Er. One from the same place.

Acrolochus sulculus Steph. Uncommon at Yedingham.

Ptomaphagus subvillosus Goeze. — type and var. sericatus Chaud. Both
in small numbers at Yedingham.

Stenichnus collaris Mann. Abundant at Yedingham. Previously
recorded from Raincliffe Woods b}^ Mr. E. C. Horrell.

Tychus niger ab. dichrous Goeb. (New to Yorks.) One specimen from
Yedingham in September.

Adalia bipunctata Linn. ab. semirubra Weise, A. lo-punctata Linn. ab.
superpunctata Gradl. ab. 10 -pustulata Linn, and ab. sexpunctata Linn.
All from Allerthorpe Common.

A. 10-punctata Linn. ab. g-punctata Linn. Raincliffe Woods.

Scymnus suturalis Thunb. ab. limbatus Steph. Allerthorpe Common.

Micropeplus porcatus Fabr. Yedingham. New to the Scarborough
district, but recorded from Saltburn by Mr. Thompson.

Antherophagus nigricornis Fabr. (Not recorded from Scarborough).
On flowers at Hayburn Wyke.

Tetropium gabrieli Weise. (New to Yorks.) Plalf-a-dozen more or less
teneral but well-developed specimens were found, as usual, under
the bark of felled larch at Blackness in early July. Mr. Thompson

1933 March 1

68

Field Note.

tells me that he has taken one specimen in a room in his house at
Middlesbrough, but this in all probability Was introduced in imported
timber. Joy gives Leicester as its most northerly locality. It is
one of those species which are gradually spreading owing to the
afforestation of the country with coniferous trees.

Dasytes aerosus Kies. This is not recorded from the Scarborough district,
but odd specimens have occurred on Seamer Moor, in Raincliffe
Woods, and at Hayburn Wyke.

Stvangalia maculata Poda. Langdale.

Saperda scalaris Linn. This is a very rare Yorkshire species, only one
specimen having been recorded — from Crosscliff, in the moorlands
above Langdale End. In 1931 a boy brought me a very fine specimen
from Seamer, near Scarborough. This is certainly a local insect, but
it may have been brought to Seamer in felled timber from Hackness.

Longitarsus senecionis Bris. By sweeping in Forge Valley.

Hydrothassa aucta Fabr. In numbers in damp places at Scarborough,
and common in flood refuse at Yedingham.

Derocrepis rujipes Linn. Common by sweeping vetches at Seamer.

Scaphidema metallicum Fabr. A few in Yedingham flood refuse.

Rhinomacev attelaboides Fabr. This, like Tetropium, is gradually
spreading over the country. It occurs on the male flowers of the
pine in late May and early June at Staintondale and Wrench Green,
in both cases in small numbers.

Rhynchites nanus Payk. Raincliffe Woods.

R. tomentosus Gyll. (New to the Scarborough district). By beating
in Raincliffe Woods in June.

Apion simile Kirby. (New to the Scarborough district). By beating
birch at Filey.

A. pubescens Kirby. (New to V.C. 65). Cotherston.

Sciaphilus asperatus Bons. Common at Yedingham.

Phyllobius viridicollis Fabr. and Cneorrhinus ( Atactogenus ) exaratus
Mann. Both by sweeping at Seamer.

Phytonomus plantaginis DeG. (New to our district). Common at
Yedingham.

FIELD NOTE.

Psylla betulae Linn, in Cumberland. — Among a number
of PsyllidcB taken on Todhills Moss, about five miles north
of Carlisle, on the 26th of August last, was a single specimen
of this uncommon species. In Dumfriesshire I have taken
it in small numbers for several years. It occurs with us on
birch and is restricted to three or four adjoining trees out of
many, and my dates range from mid-August until mid-
October. In size and appearance it resembles P. forsteri Flor.,
and on this account may be overlooked, but this latter is an
Alder frequenting species. The only other northern record
I can find is ‘ Lancashire, rare ’ ; in the Lancashire and
Cheshire Fauna Check List. My determination was kindly
confirmed by Mr. H. Britten. — Jas. Murray, Gretna.

The President of the Republic of Ecuador has conferred the decoration
“ For Merit ” in the order of Official on Doctor George Sheppard, F.G.S.,
and he has received a Diploma signed by the President, and stamped with
the Government Seal.

The Naturalist

69

ACULEATE HYMENOPTERA IN YORKSHIRE.
Corrections and Additions.

ROSSE BUTTERFIELD, F.E.S., AND W. J. FORDHAM, M.R.C.S.

Since the manuscript of this list was completed, there have been no
additions to the county list but there are a few additional localities to
record and a few corrections.

1. Elampus auratus L. (Nat., 1930, 363), 64 M.W. Roundhay, 28/6/25,

with a Pemphredon (? lethifer Shuck) A.E.B.

2. Chrysis ruddii Shuck (Nat., 1930, 364), 64 M.W. Bardsley, 7/6/12,

on a sandy bank with Halictus rubi-cundus Chr. A.E.B.

(Mr. Bradley „ has not taken Chrysis ignita L. near Leeds.)

3. Ancistrocerus antilope Panz. (Nat., 1930, 366), 64 M.W. Shadwell,

18/5/12, a $ on a sunny bank at pondside. J. C. Hesselgrave.

4. Priscnemis pusillus Schiodte (Nat., 1930, 368), 64 M.W. Roundhay,.

6/8/19, 99 dragging a small, elongated, flesh-coloured spider.
A.E.B.

5. Priscnemis schiodtei Haupt. ; recently separated from pusillus,

occurs in Notts, and should occur in Yorkshire.

6. Priscnemis gracilis Haupt. also separated from pusillus, may possibly

occur on the Yorks, coast.

7. Psammochares approximatus Sm. The record under nigerrimus Scop.

from Collingham, 1919 (A.E.B.), refers to this species.

8. Psammochares pectinipes Anct. Brit. (Nat., 1930, 369), now called

campestris on the Continent, is inquiline on other Psammocharidae
like other members of its group.

9. Astatus stigma Panz. (Nat., 1930, 369), 61 S.E. Allerthorpe,.

31/7/28, 31/7/31 , 2 W.J.F. (see Nat., 1931, 174).

Its parasite Hedychridium integrum Dhlb., has not yet been taken
in Yorks.

10. Nysson spinosus F. (Nat., 1931, 156), stated in error to be parasitic

on Gorytes and Arpactus. This is a definite parasite of Gorytes
mystaceus but does not attack the closely allied campestris which
has N . interruptus . Arpactus is too small to be parasitised by
spinosus and has its own parasite N. dimidiatus.

11. Metacrabro lituratus Pz. (Nat., 1931, 156). During the last thirty

years has become<very general in the southern counties, often as
in Devon, extremely common locally.

12. Crossocerus anxius Wesm. (Nat., 1931, 157). Breeding in bramble

stems is unusual (Halifax, O.G.S., 1908). It occurs numerously
in a number of counties, always burrowing in the ground, mostly
in vertical cuttings, generally of clay soils, but sometimes in more
sandy soil. Colonies are frequent in hedge banks.

61 S.E. Allerthorpe, 27/7/29, £, W.J.F.

13. Crossocerus elongatulus V.dw. (Nat., 1931, 158). Smith’s records

for small Crabros are doubtful. Dr. Perkins says that he had many
elongatulus from York with black hind -legs and no yellow at
base of tibiae. (Litt. 29/1 1/31).

14. Colletes glutinans Env. (Nat., 1932, 235). The parasitic Diptera

Hammomyia grisea Fin. and Milto-qramma punctatum Ing. have
been bred from this bee, the former from Allerthorpe (Nat., 1930,
330), the latter from Skipwith (Nat., 1932, 260).

15. Sphecodes dimidiatus v Hag. (Nat., 1932, 236), is quite a scarce

insect. Yorkshire appears to be its northerly limit.

16. Halictus smeathmanellus Kirb. (Nat., 1932, 257). According to

Dr. Perkins, Yorkshire specimens of this species are not typical
— as also are all specimens from north of a line drawn from the

1933 March 1

70

Correspondence .

S.W. extremity of Ireland (Cape Clear) through the S.E. point
of the Irish Coast, continued through N. Wales and England.
This new species differs from smeathmanellus in numerous par-
ticulars, including the entirely black clypeus in the $, with no
yellow spot at the apex and the much less rugose dorsal area of
the propodeum in the

The true smeathmanellus has, however, since occurred at York,
2/8/29, a strong colony. W.J.F. (det. R.C.L.P.).

17. Nomada lineola Panz. (Nat., 1932, 282), 63 S.W. Farnhill, 1910,

and Howden, 1918, R.B.

18. Coelioxys mandibularis Nyl. (Nat., 1932, 311). See E.M.M., 1917,

160. The true mandibularis was not known to Smith.

19. Psithyrus sylvestris Lep. (Nat., 1932, 329). ‘ A Revision of the

European Bees allied to Psithyrus quadricolor , Lepeleter,’ by
O. W. Richards, M.A. (Trans. Ent. Soc., Lond., 1928, 345-364),
was unfortunately omitted from the Bibliography. In it are
described several varieties of P . sylvestris taken at Roundhay by
Mr. A. E. Bradley, albicans Rich., A tricans Rich., atrithorax Rich.,
fuscocitrinus Rich, and bradleyi Rich. The type and variety
citrinus Schundk are quite common at Roundhay.

PURPLE SAXIFRAGE IN FLOWER IN FEBRUARY.

Chris. A. Cheetham.

This year has not opened with weather such as we enjoyed in the early
weeks of last year, and many of the early flowers then noted have scarcely
yet made an appearance, but on a visit to the Yoredale limestone buttresses
of Penyghent on February 15th a large mass of the Purple Saxifrage
(S . oppositifolia) was seen in full bloom. This is quite a fortnight
earlier than the date the first flowers were seen last year, and it is by far
the earliest I have seen flowers on this plant.

CORRESPONDENCE.

Sir. — I thank ‘ C.D.S. ’ for his comments on my note on botanical
nomenclature. ‘ C.D.S. ' writes : ‘ This question is always cropping

up and seems to show that the writers do not know their subject, and
are unfamiliar with the Codes.’ And later : ‘ The question of name is

one of priority and should follow definite rules laid down in the Codes.’

What we ill-informed and very humble workers among the wild
flowers want, is to be in a position to consult half a dozen text books in
reference to a plant without finding it called by half a dozen different
names and expressed in half a dozen different forms.

The chemists, no doubt, would be able to tell the botanists in authority
how to bring about this ‘ consummation most devoutly to be wished.’
In the twentieth century the chemists no longer talk or write about
azote and phlogiston.

I repeat the closing sentence of my note : ‘ Surely some effort might
be made towards uniformity by the general adoption of a common spelling
and form in writing, even if it be found impossible to give one plant one
name.’ But is it impossible to give one plant one name?

Let us have uniformity, and priority also, if ‘C.D.S. ’ so desires,
but in the name of all that is sacred, let us have uniformity for all our
sakes, and thereby avoid further additions to the rapidly increasing
mass of insanity. — :R. J. Flintoff.

Sir. — I am making an investigation into the extent to which butterflies
in the perfect or imaginal state are preyed upon in the British Isles by

The Naturalist

Correspondence.

7*

birds, and should be grateful for any first-hand observations, giving,
where possible, the species of both butterfly and bird, the date and
locality, whether taken at rest or on the wing, how gripped (by wings or
body), whether killed by being rubbed against an object, whether con-
sumed by adult or young, whether the wings were swallowed, whether
unsuccessful attempts at catching were noticed, and other details of
interest. Wings detached by the bird are of value, both as evidence of
identity, and also by reason of the imprint of the bird’s beak which is
sometimes shown.

Published records up to and including the year 1908 have been sum-
marised in the admirable paper by Sir Guy Marshall, C.M.G., F.R.S.,
Birds as a Factor in the Production of Mimetic Resemblances among
Butterflies ” {Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1909, pp. 329-383). I am making
a search in both entomological and ornithological literature for British
records published since this date, but as such are frequently not indexed
and are easily missed; I should also be most grateful for any references
which may be known to your readers, especially in the less well-known
publications.

Communications can be sent to me c/o the Entomological Department,
British Museum (Natural Plistory), South Kensington, London, S.W.7.

C. L. COLLENETTE.

Dear Sirs,

Some years ago, finding that records of the weights of birds in the
flesh were scattered over a number of periodicals and ornithological
works, I began to collect them systematically as they are often extremely
useful. At the present time I have over 3,000 of such records from many
sources, British and foreign, but there are still a good many gaps which
I should be glad to fill up, and possibly some of your readers may be
able to help.

Weights should, if possible, be given in grammes, but if avoirdupois
or apothecaries’ weight is used, the corresponding weight in grammes
can easily be added. Of the following British birds I have no weight
records : —

Thin-billed Nutcracker.
Chough.

Shetland Starling.
British Goldfinch.
Siskin.

Twite.

Mealy Redpoll.

Lesser Redpoll.

British Bullfinch.
Scottish Crossbill.

Cirl Bunting.

Red -throated Pipit.
Grey Wagtail.

British Tree Creeper.

,, Nuthatch.

, , Great T it .

,, Blue Tit.

Irish Coal Tit.

Scottish Crested Tit.

British Marsh Tit.

,, Willow Tit.

,, Long-tailed Tit.
Grasshopper Warbler.

Marsh Warbler.

Dartford Warbler.

Hebridean Song Thrush.

British Stonechat.

,, Robin.

St. Kilda Wren.

Hebridean Wren.

Irish Dipper.

Sand Martin.

Sabines Gull.

British Lesser Black -back Gull.
Great Skua.

Buffins Skua.

I need hardly say that there are many other species of which material
is very scanty and all weights are likely to be useful if accurately taken
and preferably from sexed birds.

If the bird has been dead for some days or is in very poor condition,
the fact should be stated.

Hoping that some of the gaps in the list may be filled up by your
readers. — F. C. R. Jourdain, Whitekirk, Southbourne, Bournemouth.

1933 March 1

72

REVIEWS AND BOOK NOTICES.

The Archaeology of Yorkshire by Frank and Harriet Wragg:
Elgee. Methuen, pp. xvi-272, with two maps and sixty illustrations,
10/6. This volume is a very worthy addition to a useful series of County
Archaeologies published under the general editorship of Mr. T. D.
Kendrick, of the British Museum. The authors have compressed into'
a comparatively small space a clear and connected account of the
antiquities of Yorkshire down to those of Anglo-Viking times. The book
is the only comprehensive one of its kind and although its style is quite
appropriate to the general reader and enquiring tourist, the references,
to detailed monographs, archaeological literature and other learned works,
will render this account invaluable to the serious student. The illustra-
tions are excellent .

The high standard of Messrs. Methuen’s series of biological mono-
graphs is fully maintained in the most recent of the series on Sex
Determination , by Professor F . A . E . Crew . This is an authoritative
and full summary of the relation between sex in plants and animals,
and the chromosomal composition of the cells and gametes. It is
thoroughly up to date and may be recommended to students in general
and to those interested in problems of heredity.

The Transactions of the Bose Research Institute, Calcutta

(published by Longman’s) inaugurate with Vol. VII a wider series of
researches than the well-known botanical ones. The papers deal with
subjects such as fish-eating spiders, the capture of fish by drugging a
stream, the locomotor paralysis of fish induced by various reagents,
Burmese crania and the radio active character of springs.

NEWS FROM THE MAGAZINES.

We have received from Messrs. H. F. and G. Witherby a reprint of
the various interesting articles appearing in British Birds on 1 The
Great Crested Grebe Enquiry, 1931,’ by T. H. Harrison and P. A. D.
Hollom, which is sold at the low price of half-a-crown. We feel sure
many of our readers would like to have this record.

The New Phytologist for December contains ‘ New and Little-known
Alg?e from the Beds of Rivers,’ by R. W. Butcher ; ‘ Meiosis in

Diploid and Triploid H emer oc alii s ,’ by S. O. S. Dark ; ‘ Experiments

on the Perception of Gravity by Roots,’ by Lilian E. Hawker ; ‘ Frit-

schiella, a New Terrestrial Member of the Chaetophoraceae,’ by M. O. P.
Iyengar ; and ‘ Growth -regulators in Plants,' by R. Snow.

The Fifty-fourth Annual Report of the Victoria Park Museum at
St. Helens reads as under : — ‘ The most important additions to the
Museum are a collection of 133 specimens of British Fossils, presented
by A. Cecil Pilkington, Esq., and a Cormorant ( Phalacrocorax carbo )
shot at Thatto Heath Dam, St. Helens, October 4th, 1931, presented
by Inspector Martin, N.S.P.C.A. The mineral specimens which formerly
occupied small showcases in No. 2 room, have been removed and placed
in a cabinet in the Hall, and the space thus vacated has been used for
a large new showcase.’

NORTHERN NEWS.

The Entomological Society of London completes the first hundred
years of its existence on May 3rd, 1933, and will celebrate its centenary
on that and the following day. A General Meeting of the Society for
the reception of delegates and presentation of addresses will be held in
the rooms of the Royal Geographical Society, Kensington Gore. It will
be followed by a scientific conversazione to which Fellows are invited
to bring exhibits.

The Naturalist

Apparatus and Lantern-Slides
for the

FIELD-NATURALIST AND MICROSCOPIST

CATALOGUES POST FREE ON REQUEST

“C” — Apparatus for Field-Work. “BX” — Microscopical Equipment.
“E” — Lantern Slides.

Flatters & Garnett, Ltd.,

309 OXFORD ROAD, MANCHESTER.

The Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine

PRICE TWO SHILLINGS MONTHLY.

EDITED BY

G. C. Champion, F.Z.S. J. J. Walker, M.A., R.N., F.L.S.

J. E. Collin, F.E.S. K. G. Blair, B.Sc., F.E.S.

R. W. Lloyd. H. Scott, M.A., Sc.D., F.E.S.

This Magazine, commenced in 1864, contains Standard Articles and Notes
on all subjects connected with Entomology, and especially on the Insects of
the British Isles.

Subscription — 15/- per annum, post free, to —

R. W. LLOYD, 15 ALBANY, PICCADILLY, LONDON, W.1

NORTH WESTERN NATURALIST

A Scientific and Educational Journal (Published Quarterly),
especially for Cheshire, Cumberland, Derbyshire, Isle of Man,
Lancashire, North Wales, Shropshire, Staffordshire and Westmorland.

Edited by A A. DALLMAN,
H. Britten, f.e.s.

W. E. COLLINGE, D.S6., F.S.A.

J. W. Jackson, m.sc;, f.g.s.

R. H. CORSTORPHINE, B.Sc.

A. Wilson, f.l.s., f.r.met.s.

F.C.S. , in collaboration with

C. L. Walton, m.sc.,' ph.d.,

Rev. G. H. Carpenter, d.sc.

H. E. Forrest, f.l.s.

F. E. Weiss, d.sc., f.r.s.

T. A. Jones.

Communications to

Editorial. — A. A. Dallman, F.C.S., 12 Tickhill Road, Doncaster.
Business. — T. Buncle & Co., Market Place, Arbroath.

Annual Subscription, 7/6. Single copies, 2/- net.

BINDING “ THE NATURALIST ”

Volumes of THE NATURALIST for
any year can be bound in a serviceable
and attractive Cloth Case, dark blue
and gilt lettered on back and side. Price
4/- per volume, or post free 4/6.

A. BROWN & SONS, LIMITED

40 GEORGE STREET, HULL

WATKINS & DONCASTER

NATURALISTS ,

36, STRAND, LONDON, W.G.2

(Five doors from Charing Cross),

P.O. Box 126 Telephone: Temple Bar 9451.

Keep in stock every description of

APPARATUS, CABINETS, BOOKS & SPECIMENS

for Collectors of

BIRDS’ EGGS, BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS, Etc.

Catalogue (96 pages) sent post free on application.

^ WALKS AND TALKS ON THE NORTH
YORKSHIRE COAST AND MOORS.

By W. RIDLEY -MAKEPEACE

128 pages , F'cap 8vo, stiff Boards, rounded corners, three-colour design
on front cover, profusely illustrated, and with folding map of the district.

1 1* net.

A little book of exceptional interest to, walkers and tourists. In his description of eleven
moorland and coastal walks the author not only tells his readers when to turn right, when
left, and where to start and finish, but all sorts of interesting ancient and modern historical
details about the country traversed.

Obtainable from all Booksellers.

London.: A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue E.C.4.

Storeboxes for collections. 16XIIX2J 71- Polyporus strips for mounting Diptera, 1/-

lined cork two sides, polished. Best make each Hymenoptera and other small insects box

British Coleoptera, Diptera, Lepidoptera, etc..
Life Histories of British Insects. Honey supplied. Large and interesting forms of exotic,

Bee, Silk Moth, Butterflies and Economic 8/0 Coleoptera, Lepidoptera, Spiders, Scorpions etc.,

species. Well mounted in cases 9 X 7 X 2 each for exhibition. List sent free.

W. H. JANSON & SON, Natural History Specimens and Apparatus,
44 Gt. Russell Street, London, W.G.l.

Issued bi-monthly. Illustrated with Plates and Text Figures.

To Subscribers, 12s. 6d. post free.

The Scottish Naturalist

With which is incorporated ‘ The Annals of Scottish Natural History ’

EDITED BY

PERCY H. GRIMSHAW, F.R.S.E., F.E.S.

Keeper, Natural History Department, Royal Scottish Museum

AND

JAMES RITCHIE, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S.E.

Regius Professor of Natural History, University of Aberdeen

Assisted by EVELYN V. BAXTER f.z.s., h.m.b.o.u. ; LEONORA J. RINTOUL, f.z.s., h.m.b.o.u. ;
H. S. GLADSTONE, m.a., f.r.s.e., f.z.s. ; W. EAGLE CLARKE, i.s.o., ll.d. ; ANDERSON
FERGUSSON, f.e.s. ; A. C. STEPHEN, b.sc., f.r.s.e.

Subscriptions should be addressed to the Publishers,

Messrs. OLIVER & BOYD, LTD., Tweeddale Court, Edinburgh.

THE CITY AND PORT OF HULL

Royal 8 vo. Contains 120 pages of text matter, profusely illustrated, in
stout cover with attractive, coloured design. 1/- net, post free 1/6.

Tells what ought to be known of Hull’s important commercial, industrial,
municipal and shipping activities, and is also informative of the City’s many
historical, religious and social interests. Contains New Plan of Hull.

A. BROWN & SONS, LTD., SAVILE STREET, HULL.

Printed by A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., Perth Street West, Hull, and published by
A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., at 5 Farringdon Avenue, in the City of London.

March, 1933.

a month:

ILLUSTRATED J]

PRINCIPALLY FOR THE NORTH

fJRNAL

iF ENG

Edited by NVK ^ /£//?

PEARSALL, D.Sc., F.L.S., andW>oR. GRIsf
The University, Leed^>v^4, MusstJ

with the assistance as referees in special depaTTiyioM.it . i

Study in Variation : Pugnax Pugnus Martin and
Pugnax cf. Sulcatus J. de C. Sow ( illustrated )

Brian Simpson, M.Sc. ( concluded ) . . . 73-77

The Natural Abscission of Twigs in Canadian

Black Poplar ( illustrated ) — Mary Thomas, B.Sc. 79-86

The Great Crested Grebe Enquiry and Census of
1931, in Yorkshire, and a few later notes —

H. B. Booth, F.Z.S., M.B.O.U.

Yorkshire Hemiptera During 1929-1932 — James M.
Brown, B.Sc., F.L.S., F.E.S. .

Reviews and Book Notices
Field Notes

News from the Magazines
Illustrations

LONDON :

A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C.4.
And at Hull.

Printers and Publishers to the Y.N.U.

PRICE 1/6 net.

Prepaid Subscription
15 / - per annum.

No. 915

No. 688 of current Series

RIL, 1933

Professor A. Gilligan, D.Sc., F.G.S., M.I.M.E.
F. A. Mason, F.R.M.S.

Mrs. Elsie M. Morehouse, Mem. Brit.

Conchol. Soc.

Thos. Sheppard, M.Sc., F.G.S.

T. W. Woodhead, Ph.D.,M.Sc., F.L.S.

H.B. Booth, F.Z.S. M.B.O.U.

J. M. Brown, B.Sc., F.L.S. , F.E.S.
Chris. A. Cheetham, F.E.S.

W. J. Fordham, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P.,

D.P.H., F.E.S.

Riley Fortune, F.Z.S.

Contents

FOR SALE.

GEOLOGY.

At 4/- each.

Elements of Mining and Quarrying (2nd Ed.). C. Le Neve Foster.

At 4/6 each.

The Student’s Manual of Geology. J. Beete Jukes.

A Manual of Petrology. F. P. Mennelh
Geology of Clydesdale and Arran. James Bryce.

Geological Fragments Collected at Furness and Cartmel. J. Bolton.
The Geology of Arran and the other Clyde Islands. James Bryce.
Autobiographical Sketch of James Croll. J. C. Irons.

Life and Letters of Sir Joseph Prestwich. G. A. Prestwich.

Geology (2 Vols.) D. T. Ansted.

At 5/- each.

On the Structure and Affinities of the Genus Monticulipora and its
Sub -genera. H. Alleyne Nicholson.

Outline of the Geology of Norfolk S. Woodward.

A Memoir of William Pengelly of Torquay. Hester Pengelly.

Geological Observations (2nd Ed.). Charles Darwin.

The Geology of Peterborough and Its Vicinity. H. Porter

At 5/6 each.

The Geological Observer (Bound in Morocco). H. T. de la Beche.

Siluria . Sir R. I. Murchison.

Geology of To-day. J. W. Gregory.

At 6/6 each.

History of Geology and Palaeontology. Karl A. von Zittel.

The Geology of the South-East of England. Gideon MantelL
Technische Geologie. Dr. D. Brauns.

At 7/-

The Geology of the Country Around Liverpool (2nd Ed.). G. H. Morton.

At 7/6 each.

Geology and Mineralogy Considered with Reference to Natural
Theology (2 Vols.). Rev. William Buckland.

Essais de Paleoconchologie. M. Cossman.

Geology of the Isle of Man. Lamplugh.

At 8/6

The Primaeval World of Switzerland (2 Vol.). Prof. Heer.

At 9/6

Geology and Mineralogy Considered with Reference to Natural The-
ology (2 Vols. in one). Many plates on linen. Wm. Buckland.

At 10/6 each.

Royal Commission on Coal Supplies, 1905, Vol. I., Digest of Evidence.

At 12/6.

A Treatise on Ore and Stone Mining. C. Le Neve Foster.

At 15/-

Annals of Coal Mining and the Coal Trade (2 Vols.). R. L. Galloway

At 17/6.

Geology and Fossils of Sussex (Large Paper).

Apply : — C Department, Messrs. A. Brown & Sons, Ltd.

73

A STUDY IN VARIATION :

PUGNAX PUGNUS (Martin) and PUGNAX cf.
SULCATUS (J. de C. Sow).

BRIAN SIMPSON, M.Sc., UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, SWANSEA.

( Continued from page 61) .

The most obvious variants are depth and thickness, for the
tumidity or thinness of the specimens is readily seen. The
relation X too is seen in Fig. 3 C, and again the

largest number of specimens lies within narrow limits 50 per
cent. — 70 per cent, and includes the mature specimens,
while the larger specimens approach 100 per cent, with the
depth and breadth nearly equal ; such specimens are very
tumid as seen in Fig. 2. The mean is 61.48 and the arithmetic

« 60 65 TO 75 60 35 90 95

Fig. 4a.

mean of the deviations is 8.62 or 12.39 Per cent, of the mean.
These figures are low and &S would be expected are* very near
those of the succeeding factor tKickLieJj x 100. Here the
range is high, being 41 per cent., and contrary to the other
variants the specimens are not confined within narrow limits,

m

Mo )

1933 April 1

D

74

A Study in Variation.

but are more evenly spread out, indicating the possibility of
a stout specimen even at an early age. The arithmetic mean
of the deviations is 6.642 or 12.26 per cent, of the mean, so
that the general conclusion is that the specimens of Pugnax
pugnus Martin have a tendency to rotundity in all phases of
growth.

Variation in Pugnax cf. sulcatus (J. de C. Sow) — The
second form which is contained within the lesser peaks does

30 60 7° 80

Fig. 4b.

not fall readily into any species, but the nearest named
species is Pugnax sulcatus (J. de C. Sow). Parkinson (4) in
describing this species says : ‘ Pugnax sulcatus, as here

interpreted, even excluding the varieties described below,
varies within somewhat wide limits. Occasional specimens
are almost identical with the type (5) but the majority are
smaller and rather more flattened.’ The species here con-
sidered is very like the one figured by Parkinson (6) as a
transitional form between sulcatus and the forms with a
rounded sinus.

In this species there is no need to examine the relation
height_ x I00 since it would give the same results as in the

breadth °

case of Pugnax pugnus (Martin).

The relation x 100 shews the mean relation to

The Naturalist

A Study in Variation. 75

be 51.44, this relation accounting for the late appearance of
the specimens. The variation of 7.845 or 15.25 per cent, of
the mean is low and indicates the low deviation within the
confines of these factors. The range of form in the group
shows a range of 39.5 per cent., the majority occurring above
the mean.

The variant depth and thickness show greater deviation
than any of the others. Considering first the relation

xioo. The mean relation is 42.48 and the arithmetic
mean deviation is 9.34 or 21.98 per cent of the mean. The
range is considerable, being 45.7 per cent.

In the case of ±hi?*^xioo there is a mean value of 40.80
and an arithmetic mean of 6.169 or *5-o8 per cent, of the
mean. The range here is less than in any of the other variants,
being only 39 per cent.

The Scatter Diagrams. — The three scatter diagrams Figs.
4 and 5 show that the correlated factors are the same in each
of the species.

The plotting of X 100 against ^~h X 100 gives

an even scatter over the four quadrants and thus shows the
low correlation existing between the variants included in the

1933 April 1

76

A Study of Variation.

scatter. (Fig. 4 A.) The remaining diagrams shew a
distribution of the dots in two diagonally opposite quadrants.
First the plotting of X 100 against X 100 is

seen in Fig. 4 B. while the plotting of JggL x 100 against
X 100 is seen in Fig. 5 the difference from the
preceding one being that the diagonal of the scatter group
is slightly steeper.

Ribbing. — -The ribs of the pedicle valve are present in

the very young specimens as a crimping along the posterior
margin, but in the very large specimens they almost reach the
umbone. The number of ribs in the pedicle valve of Pugnax
pugnus (Martin) varies from o — 12 in the specimens observed.
The number of ribs in the furrow is always one fewer than that
of the ridge. In Pugnax cf. sulcatus (J. de C. Sow) the number
of ribs in the pedicle valve ranges from o — 12, and the same
fact of one more rib on the ridge than in the furrow is true in
this case also. The ribs are developed first in the furrow and
on the ridge, and become stronger on the sides with later
growth.

Conclusion. — In conclusion the following facts emerge,
that :

1. The group of six hundred specimens has been shown to
consist of two species. This has been demonstrated by the
frequency polygons.

The Naturali • t

Reviews and Book Notices.

77

2. The two species are : Pugnax pugnus { Martin); Pugnax
cf. sulcatus (J. de C. Sow).

3. The height and breadth of Pugnax pugnus increase at
a steady rate and thus give no wide variation in the percentage
ratios.

4. There is a high degree of correlation between thickness
and breadth, and depth and thickness in both species, as
demonstrated by the scatter diagrams.

Finally, fifty specimens of Pugnax pugnus ( Martin) have
been selected and the three variants length, breadth and thickness
plotted on a graph Fig. 7. This shews that the length is
always greater than the thickness and less than the breadth.
I wish to record my thanks to Professor A. E. Trueman and
to Mr. A. Stuart, M.Sc., for their help and criticism during
the work.

Bibliography:

1. Vernon: Variation in Animals and Plants.

2. Martin : Petrifacta Derbiensia, Plate 22.

3. Davidson : British Fossil Brachiopoda, p. 98.

4. Parkinson : Q.J.G.S., 1926, p. 237.

5. Sowerby, J. de C. : Mineral Conchology , Vol. 5, p. 153, plate 495, 1.

6. Parkinson : loc. cit., plate 14, 2a.

In addition see :

Phillips : Geology of Yorkshire , Pt. 2, plate 12.

Brown : Fossil Conchology , Plate 56.

Hall & Clarke : Nat. Hist., New York, Part 6, Palaeo, Vol. 8,

Brachiopda.

REVIEWS AND BOOK NOTICES.

A Romany in the Country, by G. Bramwell Evens. London :
The Epworth Press, 182 pp., 3/6. We have previously had the pleasure
of referring to 1 The Traihp’s ’ delightful stories. He continues them
with the present volume, which is not only illustrated by reproductions
from photographs, but by extraordinary quaint drawings by his son,
G. K. Evens. One of the photographs shows a young cuckoo in the act of
heaving out of the nest the hedge sparrow’s egg, and the attitudes assumed
by this day-old youngster are very human. How Animals Eat ; How
Birds Fly; Early Nests; Corncrake; Otter; and a whole host of animals
as well as general notes on Keeper and Poacher ; Harvest Field ; etc.,
fill this delightful volume.

Australian Finches in Bush and Aviary, by Neville W. Cayley.

London : The Australian Book Co., 16 Farringdon Avenue, xix.-|- 256 pp. ,
12/6 net. This volume, published by Angus & Robertson, of Australia,
will appeal equally to keepers of aviaries and field naturalists alike.
The wealth of small finches and similar birds in Australia is extra-
ordinary, and in one case nearly 40 species of finch are described. The
photographs and sketches of the birds and their nests, the maps showing
distribution and the coloured illustrations, as well as typical finch
aviaries, assist in making the book invaluable to bird fanciers. There
are also chapters on Among the Finches in their Natural Haunts, by
E. W. Jones ; General Hints on Housing, by Frank Buckle ; Good

1033 April 1

Reviews and Book Notices.

78

Health, by L. J. Clendinnen ; The Commoner Ailments of Cage-Birds,
by E. A. D’Ombrain.

Strange Happenings in Wild Life by George Hearn, with foreword
by The Marquess of Tavistock, pp. 288 and 112 illustrations, Hutchinson,
15/-. This book is worth having if only for the emphasis it lays on the
individuality of wild creatures. All cautious trained observers are
to-day aware that the ‘ average ' conduct of a species is no complete

By courtesy 0/] [ Messrs . Hutchinson Publishers, Ltd.

Common tern assisting her chick to get out of the egg-shell by breaking it
from the outside.

guide to the doings of any one member, and Mr. Hearn has collected
in this charming book a host of new records of bird and animal behaviour.
The letter press is accompanied by a large number of photographic
illustrations, some of which are delightfully appropriate to the text and
of outstanding merit. One of these is reproduced above.

A History of the Birds of Suffolk, by Claud B. Ticehurst.

London : Gurney & Jackson, xi + 502 pp., 24/- net. Bird lovers will be
grateful to the late J. H. Gurney for suggesting to the author of this
book that he should prepare a volume dealing with the Avifauna of Suffolk.
Naturalists owe a debt of gratitude for the admirable way in which the
valuable notes have been printed and illustrated. Yorkshire led the
way in publishing the two volumes on the Birds of Yorkshire, under the
auspices of the Yorkshire Naturalists' Union, since when a large number
of counties have been covered in a similar way. The substantial volume
before us — the last of a long series — is equal to anything which has pre-
viously appeared, and before long naturalists will have the pleasure of
knowing that practically every part of the British Islands has been
covered in this way. At the end of the book is a bibliography and a map
to illustrate a history of the birds of Suffolk.

The Naturalist

79

THE NATURAL ABSCISSION OF TWIGS IN
CANADIAN BLACK POPLAR.

( Populus serotina Hartig ).

MARY THOMAS, B.Sc.

Introduction. — A comparison of saplings with adult trees
of the same species shows a striking difference in the distribu-
tion of twigs on the branches. The branch of the young tree
usually has lateral branches down almost its* whole length,
except for a short distance just above and below the ring of
bud scale scars, where a few of the buds remain dormant and
fail to produce twigs. On the other hand, the branches of
the older tree only bear laterals at spaced intervals. The
means by which this spacing is effected, as the tree gets older,
is probably different in different species and the present paper
is simply concerned with one type in which this clearing process
is largely due to a natural process of abscission (i and 2).
In England, the ground under trees of the Canadian Black
Poplar (P. serotina Hartig) or the Oaks, in August or September
is usually strewn with twigs which have fallen from the tree as
the result of a clean separation which is quite distinct from a
mechanical break. So constant is the appearance of the
somewhat convex end of the twig and the concave scar left
on the tree that it is clearly related to the structure of the
twigs in this region, and the present investigation was under-
taken to study the changes leading to abscission. The details
have only been examined for P. serotina, though certain
general observations suggest that the problem is similar in the
Oak.

Morphology. — The morphology of P. serotina is so closely
bound up with the periodic growth processes of the tree, that it
seems best to approach the consideration of the form of the
twigs and the branch system generally, from this aspect. If
the current year’s shoot is examined when in leaf, it is found
that the lowest leaves are small, but leaves of increasing size
then succeed one another until a maximum size is reached a
little beyond half way along the shoot, beyond which the size
falls off again towards the new terminal bud. Closely related
to leaf size are many other features of shoot growth which, if
graphically represented, would give identical curves. To
draw attention to the more important of these, the following
features may be mentioned.

(a) Size of the buds in the axils of the leaves.

(b) Vigour and length of the branches derived from these
buds.

( c ) Order of opening of the buds (with the additional

1933 April 1

8o The Natural Abscission of Twigs.

point that the terminal bud is the first to open in
spring).

(d) Order of fall of lateral branches along the length of a
year’s extension growth.

(e) The order in which, in the transition to the flowering
stage, the buds pass into the reproductive phase. The
most vigorous buds in the axils of the biggest leaves
are the first to change from leaf -bearing to catkin -
bearing buds.

If a second year twig is examined, it is usual to find that
the lowermost buds have been so small that they have remained
dormant, that those immediately above have grown out into
lateral branches, which are weak (being derived from relatively
small buds and having grown out relatively late) and have
made very insignificant growth, whilst the most vigorous
and well developed shoots are to be found a little above half
way up the shoot. (Fig. i.) If a comparable region is
examined over a number of annual growth increments, it is
found that the lower branches, which made poor growth, are
shed — usually in almost regular sequence, until finally only
one or two (or occasionally none) of the most vigorous laterals
have resisted the abscission process, these being situated a
little beyond half way along the extension growth of the
particular year’s growth. So characteristic is the distribution
of the laterals that a reasonably accurate estimate of the age
of a branch system may be obtained by counting the number
of groups of (or single) laterals separated by a length of axis
free from laterals.

When the trees are about 20-25 years old the upper
branches begin to flower. The change is gradual and at first
only one or two of the buds may be catkin-bearing on an
otherwise vegetative shoot. The catkin buds can be recognised
from the lateral vegetative buds by their larger size. They
are also relatively shorter and fatter. The terminal bud is
about the same size as the catkin buds, but in all cases remains
vegetative. Another feature associated with the development
of a catkin bud is that the leaf cushion of the subtending leaf
is more swollen, so that the cylindrical bud comes to be
situated on a relatively wide notch, on which a circular scar
is left when the catkin falls. The vegetative buds are more
closely adpressed to the stem and are attached by a narrower
base, which is much less conspicuous than that of the catkin
bud. As more and more of the buds become reproductive
this seating of the scar above a swollen cushion gives the
twigs a very different appearance from the vegetative. The
catkin-bearing twigs appear stouter and more irregular in
outline and are also more rigid than the long pliable vegetative
shoots. In the final stage of a reproductive twig, catkin buds

The Naturalist

The Natural Abscission of Twigs.

81

1933 April i

C2

82

The Natural Abscission of Twigs.

(each of which contains merely a staminate catkin enclosed
by bud scales, the catkin falling after liberation of the pollen)
occur in the axils of all the leaves. In comparatively rare
cases one of the buds, usually one occurring just above or
below the zone of reproductive buds, may be vegetative and
grow out giving rise to a lateral twig, but this is not common.
Thus the reproductive branch system may continue year after
year without any laterals. This does not necessarily mean
that these unbranched shoots are very long, as the new extension
growth, added each year, becomes less and less the longer the
particular system has been reproductive.

A further point of morphological distinction between the
vegetative and reproductive branches is that the latter are
always much swollen just above their junction with the main
axis, whilst the vegetative twigs make a smooth union. The
swollen base may be correlated with the region of original
bud scale scars although these soon become obliterated by the
stretching and cracking of the bark.

When twigs are freshly fallen, i.e., during the period
extending from the end of July to about mid-October, they are
found to be still living, often with green leaves and with
apparently healthy buds. Examined morphologically their
characters are found to agree with those of reproductive lateral
branches. The terminal bud is vegetative, but the majority of,
(or all) the others are catkin -containing. In every case the
fallen reproductive lateral is found to have made very feeble
extension growth for a few years prior to abscission. The
separation of the branch takes place about half-way across the
swollen base, but close examination shows that the break is
actually below the bud scale scars, which fall with the branch.

It is clear from the appearance of young trees that young
and feebly grown vegetative branches also fall, leaving a clean
scar but these are insignificant in comparison with the fallen
reproductive branches which may be as much as 18 years of age
and several feet in length. It is mainly twigs of the latter
type which have been examined in this work.

Structure of the Abscission Zone. — If the bark (cortex
and phloem) is removed from the region of the branch union
exposing the wood surface in vegetative and reproductive
branches, a difference in structure of the basal part of the
lateral is clearly shown by their behaviour on drying. The
vegetative branch dries showing a smooth union with the
axis, and whilst the reproductive shows a similar appearance
along the length of the branch, the wood in the zone of about
0.5 cms., in width and situated about 0.5 cms. from the actual
base of the branch, becomes much cracked and contracted
on drying (Fig. 2).

Comparisons of the various types of branch unions are best

The Naturalist

The Natural Abscission of Twigs.

83

examined by cutting radial longitudinal sections through the
union and using a stain which picks up lignified tissues, e.g.,
safranin, together with a counter stain such as light green.
Sections cut through the union of a one-year branch always
show a difference in the vascular tissue just at the base of the
branch. In this zone much of the lignified wood typical of
the internodal region is replaced by parenchymatous tissue,
which is conspicuous as a green band across the branch base.
If two-year, three-year, etc., vegetative branches are examined

Fig. 2. Branch unions in Populus serotina Hartig, with bark removed showing a
smooth union in the vegetable branch (left) and a swollen in reproductive branches
(centre and right), in which the woody tissues crack on drying.

in a similar manner, the appearance of the basal region varies
with the vigour of the branch. In those which are sufficiently
vigorous, a union of lignified tissue across this zone is
established relatively soon and such branches are likely to
persist. In the weaker laterals the basal zone may fail to
be bridged by lignified tissue in the second or even the third
year, and obviously in such cases the basal parenchymatous
zone will present a position of weakness, which cannot stand
the strains to which it is subjected by the movements of the
branch.

This parenchymatous zone is still more striking in the
case of the reproductive branches which never make connection
by lignified tissues (except to a very slight extent by isolated

1933 April 1

84 The Natural Abscission of Twigs.

series of vessel elements in the swollen mass of parenchymatous
tissues) .

A curious feature of the parenchymatous zone is the sharp
delimitation from the lignified tissues above and below. It is
probably located in the bud scale region and may possibly
be related to the type of vascular structure initiated in the
axis from these structures.

In the typical internodal region of branch or axis the
wood consists of vessels and fibres, with a small proportion
of wood parenchyma at the face of the summer wood and
around the spring vessels. The rays are usually only one
cell in width, and the spring and summer wood are sufficiently
unlike one another for it to be possible to distinguish the
annual rings, though these are relatively inconspicuous in this
species. In the parenchymatous zone, on the other hand, the
vessels are very few in number and are not accompanied by
typical lignified fibres. The pitting on the vessel walls also
differs from the usual ‘ pitted ' types and approximates to
scalariform. The wood parenchyma is considerable in amount
and the rays are several cells in width. The fibres of the
typical wood appear to have been replaced by hies of
parenchymatous cells. All the living cells in this zone
appear to be less differentiated than in normal wood and many
of the parenchyma cells and ray cells appear to be practically
un vacuolated.

The differentiation of the phloem undergoes comparable
modifications in this zone. The sieve tubes and fibres of the
typical phloem are substituted almost entirely by parenchyma.

The cells of the cambium are shorter than those of the
internodal region, being only about J-§ the typical length.
The cambial ring is also much interrupted by the numerous
initials of the expanded rays.

Discussion. — It is now firmly established that cambial
activity, followed by vascular differentiation, is initiated in
the opening buds and extends basipetally down the shoot
(3 and 4). The vigour of activity extending down the shoot
varies with the vigour of the bud undergoing extension. It
is interesting from this point of view to find that in P. serotina
the abscissed twigs are the weak vegetative and the
reproductive. The former are usually weak from the outset,
being derived from small buds and usually opening late when
they make little headway against the competition of the
other growing shoots. Further, these branches are usually
in such a position that they are likely to be developing under
conditions of poor light. Thus the conditions are all adverse
to a vigorous vascular differentiation. In the bud scale
region the primary structure is evidently not conducive to a
transmission of typical vascular differentiation, and although

The Naturalist

The Natural Abscission of Twigs. 85

activity of the cambium extends across this zone it is
followed only by the peculiar differentiation of parenchyma
unless the basipetal impulse is particularly strong.

It has been shown by Gill '(unpublished work) that
practically no cambial activity is initiated on the branch axis
by the opening of the catkin buds and consequently the
terminal bud is the only vegetative bud in the reproductive
branch system to set in motion the basipetal differentiation.
It is not surprising that in such shoots which remain re-
productive year after year, the length of new extension added
each year becomes less and less, and that cambial activity,
though extending across the basal zone, is not sufficiently
vigorous to be followed by typical differentiation.

The case of the oak has not been fully examined, but the
abscissed branches may be very numerous. After a season
in which the trees have been largely defoliated by caterpillar
attack, the small abscissed twigs are seen in very large numbers,
and similarly it appears that the slender twigs produced by
secondary activity in warm damp summers are also readily
abscissed. In the latter case the foliage is usually attacked
by mildew and suffers as a result of the first frosts. In addition
to these types of small twigs, larger twigs also fall and may be
associated with reproduction, though this point needs confirma-
tion. In the case of the small twigs, the facts would support
the general conception that with poor vegetative activity the
basipetal tendency to vascular differentiation is not sufficiently
strong to bridge the bud scale region. The actual separation
across the swollen base is very clean and would suggest that
a definite absciss zone is differentiated in the swollen region,
but so far no such layer has been recognised.

In many trees small branches which die (usually branches
low on the trunk and thus shaded from light) are apparently
pushed off by the expansion of the axis as it increases in girth
around the base of such a dead branch. The loss of these
branches in this manner gives rise to the bare unbranched
trunk of the tree. The bark is thrown into folds and consider-
able force must be exerted on the branch (5). A force of this
kind cannot be exerted to any appreciable extent in the case
of the small vegetative and larger reproductive branches of
Poplar, or of the twigs of Oak, as the abscissed branches are
fresh and often fall with green leaves still upon them. In
fact, the fallen branches look so fresh and living that their
viability was tested by planting bases and tops of such fallen
twigs as cuttings with controls from comparable twigs cut
from the tree. Whilst a considerable number of the control
twigs rooted, both vegetative and reproductive, none of those
from fallen twigs made any growth at all. These results,
coupled with an observation that the abscissed twigs contain

1933 April 1

86

Field Notes.

no starch, suggest that the abscissed twigs are exhausted of
all food reserves.

On the reproductive branches for year after year all but
the terminal bud are catkin bearing. The production of
catkins involves the utilisation of food stores in the branch and
as such buds consist only of bud scales and a male catkin which
sheds pollen and then falls, their formation is merely a drain
on the supplies in the shoot. The terminal bud of the branch
alone produces leaves to replenish these supplies, so that year
after year all the activities of the branch, including the pro-
duction of new catkins, the new extension growth of the shoot
and the annual girth increase right down the branch, are
supplied by the food materials made by the few leaves from
this bud. It is only natural that the extension growth of
the shoot should get less and less, the longer the branch has
been flowering and also that, as the branch gets longer, the
vigour of cambial activity reaching the base of the branch
should become more and more feeble as the food supplies
become depleted. The parenchymatous zone, which replaces
the typical vascular tissues in the basal region, constitutes a
position of weakness which is eventually unable to support the
strains to which the branch is subjected and abscission’ results.

References —

1. Biisgen, M. The Structure and Life of Forest Trees, London, 1929.

2. Eames, A. J. and Mac Daniels, L. H. An Introduction to Plant

Anatomy, New York, 1925.

3. Priestley, J. H. Studies in the Physiology of Cambial Activity III.

New Phytologist, Vol. 29, pp. 316-354, 1930.

4. Priestley, J . H. The Growing Tree. Presidential Address. Section

K. Brit. Assoc., York, 1932.

5. Priestley, J. H. and Scott, L. I. Branch Scars on Trees. Their

Recording and Interpretation. The Naturalist, pp. 275-278, 1932.

FIELD NOTES.

Sparrow Hawk. — On 12th March, in the garden of Mrs.
Darby, 25 Lond Lane, Dalton, Huddersfield, while birds
were feeding on crumbs thrown for them, a Sparrow Hawk
swooped down, and, seizing a Starling in its talons, flew off
with it.

This garden is at the side of a busy road, one-and-a-
quarter miles from the centre of the town and in a fairly
populous neighbourhood. — E. Gallwey.

Little Owl. — A live specimen of the Little Owl was
brought in to the Tolson Memorial Museum, Ravensknowle,
Huddersfield, on the 10th inst. which had been caught in the
back garden of Rawthorpe Hall, Rawthorpe Lane, Dalton,
Huddersfield. — E. Gallwey.

The Naturalist

87

THE GREAT CRESTED GREBE ENQUIRY AND
CENSUS OF 1931, IN YORKSHIRE, AND A FEW
LATER NOTES.

By H. B. Booth, F.Z.S., M.B.O.U.

This census was undertaken by two Cambridge undergraduates, Messrs.
T. H. Harrisson, M.B.O.U., and P. A. D. Hollom, M.B.O.U., in con-
junction with ‘ British Birds ’ (mag.). The whole of England and
Wales were divided out, usually into counties, and each was put in
charge of a competent field ornithologist, who worked together with his
friends and correspondents, but who made himself Responsible for the
full returns for his area. Everyone known to have assisted in any way
was acknowledged in ‘ British Birds.’ In this way, and with the
assistance of my friends, I made myself responsible for the three Ridings
of Yorkshire, knowing that practically almost the whole of the work
would have to be done in the West Riding. This agreement was made
on the understanding that when the general work was tabulated and
published, I should read a more detailed account of our Yorkshire portion
before the Vertebrate Zoology Section of the Y.N.U., with a view to
publication in The Naturalist later. The mass of notes and reports
collected and sent in were so enormous that it was well after the breeding
season of 1932 before they could be tabulated and published. Parts
were circulated in ‘ British Birds,’ Vol. XXVI, 1932 (for August, pp.
62 to 91 ; September, pp. 102 to 131 ; October, pp. 142 to 155 ; and
for November, pp. 174 to 195 )T

In the first place, 1931 was a very wet spring and summer, which
was very much more to the discomfort of the recorders than to the grebes .
In many places it was difficult to approach their nesting environments,
and on many of the reservoirs, such as those of the Leeds Waterworks
in the Washburn Valley, where these birds usually have their nests
stranded by the fall of the water, they had merely to add an inch or two
more vegetable matter to their nests and probably never fared better.

In my reports and returns I had dealt with each Riding separately,
and which I intend to do in the present paper ; but the compilers lumped
the returns for the three Ridings together without any distinction,
chiefly for the comparative county table, in which Yorkshire stood very
high, having 66 pairs. Only one county got into a higher plane, viz. :
Norfolk with its many Broads, and its estimated number of about
202 pairs !

The East Riding.

Hornsea Mere. — This fine natural stretch of water and cover has
probably been the home of the Great Crested Grebe from time
immemorial and appears to be the only site in this Riding.

In 1844 Thos. Allis in his ‘ List of Yorkshire Birds ’ for the British
Association, wrote of this species, ‘ A. Strickland states that it breeds at
Hornsea Mere, and probably used to be abundant in the Carrs.’2 Clarke
and Roebuck in their ‘ Handbook of Yorkshire Vertebrata,’ published
in 1881, on page 88 say, ‘ about half a dozen pairs breeding regularly at

1 For those who wish to study the subject more concisely, or to keep
it for reference, Messrs. H. F. and G. Witherby have made a reprint,
which is very handy. It covers the whole subject investigated, and
includes the comparative county map. It has paper covers, 97 pages,
for 2/6 and is well worth the money to any field ornithologist ; from
326 High Holborn, London, W.C.i.

2 Birds of Yorkshire, p. 738.

1 933 April 1

88 The Great Crested Grebe Enquiry and Census of 1931.

Hornsea Mere.’ T. H. Nelson states that in 1888 ' no fewer than six
nests were observed.’1 George Bolam, who acted as bird watcher in
1912, says that Taylor, the old gamekeeper there, told him that when
he (Taylor) came in 1882 the Grebes had dwindled down to a pair or
two, but by 1892, under his care, there were eight nests, or the record
known until then ! But be that as it may, and with better protection
afforded to them by the Wild Birds and Eggs Protection Acts Com-
mittee of the Y.N.U., and with Taylor still the gamekeeper, in 1907
there were only three pairs, and in 1908 I could not possibly see more
than two pairs, but each were accompanied by young. In 1911 Mr.
E. W. Wade informed me that in spite of protection there were only
three pairs of Great Crested Grebes on the Mere in 1910 and 1911.

Until then we had only employed a part-time bird watcher. But
owing to the Bearded Tits having been released by Mr. W. H. St. Qu intin,
it was decided to engage a full-time watcher, and my friend George
Bolam was engaged — I am afraid not at a living wage — but still it was
all that we, the subscribers to the fund (for never a penny of the Y.N.U.
finances has been taken), could afford. The Grebes appeared to benefit
by a full-time watcher, and also by full-time recording for, obviously,
a man who is there each day for thirteen weeks knows more than a man
who makes a flying visit for a day or for half a day. Either due to his
full-time watching, or more accurate recording, or both, Mr. Bolam
reported six, or possibly seven, pairs of Great Crested Grebes in 1912
at Hornsea Mere, which was more satisfactory to our subscribers.2

From then onward, until and including 1926, there were usually
about four pairs of Great Crested Grebes present — never less than three
and never” more than six pairs. In the meantime the number of Coots
on the Mere had increased out of all proportion. Those members who
were present at the Y.N.U. May excursion in 1926, and who were
privileged to go in the boat, can never forget the sight of such great
numbers of Coots that took to the air as the boat approached the Wassand
end. They passed over us in great clouds. In January, 1927, the Coots
were very severely shot down. An increase in the number of Great
Crested Grebes immediately commenced, and ten pairs were counted by
the watcher during the nesting seasons of 1929, 1930, 1931 and 1932,
which appears to be about the maximum number that Hornsea Mere
can carry.

The North Riding.

Neither Clarke and Roebuck nor T. H. Nelson make any allusion
to nesting sites in this Riding. But, as a schoolboy at York, I know
that it nested on pools on Strensall Common, before it was drained for
military purposes. In fact, it was here that I had my first introduction
to this fine bird, I believe first in the year 1880, but certainly in 1881,
as I saw it two years in succession, but never more than one pair at a
time. I never succeeded in finding its eggs, and I had not then any idea
what its empty nest was like and may quite easily have passed it amongst
the several empty nests of water birds and Black-headed Gulls ; which
latter birds were just being exterminated there, as never an egg was
allowed to hatch — it was a Very keen ‘ egging ’ spot in those days.
But I have seen two clutches of Great Crested Grebe’s eggs, at the least,
that were taken on Strensall Common. I also had the pleasure of seeing
these extraordinary birds in the air there, which I have only on rare
occasions seen since.

The pools were very shallow, only about knee-deep, and contained
many leeches. We were told that they were Horse Leeches, but although
I cannot speak for the species, I can vouch for it that they were very

1 Birds of Yorkshire, p. 739.

2 The Naturalist, 1913, p. 67.

The Naturalist

The Great Crested Grebe Enquiry and Census of 1931 89

plentiful, and that they had a great affection for our bare legs. I have
often wondered since if the Great Crested Grebe would eat leeches, but
I have never got any nearer to a solution of the question.

In 1931 three pairs were known to have nested in this Riding, viz. : —

Castle Howard, near Malton. — Two pairs have nested for many
years and more in some years, viz. : in 1910. Believed to have first

nested there (one pair) about 1890.

Wigganthorpe , eight miles due west of Malton. — One pair has nested
regularly each year since about 1906.

A water in this Riding which one would expect the Great-Crested •
Grebe to nest regularly is Lake Gormire, near Northallerton, but for
some unexplained reason these birds never nest there and rarely, if ever,
visit it.

The West Riding. «

It is in this Riding that the great extension and colonization has
taken place during the past forty years. Doubtless, there would be a
few ancient nesting sites in the extreme south-east of the West Riding,
such as on the pools of Thorne Waste or on the famous Potteric Carr,
near Doncaster, before it was drained ; but I have never been able to
obtain any reliable or satisfactory information on the matter. Clarke
and Roebuck in 1881 dismissed the subject with that in 1865 one gentle-
man told another that it occasionally bred in the West Riding. As
both the authors lived in Leeds it may be taken as certain that this
occasional breeding was not in their neighbourhood. I know personally
that T. H. Nelson tried very hard to obtain proof of its ancient nesting
in the West Riding and failed.

In the Y.N.U. excursion circular for Thorne Waste on July nth,
1907, the late Dr. H. H. Corbett gave the Great Crested Grebe amongst
the list of birds that he had seen there in the nesting season. l In the
excursion itself, in which Dr. Corbett was one of the leaders, the bird
was not seen.

In the following list the number of sites tenanted

in 1931 are given,

together with the number of pairs and

the

date, or

approximate date,

when each site was first occupied.
Site.

Pairs in
I93i-

Year of
Colonization .

Dring Houses, York ...

3

1921 (1 pair) .

Barlow Cuttings, near Selby

3

1925 (1 pair) .

Drax Hales, near Selby

1

1930.

Drax H. and B. Cuttings, near Selby

1

1931-

Walton Park, Wakefield

1

1890 (about.)

Bretton Park , Lower Lake ...

2

1906 (about).

Nostell Priory

1

1892 .

Rvhill Reservoir

7

1890 (about).

Newmiller Dam, near Wakefield

1

1909.

Fairburn, near Castleford

16

1921 (3 pairs).

Worsborough Dam, near Barnsley ...

1

1890 (about).

Rockley Dam, near Barnsley

1

i93i-

Thrybergh Reservoirs, near Rotherham

2

1919 (about).

Harthill Big Pond, near Rotherham

3

1890 (about).

Harewood Park

2

1890 (about).

Washburn Reservoirs : —
(1) Fewston

1

1902 (about).

(2) Swinsty

2

1902 (about).

(3) Lindley

1

I93I •

Gouthwaite Reservoir

1

1905 (about).

Chelker Reservoir, near Addingham

1

1921 .

Malham Tarn ...

1

1921 .

1 Y.N.U. Transactions,

1909.

1933 April 1

90 The Great Crested Grebe Enquiry and Census of 1931.

Pairs in Year of

Site. 1931- Colonization.

Renishaw Park, Sheffield ... ... ... 1 Missed in 1930. l

Nested for many
years ; one pair
only.

Notes on the Above.

I am sure that when I first visited Walton Park in the late nineties
of last century, there were two or three pairs of Great -Crested Grebes
on the lake. But Mr. Simpson, who resides at the hall, assures me that
there has not been more than one pair yearly for the last ten years.
This appears to be rather strange, as this large lake offers them security,
and is noted by anglers for its roach and perch.

The only reason that I could assign when I was there on June 27th was
a flock of Canadian Geese and a pair of Mute Swans with cygnets. The
male swan, although he did not appear to interfere with the Grebes, was
continuously and furiously driving the Canadian Geese all over the lake,
thus camsing a great commotion on the water, and I was assured that
this was his daily routine.

The most extraordinary water affecting the increase of the Great
Crested Grebe in the West Riding is Fairburn, a shallow lake of recent
formation due to coal mine subsidence, and although approaching
Hornsea Mere and Malham Tarn in area, is not on the map. Fortunately
we have a good ornithological history of its growth from our fellow
member, Mr. W. G. Bramley, who lived on its shore until 1926. It was
at first occupied by a nesting colony of Black-Headed Gulls, a few pairs
of which 'still remain in spite of the islands and tussocks each year
becoming fewer as the water increases. But the history of the colony
of Great Crested Grebes concerns this paper most, and is as follows.
In 1921 there were three pairs ; in 1922 two pairs ; in 1923 six nests ;
in 1924 ten to twelve nests ; in 1925 three pairs nested ; in 1926 four pairs
were seen with broods. For 1927 we have not any record. But during
1928, 1929 and 1930 there was an extraordinary increase ; Mr. Arthur
Whitaker, who visited Fairburn in each of these three years, assures me
that there were at the very least twenty to twenty-five — and possibly
even thirty — pairs present. On one visit in 1928 he saw sixteen nests
with eggs without investigating the whole area. On May 31st, 1931,
together with Mr. Bramley, we made a most careful search with the use
of a boat, which usually had not sufficient water under it to float it.
We returned ten and a half pairs as the total population of adult Great
Crested Grebes. We found six nests with eggs and one pair already
had four young on the water. Mr. Whitaker told me that I could easily
double the number, so I made another very quiet and careful visit on
August 3rd. On this occasion I counted fifteen pairs with young on
the water, and another bird was sitting on a nest in the open water —
possibly a second brood.

Besides the Grebes there were large numbers of Coots, many Black -
headed Gulls, several Tufted and Shoveler Ducks, etc., and on May 31st
no less than thirty-two derelict Mute Swans ! ! They were not nesting
and were probably birds that had been driven away from other waters
by mated pairs. How such a large assembly of birds could possibly get
a living on such a shallow piece of water was a puzzle. Besides, I was
assured on good local authority that the only fish it contained were
sticklebacks and a few pike in the deeper drains. However, we saw
two good-sized dead roach, and I managed to catch one in a bucket that
had got into difficulties. This latter we took ashore still alive and

1 I regret that I overlooked this site in my “ British Birds ” list
The nest contained deeply incubated eggs on July 2nd, 1931. — (A.
Whitaker) .

The Naturalist

The Great Crested Grebe Enquiry and Census of 1931. 91

much to the surprise of the natives. In 1932 I paid one short visit to
Fairburn, but although I made no attempt to count the Great-Crested
Grebes, they appeared to be in rather less numbers than in 1931.

There have usually been two pairs of Great-Crested Grebes nesting
on Worsborough Dam for a great number of years ; occasionally three
pairs, or only one pair. Only one pair was known to nest there in 1930
and in 1931.

The record for Harthill Big Pond was not mine — I did not know
of it. Mr. R. Chislett kindly paid it a visit in August, 1932, on my
behalf, and reported three adult birds ; but could not see anything of
any young birds.

At Harewood Park the two pairs of Grebes had to leave their first
nests and build second ones, both in 1931 and 1932, owing to the fall
of the water due to repairs to the outlet.

On Chelker Reservoir the Great Crested Grebes usually remain a
month or so and leave in April or early May. In 1921 and in 1931 a
pair remained throughout the summer, but in neither year could a nest
be found and no young were reared. In 1924 a pair remained and built
a nest, which I am fairly sure was robbed, as it was at the shallow end
and was conspicuous from the road. This reservoir contains only trout
and minnows, if that should be any reason why young are not reared there.

At Malham Tarn the first nesting pair was in 1921. There were two
pairs — and once three pairs— yearly during 1923 and 1927 inclusive.
In 1928 nine Mute Swans were introduced, where there had not been any
swans before, and the Grebes absented themselves in 1928 and 1929 ;
but a pair returned and nested in 1930 and in 1931. (Three pairs again
nested on the Dring Houses ponds in 1932).

Other waters that have been tenanted in various years, but not in

1931, are as follows : —

Upper Lake, Bretton Park, Wakefield. Two pairs usually nested
until 1929, and one pair in 1930. Excessive weed growths and fish
elements believed to be the cause for desertion.

Hamsworth Dam, near Ackworth. A pair first nested here in 1893,
and each year a pair, and sometimes two pairs, nested regularly until
about 1920 . Since then it has not been tenanted . Reason — increase of —
and annoyance by — pit boys.

Greasborough Dam, near Wentworth. A pair first nested here in
1907 and until 1927, when the dam was drained for alterations, and
they never returned.

Ulley Pond, five miles south of Rotherham. One pair nested from
1921 to 1930 inclusive ; when the reeds in which they nested were cut
down. They returned in 1931 but did not stay to nest.

Hazelwood Castle, near Wetherby. For many years a pair nested
here each year until 1920, when the last nest was seen. No reason can
be given for their discontinuation.

Ripley Park, near Harrogate. A pair successfully nested in 1904
and in 1905. A photograph of a nest and four eggs was taken on the
Upper Lake in 1910. In most years a bird or a pair appears in March
or April. A suitable water : only apparent objection a flock of noisy
semi -domesticated Canadian geese.

Coniston Cold, near Bell Busk. One pair nested each year in 1914
to 1928 inclusive ; and was protected and encouraged by the late Col.
Tottie. (I am pleased to add that a pair successfully nested here in

1932. ) Large Pike in this lake are very destructive to the young of
water-birds.

Waters in the West Riding where the Great Crested Grebe might be
expected to nest, but have not been known to do so. Semmerwater I
consider to be the most suitable nesting site in this Riding. It contains
abundant fish foods, large area, quietude, and plenty of cover.

On August 2nd, 1932, Mr. W. F. Fearnley and I watched a single

1933 April 1

92 The Great Crested Grebe Enquiry and Census of 1931.

unattached adult there for several hours ; but it did not show any sign
of having nested — just fishing and sleeping.

Eshton Tarn, near Gargrave. Another apparently excellent nesting
site. (There was fairly good evidence that a pair had nested — or had
attempted to nest here — for the first time, in 19321).

Thorpe Cuttings, near Selby. Mr. Jas. Kendall considers this to
be the most suitable site in that neighbourhood. It is of quite a large
area, with a proportion of reeds and cover. Yet in the Bar Ion Cuttings
near by, the Railway Company have dumped hundreds of tons of rubbish
into them during the last twelve months (1930 and 1931). Yet the
Grebes have increased there ! !

I would like to draw attention to the great chain of reservoirs on the
Lancashire border, on which the Great Crested Grebe never nests, and
rarely visits.

Stray Notes.

It will be gleaned from the foregoing notes that the increase and
extension of the Great Crested Grebe in the West Riding commenced
in 1890, or ten years after the passing of the Wild Birds’ Protection
Act. Although it is doubtful if the latter had very much effect on
their increase. It was probably more due to the decrease by death of
the numerous gunners, and also by the growth of public opinion against
the killing of everything that was rare or beautiful.

Since 1890 the increase and colonization has gone steadily on ;
although it has been somewhat spasmodic, some waters actually decreas-
ing, but on the whole the increase has been general.

The Great Crested Grebe visits the West Riding chiefly for nesting
purposes. It arrives from the end of February to April, and departs
about September ; but its movements are largely governed by weather
conditions. Any reports between these dates in the colder season,
are those of passing birds, and are of little value.

My report on double broods is of little value because I was unable
to follow it up, and most of my friends and correspondents appeared
to have very little interest in it, as it occurs at the wane of the season.
But I believe it to be unusual in Yorkshire. I can only report three
cases, viz., one at Fairburn, and two at Bring Houses, and I am unable
to say that in any of these cases the data was perfect.

As to the food of the Great Crested Grebe, I don’t think that it refuses
any species of fish that it can swal low . But I have always found that it had
a partiality for Roach. Whether that is because Roach swim in shoals,
and in still waters, and are an easy quarry to catch, is the chief reason.

As in ‘ British Birds ’ I have given a full list of those assisted me
in this inquiry, it is unnecessary to repeat them. But I would like to
add the name of Mr. H. Shorney, of Bring Houses, York, from whom
I have never heard directly, but no less than three of our mutual friends
have sent me reports of his painstaking and valuable nature notes on
this species.

On small waters this species vigorously drives intruders away, but
on larger lakes, such as Harewood, regularly harbour two pairs, one at
each end of the lake. At Fairburn there does not appear to be any rule
at all. They are ail mixed up, with several nests often within a few
yards of each other.

Supplementary Notes.

In the remarks and discussion after this paper was read, several
members pointed out that although a few pairs nest a fiarly high altitude,
such as at Malham Tarn (1200 feet a.s.c.) the Great Crested Grebe is really
a bird of the low lands, and if such apparently suitable waters as
Semmerwater and Malham Tarn would probably contain several nesting
pairs if they were situated nearer to sea level. — H.B.B.

l The Naturalist , 1932, p. 347.

The Naturalist

93

YORKSHIRE HEMIPTERA DURING 1929 -1932.

James M. Brown, B.Sc., F.L.S., F.E.S.

During the past four seasons since my last general report
on the Yorkshire Hemiptera (The Naturalist, 1929, p. 309),
the weather has not been very favourable to these insects,
yet several additions have been made to the county fauna,
and our knowledge of the distribution of the members of the
order has been considerably extended. The recent results
are embodied in the accompanying lists.

Considerable alterations in nomenclature, especially in
the generic names, must be made in our recoils to bring them
into conformity with modern usage. The names here adopted
are those recommended for use by Mr. W. E. China, of the
South Kensington Museum.

In preparing these lists I have to thank several entomo-
logical friends for help in supplying either records or
specimens ; in particular Dr. W. J. Fordham, Messrs. M. L.
Thompson, W. D. Hincks, E. G. Bayford and J. Wood.

* Species new to the Vice-County. | Species new to the
County.

Heteroptera.

Piezodorus lituratus F. A single immature individual taken on Gorse,
Allerthorpe Common, August, 1932.

Pentatoma rufipes L. Rather plentiful on Oak, Arncliffe Woods (Egton
Bridge), August, 1930. 62.*

Elasmucha grisea L. Common on Birch, Allerthorpe Common, June,
1930, and August, 1932, and in Sandburn Woods, June, 1929.

Elasmostethus interstinctus L. Also on Birch, Glaisdale, August, 1930,
and in Bishop Wood (Selby), July, 1931.

Rhacognathus punctatus L. A species previously known only from
Skipwith, has now been taken at Allerthorpe Common, 1928
(W.J.F.), and in Sandburn Woods, June, 1929.

Trapezonotus arenarius L. Under Heather, Sandburn Woods, June,
1929.

Scolopostethus decor atusAAahn. Sandburn Woods, and Bishop Wood.

Gastrodes ferrugineus L. Previously known from Skipwith and Hornby,
occurred in large numbers on Scots’ Fir at Allerthorpe Common,
June, 1930, and August, 1932.

Dictyonota strichnocera Fieb. Allerthorpe Common, August, 1931 ( J .
Wood).

Tingis ampliata Fieb. Obtained plentifully by sweeping among low
plants, Allerthorpe Common, June, 1930.

T. cardui L. Plentiful among the spines on Thistle heads, Drifheld,
August, 1929.

Coranus subapterus De G. Again taken at Allerthorpe, 1928 (W.J.F.).

Nabis flavomarginatum Sch. Skipton, August, 1932.

N. rugosa L. Ruston Parva, August, 1929. 61*.

Temnostethus pusillus H.S. On old branches of Oak, Goredale, August,
1932. Short -winged forms only were noted.

Acompocovis pygmcsus Fall. On Scots’ Fir, Bishop Wood, July, 1931.

Orius ( Tviphleps ) majusculus Reut. Ruston Parva, August, 1929.

Microphysa elegantula Baer. Numerous examples on the bark of
Sycamore, including males and females, Millhouses (Sheffield),
July, 1930. 63*.

IQ33 April 1

94 Yorkshire Hemiptera during 1929-1932.

Phytocoris varipes Boh. Ruston Parva, August, 1929. This species is
peculiar in being the only species of the genus that keeps to
ground vegetation. 61*.

Calocoris roseomaculatus De G. Allerthorpe, July, 1932 (W.D.H.).
Stenotus bimaculatus F. Obtained by sweeping roadside herbage,
Ruston Parva, August, 1929.

Dichrooscytus rufipennis Fall. Plentiful on Scots’ Fir, Selby, July,
1931 ; Bishop Wood, July, 1931 ; Houghton Woods (Market
Weighton), July, 1931.

Lygus contaminatus Fall. On Birch, Sandburn Wood, Marr, July,

1929 ; Bishop Wood, July, 1931.

L. campestris L. (pastinaccs) . On Angelica, Driffield, August, 1929.

L. cervinus H.S. Winterburn, August, 1932.

L. rubricatus Fall. On Scots Fir, Osmotherley, August, 1931, and

Winterburn, August, 1932.

Camptozygum pinastri Fall. Also common on Scots Fir, Acklam,
1931 (M.L.T.). 62*. Houghton Woods, July, 1930; Bishop

Wood, July, 1931.

Pceciloscytus unifasciatus F . Allerthorpe Common, July, 1928 (W.J.F.)

61 .*

\Polymerus nigritus Fall. Osmotherley. August, 1931.

Capsodes ( Lopus ) gothicus L. On Teucrium, Sandsend, August, 1931.
( The Naturalist, 1931, p. 356).

Notostira erratica L. Among roadside herbage, Bishop Wood, July,
i93i-

f Megalocercea linearis Fuess. Swept in quantity from roadside grasses,
Ruston Parva, August, 1929.

Bryocoris pteridis Fall. On various ferns, Arncliffe Woods, August,

1930 ; Skipton, August, 1932.

Macrolophus nubilis H.S. Askham Bogs, 1931 (M.L.T.). 61*

Brachycercea ( Dicyphus ) constricta Boh. Ecclesall Woods (Sheffield).

62 .*

Cyllocoris histrionicus L. On Oak, Sandburn Woods, Houghton Woods,
and Bishop Wood.

Globiceps flavomaculatus F . Allerthorpe Common, July, 1932 (W.D.H.),
Houghton Wood, July, 1930.

Cyrtorrhinus caricis Fall. Plentiful among Rushes, Emswell, August,

1929.

Orthotylus marginalis Reut. On Sallow, Wyming Brook (Sheffield).

O. viridinervis Kb. Winterburn, August, 1932. 64.*

O.prasius Fall. On Elm, Emswell, August, 1929. 61.*

O. ochrotrichus D. and S. On Elm, Emswell.

O. flavosparsus Sahib. Cleveland (M.L.T.). 62.*

O.virescens D. and S. (chloropterus) . On Broom, Staintondale, Sep-
tember, 1927 (W.J.F.) .

O. erecitorum Fall. Under heather, Osmotherley, August, 1931.
Heterotoma merioptera Scop. On roadside herbage and by sweeping
low plants, Askham Bogs, July, 1931 (J. Wood) ; Ruston Parva,
August, 1929.

Heterocordylus tibialis Hahn. On Broom, Allerthorpe Common, June,

1930.

Lopus ( Onychumenus ) decolor Fall. Among grass, Barmby Moor, May,
1928 (W.J.F.).

Macrotylus solitarius Mey. On Stachys, Barmby Moor, July, 1930
(W.J.F.), Osmotherley, August, 1931 (M.L.T.) ; Bishop Wood,
July, 1931.

M. paykulli Mey. On Ononis, Ruston Parva.

Harpocera thoracica Fall. Barnsley, 1931 (E.G.B.), Helwith Moss,
June, 1930. This is one of the earliest Capsids to appear.

Phylus melanocephalus L. Houghton Woods, Bishop Wood.

The Naturalist

Yorkshire Hemiptera during 1929-1932.

95

•j ■ Plesiodema pinetellum Zett. A northern species occurring on Scots Fir,
which seems to be extending its range southwards. Sandburn
Woods, June, 1930 (M.L.T.) ; Allerthorpe Common, June, 1930
( The Naturalist , 1932, p. 86.)

]Psallus obscurellus Fall. Also found on Scots Fir, Allerthorpe Common,
June, 1930.

Atractotomus magnicornis Fall. Another species found on Scots Fir,
Houghton Woods, Osmotherley, August, 1931 ; Winterburn,
August, 1932.

Plagiognathus albipennis Fall. Forge Valley, August, 1922 (W.J.F.).

Dipsocoris ( Cryptostemma ) alienum H.S. Very plentiful in some places,
under stones by the side of streams, chiefly in upland districts.
Deep Dale (Barnard Castle), April, 1930, 65.* Ling Ghyll
(Horton), June, 1930. 64.*

Acanthia (Saida) saltatoria L . Allerthorpe, 1928 (W.J.F.), Pickering,
May, 1929.

Chartoscirta (S .) cincta H.S. Cleveland (M.L.T. ), Emswell, August,
1929.

\Corixa dentipes Thoms. Hull, September, 1917 (G.B.W.). (See The
Naturalist, 1929, p. 207.)

C. affinis Leach. Malham, March, 1929.

Sigara ( C .) hier oglyphica Duf. Allerthorpe, November, 1929 (W.J.F.).

fS. limitata Fieb. Barmby Moor, October, 1929 (W.J.F.).

S. striata L. Malham, March, 1929 ; Driffield, August, 1929.

S. fallenii Fieb. Malham, March, 1929.

JS. distincta Fieb. Allerthorpe, June, 1921 (W.J.F.).

Callicorixa prceusta Fieb. Kirkby Fell, March, 1929.

Glenocorixa carinata Sahib. Kirkby Fell, March, 1929.

Homoptera.

Triecphora vulnerata Illig. Ecclesall Woods (Sheffield), local, but very
plentiful in places, among grass and on bracken.

Centrotus cornutus L. Grass Woods (Grassington ) .

Ulopa reticulata Fab. Sandburn Woods, beneath heather.

Megophthalmus scanicus Fall. Ruston Parva, August, 1929.

Cicadella ( T ettigonia ) viridis L. Locally plentiful among damp vegeta-
tion, King’s Mill (Driffield), August, 1929.

• \Idiocerus tremulcs Esel. On the moors near Langsett (W. R. Barker,
-fide E. G. Bayford).

I. fulgidus Fab. Allerthorpe Common, August, 1932.

I. lituratus Fall. Allerthorpe Common, 1932. Quite plentiful.

Macropsis impura Boh. On Salix repens, plentiful, Allerthorpe
Common, 1930, Sandburn Woods, June, 1929.

Agallia venosa Fall. Ruston Parva, August, 1929.

f Graphocrcerus ventralis Fail. Plentiful among the damp vegetation, by
the lake, Renishaw Park (near Sheffield), June, 1929.

Deltocephalus thenii Edw. Osmotherley, August, 1931. 62*.

JD. normani Scott. Also at Osmotherley, August, 1931. A species
very much like the last and liable to be confused with it.

D. socialis Flor. Among grass, Coredale, August, 1932. 64*.

fD. subulicola Curt. North-east Coasts (M.L.T.). Among sand-sedge.
62* .

Euscelis ( Athysanus ) lineolatus Brulle. Acklam (M.L.T.). 62*.

Ruston Parva.

E. obsoletus var. piceus Scott. Osmotherley, August, 1931.

Limotettix quadrinotata Fab. Ruston Parva, August, 1929.

L. persimilis Edw. Ruston Parva.

L. nigricornis Sahl. Emswell, August, 1929. 61*.

Drylix (L.) striola Fall. Eston Marshes (M.L.T.).

Stictocoris flaveola Boh. Bishop Wood (Selby). July, 1931. 61*.

1933 April 1

96

News from the Magazines.

Cicadula variata Fall. Osmotherley, August, 1931.

C. fasciifrons Edw. (warioni) . Ssmotherley, August, 193-1. 62*.

C. sexnotata Fall. Emswell, August, 1929. 61*.

C. fiebevi Edw. ( frontalis ). Emswell.

C. fiavescens Fab. Barnard Castle district. 65*. April, 1930.

Pickering, May, 1929, Ryecroft Glen (Sheffield).

Empoasca vividula Fall. Pickering, May, 1929.

■j -Typhlocyba jucunda H.S. On Alders, Millhouses (Sheffield), July,
1929.

T. douglasi Edw. Arncliffe Woods (Egton Bridge), August, 1930.

Marr. Sunder landwick, August, 1929.

T . lethierryi Edw. Marr, July, 1929.

T. tenerrima H.S. On Brambles. Holmehouse Wood (J. Wood),
Houghton W'oods, Sandburn Woods.

Zygina flammigera Geof. Pickering, May, 1929.

Cixius cunicularius L. Wyming Brook (Sheffield), July, 1929.

C . br achy cr anus Scott. Houghton Woods, July, 1931 . 61*. Whitwell

Wood | Sheffield).

C. similis Kbm. Helwith Moss, June, 1930. 64*. Sandburn Woods.

Delphacoides (Delphax) pellucidaENb. Emswell, August, 1929. Bishop

Wood, July, 1931. Pickering, May, 1929.

D. difficilis Edw. Helwith Moss, June, 1930. Sandburn Woods,

June, 1929. 61*.

D. discreta Edw. Emswell.

D. discolor Boh. Helwith Moss, Pickering, Sandburn Woods, June,
.1929. 61*.

Dicranotropis hamata Boh. Sandburn Woods, June, 1929. 61*.

Short -winged forms only were met with.

Stiroma albomarginata Curt. Pickering, May, 1929. 62*.

S. affinis Fieb. Newton Beck (Pickering), March, 1929.

Livia juncorum Latr. Plentiful on Juncus, Ruston Parva, August, 1929.
Rhinocolaericce Curt. Cleveland (M.L.T.). A small species sometimes
very plentiful among heather.

Aphalara nebulosa Zett. Frequently very plentiful among the flowers
of Epilobium angusti folium, Sandburn Woods. Ecclesall
(Sheffield).

A. calthce L. Sandburn Woods. 61*.

Psylla sorbi Edw. On Mountain Ash. Wyming Brook (Sheffield) .
f P. brunneipennis Edw. Winterburn, August, 1932. 64*.

P. melanoneura Forst. Pickering, May, 1930.

P. ambigua Forst. Marr, July, 1929.
t Trioza remota Forst. On Oak, Pickering, May, 1929.
f7\ chenopodii Reut. Eston (M.L.T.), abundant on Atriplex.

NEWS FROM THE MAGAZINES.

Among the contents of the Transactions of the British Mycological
Society issued in November are ‘ Bacterial Canker of Plum Trees,’ by
H. Wormald ; ‘ A Useful List of the Entomogenous Fungi of Great

Britain,’ by T. Petch ; ‘ New Species of Olpidium occurring in the

Root Hairs of Agrostis,’ by Kathleen Sampson ; ‘ Cercospora abae on

Field Beans,’ by R. C. Woodward ; ‘ Common Names for Plant Diseases ’ ;

Mortierella isolated from Soil,’ by Dorothy Dixon-Stewart ; ‘ Growth

and Sporulation of an Organism belonging to the Group Species, Asper-
gillus glaucus,’ by B. L. Chona ; and ‘ Potato Wilt Disease in England
due to Fusarium oxysporumf by B. L. Chona.

The Naturalist

WATKINS & DONCASTER

NATURALISTS ,

36, STRAND, LONDON, W.C.2

(Five doors from Charing Cross),

P.O. Box 126 Telephone: Temple Bar 9451.

Keep in stock every description of

APPARATUS, CABINETS, BOOKS & SPECIMENS

for Collectors of

BIRDS’ EGGS, BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS, Etc.

Catalogue (96 pages) sent post free on application.

Irish Naturalists’ Journal

A Magazine of Natural History, Antiquities and Ethnology.

Published every Two Months by the I.N.J. Committee.

Edited by J. A. S. STENDALL, M.R.I.A., M.B.O.U.,
with the assistance of Sectional Editors.

Annual Subscription, 6/- post free .

Single Parts, 1/3.

All communications to be addressed to —

W. M. Crawford, B.A., F.E.S., F.Z.S., Hon. Sec.,

Orissa, Marlborough Park, Belfast.

Storeboxes for collections. i6xiiX2| 7/- Polyporus strips for mounting Diptera, 1 /-

lined cork two sides, polished. Best make each Hymenoptera and other small insects box

British Coleoptera, Diptera, Lepidoptera, etc.,
Life Histories of British Insects. Honey supplied. Large and interesting forms of exotic,

Bee, Silk Moth, Butterflies and Economic 8/0 Coleoptera, Lepidoptera, Spiders, Scorpions etc.,
species. Well mounted in cases 9 X 7 X 2 each for exhibition. List sent free.

W. H. JANSON & SON, Natural History Specimens and Apparatus,
44 Gt. Russell Street, London, W.C.l.

BINDING “ THE NATURALIST ”

Volumes of THE NATURALIST for
any year can be bound in a serviceable
and attractive Cloth Case, dark blue
and gilt lettered on back and side. Price
4/-. per volume, or post free 4/6.

A. BROWN & SONS, LIMITED

40 GEORGE STREET, HULL

THE CITY AND FORT OF HEEL

Royal 8vo. Contains 120 pages of text matter, profusely illustrated, in
stout cover with attractive, coloured design. 1/- net, post free 1/6.

Tells what ought to be known of Hull’s important commercial, industrial,
municipal and shipping activities, and is also informative of the City’s many
historical, religious and social interests. Contains New Plan of Hull.

A. BROWN & SONS, LTD., SAVILE STREET, HULL.

Apparatus and Lantern-Slides
for the

FIELD-NATURALIST AND MICROSCOPIST

CATALOGUES POST FREE ON REQUEST

“C” — Apparatus for Field-Work. “BX” — Microscopical. Equipment.
“E” — Lantern Slides.

Flatters & Garnett, Ltd.,

309 OXFORD ROAD, MANCHESTER.

WALKS AND TALKS ON THE NORTH
YORKSHIRE COAST AND MOORS.

By W. RIDLEY -MAKEPEACE

128 pages, F'cap 8vo, stiff Boards, rounded corners, three-colour design
on front cover, profusely illustrated, and with folding map of the district.

1 1* net.

A little book of exceptional interest to walkers and tourists. In his description of eleven
moorland and coastal walks the author not only tells' his readers when to turn right, when
left, and where to start and finish, but all sorts of interesting ancient and modern historical
details about the country traversed.

Obtainable from all Booksellers.

London : A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue E.C.4.

THE BIRDS OF YORKSHIRE

By T. H. NELSON, M.B.O.U.,

With the co-operation of W. Eagle Clarke, F.R.S.E., and F. Boyes,

Two volumes. Demy 8vo, 901 pages, including over 200
Illustrations, beautifully printed in double tone ink, from photo-
graphs by R. Fortune, F.Z.S., and other well-known naturalist
photographers, also three-colour plates, including specially designed
title pages. Cloth boards, 17/6 net, post free, 18/3.

London : A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C. 4.

And at Hull.

BRITISH BIRDS

AN ILLUSTRATED MONTHLY MAGAZINE

Edited by H. F. WITHERBY, m.b.e., f.z.s., m.b.o.u., h.f.a.o.u. ;

Assisted by Rev. F. C. R. JOURDAIN, m.a., m.b.o.u., h.f.a.o.u., f.z.s., and
N. F. TICEHURST, o.b e., m a., f.r.c.s., m.b.o.u.

A complete current History of British Birds
ARTICLES NOTES

CORRESPONDENCE REVIEWS

Beautifully illustrated with ‘Photographic and other Plates
ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, 20/- POST FREE; MONTHLY, 1/9 NET.
Specimen Plates with List of Contents post free.

London: H. F. & G. WITHERBY, 326, High Holborn

Printed by A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., Perth Street West, Hull, and published by
A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., at 5 Farringdon Avenue, in the City of London.

April, 1933.

[AY, 1933

Z)\T'

No. 916

No. 689 of current Series-

Contents

The Viper in Captivity — Ellen Gallwey .

Tipula Vafra Reidel in Yorkshire — Chris. A.
Cheetkam .......

The Palaeobotany of the Midley Grit — James Walton

Saury Pike (Scombresox Saurus) at Scarborough —
W. J. Clarke ......

Nesting Notes on the Peregrine Falcon in the Isle
of Man — Ralph Howarth ....

Waxwings in the Whitby District, 1932-33 — F.
Snowdon .......

Snow Buntings at Teesmouth — W . F. Fearnley .

Wheatears in the Settle District — Chris. A . Cheetham

In Memoriam— William Herbert St. Ouintin, J.P.,
D.L. (portrait) — H.B.B. ....

Notes from the Entomological Magazines — W. J.

Fordham . . . . . .

The Malton Museum and Other Geological
Collections ( illustrated ) — T.S.

Bibliography : Geology of the North of England
T. Sheppard, M.Sc., F.G.S.

Vertebrate Zoology — E. Wilfred Taylor

Further Notes on Yorkshire Hymenoptera Aculeate
W. J . Fordham, M .R.C .S ., F.R.C.P., D.P.H.

Prey of Species of Scopeuma Mg. (Scatophaga
Mg.) — W. J. Fordham, M .R.C .S ., L.R.C .P
D.P.H. ..... . .

Illustration .......

Plate II.

97-98-

98
99 -IOO-

100

101

I OI -102'

102
102

103.

IO4

IO5-I08

IO9-II6'

II7-II9'

119-120'

120-
1 15

LONDON :

A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.G.4.
And at Hull.

Printers and Publishers to the Y.N.U.

PRICE 1/6 net.

Prepaid Subscription
15/ - per annum.

ILLUSTRATED JO

Edited by

PEARSALL, D.Sc., F.L.S., and W.

The University, Leeds.

with the assistance as referees in special

H. B. Booth, F.Z.S. M.B.O.U.

J. M. Brown, B.Sc., F.L.S., F.E.S.

W. H. Burrell, F.L.S.

Chris. A. Cheetham, F.E.S.

W. J. Fordham, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P.,

D.P.H. , F.E.S.

Riley Fortune, F.Z.S.

Professor A. Gilligan, D.Sc.

F. A. Mason, F.R.M.S.

Mrs. Elsie M. Morehouse, Mem. Brit.

Conchol. Soc,

Thos. Sheppard, M.Sc., F.G.S.

T. W. Woodhead, Ph.D.,M.Sc., F.L.S.

w.

FOR SALE.

GEOLOGY.

At 1 / - each .

Rudimentary Treatise on Geology. Lieut. -Col. Portlock.

The Religion of Geology and its Connected Sciences. E. Hitchcock.
Our World : Its Rocks and Fossils. Mrs. Wright.

The Geologist’s Text-book. D. T. Ansted.

Geology. S. B. J. Skertchly.

At 1/6 each.

Corals and Coral Islands. J. D. Dana.

Physical Geography. T. S. Traill.

Geology : Chapters of Earth History. George Hickling.

Elementary Practical Physiography. J. Thornton

At 2/- each*

A New System of Geology. Mary Salter.

Elementary Geology. Charles Bird.

Outline of the Geology of the Globe. E. Hitchcock.

Geology for Schools and Students. F. C. Bakewell.

An Introduction to Geology. C. I. Gardiner.

Comparison of British and American Foundry Practice. P. G. H. Boswell.
A Brief Survey of Physical and Fossil Geology. F. J. Francis.
Elementary Geology. J. C. Ward.

Geological Gossip : or Stray Chapters on Earth and Ocean (gth Ed.).
D. T. Anstead.

Outlines of British Geology. Anon.

The Changeful Earth. G. A. J. Cole.

A Geological Excursion Handbook for the Bristol District. S. H.
Reynolds.

The Miner’s Guide. F. P. Mennell.

Fossil Sponge Spicules from the Upper Chalk. G. J. Hinde.

Glossary and Notes on Vertebrate Paleontology. S. A. Pelly.
Outline of the Geology of the Neighbourhood of Cheltenham.
R. I. Murchison.

Charles Darwin as Geologist. Archibald Geikie.

The British Coal Industry. Gilbert Stone.

The Testimony of the Rocks. Hugh Miller.

At 2/6 each.

Advanced Text -book of Geology (5th Ed.). D. Page.

School Manual of Geology (6th Ed.). J. Beete Jukes.

Australasian Fossils. F. Chapman.

My Schools and Schoolmasters. Hugh Miller.

Physical Geology and Geography of Great Britain. A. C. Ramsay.
Report on Magnetic Isoclinal and Isodynamic Lines of the British
Isles. Edward Sabine.

A Text-book of Geology. W. Jerome Harrison.

Elementary Introduction to the Knowledge of Mineralogy (3rd Ed.).
William Phillips.

Lectures on the Geology of Leighton Buzzard. E. W. Lewis.

Hugh Miller : A Critical Study. W. M. Mackenzie.

Coal and What We get it from. R. Meldola.

Rain and Rivers. G. Greenwood.

Underground Waters for Commercial Purposes. Rector.
Physiography. T. H. Huxley.

The Practice of Embanking Lands from the Sea. John Wiggins.

Apply : — C Department, Messrs. A. Brown & Sons, Ltd.

97

THE VIPER IN CAPTIVITY.

Vipera ( Pelias ) berus
BY ELLEN GALLWEY.

On 5th August, 1932, “ Victoria,” a fine specimen measuring
22 ins., was caught in Saddell, Ivintyre, Argyllshire, by Dr. N.
Morrison, of Campbeltown, who very kindly sent her to me
on 5th September. At first she seemed to be very irritable,
and hissed on the slightest provocation but after the first
three weeks, i.e. seven weeks after capture, the hissing ceased.

The temperature was about 60 degrees F., varying slightly
from day to day ; Sphagnum covered the floor of half of her
cage, and hay the other, whilst two or three elder branches were
secured at an angle. A saucer of water, from which she occasion-
ally drank freely, was always present, and she was forcibly fed
once a week on raw hen egg, administered in the usual way.

She seldom lay about on the sphagnum, but seemed to be
quite at home on the hay. No inclination to hibernation was
shown.

She was handled every day, and at first resented the
familiarity, but later allowed it. Victoria seemed to enjoy
being stroked, as much as a snake can enjoy anything, and
sometimes she would remain motionless, her head resting flat,
whilst it was gently rubbed, or sit upright whilst her throat
was tickled, just as Dr. Morrison records in his most interesting
and instructive book, ‘ The Life Story of the Adder/ published
by Alexander Gardner, Ltd., Paisley, 1924, p. 87.

Her excellent physical condition was maintained throughout,
she seemed exceedingly friendly, or perhaps I should say
tolerant, until 16th February, 1933, and was anything but
‘ languid, listless and sluggish/ She seemed ‘ the perfect
pet ’ and was allowed every privilege, often accompanying me.

On 15th February, a black tom cat was in the Museum
and a strong catty odour was prevailing when Victoria was
taken from her cage next morning to be fed. After the
removal of the funnel, she suddenly slipped my light grip
and jumped deliberately 2 feet 6 ins. from the table top to
the floor and promptly struck out at my ankles but missed.
She straightway recoiled the latter part of her body, then
struck out again, but just too late. She then stopped perfectly
still for a few moments as if considering, then, although I was
standing motionless about three feet away from her, she came
quickly towards me with head raised about 4 ins. above the
ground, jaws gaping wide open, displaying her erected fangs, and
struck again at my ankles, a fraction of a second too late.
She was evidently in a rage, and she sat back again, the latter
part of her body slightly coiled, and the former raised about
4 ins. above the ground, swaying steadily from side to side in
true cobra fashion, for some minutes. Throughout her
activities she never once hissed.

1933 May 1 e

MAY 15 ’933

98

Tipula Vafra Riedel in Yorkshire.

Afterwards she seemed as friendly (or tolerant ?) as ever.

Three days later she was unusually active, and showed signs
of anger ; she resented handling and seemed generally
unreliable. Thinking she might like company, on the 21st I
introduced two male grass snakes (Natrix natrix) into her
cage and Victoria seemed friendly disposed towards the smaller,
with which she used to bask.

Always after feeding, Victoria used to sit head erect for a
few hours, but from now onwards she was often observed in
this attitude, sometimes with her mouth slightly open, this
being a sure sign of illness. She became more restless and
resentful of handling so she was left in her cage undisturbed.
However, there were intervals when she seemed more normal.

On 7th March I put into the cage for the grass snakes,
two frogs (Rana temporara) which seemed to annoy and upset
Victoria as they kept jumping about the cage. On the
following afternoon she was lying dead, head propped erect
in a corner of the cage, apparently in excellent condition still,
after thhd^-one weeks in captivity.

Dr. Morrison tells me, ‘ The average life of an adder in
captivity is about six or seven weeks ; occasionally one may
survive for ten or even twelve weeks, but these are rare
exceptions. Therefore Victoria has created a record for
longevity in confinement.’

From September 7th to September 21st Victoria was kept
at my home in Long Lane, Dalton, then from September 21st
to her death on March 8th, 1933, at the Tolson Memorial
Museum, Huddersfield.

TIPULA VAFRA RIEDEL IN YORKSHIRE.

CHRIS. A. CHEETHAM.

There is a small area of Schoenus nigricans at Thieves Moss,
close to Sulber Gate, which lies about 1,200 feet O.D. at
the head of Crummockdale. On the 14th of September last
year, I saw one or two Tipulids here which looked like Tipula
alpium or T . marmorata but flew rather quicker. I caught
one but did not examine it until recently when I found it
was Tipula vafra which has not been caught in England
previously.

The species was first described by M. P. Riedel1 from
material collected in Finland, Lapland, and the Baltic
coast of Germany. It was added to the British list in 1926
by Dr. F. W. Edwards, who found that a pair collected at
Logie, Elgin, N.B., by F. Jenkinson, 13/9/04, belonged to
this species. I think more could have been caught at the
time I collected this specimen, but it seems to be a species
with a short season late in the year.

1 Abhl., Lehr, Nat., Crefeld, 1913.

The Naturalist

99

THE PALAEOBOTANY OF THE MIDGLEY GRIT.

JAMES WALTON
( Technical College, Huddersfield).

The ‘ Main Third Grit ’ or bed C of the Millstone Grit series
is referred to as the ‘ Midgley Grit ’ in the Midgley district,
where it consists of a coarse grit having a thickness of about
80 ft. Further south a shale parting is developed and in the
Colne Valley, where this shale bed has a thickness of 20 feet,
the grit is termed the “ Pule Hill Grit.'

At Sowerby are quarries exposing about 45 feet of grit
which have yielded many plant remains in the past and the
following have been recorded by Kidston.1

Pteridospermae and Filicales.
Alethopteris lonchitica Schloth.
Mariopteris nervosa Brongt.
Neuropteris heterophylla Brongt.
Neuropteris gigantea Brongt.

CORDAITALES.

Cordaites principalis Germar.
Artis approximate Brongt.

Equisetales.

Catamites suckowi Brongt.

Lycopodiales.

Lepidodendron aculeatum Sternb.
Lepidodendron obovatum Sternb.
Sigillaria tessellata Brongt.
Sigillaria scutellata Brongt.
Halonia tortuosa L. and H.
Siigmaria ficoides Sternb.

Further south, at Krumlin, a thin shale-parting occurs,
but the flora is similar to that at Sowerby. The Lycopodiales
and Equisetales predominate and, of these, Lepidodendron
rimosum and Calami tes suckowi are the most abundant. The
following have been collected : —

Pteridospermae and Filicales.
Diplotmema sp.

Equisetales.

Catamites suckowi Brongt.

Lycopodiales.

Lepidodendron obovatum Sternb.
Lepidodendron aculeatum Sternb.
Lepidodendron rimosum Sternb.
Sigillaria sp.

Bothrodendron sp.

With the increasing thickness of the shale-parting there
is also an increase in the number of Equisetales, Filicales and
Pteridospermae. The latter are chiefly found in the shale-
parting below a marine band which shows a remarkable
absence of Pterinopecten and goniatites. The plants collected
from the Slaithwaite area are : —

Pteridospermae and Filicales.
Mariopteris acuta Brongt.
Neuropteris schlehani Stur.
Sphenopteris sp.

Lycopodiales.

Lepidodendron rimosum Sternb.
The above were collected

Equisetales.

Catamites undulatus Sternb.
Catamites carinatus Sternb.
Catamites suckowi Brongt.

Cord aitales .

Artisia sp.

from Bar House and Shroggs

1933 May 1

ioo Saury Pike ( Scombresox Saurus) at Scarborough.

Quarries. The Filicales and Pteridospermae occur chiefly in
the shale-parting and, of these , N eur op teris schlehani, which is
a diagnostic member of the Lanarkian flora, is the most
abundant. Lepidodendron rimosum and Catamites suckowi
are the most persistent over the whole area, although neither
of these are of any zonal value.2 The massive gritstone
underlying the shale shows a greater number of Lycopodiales
than Equisetales, whereas the reverse is the case with the
raggy sandstone above the shale-parting.

In conclusion I would like to express my thanks to Dr.
Crookall who has identified many of the plants in the fore-
going lists and has given me considerable help in other
directions.

REFERENCES.

1 Kidston, R. Trans. Yorks. Nat. Union. ‘ Reports on Yorkshire
Carboniferous Flora,’ 1890-1898.

2 Crookall, R. ‘ The Relative Value of Fossil Plants in the Strati-
graphs of the Coal Measures. ’ ’ Memoirs and Proceedings of the Manchester
Lit. and Phil. Soc., Vol LXXVI, pp. 91-122.

SAURY PIKE (SCOMBRESOX SAURUS) AT
SCARBOROUGH.

W. J. CLARKE.

During December, 1932, and January, 1933, there appears to
have been a migration of these fish along this part of the
Yorkshire coast. The occurrence of ‘ Mackerel guides/ a
local name given to the Garfish, washed ashore here and
there, was reported on several different parts of the shore.
The Garfish is a summer visitor much resembling the Saury
Pike, and the unusual date, together with the information
that slender silvery fish had been seen leaping from the water,
made me suspect the presence of the Saury Pike, or f Skipper/
a species which does not appear to have been recorded off the
Yorkshire coast since the publication in 1881 of the ‘ Handbook
of Yorkshire Vertebrata/ where it is recorded ‘ from Scar-
borough only.’

On January 21st a bather in the South Bay at Scarborough
caught a Saury Pike as it swam past him, and brought it to
me. It measured 14I inches in length, and was of a beautiful
silvery blue colour.

On the same day another example, 13 inches long, was
brought to me from Burniston Bay, where it was found
stranded and dead upon the beach.

On January 26th a third example was seen to leap ashore
in Filey Bay. It was picked up and placed in the water, but
insisted in returi ing again. A life-sized sketch of this fish
sent to me by Mr. Hyde-Parker enabled me to identify it.

The Naturalist

IOI

NESTING NOTES OF THE PEREGRINE FALCON IN
THE ISLE OF MAN.

RALPH HOWARTH.

The four eggs were taken from the nest of a Peregrine Falcon
(Falco p. peregrinus) near Peel on April 17th, 1930.

The birds were not seen again at their nesting site that
season, and a careful watch was kept in the vicinity during
the remainder of the breeding season, but there were no
indications of the Falcons having a second clutch.1

The following season (1931), the pair nested about half
a mile south of the 1930 site, where a clutch of five, an
unusually large number, were laid.

Usually the nesting site of the Peregrine Falcon is most
difficult of access, and the assistance of a rope, a ladder, or
both, are often necessary to those wishing to visit the eyrie.
Such, however, was not the case last year (1932) at a nesting
site in the Isle of Man.

The eggs were laid on a sheep track on the slopes above
the cliffs overlooking the sea. These were accidentally
discovered and taken by a local youth whilst in search
of Gull’s eggs for food. A remarkable feature of the
incident was that this youth has such bad eyesight that he
can ‘ hardly see the length of his nose.’

This is probably the only case on record where the eggs
of the Peregrine Falcon have been taken for food.

WAXWINGS IN THE WHITBY DISTRICT, 1932-33.

F. SNOWDON.

When the Waxwing visits Yorkshire it is almost certain to be
found in the Whitby district. During the late autumn and
winter we have had it in more than usual numbers. It was
first noticed on November 8th, when four were seen on the
outskirts of the town. On November 24th fifteen were
observed about half a mile inland, on some rough ground well
furnished with wild rose bushes, which the birds always
frequent when they visit this part of the county. Although it
is quite close to the railway on which trains are constantly
passing, the birds are not much disturbed.

Twenty-two birds were counted on November 25th at the

1 I happened to be in the Isle of Man when these eggs were
robbed — presumably by an English visitor who came over for the
purpose — and I particularly asked Mr. Howarth and his friend to keep
a good look out to see if the birds returned to the neighbourhood and
laid again. My reason for this was because I have invariably found
when the eggs or young of this Falcon are taken, the old birds leave the
neighbourhood for that season at the least. But I have friends who
contend that if the eggs are taken, another clutch will be laid by the
same pair, at, or near, the eyrie, a few weeks later. — H.B.B.

1933 May 1

102

Wheatears in the Settle District.

same place, where they come feeding on rose-hips. Small
parties were seen almost daily until December 16th and 22nd,
which were fine, genial, sunny days, when eleven birds were
very busy feeding on insects which they took in the air by
making short flights after the manner of flycatchers. These
proceedings were very interesting as they are not often observed.
About twelve birds were seen in another part of the district
on December 29th, and on December 31st nine were noticed
near Sleights, about three miles inland from Whitby, which
village they often visit to feed on the berries of the cotoneaster,
of which they appear to be very fond. After this date no birds
were seen in the immediate vicinity of Whitby, but on January
4th about twenty were observed near Robin Hood’s Bay
feeding on rose-hips, possibly our birds which had passed on.
Usually the birds which visit us disappear about the end of
December, and nothing more is seen of them in the neighbour-
hood, but sometimes odd birds remain until April. The fact
that the birds leave an abundance of berries behind them
suggests that it is not a lack of food which causes them to
move.

SNOW BUNTINGS AT TEESMOUTH.

W. F. FEARNLEY.

On October 30th, Mr. J. L. Illingworth and myself saw a
flock of about fifty Snow Buntings at the mouth of the Tees.
When first seen they were amongst the tufts of grass on the
river side of the north breakwater, and only flew about thirty
yards when disturbed. Later they were feeding amongst
the huts near by and when we left at sunset they were indulging
in more extended flights over the adjoining golf course.

WHEATEARS IN THE SETTLE DISTRICT.

CHRIS. A. CHEETHAM.

Wheatears were seen near Cockett Moss, Giggleswick, on
March 24th ; and on Penyghent and Moughton Scar on
March 25th, this is earlier than last year when I first saw them
here on April 1st. The fine, bright weather of this year is
very different to the cold windy spell we had at the end of
March in 1932, and this is possibly the reason for the earlier
arrival of this migrant.

The spring flowers have come out quickly, and on March
22nd the wood anemones, sweet violets, marsh marigolds and
crowberry had joined the primroses and celandines whilst the
daphnes and purple saxifrage had lost their early freshness.
On the 28th a small tortoiseshell butterfly was seen on the
celandines in the bright sunshine.

The Naturalist

The Naturalist, 1933,

Plate II

WILLIAM HERBERT ST. QUINTIN, J.P., D.L
(1851-1933) .

103

3n flDemonam.

WILLIAM HERBERT ST. QUINTIN, J.P., D.L.

(1851—1933).

Yorkshire, and particularly Yorkshire naturalists, are
much poorer by the passing of W. H. St. Quint in, on January
21st , at Scampston Hall, where he was Lord of the Manor,
and also of several surrounding Manors. He was a very
fine type of Yorkshire gentleman, and belonged to one of
the oldest settled families in Yorkshire : being in direct

lineal descent from Sir Henry St. Quintin, whose name appears
on the roll of Battle Abbey, and was a companion in arms
with William the Conqueror.1

He was the oldest East Riding magistrate, being appointed
in 1875 ; alderman of the East Riding County Council, and
one of its original members ; a former Chairman of the
East Riding Quarter Sessions, and acted as High Sheriff for
Yorkshire in 1899. He was also Chairman of the Yorkshire
Fisheries Board, and President of the Yorkshire Philosophical
Society.

But it is in Natural History that we know him best, and
valued his immense knowledge ; always freely given to those
who wished it. He joined the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union in
1890, was its President in 1909, and for thirty years was Chair-
man of its Wild Birds’ and Eggs’ Protection Acts Committee,
and a liberal supporter to its funds. From time to time he
contributed valuable articles and notes to The Naturalist.

He took up falconry in earnest in 1880, in conjunction with
his life-long friend, Mr. E. G. B. Meade-Waldo (who were
at Eton together).

Eventually he gave it up in favour of aviculture, and
what a delight it was to accompany him round his paddocks,
ponds and aviaries, at Scampston !

He was an original member of the Avicultural Society,
and in its early days contributed to its magazine. The
Zoological Society of London, and also the London Parks,
were much indebted to him, to both of which he had presented
many valuable waterfowl, and other birds. I believe that
he is the only one who has bred the Little Bustard, and he
was the first to breed the Roller and the Tragopans.

He was also a first-rate entomologist and botanist,
specializing in Orchids — in fact, he was a good all-round field
naturalist.

He was laid to rest in the Churchyard at Harpham, near
Driffield, on January 24th. He is survived by his widow and
a married daughter. — H.B.B.

l The Yorkshire Post, January 23rd, 1933.

1933 May 1

104

NOTES FROM THE ENTOMOLOGICAL
MAGAZINES.

W. J. FORDHAM.

The ‘ Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine ’ for January, 1933, contains
several interesting papers. Scopaeus gracilipes Edmonds is added to
the British List of Coleoptera (New to Science) on specimens from
Bridport (Harwood) and Charmouth (Stott). A description is also
given of Scopaeus sulcicollis Steph.

W. D. Hincks continues his ‘ Notes on the Passalidae ’ and there
are other articles on exotic insects. A new bug ( Myrmedobia bedwelli
China) is added to the British list from Cornwall and M. D. Austin writes
on ‘ The insect and allied fauna of cultivated mushrooms.’ Among the
shorter notes are ‘ Further notes on some British species of Dolerus,’
by Dr. Perkins, and ‘ Hemiptera-Heteroptera in Sussex,’ by H. R. P.
Collett.

In the ' Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine,’ for February, G. B.
Walsh continues his ‘ Studies in the British Necrophagous Coleoptera,’
based on observations made in Raincliffe Woods and on Seamer Moor
near Scarborough. H. Donisthorpe describes a new variety of the
beetle Malachius marginellus (var. angusti-marginalis) . Lt.-Col. C. G.
Nurse contributes a note on Fidoriia limbaria Fab., a moth with no
certain record of its capture outside Suffolk for fifty years. A. M.
Altson has an article on Termites and W. P. Curtis discusses ‘ Meigen’s
Nouvelle Classification ’ of the Diptera. There are several shorter
notes of interest.

The ‘ Entomologist’s Record ’ for January contains the following
articles : ‘ Erebiidae and Lycsenidse from Southern Austria,’ by F. B.

and A. E. Welch ; ‘ A note on Lampides ( Lyccena ) boeticus L.,’ by J. S.
Taylor ; ‘ Lepidoptera at Maurin, Basses-Alpes, France,’ by A. E.

Burras, W. P. Curtis, and W. Fassnidge, and ‘ Further notes on a Willow
Swamp in Windsor Forest,’ by H. Donisthorpe, enumerating several
Coleoptera taken there.

The ‘ Entomologist’s Record ’ for February contains ‘ Notes on the
Psychidae,’ by Rev. C. R. N. Burrows ; ‘ On recording entomological

publications,’ by H. Donisthorpe ; ‘ Notes on Erebiid species,’ by

B. C. S. Warren, and ‘ Holiday notes ; Eastbourne District, 1932,’ by
J . A. Downes and B. J . McNulty. There are several short notes including
one on Eupithecia pusillata in Northumberland.

The ‘ Entomologist ’ for January, 1933, contains articles on the
life history of Acosmetia caliginosa Hb., by Messrs. E. A. Cockayne
and C. N. Hawkins, a new Syrian butterfly by Capt. A. F. Hemming ;
‘ A Summer in Bulgaria after butterflies,’ by Brigd.-Gen. C. H. C. van
Straubenzee, and ‘ Two new American species of Siphonaptera,’ by
Dr. Karl Jordan. Short notes are chiefly concerned with immigration
records .

The February number contains ‘ Nepticula decentella H-S. (Lep). ;
a species new to Britain,’ by R. Adkin ; ‘ Notes on Arran Lepidoptera,’
by G. D. Haggart ; ‘ A Summer in Bulgaria after Butterflies ’ (con-
tinued) ; ‘ The life history of Acosmetia caliginosa Hb.’ (continued) ;

Notes on British Odonata in 1931 and 1932,’ by J. Cowley, and
‘ Trichoptera from Oxford,’ by M. E. Mosely. There are numerous
short notes mainly lepidopterological and a note on a Ceciaomyid larva
preying on the Psyllid Aphalara exilis.

The ‘ Entomologist ’ for March contains the following : ‘ Collecting

notes (Lepidoptera),’ by C. G. M. de Worms ; ‘ The life history of

Acosmetia caliginosa Hb.,’ (concluded) ; ' New Carpenter Bees from

South Africa,’ by T. D. A. Cockerell ; ‘ Faunis (Lep. Amath.). Re-
visional List,’ by C. J. Brooks and ‘ A new Delias from the Malay
Peninsula ’ (Lepidoptera ; Pieridae), by A. S. Corbett. There are
numerous short notes.

The Naturalist

io5

THE MALTON MUSEUM AND OTHER GEOLOGICAL
COLLECTIONS.

Geologists of forty years ago will remember the magnificent collection
of geological specimens got together at Malton by that prince of collectors,
Samuel Chadwick. In those days, the Museum at Malton was the
rendezvous for geologists and collectors from all over the country, and
any London or provincial geological society visiting Yorkshire frequently
made Malton the centre, partly for its wealth of palaeontological remains,

Ammonite perarmatum (?J Aptychus, Phillips’ Trigonellites antiquatus in position.

but principally to examine the series of objects collected by Mr. S.
Chadwick .

Malton is in the centre of an area among the Coralline Oolite rocks
which, at one time, resembled a large reef and the corals can still be seen
in the limestone quarries, and among them are myriads of forms of animal
life : bivalves, univalves, sea-urchins, belemnites, sponges, and so on.
The most interesting of all, however, and a feature for which the area
is famous, ajre the teeth, both palate and incisors, and bones of fish of
various families, gigantic saurians or fish lizards, as well as crustaceans
of many forms.

In Chadwick’s day there were innumerable quarries at Malton,
Settrington, North Grimston, Seamer and other areas, and Chadwick,
Mortimer, Hudleston, and a whole host of well-known collectors vied
with each other in securing specimens from the workmen. Chadwick
was perhaps one of the most successful, as his particular business enabled
him frequently to visit the various districts.

It must be remembered, however, that in those days quarrying was

1933 May i

E2

io6 Malton Museum and Other Geological Collections.

carried out by a very different process from what it is to-day. Then,
every quarryman saw practically every piece of rock which he dislodged
by his pick or crowbar, and if he missed any fossil therein it was probably
noticed by the person who placed it in the cart, or broke it up for road
metal or lime burning. Each particular fossil had a definite price
according to its rarity or condition, and the quarrymen made quite a
substantial supplement to their incomes in their zeal for preserving good
specimens. In this way the shelves in the Malton Museum, for which
Chadwick acted as curator, became loaded with examples from am-
monites, three feet or more in diameter, to fish teeth almost microscopic
in size.

Speaking of the large ammonites reminds us that there was strong
competition between Mortimer and Chadwick as to which could get the
largest chalk Ammonite, and each one accused the other of adding a
certain amount of plaster of paris at the end of the specimen to make it
a few inches larger than that of the competitor, and from subsequent
examination it appears that both of them were right !

The chalk collections formed by Chadwick, Mortimer and others can
never be replaced as they were obtained from quarries which do not now
exist. It will be remembered that years ago, the East Yorkshire roads
were largely made of chalk or Oolite, and this was obtained from quarries
in the fields on the road sides, usually placed half a mile apart ; thus each
one supplied the road for a quarter of a mile on either side. In this way,
the hundreds of sections enabled collecting to be carried on in parts of
the chalk where there are no sections now, and consequently the specimens
can no longer be obtained.

The Malton collection was used by the Geological Survey, by the
late W. H. Hudleston, who wrote many valuable monographs on the
Mollusca of the Oolitic Rocks ; Sir Archibald Geikie, Professor Watts,
and, in fact, most authors of standard textbooks on geology had to refer
to the wonderfully prepared specimens in the Malton collection. Chad-
wick spared no pains and gave considerable time in extracting each
specimen from its matrix. He also adopted a very useful method of
leaving a certain quantity of the actual rock around the objects, and the
back of this was sawn through and then polished flat so as easily to rest
on the shelves. Upon this flat portion, in indelible ink, he gave the
name of the specimen, the actual quarry and locality in which it was
found, and the date. This makes the series extraordinarily valuable
from a geological point of view as so many collections of this sort exist
without the necessary data to enable the student to take full advantage
of the information an object may give. On this point, one well
remembers a prominent official of the British Museum when collecting
with a party in East Yorkshire, immediately he found a specimen he
either wrote upon it or placed a label upon it giving the information as
to locality, etc., and his advice to his students was ‘ The first thing you

do is to stick a d label on the d specimen,’ and there is no doubt

that the adjectives used assisted in impressing the very desirable informa-
tion upon those present.

While it is difficult to single out any particular object in the Malton
collection, special stress should be made upon the wealth of material
relating to the Oolitic reptile and fish fauna. The ammonites are also
particularly well preserved and an exceptionally large example of Am-
monite perarmatum (?) has long been known, as it has the aptychus,
Phillips, Trigonellites antiquatus still in position.

The present writer, so long as forty years ago, frequently gave ad-
dresses to the people of Malton in the Museum lecture hall when there
was a prominent and influential local history society, among whom
was the late M. B. Slater, one of the greatest authorities on the Mosses.
Times, however, have changed ; the Museum became closed, and for quite
a large number of years its treasures have been packed away. Recently,

The Naturalist

Malton Museum and Other Geological Collections . 107

the building has changed hands : the old rooms used for museum and
lecture purposes have entirely been transformed in connection with a
Masonic Temple, etc., and one large room has been decorated and cased
and contains the fine collections of prehistoric, Roman, and Saxon
remains, gathered together largely through the work of Dr. J. L. Kirk
and Mr. P. Corder. These are principally from the immediate Malton
district and should, of course, remain in Malton, and it is pleasing to
find that the necessary arrangements have been made for their permanent
home to be there.

The geological specimens have been transferred to Hull where a
large number of the principal geological collections relating to Yorkshire
seem to be concentrated. The series from the chalk, Oolites,
Speeton Clays and Drift, formed by the late J. R. Mortimer, which were
housed in a special building known as the Mortimer Museum in Driffield,
suffered a similar fate to those at Malton, and through the kindness of
Colonel G. H. Clarke were purchased and presented to the people of
Hull, where a selection of the more interesting specimens can be seen.
Oddly enough, the Mortimer Museum at Driffield has been taken over
by the Masonic brethren and to-day serves the purpose of a Masonic
Temple and meeting place.

One well-known collector of fossils of a quarter of a century or so ago
was the late H. C. Drake, of Scarborough, who spent some years in
business at Hull. Mr. Drake devoted his holidays and week-ends, and
frequently afternoons, in collecting from the various quarries in York-
shire, particularly in the Scarborough and Whitby neighbourhood, and
he also was a well-known purchaser of specimens from the brick clays
at Peterborough. In those days, when the clays were worked by hand,
gigantic saurians or fish-lizards and other remains were put aside by
the workmen, Mr. Drake being the principal purchaser. One ‘ paddle
of a saurian which he obtained there was over three feet in length. On
accoulit of difficulties in exhibiting his collections, Mr. Drake handed
them over to the Hull Museum during his lifetime.

At Peterborough again, collecting will not be possible for the future
as the methods of quarrying have been entirely altered ; ‘ grabs,’ which
take a slice of the working face from the bottom to the top in thin slices,
deposit the load in a truck which is automatically taken to the grinding
mill by cable, and in this way, even if a saurian were met with in the
quarry, it would be unseen and it would go, a small section at a time,
into the grinding mill as truck after truck was filled. This makes col-
lections already existing in museums of altogether exceeding importance,
and those who possess skeletons of these old-time denizens of the waters
are lucky indeed.

Another well-known Scarborough collector who had reputation
all over the country was the late G. Lether. Like Mr. Drake, he had an
extraordinary eye for a good specimen, his collections formed the
basis of many important geological monographs, and he was employed
by all the geological societies visiting North East Yorkshire, not only on
account of his guidance, but for the ability with which he could point
out interesting specimens enabling the visitors to chisel them out for
themselves. His collections are now at Hull.

A collection of entirely unique character was made some years ago
by Mr. E. B. Lotherington, of Scarborough, the owner of a large chalk pit
at Middleton-on-the-Wolds, which occurs in certain zones of the chalk
not exposed elsewhere. In this quarry the fossil sponges are preserved
in such a perfect manner by being impregnated with an iron oxide, but
perhaps its principal feature lies in the large nautilus-like inocerami
(I. ivolutus), some of which were sent to the British Museum as they had
nothing like them from any part of the world. Through Mr. Lothering-
ton’s kindness, his collection was purchased for the Museum at Hull
on reasonable terms.

1933 May 1

xo8 Malton Museum and Other Geological Collections.

The late C. Fox -Strang ways, who surveyed the Scarborough district,
had a private series of geological specimens which were also given to
Hull ; as more recently were the extensive collections made by the late
F. F. Walton, F.G.S. ; and C. G. Danford, who, for many years lived
at Reighton, and made a marvellous collection of Ammonites, and
Belemnites from the Speeton Clay. Many of these were new species to
science, and with the exception of some of the types which
went to the British Museum, the whole of his specimens came to Hull.
On leaving Reighton, he went to live at Folkestone, where the beautiful
fossils, still with their original pearl-like shell intact, are so famous,
and he spent some years collecting from these beds, and these objects
joined his others from Speeton.

A little while ago the well-known museum on the harbour side at
Whitby was removed to the new building in the Pannett Park and
was opened by the Earl of Harewood. In recent years quite a revived
interest has been taken in Whitby, and Messrs. Kendall and Sutcliffe
have done wonders in making the Museum attractive to the public.
On advice, however, they decided to specialize in local features, and the
unrivalled series of Ammonites and saurians from the liassic rocks as
well as local bygones and specimens relating to the one-time whaling
industry, and Cook, the navigator, (who was born near Whitby), are
the main points of interest in the Whitby Museum to-day, and deservedly
so. As with other museums founded about a century ago, Whitby had a
fine set of Oolitic fossils from the Malton and Settringham district, and
these, not being of local interest, were purchased by Hull.

The Whitby Collection included a well preserved starfish from the
Oolites, which had been looked upon with envious eyes by the present
writer since his boyhood. Some of these specimens have recently been
figured and described in a Monograph of the Palaeontographical Society,
Vol. LXXXIV.

Quite apart from this flow of collections into the Third Port, the Hull
Museum already possessed a very good geological series, started in the
first instance by a selection of specimens from the Kirkdale Cave, given
by Frank Buckland. We believe the Kirkdale Cave really started the
museums at Whitby, Scarborough, York, and Hull. The last place was
fortunate also in as much as William Smith, the father of English geology,
and his illustrious nephew, John Phillips, the author of many standard
works on geology gave courses of lectures to the members of the Hull
Literary and Philosophical Society, and presented large collections of
typical Yorkshire fossils, which are still treasured and kept together.
The remarkable collection of Liassic and other Ammonites, including
many new species, collected from the Yorkshire Drift by Mr. C.
Thompson, and a fine series of remains of elephant, rhinoceros, reindeer,
and bison, from the Holderness Gravels by Mrs. Dunn, and others are
also here.

Interesting sidelights occur in examining these various collections
when they accumulate in one centre ! The enthusiasm of collectors in
the early days often resulted in important specimens being missed, and
we know of complaints having been made on more than one occasion of
these losses. On centralising them, it is possible to find out in what
way these examples changed hands. Perhaps the most remarkable
instance is that in which an enormous vertebra of a shark from the Red
Chalk at Speeton became divided. It is probably the largest bone of
its kind recorded from that particular deposit, and must represent a
shark of extraordinary proportions. Half of this fossil was a treasure
in the Mortimer Collection at Driffield and, on purchasing one of the
Scarborough collections, the other half of the same bone proved to be
there, and it has now been possible to place them together !

T.S.

The Naturalist

BIBLIOGRAPHY :

Geology of the North of England, 1932.

T. SHEPPARD, M .Sc. , F.G.S.

109

At the request of the late Denison Roebuck, I undertook
these annual bibliographies, which had previously been
prepared for The Naturalist by Dr. A. Harker, F.R.S. I find
I have prepared this work now for 41 years, and the duty
has certainly been a pleasant one, as it has kept me in touch
with the current literature, and I have managed to see many
publications which otherwise I should have overlooked.

On advice I am relinquishing many pieces of work of
this character, and I am pleased to say that in future these
bibliographies will be compiled by Dr. H. C. Versey, of the
Leeds University, who is the Secretary of the Yorkshire
Geological Society. *

It may possibly be of interest to record the chief
publications which have regularly been examined for the
purposes of this list. These are : —

Antiquaries’ Journal.

Antiquity.

Colliery Guardian.

Haworth Ramblers’ Circulars.
Quarry.

Modern Roadmaking.

Water.

Geological Magazine.

Mineralogical Magazine.

Vasculum.

North Eastern Naturalist.
Naturalist.

Nature.

Man.

British Association Report.
British Association Journal.
British Association Handbook.
Geological Survey Memoirs.
Geography.

Summary of Progress of the

Geological Survey.

Annals of Botany.

Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union

Circulars.

Journal of Ecology.

Advancement of Science.

Science Progress.

Annals and Magazine of Natural

History.

New Phytologist.

Hull Museum Publications.
Natural History Magazine.

British Museum Quarterly.
Colliery Engineering.

Geographical Journal.

South Eastern Naturalist.
Northern Naturalist.

North Western Naturalist.

The Lincolnshire Magazine.
Natural History Magazine.

Proceedings, Transactions, etc., of Societies.

Yorkshire Geological Society.
Hull Geological Society.

Institute of Civil Engineers.
Anthropological Institute.
Geologists’ Association.

Institute of Mining Engineers.
Palaeontological Society.
Prehistoric Society of East Anglia.
Southport Society of Natural

Science.

Royal Society of Edinburgh.
Lincolnshire Naturalists’ Union.

Northern Naturalists’ Union.

Royal Irish Academy.

Royal Physical Society.

Geological Society of London.
Cumberland and Westmorland
Antiquarian and Archaeological
Society.

Caradoc and Severn Valley Field

Club.

South Eastern Union Scientific

Societies.

Liverpool Geological Society.

1933 May 1

no Bibliography : Geology of the North of England.

University of Durham

Philosophical Society.
Leeds Literary and Philosophical
Society.

Leeds University Publications.
Institute of Water Engineers.
Leeds Geological Society.
Thoroton Society ; Notts.

North England Institute, Mining
and Mechanical Engineers.
Cumberland and Westmorland

Archaeological Society.
University of Durham.

Institute of Fuel.

Manchester Literary and

Philosophical Society.

Derbyshire Archaeological, etc.

Society.

Various Government Departments
of Research.

Chester and North Wales

Archaeological, etc. Society.
St. Peter’s School Scientific

Society.

Yorkshire Philosophical Society .
Yorkshire Archaeological Society.
Cardiff Naturalists’ Society.
Grantham Public Library and

Museum.

East Riding Antiquarian Society.
Manchester Literary and

Philosophical Society.

There are, of course, many others which occasionally have
papers, and others which have been published abroad.

We are pleased to say that for the first time, so far as our
recollection goes, the British Association Report for 1932, has
appeared during the same year that the meeting was held. We
have been suggesting this for some years, and its publication
means a tremendous saving in the way of duplication of
entries. Hitherto the various reprints and publications of
the Association which have appeared during the meeting, have
also had to be recorded in the following year when the Annual
Report has appeared. In this way quite a large number of
entries have systematically appeared twice year after year,
whereas in the future, if it is possible to follow the example
of 1932, this duplication will be avoided.

Anon. Yorkshire.

The Bolsover Colliery Co., Ltd. Some interesting developments.

Coll. Guard., April 15th, pp. 725-728.

— Nottinghamshire.

Bestwood Colliery. A combination of old and new. tom. cit.,
October 7th, pp. 659-662.

— - [The Library Staff]. Northern Counties.

Geological Literature added to the Geological Society’s Library
during the year ended December 31st, 1931. 303 pp.

— Yorkshire.

Halifax Corporation Water Works. Trans. Inst. Water Eng.,
Vol. XXXVI, pp. 164-167.

— Yorkshire.

Bradford Corporation Water Works. Scar House Reservoir
Works, tom. cit., pp. 167-171.

— Northern Counties.

Mines Department : Eleventh Annual Report of the Secretary

of Mines . . . and the Annual Report of H.M. Chief Inspector
of Mines. H.M.S.O., 220 pp. See also Nat., June, pp. 164-165.

— Northern Counties.

Liverpool Geologists. Nat., April, pp. 98-99.

The Naturalist

Bibliography : Geology of the North of England. hi

Anon. Yorkshire.

100,000 tons Yorkshire Cliff Danger, tom. cit., April, p. 102.

Yorkshire.

Early Palaeontology, tom. cit., May, p. 132.

— Northern Counties.

Gypsum, tom. cit., June, pp. 164-165.

— Yorkshire.

The Yorkshire Geological Society, tom. cit., August, pp. 248-249.

— Yorkshire.

Whitby Snake -stones, tom. cit., September, pp. 265-266.

— Northern Counties.

Safe Blasting in Mines. Queensland Gov. Min. Journ., October 15th,
pp. 301-302.

- — - Lancashire.

The Fletcher Bank Quarries. Quarry, January, pp. 5-8.

— Yorkshire.

Stone Quarrying in Yorkshire [South Owram], tom. cit., May,
pp. 204-206.

— Northern Counties.

Report on the Weathering of Natural Building Stones. Summary
of Building Research Special Report, No. 18. H.M.S.O.,

See also Quarry, May, pp. 207-209.

— Yorkshire.

Batley Corporation Water Works, Brownhill Reservoir. Water,

August 20th, pp. 400-406.

— Derbyshire.

Ilkeston and Heanor Water Supply, tom. cit., March, pp. m-114.

Northern Counties.

Guide to an Exhibit Illustrating the Early History of Palaeontology.

Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.). Special Guide No. 8. 69 pp. ; See also

Nat., May, p. 132.

Anderson, W. See Carruthers, R. G.

Arkell, W. J. Northern Counties.

A Monograph of British Corallian Lamellibranchia. Part IV.
Pal. Soc. Monog., December, pp. 133-180, pi. xiii.-xx.

— See Douglas, James Archibald. Lincolnshire, Yorkshire.

[Atherton, S.] Nottinghamshire.

Bestwood Colliery : A Combination of Old and New. Coll. Guard.,
October 7th, pp. 659-662, and October 14th, pp. 704-707.

Armstrong, A. Leslie. Lincolnshire.

The pre -Tardenois and Tardenois Cultures of North Lincoln-
shire. [abs.] Journ. Brit. Assoc., p. 68.

Baker, Ernest A. Yorkshire, Derbyshire.

Caving : Episodes of Underground Exploration. London :

xvL-t-252 pp.

Bancroft, Eric. See Holmes, Marshall. Yorkshire.

Best, S. E. J. Yorkshire.

East Riding Agriculture : Geographical and Historical Aspects.

[abs.] Rep. Brit. Assoc., pp. 410-411 ; Journ. Brit. Assoc.,
pp. 106-107 ; Nature, August 27th, p. 296 ; Nat., October, p.
294.

1933 May 1

1 12 Bibliography : Geology of the North of England.

Bis at, W. S. Yorkshire.

On the Sub-division of the Holderness Boulder Clays. Nat.,
July, pp. 215-219.

Yorkshire.

The Holderness Glacial Sequences, tom. cit., October, pp. 297-299.

Yorkshire.

Glacial and Post-Glacial Sections on the Humber shore at North
Ferriby. Trans. Hull Geol. Soc., Vol. VII, Part III, pp. 83-95.

Yorkshire, Derbyshire, Lancashire.

On some Lower Sabdenian Goniatites. Trans. Leeds Geol. Assoc.,
pp. 27-36.

— Yorks, and Lines.

Note on Reticuloceras reticulatum (Phillips), late, mut =/3 Bisat.
Summ. Progr. Geol. Surv., 1931. Part II. pp. 120-121.

— See Fearnsides, W. G. Derbyshire.

— ■ See Cox, L. R. Northern Counties.

Blackburn, K. B. See Raistrick, A. Northern Counties.

B [latch], G. S. Yorkshire.

The Lost Landmarks of South-East Yorkshire. The Technicalian
[Hull], Vol. 23, No. 3, pp. 113-114.

Boswell, P. G. H. Northern Counties.

The Contacts of Geology : The Ice Age and Early Man in Britain.

Rep. Brit. Assoc., pp. 57-89 ; Adv. of Science, pp. 57-88. See also
Coll. Guard., September 23rd, p. 601.

Yorkshire.

The Pleistocene Succession in England. Geol. Mag., March, p. 143.

Boyd, Donald. Yorkshire.

On Foot in Yorkshire. London : viii. + i88 pp.

Yorkshire, Nottinghamshire, Lincolnshire,

Bramley, J. Derbyshire.

Sir Cornelius Vermuyden [notice of recently issued] Life of Sir
Cornelius Vermuyden,] by A. J. Korthals -Altes] . Trans.
Thoroton Soc., Vol. XXXV, pp. 109-116.

Brayshaw, Thomas, and Robinson, Ralph M. Yorkshire

A History of the Ancient Parish of Giggleswick. London :
xvi + 282 pp.

Briggs, Henry. Northern Counties!

The Mystery of Cleat. Colliery Engineering, January, pp. 11-15.
See also Nat., April, pp. 99-100.

Bromehead, C. E. N. Yorkshire.

Geology [of York]. Brit. Assoc. Pub. (York Meeting), pp. 8-13.
Also as appendix to Report.

— Yorkshire.

Yorkshire District [Report on]. Sum. Progr. Geol. Surv., 1931,
Part I, pp. 47-49.

Brooke, W. J. Lincolnshire.

Heat Conservation at a British Steel Works. Coll. Guard., January
15th, pp. 95-101.

Bryan, A. M. Durham.

Unusual Occurrences of Inflammable and Noxious Gases in
Mines. Coll. Guard., June 24th, pp. 1204-1206.

Burnett, G. A. See Carruthers, R. G.

The Naturalist

Bibliography : Geology of the North of England. 113

Burchell, J. P. T. Lincolnshire.

Aurignacian Flint Implements from Raised -Beaches underlying
the Brown Boulder Clay. Nature, August 20th, p. 279.

Butterfield, J. H. Yorkshire.

Geology [of Sedbergh]. Yorks. Nat. Union Circ., No. 368, pp. 2-3,
and Nat., December, pp.

— and Gilligan, A. Yorkshire.

The Conglomerates underlying the Carboniferous Limestone of
the Sedbergh and Tebay Districts [abs.]. Rep. Brit. Assoc.,
PP- 33°"33I i Journ. Brit. Assoc., p. 30.

Carr, J. See Poole, Granville. Northumberland.

Carruthers, R. G. Northumberland, Durham.

Northumberland and Durham District [Report on]. Sum. Progr.
Geol. Surv., 1931, Part I, pp. 55-57.

Northumberland .

Burnett, G. A., Anderson, W., and Thomas, H. H.

The Geology of the Cheviot Hills. Geol. Surv. Mem., XII,
174 pp.

• [Carter, W. H. N.] Nottinghamshire, Derbyshire.

First Progress Report of the Progress Committee of the Midland
Counties Institution of Engineers. The Influence of Variation
in the Nether Roof on the Incidence of Falls (Top Hard Seam) .

Trans. Inst. Min. Eng., November, pp. 93-110.

Charlesworth, J. Kaye. Northern 'ounties.

A Tentative Reconstruction of the Succession Margins of the
Quaternary Ice -sheets in the Region of the North Sea. Proc.
Roy. Irish Acad., Vol. XL, B. 4, pp. 67-83.

Childe, V. Gordon. Yorkshire.

The Forest Cultures of Northern Europe : a Study in Evolution
and Diffusion. Journ. Roy. Anthrop. Inst., Vol. LXI, pp. 325-348.

Clarke, J. G. D. Northern Counties.

The Mesolithic Age in Britain. Cambridge, XXIV-f 223 pp.

Clark, Mary Kitson. Lincolnshire.

Bronze Age Burial, Inglebank Gravel Pit, Boston Spa. Yorks.
Arch. Journ., Pt. 121, pp. 36-43.

Cover, G. W. Cheshire.

Repairs to an Old Earth Embankment at Macclesfield. Trans.
Inst. Water Eng., Vol. XXXVI, pp. 282-297.

Cox, L. R. Northern Counties.

On the Goniatite and Nautiloid Fauna of the Middle Coal Measures
of England and Wales, by W. S. Bisat [see 1930 list ; Nat.,
June, 1931, p. 185].

Crookall, R. Yorkshire.

The supposed [Lanarkian] in Shropshire, tom. cit., February, pp.
37-40 ; March, pp. 71-74.

— Northern Counties.

Coal Measure Terminology, tom. cit., April, pp. m-114 ; May,
pp. 131-140 ; June, pp. 175-176.

— Northern Counties.

Palseobotanical Work [Report on]. Sum. Progr. Geol. Surv., 1931,
Pt. I, pp. 75-77-

— Northern Counties.

The Stratigraphical Distribution of British Lower Carboniferous
Plants, tom. cit., Part II, pp. 70-104.

1933 May 1

1 14 Bibliography : Geology of the North of England.

Crookall, R. Northern Counties.

The Nature and Affinities of Palaeoxyris, etc. tom. cit., pp. 122-140.

Northern Counties.

Cullis, C. Gilbert, Dunham, K. C., Niggli, P., Jones, W. R.

Discussion on the Genesis of Ores in relation to Petrographic
Processes. Rep. Brit. Assoc, 1931, pp. 380-389.

[Davies, J. Harvey.] Cumberland.

A Modern Cumberland Granite [diorite] Quarry. Quarry, July,
pp. 285-290.

Deans, T. Yorkshire.

A Borehole Section in the Millstone Grits of Rombalds Moor.

Trans. Leeds Geol. Assoc., pp. 9-16.

Dix, Emily. Northumberland.

Sphenophyllum from the Millstone Grit, Northumberland. Nat.,
June, pp. I73-I74-

— and Trueman, A. E. Northern Counties.

Some Observations on the Genus Naiadites. Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., January, pp. 1-20.

— See Fearnsides, W. G. Northern Counties.

— See Trueman, A. E. Northern Counties.

Lincolnshire, Yorkshire.

Douglas, James Archibald, and Arkell, William Jocelyn.

The Stratigraphical Distribution of the Cornbrash : II. The

North-Eastern Area. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., May, pp. 112-170.

Dunham, K. C. Lake District.

Quartz -Dolerite Pebbles (Whin Sill Type) in the Upper Brockram.

Geol. Mag., September, pp. 425-427.

— See Cullis, C. Gilbert. Northern Counties.

Dunlop, G. A. Lancashire.

Three Dug-out Canoes found at Warrington. Trans. Lancs, and
Ches. Antiq. Soc., pp. 16-26.

East, W. G. Yorkshire.

The Historical Geography of the Town, Port, and Roads of
Whitby. Geog. Journ., December, pp. 484-497.

Eastwood, T. Lake District.

Cumbrian District [Report on]. Sum. Progr. Geol. Surv., 1931,
Pt. I, pp. 52-54-

Eddy, Gladys E. See Slater, L. Yorkshire.

Edwards, Wilfrid. Yorkshire.

The Geological Structure of Leeds. Trans. Leeds Geol. Assoc., pp. 3- .

- — ■ See Fearnsides, W. G. Derbyshire.

Elgee. F. Yorkshire.

Human Geography of the Moorlands of North-eastern Yorkshire

[abs.]. Rep. Brit. Assoc., p. 340 ; Journ. Brit. Assoc., p. 39.
Ennis, W. C. Yorkshire, Lincolnshire.

Geological Work in the Humber Area, 1928-31. Trans. Hull Geol.
Soc., Vol. VII, Pt. Ill, pp. 77-79.

- — Yorkshire.

The Upper Beds of the Speeton Clay. tom. cit., pp. 80-82.

Erdtman, G. Northern Counties.

Literature on Pollen -Statistics and related topics published 1930

and 1931. Geologiska Joreningens I Stockholm Jorhandlingar.
November-December, pp. 395-418.

The Naturalist

Bibliography : Geology of the North of England. 115

Fair, Mary C. Lake District.

A Reconstruction of the Lakeside site at Ehenside Tarn. Trans.
Cumb. and Westm. A. and A. Soc., Vol. XXXII, pp. 57-62.

Faulkner, Richard. Lancashire, S.

Longwall Roof Control in the Arley Seam. Coll. Guard., November
4th, pp. 854-855.

— Lancashire, Cheshire.

Report of the Lancashire and Cheshire Safety in Mines Research
Committee on Longwall Roof Control in the Arley Seam.

Trans. Inst. Min. Eng., November, pp. 57-77.

Fawcett, C. B. Northern Counties.

Distribution of the Urban Population in Great Britain, 1931.

Geog. Journ., February, pp. 100-116.

Derbyshire.

Fearnsides, W. G., Bisat, W. S., Edwards, W. N., Wedd, C. B.,
Wilcockson, W. H.

Bakewell and the Valley of the Derbyshire Derwent. Geol. Assoc.
Prog., Easter, pp. 4-8. 1

Derbyshire.

— Bisat, W. S., Edwards, Wilfrid, Lewis, H. P.,
Wilcockson, W. H.

The Geology of the Eastern Part of the Peak District. Proc. Geol.
Assoc., June, pp. 152-191.

Northern Counties.

— Hickling, G., Dix, E., Trueman, A. E., Gilligan, A.,
Wright, W. B., Tonks, L.H., Hudson, R. G. S., Versey, H. C.,
Watts, W. W.

Symposium on the Relations of the Millstone Grit to the Carbon -
iferous Limestone [abs.]. Brit. Assoc. Report, pp. 326-327 ;
Journ. Brit. Assoc., pp. 26-27. See also Coll. Guard., September
9th, p. 473.

— and Templeman, A. Derbyshire.

A Boring through Edale Shales to Carboniferous Limestone and
Pillow Lavas at Hope Cement Works, near Castleton,
Derbyshire. Proc. Yorks. Geol. Soc., Vol. XXII, Pt. II, pp.
100-121 .

Flett, John S. Northern Counties.

Summary of Progress of the Geological Survey and Museum for

1931. Sum. Progr. Geol. Soc., 1931, Pt. I, pp. 5-38.

F[lett], J. S. Northern Counties.

Obituary : Mr. George Barrow. Nature, August 20th, p. 267.

Garfitt, G. A. (Secretary). Derbyshire.

Derbyshire Caves [Report]. Rep. Brit. Assoc., 1931, pp. 274-275.

George, Thomas Neville. Northern Counties.

The British Carboniferous Reticulate Spiriferidae. Quart. Journ.
Geol. Soc., November, pp. 516-575, and Abs. Proc. Geol. Soc., pp.
12-15.

— Yorkshire.

Brachiopoda from the Cayton Gill Beds. Trans. Leeds Geol. Assoc.,
PP- 37, 48-

Gilligan, A. See Butterfield, J. A. Yorkshire.

— See Fearnsides, W. G. Northern Counties.

Gregory, J. W. Northern Counties.

Problems of Geology contemporary with the British Association.

Rep. Brit. Assoc., 1931, pp. 51-70.

1933 May 1

n6 Bibliography : Geology of the North of England.

G[resswell], R. K. Lancashire, S.

Notes on the Erosion [Blundellsands] . Twenty -sixth Rep. Southport
Soc. Nat. Sci., pp. 3-4.

Harker, Alfred. Northern Counties.

Metamorphism : a Study of the Transformations of Rock Masses.

London, pp. x + 360.

Hartley, John J. Lake District.

The Volcanic and other Igneous of Great and Little Langdale,
Westmorland, with notes on the Tectonics of the District.

Proc. Geol. Assoc., March, pp. 32-69.

Hawkins, Herbert L. Yorkshire, Linco.lnshire .

The Significance of the Chalk. South-Eastern Nat., etc., 1931, pp.

29-43-

Hickling, George. Northern Counties.

The Properties of Coals as determined by their Mode of Origin.

Coll. Guard., February 26th, pp. 401-404.

— See Fearnsides, W. G. Northern Counties.

Hickling, H. G. A., and Marshall, C. E. Northern Counties.

The Microstructure of the Coal in certain Fossil Trees. Trans.
Inst. Min. Eng., November, pp. 13-23 ; abs. in Coll. Guard.,
December 16th, p. 1129.

Hodge, M. B. Northern Counties.

The Permian Yellow Sands of North-east England. Proc. Univ.
Durham Phil. Soc., February, pp. 410-458.

Northumberland, Cumberland.
Hollingworth, S. E. See Trotter, F. M.

Holmes, Arthur. Northern Counties.

The Origin of Igneous Rocks. Geol. Mag., December, pp. 543-558.

Holmes, Marshall, and Bancroft, Eric. Yorkshire.

Sedbergh and Cautley Spout Ramble. Haworth Ramblers Programme ,
pp. 2-4.

Hudson, R. G. S. Yorkshire, Derbyshire.

The Pre-Namurian Knoll Topography of Derbyshire and York-
shire. Trans. Leeds Geol. Assoc., pp. 49-64.

Yorkshire.

Geology [of Shipton]. Yorks. Nat. Union Circ., No. 371, p. 2, and
Nat., December, pp.

— See Fearnsides, W. G. Northern Counties.

Hudson, S. N. Lake District, Yorkshire.

The Igneous Rocks of the Cross Fell inlier [abs.]. Publications and
Abs. of Theses, Univ. of Leeds, 1930-1, pp. 24-25.

J. W. Jackson. Yorkshire.

Caves of the Settle District and their Relation to the Ice Age.

[Abs. ] Proc. March Lit. Phil. Soc. Vol. 75., pp. xxii-xxv.

Jackson, J. Wilfrid, and Mattinson, W. K. Yorkshire.

A Cave on Giggleswick Scars, near Settle, Yorkshire. Nat.,
January, pp. 5-9-

Jones, C. Bryner. Northern Counties.

The Origin and Development of British Cattle [abs.]. Rep. Brit.
Assoc., p. 333 ; Journ. Brit Assoc., pp. 32, 33 ; Nat., October,
pp. 291-292.

Jones, R. C. B. See Tonks, L. H. Lancashire.

Jones, W. R. See Cullis, C. Gilbert. Northern Counties.

(To be continued).

The Naturalist

1 17

VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY.

E. WILFRED TAYLOR.

A meeting of the Vertebrate Section, of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union
was held in the library of the Church Institute, Leeds, on Saturday,
February 18th. The sectional meeting was preceded by a meeting of
the Yorkshire Wild Birds and Eggs Protection Acts Committee.

At the sectional meeting the President, Mr. Rosse Butterfield, paid
a tribute to the work of the late Mr. W. H. St. Qu intin who, up to a few
years ago, took an active part in the work of the section and was deeply
interested in all to do with the protection of Wild Birds.

A stuffed specimen of the Musk Rat was exhibited and the steps
now being taken to check its spread in this country were described.

The President then gave his address entitled, ‘ Human Influence on
Changes of Vertebrate Fauna ’ and stated that the wild life of an area
was subject to mutation and that the influence exerted by man, especially
in densely populated areas, was very marked. This was specially
true in this country when, during the last century, a substantial increase
in the human population coincided with the industrial revolution and
greatly improved means of communication. During this period many
forms of wild life were exterminated while others increased rapidly.

In Yorkshire immense stretches of virgin land have been brought under
cultivation and our green fields are now clothed in alien grasses, the
majority of our trees have been imported and animals introduced from
the Continent have multiplied at the expense of our indigenous species.

These changes commenced when man abandoned his nomadic life,
settled into communities and domesticated animals. During the Roman
occupation much was done to improve means of communication, but
many parts of the country remained isolated until comparatively recent
times.

The Normans were fond of the chase and reserved existing forests and
planted new ones. The native trees were Oak, Ash, Wych Elm, Alder,
Birch, Yew and a few smaller species. In' those forests the wolf and
boar long survived and though they have gone, parts of the forests still
remain. The ancient forests were deciduous in character, but conifers
were largely planted in the last century and this had considerable influence
on the avifauna.

The agricultural developments of the eighteenth century led to the
drainage of swamps, and few natural sheets of water have survived in
Yorkshire. The Enclosure Acts, passed in the reign of George III, saw
the end of the system of small holdings developed under the feudal
system and the introduction of turnips, clover and potatoes brought
about further changes.

Prior to the invention of fire-arms the Hen Harrier and Kite could
raid the poultry -yard with impunity but the shot gun became an
effective weapon early in the nineteenth century and the larger birds of
prey were exterminated in many districts. The introduction of the
mowing machine also had its effect on the wild life, notably in the cage
of the Landrail. During this period Starlings, Rooks, Skylarks and
some other species greatly increased their numbers, profiting by the
cultivation of the land.

The preservation of feathered game upset the natural balance between
the smaller birds and the birds of prey, while the fashion for wearing the
feathers of birds in hats led to the destruction of certain species. The
first Act of Parliament to protect wild birds was passed in 1869 and this
was followed by further measures- and by much voluntary work in which
the Union had participated.

The construction of sewage works and reservoirs, the formation of
lakes by subsidence and the use of oil at sea have all had their effects
on the wild life and other less understood factors have operated to the
advantage of some species and the disadvantage of others.

In conclusion, the lecturer stated that man had brought about great

1 933 May 1

n8

Vertebrate Zoology.

changes and it was impossible to forecast the future trend . He anticipated
some changes for the better in the purification of rivers and the
establishing of further sanctuaries.

Mr. H. B. Booth next read a paper entitled ‘ The Great Crested
Grebe Census and Enquiry of 1931 : The Yorkshire Area.’ The pamper
dealt exhaustively with the status of the species in the county and
will be of great value to ornithologists in the future. It is reprinted
elsewhere in The Naturalist .

At the evening meeting, Mr. K. Chislett read a paper entitled ‘ Recent
Birdwork in Lapland and in the English and Dutch Marshes.’ The
lecturer first showed photographs of the desolate wastes of Lapland
interspersed with meres and rising through forest land to snow-covered
mountains in the distance. The bird life was thinly scattered over a
vast area, but the possibility of discovering a rare species more than
compensated for the hard work involved in discovering nests.

The Willow-grouse, Mealy Redbill, Redwing and Fieldface were
first dealt with and the lecturer described the finding of a nesting colony
of the latter in forests trees growing on a steep slope. Here and elsewhere
that beautiful songster and mimic, the Blue-Throated Warbler, was
fairly plentiful. In the swampy regions the Broad -Billed and Wood
Sandpiper were found and photographed and the lecturer was also so
fortunate as to find the nests of the Jack Snipe. In the mountains the
Dotterel and Scandinavian Ptarmigan were found.

The lecturer then described his experiences in Holland and showed
photographs of the Gargancy Teal, Black -tailed Godwit and Bittern.
The latter nest contained two young, one much older than the other.
The feeding process of the nest was well illustrated, the beak of the
adult being grasped by one of the young birds when a milky fluid was
exuded. The adult then regurgitated a large fish, the head of which,
having been swallowed first, was partially digested. The young pecked
away at the softened parts after which the adult once more swallowed
the fish and left the nest. Later she returned and repeated the process,
digestion having proceeded further in the interval : this process was

repeated a third time. When an eel is caught it generally contrives
to coil itself around the neck and to make the plumage slimy, the bird
then uses the powder down as a means of cleansing her plumage.

Photographs were shown of the Marsh Harrier nesting in Holland
where the species is plentiful, and these were followed by a series taken in
Norfolk. Waterhens appeared to be the main article of food at the
nest. Montague’s Harrier was next described and illustrated by photo-
graphs taken on a wide semi-marshy common in Norfolk. The ‘pass’
or transference of food from the cock to the hen in flight was described
and frogs, larks and plover were brought to the nest. The lecturer
was remarkable both for the excellence of the photographs and the rarity
of the subjects shown.

Mr. Jefferson read a paper entitled ‘ A Duncombe Park Avian Quartet,’
in which he dealt with the Wood Wren, Nuthatch, Redstart and Pied
Flycatcher.

A large number of nests of the Wood Wren were examined before one
was found that offered any scope for successful photography and this was
built in a small clearing. The birds were very tame and gave the photo-
grapher little chance as they dived into the nest, until a leaf was placed
over the young, when a photograph was obtained of the hesitant bird.
The food was obtained from the leafy foliage of the tree tops and consisted
of caterpillars and wing'ed insects.

The Nuthatch appeared to combine the athletic abilities of the
Woodpecker, Tree Creeper and Titmice ; it seemed especially at home
searching the bark of trees in all possible positions or clinging to the
leafy tips of branches when hunting for caterpillars. It does not use the
tail as a prop but relies entirely on the grip obtained with its strong

The Naturalist

Further Notes on Hymenoptera Aculeata. 119

feet. In the winter, it is readily attracted by nuts and sweets which the
head keeper provides. On this estate an outhouse sometimes serves as
a store for the carcase of cattle and the Nuthatches obtained access
through a broken pane of glass. They also feed on berries, those of the
Yew being particularly favoured. On various occasions the adults were
seen to carry fresh leaves into the nesting cavity.

The Redstart is plentiful in this locality and a series of photographs
of this beautiful bird were shown.

The Pied Flycatcher was then described, and it was stated that it
differed in its feeding habits from the Spotted Flycatcher in its readiness
to descend to the ground in search of insects. Nests were found at various
heights from the ground ranging from a few inches to forty feet. The
female bird appeared to do most of the feeding, but the cock put in an
appearance at once at the first sign of danger.

The lecture was well illustrated and the series of photographs of the
Yorkshire Nuthatch are probably unique.

At the conclusion of the meeting a vote of thanks was passed to the
lecturer and the lanternist.

FURTHER NOTES ON YORKSHIRE HYMENOPTERA
ACULEATA.

W. J. FORDHAM, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., D.P.H.

I have recently received from Dr. R. C. L. Perkins some important
observations on the Yorkshire list of Aculeates. These remarks are
embodied in the following notes.

Hedychrum nobile Scop. There is an old Yorkshire record from
Rufforth Wood. ‘ Old records of this hardly worth considering.’
Parasitic on Cercevis and often absent where species of this genus are
abundant. ‘ No species of Cercevis have been recorded from Yorks.
They are all southern species but there is an old record for C . arenaria L.
from the Cheshire coast where it is said to have been formerly common.’
[Brit. Nat., 1892, 90).

Chrysis pustulosa Ab. and ruddii Shuck. ‘ may be all right but I
should want to see Smith’s specimens.’

Chrysis analis Spin. (Yarm. T. Meynell.) ‘ No doubt an Intro-
duction from abroad if correctly identified.’

Sapyga clavicornis L. stated in the list to be rare. ‘ Now all over
South of England, Oxford, Cambridge, Sussex, Cornwall, etc.’

Hypsiceraeus maculatus F. ' The peculiar habits of this are well
known and have been described at length by various foreign authors.
The insect oviposits on spiders, the prey of other Ps ammo char idaed
Priocnemis pusillus Sch. (Allerthorpe, Filey, etc.) may be one of
several species.

Psammochares approximatus Sm. ‘ might be the allied species I
called cardui.’

Astatus stigma Pz. ‘I took this with bug about 35 years ago.’
Crossocerus anxius Wesm. Recorded in the list as nesting in bramble
stems. ‘ Have always found this a ground burrowing species especially
in vertical cuttings or banks.’

Psen shuckardi Wesm. equestris F. and bicolor F. ‘ Difficult and
Smith was incapable of separating the species.’

Passaloecus monilicornis Dhlb. stated in the list to be rare. ‘ Common
wherever I collect in S. and W. England.’

Hylaeus annularis Kirb. ‘ Smith was entirely unreliable on this
genus. His own types of the species varipes Sm. ( pictipes Curt.)
consisted of two entirely different species.’

Colletes marginata Sm. ‘ Smith’s series of this were mostly wrongly
named. Also as in the case of Halictus atvicornis Smith was entirely
unable to distinguish the species he had himself first described.’

1933 May 1

120 Prey of Species of Scopeuma Mg. ( Scatophaga Mg.).

Sphecodes reticulatus Th. is associated with Halictus prasinus Sm.

Sphecodes monilicornis Kirb. ‘ Halictus rubicundus Chr. is its chief
host . 1

Sphecodes divisus Kirb. Delete Andrena as a host.

Sphecodes ferruginatus Schr. ‘ certainly not parasitic on Halictus
rubicundus Chr. but on species of the calceatus group.’

Halictus fulvicornis Kirb. ‘ Smith’s subfasciatus were a mixture
of freygessneri and rufitarsis.’

Halictus nitidiusculus Kirb. and minutus Kirb. ‘ Very critical.
Smith’s minutus were practically all nitidiusculus .’

Halictus tetrazonius Kl. ‘ If correct, Yorks, is an unexpected
locality.’

Halictus rufitarsis Ztt. ‘ Smith took this year’s before he described
atricornis as new and when he did describe atricornis he mixed nitidiusculus
in the type set of specimens.’

Andrena tibialis Kirb. (Wooley, Smith). ‘ Improbable, his specimens
are wrong.’

Andrena spinigera Kirb. is a southern English bee.

Andrena ovatula Kirb. and Nomada lineola Pz . ‘ not worth considering
without other records.’

Nomada flavopicta Kirb. The host is Cilissa leporina Pz. not yet on
record for Yorks.

Nomada xanthosticta Kirb. Smith’s xanthosticta was obtusifrons.
The true xanthosticta he described as bridgmanniana, his lateralis was
bucephalae .

Epeolus cruciger Pz. ‘ Certainly as a rule cruciger is on succincta
and notatus on the other species ’ (of Colletes).

Anthophora retusa L. (Wooley, Smith, Pannal, Roebuck). ‘ Seems
unlikely, especially as it always forms great colonies, being gregarious.’

Anthophora quadrimaculata Pz. (Leeds, 1816) ‘ ???’

Megachile centuncularis L. ' Should contain probably M. versicolor
which occurs in N. England and is the common Irish species.’

Coelioxys trigonus Schr. ‘ No doubt entirely wrong.’ The genus
Coelioxys are all critical species. Smith’s mandibularis are acuminata Nyl.

Yorkshire hymenopterists are greatly indebted to Dr. Perkins for
the above critical notes.

PREY OF SPECIES OF SCOPEUMA MG.

(, SCATOPHAGA MG.)

W. J. FORDHAM, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., D.P.H.

The following species of Scopeuma and their prey have been kindly
identified by Messrs. J . E. Collin, F.E.S. and B. M. Hobby, M.A., F.E.S.

5. ster cor aria L. A female with the Anthomyid Pegomyia tenera
Ztt. male, Allerthorpe Common, 8/7/27, a rare species.

A male with the Anthomyid Hydrotaea irritans Fin. male, Fylinghall,
6/28.

5. ordinata Beck. A female with the Anthomyid Hydrotaea sp.
indet. female, Halton, Leeds, 6/6/26.

A female with the Anthomyid Pegomyia bicolor Wd. male, Low Fell,
Gateshead, 6/26.

Scopeuma ordinata has not been previously recorded for Yorkshire
or Durham .

5. maculipes Ztt. A female with the Syrphid Melanostoma scalare F.
male, Low Fell, 17/5/25.

S. lutaria F. A female with the Anthomyid Polietes albolineata Fin.
female, Low Fell, 1927.

A female with the Anthomyid Pegohylemyia fugax Mg. male, Low
Fell, 24/5/26.

The Naturalist

Apparatus and Lantern-Slides
for the

FIELD-NATURALIST AND MICROSCOPIST

CATALOGUES POST FREE ON REQUEST

“C” — Apparatus for Field-Work. “BX” — Microscopical Equipment.
“E” — Lantern Slides.

Flatters & Garnett, Ltd.,

309 OXFORD ROAD, MANCHESTER.

The Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine

PRICE TWO SHILLINGS MONTHLY.

EDITED BY

G. C. Champion, F.Z.S. J. J. Walker, M.A., R.N., F.L.S.

J. E. Collin, F.E.S. ' K. G. Blair, B.Sc., F.E.S.

R. W. Lloyd. H. Scott, M.A., Sc.D., F.E.S.

This Magazine, commenced in 1864, contains Standard Articles and Notes
on all subjects connected with Entomology, and especially on the Insects of
the British Isles.

Subscription— 15/- per annum, post free, to —

R. W. LLOYD, 15 ALBANY, PICCADILLY, LONDON, W. 1

Storeboxes for collections. i6xiiX2f 7/- Polyporus strips for mounting Diptera, 1/-

lined cork two sides, polished. Best make each Hymenoptera and other small insects box

British Coleoptera, Diptera, Lepidoptera, etc.,
Life Histories of British Insects. Honey supplied. Large and interesting forms of exotic,

Bee, Silk Moth, Butterflies and Economic 8/t> Coleoptera, Lepidoptera, Spiders, Scorpions etc.,

species. Well mounted in cases 9 x’7 X 2 each for exhibition. List sent free.

W. H. JANSON & SON, Natural History Specimens and Apparatus,
44 Gt. Russell Street, London, W.C.l.

GUIDE TO THE BIRDS IN THE
HULL MUNICIPAL MUSEUM

(Second Edition)

BY

T. SHEPPARD, M.Sc., F.G.S. F.Z.S. , M.B.O.U., F.S.A.Scot., F.R.A.I.,

Director of the Hull Municipal Museums.

PRICE FOURPENCE.

Sold at the Museums, and at A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., Savile St., Hull.

THE CITY AND FORT OF HULL

Royal 8 vo. Contains 120 pages of text matter, profusely illustrated, in
stout cover with attractive, coloured design. 1/- net, post free 1/6.

Tells what ought to be known of Hull’s important commercial, industrial,
municipal and shipping activities, and is also informative of the City’s many
historical, religious and social interests. Contains New Plan of Hull.

A. BROWN & SONS, LTD., SAVILE STREET, HULL.

WATKINS & DONCASTER

NATURALISTS,

36, STRAND, LONDON, W.C.2

(Five doors from Charing Cross),

P.O. Box 126 Telephone: Temple Bar 9451.

Keep in stock every description of

APPARATUS, CABINETS, BOOKS & SPECIMENS

for Collectors of

BIRDS’ EGGS, BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS, Etc.

Catalogue (96 pages) sent post free on application.

THE BIRDS OF YORKSHIRE

By T. H. NELSON, M.B.O.U.,

With the co-operation of W. Eagle Clarke, F.R.S.E., and F. Boyes.

Two volumes. Demy 8vo, 901 pages, including over 200
Illustrations, beautifully printed in double tone ink, from photo-
graphs by R. Fortune, F.Z.S., and other well-known naturalist
photographers, also three-colour plates, including specially designed
title pages. Cloth boards, 17/6 net, post free, 18/3.

London : A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C. 4.

And at Hull.

BINDING “ THE NATURALIST ”

Volumes of THE NATURALIST for
any year can be bound in a serviceable
and attractive Cloth Case , dark blue
and gilt lettered on back and side. Price
4/- per volume , or post free 4/6.

A. BROWN & SOISS, LIMITED

40 GEORGE STREET. HULL

Issued bi-monthly. Illustrated with Plates and Text Figures.

To Subscribers, 12s. 6d. post free.

The Scottish Naturalist

With which is incorporated ‘The Annals of Scottish Natural History’

EDITED BY

PERCY H. GRIMSHAW, F.R.S.E., F.E.S.

Keeper, Natural History Department, Royal Scottish Museum

AND

JAMES RITCHIE, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S.E.

Regius Professor of Natural History, University of Aberdeen

Assisted by:— EVELYN V. BAXTER f.z.s., h.m.b.o.u. ; LEONORA J. RINTOUL, f.z.s., h.m.b.o.u. ;
H. S. GLADSTONE, m.a., f.r.s.e., f.z.s. ; W. EAGLE CLARKE, i.s.o., ll.d. ; ANDERSON
FERGUSSON, f.e.s. ; A. C. STEPHEN, b.sc., f.r.s.e.

Subscriptions should be addressed to the Publishers,

Messrs. OLIVER & BOYD, LTD., Tweeddale Court, Edinburgh.

Printed by A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., Perth Street West, Hull, and published by
A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., at 5 Farringdon Avenue, in the City of London.

May, 1933.

77)^, 77

ILLUSTRATED JOURNAL

PRINCIPALLY FOR THE NORTH OF ENGLAND .

Edited by

W. H. PEARSALL, D.Sc., F.L.S., and W. R. GRIST, B.Sc.,
The University, Leeds.

with the assistance as

H. B. Booth, F.Z.S. M.B.O.U.

J. M. Brown, B.Sc., F.L.S., F.E.S.

W. H. Burrell, F.L.S.

Chris. A. Cheetham, F.E.S.

W. J. Fordham, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P.,

D.P.H., F.E.S.

refe reesfprf^

Rifey Fortune, F.Z.S. ,

Iftbfessor A. Gilligan, D.Sc.,

Mason. F.R.M.S.

Isie.

os. She

\Y . Woodhead

F.L.S

A,

MUSEUM

M.I.M.E.

Contents

Editorial

1 2 1

Uroglenopsis Americana in Windmere— W. H.

Pearsall, D .Sc., F .L.S . . .... 122-123

Fruiting of Mnium Undulatum — John E. Nowers. 123

Field Notes {illustrated) . ..... 123-124

In Memoriam — J . Beanland ( portrait ) . . . 125-127

Arthur Rufus Sanderson, F.L.S. —

C.A.C. .... 127-128
Herbert Hastings Sturdy — C.A.C. . 128-129

Reviews and Book Notices ..... 129-130

Yorkshire Naturalists at Robin Hood’s Bay . 131-136

Bibliography : Geology of the North of England

T. Sheppard, M.Sc., F.G.S. . . . 137-143

News from the Magazines .

143-144

LONDON :

A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C.4.
And at Hull.

Printers and Publishers to the Y.N.U.

PRICE 1/6 net.

Prepaid Subscription
15/ - per annum.

2/ RpS FROM

***Tn$m

SOMETHING DIFFERENT

BIRDS

FROM THE

HIDE

Described and photographed by

IAN M. THOMSON,

L.D.S., F.R.P.S.

The adventures of an experienced bird photographer. His
subjects range over the most interesting of British Birds:
Bittern, Water Rail, Lapwing, Curlew, Short-Eared Owl,
Skua, Hooded Crow, Skylark, Phalarope and many more.

The format of the book is both arresting and unusual in
that the second part consists entirely of a remarkable series
of 64 photographs finely reproduced in photogravure to the
full extent of the page — 8Jx5J inches — thus enabling the
smallest details to be clearly brought out. Each plate is
faced by a short descriptive note.

PRESS OPINIONS

“ It is always easier in reviewing a book to detect faults
than to point out good points, and yet in Birds from the
Hide I found the faults non-existent, and was left to marvel
at the sheer excellency of this remarkable work .... a book
that I can only describe as the finest descriptive work on
bird life than I have ever read.”

W.T.C.R. in Game and Gun.

“ This book will give hours of delight to most bird lovers,
and may stir enthusiasm to help the few who are striving
to save the disappearing rareties of marsh and fen.”

Shane Leslie in The Daily Telegraph.

Obtainable from
all booksellers

12s. 6d. net

(by post 13s. 3d.

The publishers

A. & C. BLACK, LTD.,
4-6 SOHO SQUARE,
LONDON, W.l.

will gladly send on request a copy of
the special four-page prospectus con-
taining a separate specimen of one of
the 63 remarkable plates.

FOR NOTICES OF YORKSHIRE
NATURALISTS’ UNION MEETINGS
PLEASE SEE PAGE 3 OF COVER.

121

EDITORIAL.

The present number of The Naturalist is the sixth under
the present conditions of publication, and it is now possible
to indicate how these conditions will affect the form of the
journal. It is clear that the size of The Naturalist will be
normally limited to twenty-four pages for some time further,
and this necessity has involved a modification of policy in
order to make the maximum possible use of the available
space. The opinion has repeatedly been expressed that the
original articles and notes on natural history are the most
valuable parts of a journal of this character. Attention has,
therefore, been concentrated on maintaining and developing
this feature. This has been accomplished partly by printing
the book notices and reviews of current literature in smaller
type, but also by the omission of editorial articles. These
latter will not be resumed unless matters of general interest
to readers of The Naturalist should arise. By these and other
slight modifications it has actually been found possible to
increase the proportion of original articles and notes included
in our pages. We wish to draw the attention of both readers
and of contributors to this aspect of the journal, since it
will obviously involve the possibility of publishing a greater
number of articles so long as these maintain the requisite
standard. A second result of this policy will, however, be
the need for further funds to meet the cost of illustrations.
Already promises of help have been received, for which we
express our indebtedness, and further assistance in this
direction will be greatly appreciated. Under these conditions
it is hoped to extend the scope of The Naturalist somewhat,
and contributions dealing with aspects of natural history
which are undergoing rapid development will be especially
welcomed.

The Rotherham Naturalists’ Society held its 53rd Annual
Meeting this spring. It is just 50 years since the Society,
which is one of the oldest of its kind in the country, joined
the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union. We congratulate the
Rotherham Naturalists most heartily and are pleased to record
that the President of the Society for this year is Mr. Ralph
Chislett, M.B.O.U., a review of whose charming bird book
appears in this issue.

1933 June 1 f

JIIN 7 fi tnoA

122

UROGLENOPSIS AMERICANA IN WINDERMERE.

W. H. PEARSALL, D.Sc.„ F.L.S.

In July and August, 1932, the water of Windermere contained
very large numbers of an alga which proved on examination
to be Uroglenopsis americana (Calkins) Lemmerman. The
alga was composed of a colourless, gelatinous matrix of
spherical shape, on the outside of which were embedded
ellipsoidal cells. Each cell was provided with an eye spot
and a single golden-brown to olive-brown chromatophore.
The latter was plate like or disciform. Globules of an oily
nature were present. Protruding through the gelatinous
matrix into the outer water from each cell were two cilia of
unequal length, the longer about two to three times the
length of the cell, the shorter about half the length of the
cell or rather less. The cells were about 6 — 10^ in length,
and the colonies were between 300 and 400 /i in diameter.
The plant is excellently figured by G. M. Smith (Wisconsin
Phytoplankton, Wise. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Survey, No. 57,
1920).

This species has not been described previously for the
British Isles, although it is recorded for Germany. It is not
impossible, however, that it has been missed because I found
it impossible to preserve it for subsequent examination.
Within an hour or two after making a collection almost all
the colonies were unrecognisable. The individual cells shoot
out from the gelatinous matrix and swim round independently
in the external medium for a time before settling down and
losing their cilia. In cultures they showed no disposition to
form new colonies. The same disorganisation takes place
immediately preservatives are added, and none out of a large
number of methods of fixing algae was successful in preserving
any of the colonies for more detailed examination.

On account of this peculiarity it is not easy to say whether
Uroglenopsis americana is a species newly established in
Windermere or not. In view of the rapidity with which it
disorganises it is quite possible that it may have been present
in previous years in smaller numbers and have escaped notice.
Most of the earlier collections recorded from this lake were
not examined until an hour or two after collection. I feel
fairly safe in saying, however, that Uroglenopsis could hardly
have escaped detection if it had been present in earlier years
in the numbers in which it was present in 1932. It was
immediately obvious to the naked eye, and the peculiar
olive or brownish tinge of the colonies was immediately
noticeable, so that even without a microscope it would not
have been possible to mistake it for a green or blue-green
algae.

The Naturalist

BRITISH ASSOCIATION

FOR THE

ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE

(founded 1831 : incorporated by royal charter 1928)

ANNUAL MEETING

(103rd Year)

LEICESTER

September 6th — 1 3th, 1933

President :

Sir FREDERICK GOWLAND HOPKINS, Pres.R.S.

Sectional

A ( Mathematical Sir G. T. Walker, C.S.I.,

& Physical F.R.S.

Sciences )

B ( Chemistry ) Prof. R. Robinson,

F.R.S.

C (Geology) Prof. W. G. Fearnsides,

F.R.S.

D ( Zoology ) Dr. J. Gray, F.R.S.

E (Geosraphv) Rt. Hon. Lord Meston,
K.C.S.I.

F (Economic Science

and Statistics) Prof. J. H. Jones

Presidents :

G (Engineering) R. W. Allen, C.B.E.

H (Anthropology) Rt. Hon. Lord Raglan
I (Physiology) Prof. E. D. Adrian,

F.R.S.

j (Psychology) Prof. F. Aveling

K (Botany) Prof. F. E. Lloyd

L (Educational Science)

J. L. Holland

M (Agriculture) Dr. A. Lauder

The British Association seeks to promote general interest in
Science and its applications, and its Annual Meeting affords
unique opportunity for conference and co-operation between
scientific workers and others interested in all departments of
Science.

The Association relies upon a full membership and attendance
at its Meetings, to assure the support of the numerous scientific
researches and other activities carried on under its auspices.

Particulars may be obtained on application to

THE SECRETARY, BRITISH ASSOCIATION,

BURLINGTON HOUSE, LONDON, W.i

or to THE LOCAL GENERAL SECRETARY, BRITISH ASSOCIATION,

3 GRANBY STREET, LEICESTER.

[Turn over

SEE FORM ON BACK)

BRITISH ASSOCIATION

FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE

Leicester Meeting,
September 6 — 1 3, / 933

The Presidential Address, by Sir Frederick Gowland Hopkins,
will deal with Life in its Chemical Aspects.

Among the principal subjects expected to be dealt with in
Sectional Addresses and Discussions are the following : —

Seasonal Weather and its Prediction. The Past History of the Earth.
Industrial Physics. Natural Colouring Matters and their Analogues.
Hormones. The Chemistry of the Tanning Process. Structures of
some British Coal-fields. The Possibility and Desirability of Greatly
Increasing the Production of Gold. The Mechanical View of Life.
The Growth of Population in the Midlands. Regional Planning. The
Gold Standard. Some Experiences in Mechanical Engineering. Noise.
What is Tradition? The First Crossing of the Great South Arabian
Desert. The Activity of Nerve-cells. Genetics. The Status of Psychology
as an Empirical Science. The Development of a National Educational
System. The Cultural Value of Science. Chemistry and Agriculture.
Land Drainage Problems. Milk, its Handling and Food Value.

The Sections will be in Session severally or jointly throughout
the Meeting for the hearing of papers on many other subjects
within their various departments.

Evening discourses will be given by Sir Josiah Stamp, G.B.E.,
on a subject in Economic Science, and by Prof. Jocelyn F.
Thorpe, C.B.E., on ‘The Work of the Safety in Mines
Research Board.’

Evening Receptions, and Excursions to points of scientific
interest, works, etc., in the locality, will be arranged. Provision
for the accommodation of visiting Members, etc., is in the
hands of a Local Committee.

No Technical Qualification is required for Member-
ship. Subscription, £1 . Is. and upwards. (Students’ tickets
for duly qualified persons, 10s.)

To the British Association

( For address , see over)

Please forward particulars of Membership and of the
Leicester Meeting to

Name -

Address . ....^ -

Date. 1933

[Turn over

Field Notes.

123

In this connection also it is of interest to note that the
Windermere plankton has been changing consistently and
rapidly during the last twenty years. The changes are, on
the whole, in the direction of a greater abundance of blue-green
algae, and they indicate a greater amount of organic matter
dissolved in the water. Professor Tracey E. Hazen, of
Columbia University, informs me that Uroglenopsis in the
United States is characteristic of highly organic waters.
Its appearance in Windermere would thus be quite consistent
with the changes which have been observed in that lake,
and from these various facts I think it probable that it
represents a recent development in Windermere.

FRUITING OF MNIUM UNDULATUM.

JOHN E. NOWERS.

I have read Chris. A. Cheetham’s note in March Naturalist
entitled ‘ Uncommon Moss Fruits,’ with much interest.
Another Yorkshire locality where Mnium undulatum fruits
is Howden Hill Wood, on the Yorkshire bank of the Tees,
between Manfield Scar and Piercebridge. There were large
numbers of capsules on 14/4/28, also on 16/5/32. I have not
been to the spot this year, but it looks to be a place where
this moss frequently produces capsules.

FIELD NOTES.

Badgers and Lambs. — Badgers are now more numerous
in parts of Cumberland County than they have ever been
within living memory. Some of the sheep farmers have
always looked upon Brock as a menace to young lambs. In
one area of the County where very many badgers have been
killed, there have been, isolated and very rare cases where a
badger was found to have dined off young lamb. But even
these very rare cases do not prove that Brock actually killed
the lamb. His meat diet is carrion, and he may have found
the young lamb dead. Be that as it may, Brock’s friends
stoutly deny that he will kill young lambs. The whole question
has come up again over a happening at a hunt. The Cumber-
land Farmers’ Foxhounds ran a fox to earth. Terriers were
put in and they encountered unexpected opposition in the way
of a badger, receiving a bad mauling before Brock was drawn
out and killed. Then a second badger appeared to meet a
like fate, and finally Reynard was got. It was a most unusual
though not altogether an unknown thing, to find fox and
badger in the same earth. Inside of one of the badgers was
found the foot and head of a newly-born lamb, which, although
proof of the eating, was again no proof of the killing. —
T. F. Marriner, Carlisle.

1933 June I

124

Field Notes.

Hen Harrier in Upper Nidderdale. — On December 9th,
1932, a keeper on his rounds above Middlesmoor, peeping
over a wall, observed a large bird feeding upon a partridge.
Unfortunately he had his gun with him, with the result
that a fine male Hen Harrier was shot. — R. Fortune.

Albino British Song Thrush.— This most strikingly
beautiful bird is incubating her five eggs (early May) in

the Menston district (Wharfedale). Her mate is in normal
plumage. We are indebted to the editor of the Bradford
Telegraph and Argus for the loan of this interesting
block.— H. B. Booth.

Later Note — Through the good services of Mr. H.
Williams, chief reporter to the Bradford Telegraph and Argus,
I have since been able to visit this interesting bird. She is
perfectly white with pink eyes, and a very pale shade of yellow
on her beak. She has been about Menston throughout the past
winter and has been regularly fed by a lady, at about two to
three hundred yards from where she has nested. She is there-
fore extremely tame, and as my chief object was to obtain the
nature of her progeny, we had gently to push her off the nest.
I found three almost entirely feathered young birds of the
normal colouration and an addled egg. The other egg had
been stolen. — H.B.B.

The Naturalist

125

3u fIDemoriam.

J. BEANLAND.*

On Sunday, September 18th, 1932, occurred the death of
Mr. J. Beanland, following upon a sudden heart attack, and
students of natural history in the County, especially in the
West Riding, deplore his loss.

Known from sheer affection as ‘Jo,’ Mr. Beanland was
associated with the Yorkshire Naturalists' Union for more

than forty years and for many years was a member of the
Executive.

Born in Manningham, Bradford, in 1857, he entered the
service of the firm of Sir Jacob Behrens at the age of 13, and
until his death, 62 years later, he remained in that service,
being finally in charge of a pattern -room and having earned
the very high regard of his employers.

A great walker and passionately fond of the country he
was working with a group of enthusiastic naturalists as far
back as 1878.

In 1887 he joined the Bradford Naturalists at the same time
as Messrs. H. B. Booth and Fred Rhodes. In this Society

1933 June 1

126

In Memoriam : J. Beanland.

he has been Secretary five times, President twice and for a
long time has recorded for Phanerogamic Botany as well
as for one or more branches of Invertebrate Zoology. His
botanical rambles have taken him to the Continent and to
Ireland. (One visit to Paris is said to have consisted very
largely of a lengthy stay in the Jardin des Plantes.)

In his Botanical Recordership, dealing with the area
assigned to the Bradford Naturalists by the Y.N.U. he showed
extreme care. He would spare no pains to make quite sure
of the correctness of a record. Even if his honest scepticism
with regard to the finding of a rare species in an unlikely
place might sometimes ruffle the susceptibility of the findei ,
it was never a carping scepticism.

He had a great love of truth and an equally great
detestation of humbug or sham, and thus his records are of the
greatest value.

For a time he did good work in other branches of Natural
History and acted as recorder in several of them. For instance,
fresh-water mollusca, beetles, lepidoptera and especially
dragon-flies received his careful and discriminating attention.

He had a good eye for the relative values of specific details
and a remarkable memory, especially in connection with
plants. Recorders in other branches were often indebted to
him for records of interesting and uncommon species of which
he had realised the interest and rarity. His very accurate
sense of topography enabled him to describe the exact location
of a plant so well that any one following his directions care-
fully could be sure of finding it — no mean feat of description !

He scrupulously safeguarded the localities for the great
rarities and maintained a very discreet reticence with regard
to them.

As a member of Mr. West’s classes he came much under
the influence of the celebrated Bradford botanist and, needless
to say, his enthusiasm was stimulated immensely by the
friendship that resulted.

Some thirty years ago the Saltaire and Baildon side of
Bradford had a very energetic group of entomological workers,
and ‘ Jo ’ Beanland was among them. For years he cycled
to Grassington once a month for a visit to Grass Woods in
the course of his investigations into the insect life of the
locality.

The Bradford Naturalists have accepted the care of his
collections, which is a very good thing indeed, for such a
complete series of authenticated specimens collected locally
is unlikely to be obtainable again in the district.

His experience was always available during the publication
of the Bradford Scientific Journal, and he was a valued
member of the Advisory Committee for the Bradford Botanical

The Naturalist

In Memoriam : Arthur Rufus Sanderson. 12 7

Garden, of whose original twelve members only four
remain.

Some three years ago Mrs. Beanland died, but his brother
and sister and two married daughters survive him.

Always helpful to others, his appearance at the meetings
of the Societies with which he was associated was always
marked by his having something of interest to show and
some interesting observations to report.

He was very hopeful when in the early years of this century
there was such a boom in Nature Study in the Schools, for
he hoped it would lead to a large increase in the number of
Field Naturalists.

Genial, kindly, a real nature-lover, and withal a sound
botanist and entomologist, he was a mine of information on
field work in the county area allotted to Bradford for study.
Botanists of his type have laid those sound foundations
upon which much of the superstructure of Ecology has been
built. It has often been remarked that Mr. West was an
ecologist before the ‘ subject ’ was officially recognised, and
the same might be well said of Mr. Beanland. All who knew
‘ Jo ' Beanland will miss him much.

ARTHUR RUFUS SANDERSON, F.L.S.

The year 1932 laid a heavy hand on Yorkshire botanists and
the loss of J. Beanland, H. H. Sturdy and A. R. Sanderson
in a few short months will long be felt at such times as we
should have instinctively turned to them for help and guidance.

Sanderson and Beanland were both keen members of the
Bradford Society and both owed a great debt to William
West like so many other past and present members of this
Society. They were both naturalists in the widest sense,
pre-eminently botanists, but also workers in other branches,
particularly Entomology. Sanderson was always far more
interested in field work, collecting or investigating, than he
was in recording his work. He was always delighted to have
others with him in the field, and many of the school children
who were privileged to attend school rambles with him or
those older people who attended the evening classes, followed
by summer field work that he conducted at Dewsbury will
long recall the interest he aroused amongst them.

A paper he published in this magazine in 1916 on Brejeldia
maxima will serve to show the thoroughness of his work. He
had a mass of plasmodium of this species under observation
for thirty hours, taking portions and fixing them every fifteen
minutes from eighteen hours onwards. He published an
instructive and useful list of the Mycetozoa of the Austwick

1933 June 1

128 In Memoriam : Herbert Hastings Sturdy.

district in The Naturalist , 1918, pp. 62-65 l another paper on
the Fairyfly, Polynema natans, The Naturalist, 1916, 346-7,
shows his interest in the life histories of the insect world.

On his trips to the West Coast of Ireland during vacation^
he worked keenly at the marine plants and animals, especially
the zoophytes, and the pages of the Irish Naturalist give some
glimpses of his work in this field.

In 1918 the offer of a post in the Research Laboratory of
the Rubber Growers’ Association at Petaling, F.M.S. , gave
him a long desired opportunity to see the fauna and flora of
the tropics, as well as work of a congenial nature, and his
success in this post is seen in the yearly reports of the work
done in the laboratory.

Botanically his interest seems still to have been mostly in
the Mycetozoa, and he published along list of Malayan
species. When on leave he generally made his way to the
hill top stations which seemed to offer the most hopeful places
for new insects. He collected a great amount of material,
and had settled down at Austwick near his native district
hoping to work out his collections, but this was not to be
and his sudden death on Christmas Day leaves this to other
hands. — C. A. C.

HERBERT HASTINGS STURDY.

Botanists from outside Yorkshire knew Sturdy better than
those living in the County away from the Settle area. Settle
may be looked on as the headquarter for the limestone area
of Yorkshire ; here visitors with botanical interests were
always directed to Sturdy, and they found him a man with an
intense love of the wild plants of the district, one whose
greatest delight in life was to show a plant lover the flowers
and ferns of his native district, to go out with him was a
pleasure such visitors were always anxious to repeat and also
to tell to others who were likely to profit from his kindness.
In this way he built up a widespread circle of friends. At
Settle and in the surrounding neighbourhood his reputation
was well known and his help was sought by all, but he was far
too diffident to take a hand in the Union’s activities, looking
on the members as far too scientific for him to associate with ;
this may have been due to the fact that practically the whole
of his botanical knowledge was self taught. Sturdy had no
William West to help and guide him, he learnt from his father,
who was a gardener, that plants had a double Latin name,
and a list of plants of the limestone area at Buxton seems for
long to have been his only text book. To those who have

The Naturalist

Reviews and Book Notices.

129

the advantage of University or City life with access to libraries
and contact with other workers in special subjects, the dis-
advantages under which Sturdy started must be very evident.
Later on, Dr. Watts’ School flora became available to him,
but at that time there was little or no contact between the
School at Giggleswick and the working folk of Settle. Sturdy
and his friend, R. Wilson, had to plod slowly on their way,
and they have shown what is possible for isolated individuals
by steady effort.

One thing he will be remembered for is his discovery of
plants of the Holly fern in this district at a time when botanical
members of this Union were of opinion that this had long
been lost to the County. Officially plants are sometimes
recorded as ' now gone ’ when local workers such as Sturdy
have known them all along, and it behoves us to try and extend
the Union’s activities into the county districts as widely as
possible. — C. A. C.

REVIEWS AND BOOK NOTICES.

Plant Ecology, by W. Leach (Methuen & Co., Ltd., monographs
on Biological Subjects, 3/6) . This little book is a useful outline of modern
ecological methods. It gives in convenient form the principles upon
which ecological work must be based and the methods to be employed
in studying ecological relationships in the field. The soil factors in
particular are treated in some detail, a treatment warranted by their
importance in this country.

The Senses of Insects, by H. Eltringham, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S.,

pp. viii.-)-i26 and 25 figures in the text. (Methuen & Co., Ltd.,
Monographs on Biological Subjects, 3/6. This excellent monograph will be
welcomed by all entomologists and by naturalists generally. A surprising
amount of up-to-date information is contained in small compass and the
text is supplemented by upwards of 150 references to the literature of
the subject.

First Book of Biology, by M. E. Phillips and L. E. Cox (University
of London Press) . As the title implies, this is an elementary text book.
In it, the attempt has been made successfully to start nature study and
biology from sources of material which are for the most part familiar
to all, whether they live in the town or in the country. The illustrations
are well chosen and the text clear and adequate.

Salmon and Sea Trout Smolts in the Tees. The Ministry of
Agriculture and Fisheries have issued as No. 4, of Vol. Ill of their
Fishery Investigations (H.M. Stationery Office, price gd., postage
extra), two papers by F. T. K. Pentelow, B. A. Southgate and R.
Bassindale, dealing with Smolts in the Tees Estuary. Apparently the
Smolts only migrate when they reach a certain definite size. Slow
growing smolts are therefore older at the time of migration. The smolts
include a much larger proportion of females than of males. The female :
male ratio is 1.93 for sea trout and 2.77 for salmon.

Included in The New Phytologist for March (Vol. XXXII, No. 1)
are papers on the ephemeral flowers of Turnera ulmifolia by N. G. Ball,
and on the role of organic acids in plant metabolism by T. A. Bennet-
Clark. The flowers of Turnera open just after sunrise and close three
or four hours later. Darkness and humidity have little effect on their
opening time, but if they are illuminated overnight — opening is prevented
for several days. Another paper by N. Gill deals with the relation

1933 June 1

F2

130

Reviews and Book Notices.

between flowering and cambial activity in Populus and Salix spp.,
cambial activity is found below the developing catkins, and dry weight
increase of the catkins is observed in Hazel and Alder. There is no
increase in dry weight in the developing catkin, and no cambial activity
is found below them.

Northward Ho! for Birds, by Ralph Chislett,

F.R.P.S. Country Life, Ltd., pp. xvi+188, 15/- net. North Country
naturalists should be very proud of Mr. Chislett for the making of this
wonderful book. Nowadays there are many good nature photographers,
many first-rate naturalists, and not a few people can write pleasing
and accurate English, but it is very rare to find marked ability in all
three spheres combined in one man. No one will read Mr. Chislett’s
book without feeling that they are observing in the company of a skilled
specialist whose powers of observation are appropriately matched by his
lucid descriptions of the subjects of his prolonged study. Verbal pictures
of actual sections of the countrysides visited, and of the bird life in general
which inhabits them, are accompanied by intimate details of the home
life of many rarities ; and the surrounding plant life is not forgotten.
The book can be considered as a record of the bird life of northern moor-
land, from northern England, Scotland and Shetland to far Lapland,
with three chapters on the birds of a Baltic island, and a final one on
methods in the field and after as make -weights. Mr. Chislett’s photo-
graphs are well known to Yorkshire naturalists. His real love of birds,
happily combined with rare patience and skill, have enabled him to
make perfectly natural pictures. In this book there are reproduced no
less than 87 fine photographs of 51 species, among those dealt with
being the Whimbrel, Greenshank, Crested Tit, White Wagtail, Red-
spotted Bluethroat, Wood Sandpiper and Dotterel. The reproduction
of the photographs are in photogravure and are as good as anything of
the kind yet printed in this country. The publishers merit a special
word of congratulation for the way in which they have, brought ou-t this
book.

Monograph and Iconograph of the Native British Orchidaceae,
by Col. M. J. Godfery. Cambridge University Press, xvL + 259 pp.
and 57 coloured plates, ^7/7/-. Of late years many botanists have been
attracted to the taxonomic problems presented by the almost limitless
variation of the common British orchids. Workers in this field will
welcome the publication of Colonel Godfery ’s monograph, which
embodies the results of a long experience of the problems involved and of
exhaustive enquiries in this country and on the continent. Though the
vast amount of material embodied in the resulting volume will take a
considerable time to assimilate and collate, it may be anticipated that
this book will rank as the authoritative work on British orchids in general
and on the status of many of our doubtful British forms. To the general
botanist, the excellent chapters dealing with the structure and biology
of orchids and of their flowers will undoubtedly appeal strongly.
Possibly there may be some disappointment with the author’s decision
to rank O. O’Kellyi merely as a form of O. maculata. In the North of
England there are certainly many who regard O. O’Kellyi as distinct not
only in its flower form but also in its ecological range. It must be
admitted, however, that the treatment of the more variable orchids is
quite consistent, and the wide experience of the author compels us to
respect his conclusions. A new form of orchid for north country botanists
is described for the first time. It is O. latifolia var. eborensis. It was
found growing in a compact group near Helmsley and has since been
discovered in Durham. The work is profusely illustrated and the
illustrations are excellent, giving as they do the essential diagnostic
characters. The publishers must have had a hard task in attempting to
rival the beauty of Mrs. Godfery’s original water colour drawings, but, on
the whole, they have been very successful.

The Naturalist

I3I

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS AT ROBIN HOOD’S

BAY.

With Robin Hood’s Bay as the centre for exploring this section of the
N.E. Division, well-attended excursions of the Yorkshire Naturalists’
Union justified a reversion to the former practice of holding a meeting
during Easter week-end. Falling rather late (April 15th to 17th), as
Easter did this year, the countryside had already become sufficiently
attractive to keep ornithologists, entomologists and botanists busy ;
although very little was seen of the sun during that week-end the weather
was fine enough to permit of the whole of the programme being carried
out under favourable conditions.

The route for Saturday’s excursion, via Fyling Hall, was chosen more
particularly for the investigation of Ramsdale Beck up to Ramsdale
Mill ; the woods just above the mill bore evidence of having been earlier
carpeted with daffodils, and this charming part of the dale also received
attention. In the afternoon the parj:y proceeded to Foulsike, where
the Bog Myrtle marshes proved full of interest for the botanists and
entomologists. The Bog Myrtle is still gathered by local inhabitants
for making ‘ Gale Beer,’ a beverage for the preparation of which recipes
have been handed down for hundreds of years. From such information
as could be gleaned locally its preparation is simple ; a sugar solution
containing lemon juice is fermented with baker's yeast, a few sprigs of
the Gale being introduced merely for flavouring purposes.

Easter Monday was a popular day, and the party staying at head-
quarters was augmented by a large contingent of Scarborough Naturalists,
the field being led by Mr. E. B. Lotherington, whose familiarity with
the district is a great asset on any excursion in that area. Stoupe Beck,
Stoupe Brow, the old Alum Works and Howdale Beck were in turn
examined during the day, and many interesting observations are recorded
in the reports which follow. No fewer than sixty members and associates
took part in this excursion.

On Monday evening a meeting was held at Headquarters, at which
the President (Mr. J. M. Brown, B.Sc., F.L.S.) presided. Reports on
the work of the Sections were presented by the President, Messrs. C. D.
Bingham, W. F. Fearnley, J. L. Illingworth, E. B. Lqtherington , F. A.
Mason, — Thorpe -Catton, W. P. Winter, A. B. Ward, Miss D. Hilary,
Mrs. E. M. Morehouse, and Miss M. Pilling. The Marine Biology
Laboratory of the Leeds University was used by some of the members
during the week-end, and the reports of Messrs. Bingham and Thorpe-
Catton on marine botany and zoology respectively, made a very valuable
contribution to the interest and success of the meeting.

Cordial thanks were accorded to the Local Secretary (Mr. G. B.
Walsh, B.Sc.) and to the leaders of excursions, Miss Lush, and Mr.
E. B. Lotherington. — F.A.M.

Vertebrate Zoology (W. F. Fearnley) : — The skull of a Badger
was picked up by Mr. Bingham. Traces of a Fox were found near
Fylingdales Station in the. shape of a recently decapitated and partially
devoured fowl. A Hare and many Rabbits were seen, and Molehills were
abundant in places. Mr. J. M. Brown saw a Water Shrew.

Mr. Lotherington pointed out several Adders, and drew attention to
their definitely brighter colours during the breeding season, not entirely
due to the casting of their skins. Slow Worms were found on the railway
embankment at Fylingdales.

Mr. Asquith Wood reported Carrion Crow, Rook, Jackdaw, Magpie,
Jay, Song Thrush, Blackbird, Robin, Wren, Hedge Sparrow, Willow
Wren, Pied Wagtail, Meadow Pipit, Blue Tit, Great Tit, Skylark,
Yellow Bunting, Chaffinch, House Sparrow, Greenfinch, Rock Dove,
Curlew, Lapwing, Cormorant, Starling, Herring Gull, Blackheaded
Gull, and Lesser Blackbacked Gull.

Mr. J. M. Brown saw Wheatear, Kestrel and Snipe.

I933 June 1

132

Yorkshire Naturalists at Robin Hood's Bay.

A Hooded Crow was seen near Hawsker, Carrion Crows were nesting in
Oxbank Wood, and a small rookery of five nests at Thorpe contained
young on April 18th. Nests of the Blackbird, Mistle Thrush and Song
Thrush were seen, the latter containing young birds. A Cuckoo was
seen (April 17th) near the Alum Quarry in How Dale. In the Alum
Quarry at Sleights many Jackdaws were nesting, and also a pair of
Stockdoves. An Owl was disturbed hiding under the heather in the
base of this quarry. A few members who visited Miss Lucas’ garden
at Raw saw the unusual spectacle of a House Sparrow’s untidy nest
built in the top of a hawthorn tree.

Other birds noted during the meeting were Linnet, Bullfinch, Rock
Pipit, Tawny Owl, Grouse and Pheasant.

Entomology (J. M. Brown) : — Notwithstanding the warm, sunny
weather of the preceding fortnight, insects were not at all conspicuous
during the week-end. Very few butterflies were seen on the wing, and
these included only the very common Pieris napi L. and Vanessa urticae
L. A few early humble-bees, probably Bombus terrestris L. and B.
lapidarius L., were observed seeking out nesting sites, and beetles were
not plentiful, but included Cicindela campestris L. and Byrrhus pilula L.
hidden beneath stones in the alum quarry, Cychrus rostratus L. by Little
Beck, Bembidion nitidulus Mm. and Agonum ruficornis Gz. fairly plentiful
by the various becks. The only mayfly noticed was the subimago of
Bcetis rhodani Piet, by Little Beck. Several species of Stone-fly were
taken by the different becks, namely : —

Per lodes mortoni Klap., near Falling Foss.

Tceniopteryx risi Mort., in Fylingdales.

Protonemura meyeri Piet.

P. precox Mort., in Fylingdales.

Nemoura cambrica Mort.

Leuctra hippopus Kmpy.

L. inermis Kmpy.

and the very local Yorkshire species, Capnia vidua Ivlp. in Howdale
and by Little Beck (below Falling Foss), thus adding a new V.C.
(62) for the species.

Very few Hemiptera were seen apart from the aquatic and semi-
aquatic species. Acanthia {Saida) saltatoria L., A. C-album Fieb., Gerris
Gibbifer Schum. and Velia currens F. occurred fairly commonly, and a
single specimen of the Psyllid, Psylla melanoneura Forst. was obtained.

A considerable number of Collembola were collected, mostly in the
alum quarry, in a situation where food would appear to be of the scantiest,
viz. under stones on the loose talus slopes of shale. These included
Onychiurus armatus (Tullb.).

Pseudisotoma sensibilis (Tullb.).

Isotoma viridis (Bourl.).

Isotomurus palustris Hull.).

Entomobrya nivalis L.

E. nicoleti (Lubb.).

E. multifasciata (Tullb.).

Tomocerus minor (Lubb.).

Orchesella cincta (L.).

and O. litoralis Brown, a local Yorkshire species, first described from
specimens taken at Runswick Bay {Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1925,
P- I55) •

Anurida maritima (Laboulb.) was plentiful in rock pools on the
shore .

The Thysanuran, Campodea staphylinus Westw. was fairly plentiful,
and a Rock -jumper, probably Petrobius carpentari (Bagn.) was reported
as occurring on the rocks.

Diptera (Chris. A. Cheetham) : — Inland, flies were scarce, a female

The Naturalist

Yorkshire Naturalists at Robin Hood's Bay.

133

Tipula lateralis was handed to me, but no others were noted. The winter
midge, Trichocera regelationis was about and a cloud of small midges,
Spaniotoma ( Limnophyes ) minima Mg. danced in a sheltered corner at
the stream head. Under a stone amongst a nest of Ants I got a single
Bibio laniger Mg.

A little sunshine brought out a good many flies on the sea shore
about heaps of old Laminarias'. Fucellia fucorum Fall, was plentiful,
with an odd female F. maritima. Coelopa ( Fucomyia ) frigida Fin. in a
great variety of size, and a lot of the small Limosina zoster ce Hal. I am
indebted to Dr. F. W. Edwards for the name of the midge and the Bibio,
the latter being abnormal, having the thoracic hairs dark and a thinner
hind metatarsus than usual.

Conchology (Mrs. E. M. Morehouse) : — During the Easter Meeting
rather more attention was devoted to the marine molluscs than the
land, the names may appear unfamiliar for our marine species, but the
Concho logical Society of Great Britain and Ireland have approved of a
new list compiled by Mr. R. Winckworth, M.A., which is a monument
of patience on the part of the author and has meant many hours of hard
work. The most interesting ‘ finds ’ included two slugs, three molluscs
of the Patellidce and Turtonia minuta, a very small bivalve taken on the
underside of stones at low water mark, while L. saxatilis was found in
quite a new surrounding for them, on stones under Fuscus versiculosus
and F. platycarpus , this species one looks for on boulders, etc., at high
water level. Mr. R. Winckworth very kindly verified the two latter
species. Patina pellucida seemed rather rare, there ought to have
been plenty on the Laminarian weed, further south to Scarborough it is
fairly common.

Lepidochiton cinereus (L.).

Patella vulgata (L.).

Patina pellucida (Leach).

Patelloida tessulata (Mull.) [Acmeae] .

P. virginea (Mull.) [Acmeae] .

Mar gar i tes he licinus (Fab . ) .

Gibbula cineraria (L.).

G. umbilicalis (da C.).

Lacuna vincta (Montagu).

L. pallidula (da C.).

Rissoa parva (da C.).

Littorina littorea (L.).

L. saxatilis (Olivi.) [ L . rudis ].

L. littoralis (L.) [L. obtusata].

Nucella lapillus (L.).

Tethys punctata (Cuv.) [Aplysia] .

JEolidea papillosa (L.).

Anomia ephippium ( L .).

Mytilus edulis (L.).

Kellia sub orbicular is (Montagu).

Turtonia minuta (Fab.).

Cardium edule (L.).

Paphia pullastra (Montagu).

My a truncata (L.).

Hiatella gallicana (Lam.) [S.rugosa].

Zirfaea crispata Gray.

The land species are as follows : —

Arion ater (L.).

A . sub fuscus (Drap. ) .

Agriolimax agrestis (L.).

,, ,, v. pallida (Schrenk.).

,, ,, v. pallida, s.v. atritentaculata (Dum. & Mort.).

,, ,, v . reticulata (Moquin-Landon) .

J933 June 1

134

Yorkshire Naturalists at Robin Hood's Bay.

Arianta arbustorum (L.).

Helix nemoralis (L.).

H . hortensis (Mull.).

Jaminea cylindracea (da C.).

Vitrea puta (Alder.).

V. alliaria (Miller).

Ancylus fluviatilis (Mull. ) .

Pisidium cinereum (Alder.) ? malformed.

Freshwater Biology (J. M. Brown) : — Several becks were examined
more or less casually in passing, and these were found to vary very
considerably in the richness of their animal inhabitants. Howdale Beck
was noticeably the poorest, and its paucity was probably to be associated
with the scarcity of mosses and other larger forms of vegetation on the
submerged stones, but curiously this beck yielded the most interesting of
the stone-flies obtained, viz. Capnia vidua Kip., a curious species with
remarkably short -winged males. Both sexes were later taken by Little
Beck. No Ancylus, Gammarus or Planarians were noticed in Howdale
Beck.

Row Pasture Beck (Maw Wyke), Ramsdale Beck, and Stoupe Beck
(Fylingdales) appeared to be similar to each other in their animal life,
and showed the types usually associated with streams of this nature.
On the more stable stones a considerable growth of Cladophora was noted,
while aquatic mosses were more plentiful. The insect larvae included
species of the Caddisflies Agapetus, Rhyacophila (with pupae), Plec-
trocnemia, Hydroptila (in Row Pasture Beck), and various Limnophilids .
In Ramsdale Beck the larva of Diplectrona felix occurred. Stone-fly
larvae, Chloroperla grammatica , Nemoura sp. and Leuctra sp. were present
in all these becks, while by Little Beck cast cuticles of Perlodes mortoni
were plentiful, by Ramsdale Beck those of Tceniopteryx risi occurred on
the bordering stones, while the fly of this last species was emerging in
numbers along with those of Protonemura meyeri and of P. precox from
Stoupe Beck.

Larvae of the Mayfly Heptagenia lateralis were common in Row Pasture
Beck, while those of Bcetis sp. and Ecdyonurus sp. abounded. Planarians
were represented by Polycelis cornu t a in Row Pasture Beck, and by
Planaria alpina in Ramsdale Beck. Gammarus, Ancylus, the beetle
Elmis, with Velia currens on the surface in backwaters, were plentiful.
Dipterous larvae were represented by Simulium (with pupae), Dixa, and
tube-forming Orthocladids . Larvae of Pedicia rivosa occurred in Ramsdale
Beck, and that of Tipula gigantea in Little Beck.

In Row Pasture Beck the Water-shrew ( Neomys fodiens) was observed
for some time, making short excursions from under the banks, and
‘ nosing ’ about in the sediment, probably for larvae.

A quantity of Sphagnum was collected from Brow Moor, at the head
of Howdale, and examined for Rhizopoda, and the following (typically
sphagnum species) were identified : —

Arcella vulgaris Ehr. Neb el a flabellulum Leidy.

Centropyxis aculeata (Ehr.). Heleopera petricola Leidy.

Cryptodifflugia oviformis Pen. Euglypha strigosa (Ehr.).

together with the Tardigrade, Macrobiotus hufelandpSch., and numerous
Bdelloid Rotifers.

Botany : Flowering Plants (Chris. A. Cheetham) : — The flowers
were well ahead of those in the Settle area ; this was noticeable in
Goldilocks ( R . auricomus) and Milkmaids (C. pratensis) . The

Difflugia oblong a Ehr.
Hyalosphenia papilio Leidy.
Nebela collaris (Ehr.).

N. tincta (Leidy.).

N. militaris Pen.

Assulina seminulum (Ehr.).
Trinema enchelys (Ehr.).

T. linearis Pen.

Corythion dubium Taranek.

A mphi trema flavum (Archer ) .

The Naturalist

Yorkshire Naturalists at Robin Hood’s Bay.

135

Primroses in the higher parts of the ghylls made a fine show and
accentuated the relative scarcity nearer the town, where one saw them
being eagerly gathered and even the plants dug up. A very noticeable
absentee was found in the Cowslip, as the clayey soil seemed very
suitable for it. The Wood Anemone provided a snowlike carpet in
many places and the opposite leaved Chrysosplenium clothed the
damper spots with a few scattered lots of the alternative leaved species.

Mosses and Hepatics (Chris. A. Cheetham) : — Amongst the Mosses
Tetr aphis Browniana was the most interesting. It was first seen near
Ramsdale Mill and its habit of growing on the underside of the rocks
was seen particularly well far inside the low shaft in the Alum quarry.
Here, on the clay bottom, Pellia fruits inclined almost to a 30-deg.
angle in an endeavour to reach the light at the entrance, but the Moss
fruits stood out at right angles to the flat roof and showed not the
slightest inclination towards the light. By the Mill Heterocladium
heteropterum and Pterogophyllum lucens occurred on damp rocks, the
latter in a rather unusual habitat — the vertical face of the rock. There
was a good deal of Dicranella varia on the clay banks and a little
Dichodontium pellucidum in the stream bed, but the almost complete
absence of mosses or hepatics in the streams seems to need some
explanation. It might be suggested that, it is due to the roughness of
the flood torrent, but higher up, where this effect was less evident, the
same scarcity was seen. At the stream head a little Hyocomium
flagellare was found and also some Funaria ericetorum. In some peaty
water a growth of Dicranella squarrosa was seen which, with the
exception of an eighth of an inch of new growth, was quite black.
Hypnum revolvens was also black in this place. The Dicranella was its
usual bright yellow-green in more marshy places. A little Blindia
acuta was also seen at this spot. At Foulsyke Hypnum cuspidatum was
in fine fruit, and a good sheet of Mnium subglobosum was found. On
the banks near the stream mouth at Mill ghyll, Barbula spadicea was
plentiful with occasional patches of Trichostomum crispulum.

Marine Alg^e (C. D. Bingham) : — By far the commonest alga on
the Robin Hood’s Bay reefs is Corallina officinalis. This calcareous
‘ red ’ is seen encrusting the floor and sides of all the rock pools except
the very highest which are liable to fresh water contamination or to
drying up.

The general zonation of the shore is more or less preserved although
it is complicated by the general upward slope of the slates towards the
sea and the sudden steep reef edges. Several of the important ‘ browns ’
are entirely absent ( e.g . Pelvetia). The useful zoning types are
Enter omorpha intestinalis (top), A scophy llum nodosum, Fucus vesiculosus,
and Fucus platy carpus (lower), Fucus serratus (normal low tide),
Laminaria digitata and Laminaria saccharina (low spring tides).

As well as these, which are all very . prolific, the following are
commonly found mixed in the various zones. Ulva lactuca, Cladophora
spp., Pylaiella littoralis, Chondrus crispus, and Ceramium sp., usually
in the upper zones but spreading downwards.

Polysiphonia fastigeata, epiphytic on A scophy llum , H alidrys siliquosa,
Ahnfeltdia, Polysiphonia spp. Rhodocorton sp., Furcellaria fastigiata,
Polyides rotundusl all mainly in pools in the F . serratus zone.

On the Laminaria reefs Laurentia and Himanthalia lorea are dominant.
On the Laminarias, Rhodymenia palmata is most prolific while
Rhodymenia ciliata, several Delesserias , Plocamium coccineum, Ptilota
plumosa, and Lomentaria articulata were found washed up. The sea
weeds at Robin Hood’s Bay, particularly the ‘ reds,’ are more stunted
and less frequent than at Port Erin and district. This is probably due
to colder sea and less protection from waves.

1933 June 1

136 Yorkshire Naturalists at Robin Hood's Bay.

Fungi (F. A. Mason) -Owing to the advanced condition of the
vegetation, many species of parasitic fungi were in evidence. Flowers
of the Red Campion were found with anthers heavily infected by the
smut, Ustilago violacea. Small plants of the Barren Strawberry consisting
of only a few young leaves were seen covered almost entirely with the
caeomata of Phragmidium Fragariastri. On Blackberry, Phv . violaceum
occurred on last year’s leaves, while the aecidial stage of the same species
was fairly common on the shoots and stems. Among other Uredines
collected were

Uromyces Ficariae and U. Poae, on R. Ficaria.

U. Dactylidis on Ranunculus repens.

Puccinia Leontodontis on L. autumnalis.

P. vaviabilis on Taraxacum officinale.

P. Menthae on M . aquatica.

P. Primulae on P. vulgaris.

P . Violae on V . Riviniana .

P . obscura on Beilis perennis.

P . oblongata on Luzula maxima.

P. holcina on Holcus mollis.

Melampsora Euphorbiae on Euphorbia sp.

Several parasitic species belonging to the phycomycetous genus,
Peronospora, were seen, including P. calotheca on Asperula odorata,
P. Chrysosplenii on C. oppositifolium and P . Lamii on Lamium, and on
Mentha.

The powdery mildew of the Hawthorn, Podosphaera leucotricha
was observed in its conidial stage, (Oidium farinosum) , already destroying
the young shoots in the hedgerows.

The Discomycetes collected were mostly common species and only
two or three need be mentioned. Mollisia atrofusca occurred on dead
herbaceous stems, and Sclerotinia tuber osa on the roots of the Anemone ;
a fine gathering of Otidea coccinea was made by Mr. J. L. Illingworth,
in the wood-bottom at Fylingdales. Among the more minute species,
Coccommces dentatus Sacc., was found on fallen Oak leaves.

The Bog Myrtle and the ground vegetation of the marshes at Foulsike
provided abundant material for mycological study, and fine examples
of the root -nodules of Myrica Gale were obtained. These nodules,
sometimes listed as ‘ galls,’ are presumably caused by organisms which
function as symbionts with the plants on which they occur. Although
they have been the subject of much research by Frank, Bottomley,
Shibata, R. Maire and others during the last forty years, nothing definite
is known of the specific nature of the organism involved in the formation
of the nodules, and it has been variously placed among the Hyphomycetes,
the Actinomycetes and the Bacteriaceae respectively. It is known as
Frankiella Brunchorsti (Moll.) Maire, and it is an addition to our
Yorkshire list.

Phyllosticta Oxycocci Henn., and Cytospora V accinii Died, were found
on dead leaves of Cranberry.

Phoma samar arum Desm. was fairly common on Ash fruits.

The only noteworthy species among the larger fungi collected were
the puff-balls, Lycoperdon pyriforme var. excipuliforme , and Bovista
nigrescens .

Ten species of Myxomycetes were gathered and among them Badhamia
panicea and Stemonitis flavogenita ; Trichia varia occurred parasitised by
Stilbella tomentosa.

Mr. W. P. Winter afterwards forwarded a small gathering of specimens
from Falling Foss among which, the following species may be noted : —
Corticium Sambuci, Puccinia Adoxae Hedw.f., Bertia Moriformis de Not.,
Nectria ditissima Tul., Phoma Ruborum Westend., and the Myxomycete,
Trichia persimilis Karst.

The Naturalist

*37

BIBLIOGRAPHY :

Geology of the North of England, 1932.

(' Continued from page 116).

Kendall, Percy F. Yorkshire.

Roddons. Geog. Journ., April, pp. 351-352.

— Yorkshire.

The Physical Setting of York [abs.]. Rep Brit. Assoc., pp. 338-339 ;
Journ. Brit. Assoc., pp. 37-38 ; Nat., October, pp. 292-293.

King, W. B. R. Yorkshire.

A Fossiliferous Limestone associated with Ingletonian Beds at
Horton -in -Ribblesdale , Yorkshire. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.,
No. 349, pp. ioo-iii.

Kitchen, F. L. Northern. Counties.

Palaeontological Department [Report on . Sum. Progr. Geol. Surv.,
1931, Pt. I, pp. 64-74

— and Pringle, J. Lincolnshire.

The Stratigraphical Relations of the Red Rock at Hunstanton.

Geol. Mag., January, pp. 29-41.

Korthals-Altes, A. J. See Bramley, J. Yorkshire.

Lauder, C. H. Northumberland, Durham.

The Northumberland and Durham Coalfield. Northumberland
Area : The Yard Seam. Dept, of Sci. and Indus. Research Paper,
No. 21. H.M.S.O., 54 pp. (1/6). See Nature, February 13th, pp.

230-231.

Lawrance, Henry. Derbyshire.

The Will of Lionel Tilney, Lead -miner and Merchant ; died 19th
November, 1653. Journ. Derby. Arch, and N . H. Soc., No. LII,
pp. 1-27.

Lewis, H. P. See Fearnsides, W. G. Derbyshire.

[Lomax, James.] Northern Counties.

The Microscopical Examination of Coal. Coll. Guard., December
2nd, pp. 1031-1032.

Longstaff, Jane. Northern Counties.

A Revision of the British Carboniferous Members of the Family
Loxenematidae, with Descriptions of New Forms. Abs.
Proc. Geol. Soc., p. 106 ; Nature, July 30th, p. 178.

MacClintoch, Paul. Yorkshire.

Fragmented Glacial Clay of Robin Hood’s Bay. Nat., March,
PP- 75-77-

Macmillan, W. E. F. Yorkshire.

Notes on Dogger Horizons in North-east Yorkshire. Proc. Yorks.
Geol. Soc., Vol. XXII, Pt. II, pp. 122-132.

Marshall, C. E. See Hickling, H. G. A. Northern Counties.

Marsland, T. Derbyshire.

Bakewell Rural District Council, Hathersage and Outseats Water
Supply. Water, February 20th, pp. 59-63.

Mason, F. A. Yorkshire.

Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union Excursions in 1932 [Geological
Notes]. Nat., November, pp. 337-351.

Mattinson, W. K. See Jackson, J. Wilfrid. Yorkshire.

1933 June 1

138 Bibliography : Geology of the North of England.

Melmore, S. Lincolnshire.

Saurian Remains from South Ferriby. Nat., May, pp. 143-144
[with note by T.S.ffl Also Hull Mus. Publ., No. 178, pp. 30-31.

— Yorkshire.

On Some Points connected with the Geology of the Ouse and
Derwent Valleys : with a Note on a Boring at Stamford Bridge .

Proc. Yorks. Phil. Soc., 1931, pp. 1-8.

Mitchell, G. H. Yorkshire, Nottinghamshire.

Notes on the Permian Rocks of the Doncaster District. Proc.
Yorks. Geol. Soc.j Vol. XXII, Pt. II, pp. 133-141.

Mott, R. A., and Wheeler, R. V. Northern Counties.

A New Method of Adjudging Goals. Trans. Inst. Min. Eng.,
November, pp. 29-42.

Niggli, P. See Cullis, C. Gilbert. Northern Counties.

Nockolds, S. R. Isle of Man.

The Dhoon (Isle of Man) Granite : a Study in Contamination

[abs. from Min. Mag.}. Rev. de Geol., Vol. XIII, p. 8.

Peacock, C. W., and Versey, H. C. Yorkshire.

Glacial Gravels along the Margin of the Yorkshire Wolds [abs.].
Rep. Brit. Assoc., p. 329 ; Journ. Brit. Assoc., p. 29.

Phillips, F. Coles. Yorkshire.

Crystals of Brookite Tabular parallel to the Basal Plane. Min.
Mag., June, pp. 126-129.

Northumberland .

Poole, Granville, Whetton, J. T., and Carr, J.

The Location of a concealed Whin Dyke by Geophysical Surveying.

Coll. Guard., December 16th, pp. 1129-1131.

Pradenne, A. Vayson de. Northern Counties.

Les fraudes en archeologie prehistorique avec quelques exemples
de comparaison en archeologie generate et sciences naturelles.

Paris, pp. viii + 676, with 46 plates. Rev. in Antiq. Journ., October,
pp. 470-471.

Preston, H. Lincolnshire.

Geology [Amoeboceras serratum Sm.l. Lines. Nat. Union Trans.,
I93L P- 49-

Pringle, J. See Kitchen, F. L. Lincolnshire.

Pulfrey, Wm. Derbyshire.

The Occurrence of Radiolarian -Bearing Nodules at the base of
the Edale Shales, near Calver Sough, North Derbyshire.

Proc. Geol. Assoc., June, pp. 192-198.

Punch, J. W. R. Yorkshire.

Joseph James Burton, O.B.E., J.P., F.G.S. (1848-1931). Nat.,
February, pp. 52-55.

Yorkshire.

In Memoriam : Joseph James Burton, O.B.E., J.P., F.G.S.

(Elected 1904, Died 1931). Proc. Yorks. Geol. Soc., Vol. XXII,
Pt. II, pp. 151-152.

Raistrick, A. Northern Counties.

The Pollen Analysis of Peat. Nat., June, pp. 177-182.

— Yorkshire.

Roman West Yorkshire [Mining, etc.fflS Rep. Brit. Assoc., pp.
367-368.

— Northern Counties.

Concerning “Buried Forests.” Vasculum, August,- pp. 81-86.

The Naturalist

Bibliography : Geology of the North of England. 139

Raistrick, A. and Blackburn, K. B. Northern Counties.

Peat Investigations in the North of England [abs.]. Rep. Brit.
Assoc., pp. 384-385 ; Journ. Brit. Assoc., p. 80.

- — Yorkshire, Durham.

The Late -Glacial and Post-Glacial Periods in the North Pennines
(West Yorkshire and Durham). Part I : The Glacial Maxi-
mum and Retreat. Part II : Possible Glacial Survivals in

our Flora. Part III : The Post-Glacial Peats. Northern

Nat. Union Trans., Vol. I, Pt. I, pp. 16-36.

Rastall, R. H. Northern Counties.

A Bibliography of the Tectonics of England and Wales. Geol.
Mag., May, pp. 233-237.

— Northern Counties.

The Withernsea Earthquake. Nat., March, p. 93.

— ' Yorkshire.

The Petrography of some Jurassic Sandstones in Eskdale. Proc.
Yorks. Geol. Soc., Vol. XXII, Pt. II, pp. 93-99.

Makepeace, W. Ridley. Yorkshire.

Walks and Talks on the North Yorkshire Moors. London, pp.
xvi+ 120.

Robinson, Ralph M. See Brayshaw, Thomas. Yorkshire.

Sandford, K. S. Yorkshire.

The Pleistocene Succession in England. Geol. Mag., January, pp.
1-18.

— Yorkshire.

Some recent contributions to the Pleistocene Succession in
England, tom. cit., April, pp. 191-2.

Schaffer, R. J. Northern Counties.

The Weathering of Natural Building Stones. Dept, of Sci. and
Ind. Research, Building Research Special Rep., No. 18. London,
H.M.S.O., x+149 pp.

Sheppard, T. Northern Counties.

Bibliography: Geology of the North of England, 1931. Nat.,

June, pp. 187-194 ; July, pp. 229-231 ; August, pp. 251-255.

Yorkshire.

Goleoptera and Plant Remains from the Peat. Nat., October,
P- 307-

— Yorkshire.

John Phillips and the Geology of Yorkshire [abs.] Nature, December
10th, p. 874.

— Northern Counties.

[Abstract of various Papers on Geology in [The Naturalist,] the
Yorkshire Geological Society and the Hull Geological Society’s
publications during 1930-1932.] Revue de Geologie, XHme
annee, fasc. 4, 5-6, pp. various.

— Yorkshire.

The Effect of Expansion on the Fauna and Flora of East Yorkshire.

Rep. Brit. Assoc., 1931, pp. 537’538-

— Yorkshire.

Bibliography of Yorkshire Geology, 1931. Proc. Yorks. Geol. Soc.,
Vol. XXII, Pt. II, pp. 142-150.

— Yorkshire, Lincolnshire.

Fact and Fiction in Geology (Presidential Address). Proc.
Yorks. Geol. Soc., Vol. XXII, Pt. 2, pp. 73-92.

— See Welmore, S.

1933 June 1

140 Bibliography : Geology of the North of England.

Sibly, T. Franklin. Northern Counties.

Report of the Geological Survey Board for 1931. Sum. Progr.
Geol. Surv., 1931, Pt. I, pp. 1-4.

Simpkin, N. Lancashire, Cheshire.

Corrosion by Underground Waters. Coll. Guard., March 18th,
PP- 538-540-

Sinclair, J. Yorkshire.

Thorne Colliery, tom. cit., May 20th, pp. 957-960 ; and May 27th,
pp. 1005-1010.

— Yorkshire.

The New Monckton Collieries, Ltd. tom. cit., August 12th, pp.
281-284.

— Yorkshire.

The Collieries of Messrs. Pope and Pearson, Ltd., at Normanton.

tom. cit., October 21st, pp. 747-750 ; October 28th, pp. 793-796.

Sinnett, F. S. Yorkshire.

The Yorkshire, Nottinghamshire and Derbyshire Coal Field,
South Yorkshire Area. The Silkstone Seam. H.M.S.O.,
Dept, of Sci. and Indus. Research, pp. 25-50 (1/6). See Coll. Guard.,
November nth, pp. 898-900, and Nature, January 14th, 1933,
p. 64.

Durham.

The Brockwell Seam of the Durham Area [Dept, of Sci. Research] .

H.M.S.O., 76 pp (2/-). See also Coll. Guard., September 2nd,
pp. 430-431.

— Northumberland, Durham.

The Northumberland and Durham Coalfield, Northumberland
Area. The Main Seam. H.M.S.O., 60 pp. (1/6). See Nature,
August 20th, p. 281.

Size, Nicholas. Lake District.

Shelaga of Eskdale or The Stone of Shame. London : xiv+82 pp.

Slater, L. Lancashire, Yorkshire.

Microscopical Study of Coal Seams and their Correlation. Coll.
Guard., April 29th, pp. 822-825. See also Mid. Inst. Min. Eng.

— and Eddy, Gladys E. Yorkshire.

The Significance of Spores in the Correlation of Coal Seams.

Phys. and Chem. Surv. of Nat. Coal Resources , No. 23. H.M.S.O.,

25 pp., 2/-. See also Coll. Guard., August 19th, pp. 335-336 ;
Nature, October 1st, p. 512.

Smith, A. Lincolnshire.

The Face of Lincolnshire. The Lines. Mag., September-October,
pp. 29-31.

Smith, B. Lake District.

The Glacier -Lakes of Eskdale, Miterdale, and Wasdale, Cumber-
land ; and the Retreat of the Ice during the Main Glaciation.

Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., No. 349, pp. 57-83. Also in Rev. de Geol.,
pp. 588-589.

— Lake District.

The Building of the Lake District. See The Lake Counties by W. G.
Collingwood, 1932, pp. 228-241.

Smith, Stanley. Cumberland.

Labechia carbonaria sp. nov., A Lower Carboniferous Stromat-
oporoid from West Cumberland. Summ. Progr. Geol. Surv.,
1931. Part II, pp. 23-33.

The Naturalist

Bibliography : Geology of the North of England. 14 1

Smithson, F. Northern Counties.

Map of the British Isles, with Geological Boundaries. London :
T. Murby & Co. Reviewed in Geol. Mag., June, p. 283.

Smythe, J. A. Northumberland, Durham.

Note on a Pectolite from Whin Sill. Vasculum, November,
p. 138.

Spencer, W. K. Yorkshire.

A Rare Yorkshire Fossil Starfish ( Metopaster parkinsoni Forbes).
Trans. Hall Geol. Soc., Vol. VII, Part III, pp. 101-102.

Stamp, L. Dudley. Northern Counties.

The Land Utilization Survey of Britain. Nature, May 14th, pp.
709-71 1.

Stather, Jno. W. Lincolnshire.

Carstone and Speeton Clay at South Ferriby, Lines. Trans. Hull
Geol. Soc., Vol. VII, Part III, pp. 96-101.

Sweet, Jessie M. Northern Counties.

Notes on British Barytes. [abs.] Rev. de Geol., Vol. XII,
p. 127.

Swinton, W. E. Yorkshire.

Recent British Earthquakes. Nat. Hist. Mag., April, pp. 200-203 ;
July, pp. 236-239.

Taylor, H. E. Northern Counties.

Wonders of the Earth’s Crust. London : xviJ-216 pp.

Taylor, E. G. R. Lincolnshire.

The Early Literature of Natural Calamities in Britain : with a
Bibliography. Scot. Geog. Mag., March, pp. 83-89.

Templeman, A. See Fearnsides, W. G. Derbyshire.

Thomas, H. Hamshaw. Yorkshire.

The Early Evolution of the Angiosperms. Ann. Bot., Vol. XLV,
pp. 647-672. See also Nat., April, p. 100.

Thomas, Herbert H. Yorkshire.

Petrographical Work. Sum. Progr. Geol. Surv., 1931, Pt. I, p. 78.

— - See Carruthers, R. G.

Tillotson, E.

The Glacial Geology of Nidderdale. [abs.
of Theses, Univ. of Leeds, p. 25.

Tonks, L. II . and Jones, R. C. B. Lancashire.

The Mountain Mines of Lancashire, [abs.] Coll. Guard., April
8th, pp 601-682.

— Lancashire.

The Geology of Manchester and the South-East Lancashire Coal-
field. Notice of : see Geography , June, p. 166 ; and Geol. Mag.,
June, pp. 282-283. [Also under 1931].

Tonks, L. H. See Fearnsides, W. G. Northern Counties.

Yorkshire.

Publication and Abs.

Yorkshire.
November, p. 345.

Toyne, D. W.

South Cave [Geological Notes]. Nat.,

Trechmann, C. T. Northumberland, Durham.

The Permian Shell -Limestone Reef beneath Hartlepool. Geol.
Mag., April, pp. 166-175.

Trigg. W. B. Yorkshire.

The Halifax Coalfield. Trans . Halifax Antiq. Soc., 1931, pp. 73-m.
[See also Volume for 1930, pp. 117-158.]

1933 June 1

142 Bibliography : Geology of the North of England.

Trotter, F. M. and Hollingworth, S. E. Northern Counties.

The Glacial Sequence in the North of England. Geol. Mag.,
August pp. 374-380.

■ — Northumberland, Cumberland.

The Geology of the Brampton District. Geol. Survey Memoir,
xi + 223 pp., London ; see Geol. Mag., July, p. 334.

Trueman, A. E. Yorkshire.

Coal Measure Floras. Geol. Mag., June, p. 46.

— See Fearnsides, W. G. Northern Counties.

Varley, W. J. Cheshire.

Early Man in the Cheshire Plain. Journ. Chester and N. Wales
Arch, etc., Soc., Vol. XXIX, pp. 49-65.

Versey, H. C. Yorkshire.

An Analysis of the Wharfe Folding. Procs. Leeds Geol. Assoc.,
pp. 23-26.

. — See Fearnsides, W. G. Northern Counties.

— See Peacock, C. W. Yorkshire.

Walker, Arthur. Northern Counties.

Fossil Remains of Trees in the Roof of a Coal Seam [abs.]. Coll.
Guard., November nth, pp. 891-893.

Walker, Henry. Yorkshire.

The Bentley Colliery Explosion. H.M.S.O. ; also Coll. Guard.,
July 8th, pp. 49-51.

Walsh aw, G. R. Lincolnshire.

The Iron Industry of North Lincolnshire. Pt. I, The Lines. Mag.,
September-October, pp. 32-35 ; Pt. II, tom. cit., November-
December, pp. 57-61.

Walton, J. Yorkshire.

Non -Marine Lamellibranchs between the Better Bed Coal and
the Elland Flags. Nat., April, pp. 121-122.

— Yorkshire.

Boulder Clay at Huddersfield, tom. cit., July, p. 219.

— Yorkshire.

The Black Bed at Bradley Park, Huddersfield, tom. cit., October,
p. 304.

Yorkshire.

The Calcium Carbonate of Laminated Clays. North Western Nat.,
June, pp. 119-120.

Watts, W. W. Northern Counties.

Progress of the Geological Survey. Progress, May, pp. 152-156.

— See Fearnsides, W. G. Northern Counties.

Wedd, C. B. See Fearnsides, W. G. Derbyshire.

Weir, J. Northern Counties.

The British and Belgian Carboniferous Bellerophontidae. Procs.
Roy. Soc. Edinb., Vol. LVI, pp. 767-861. See also Palaeont,
Zentralbatt, Marz, pp. 46-47.

Wheeler, R. V. See Mott, R. A. Northern Counties.

Whetton J. T. See Poole, Granville. Northumberland.

Wickham, A. K. Northern Counties.

The Villages of England. London : xii-f-52 pp.

Wilcockson, W. H. See Fearnsides, W. G. Derbyshire.

The Natura’ist

News from the Magazines.

143

Williams, H. G. Yorkshire.

Pygmy Flints from the Cleveland Hills [abs.]. Journ. Brit. Assoc.,

p. 68.

Williamson, A. V. Yorkshire. ,

York in its Regional Setting. Brit. Assoc. Pub. (York Meeting),
pp. 3-8 ; also as Appendix to Report.

Wilson, Vernon. Yorkshire.

The Carstone of Parnithorpe and Uncleby Dales, East Yorkshire.

Trans. Leeds Geol. Assoc., pp. 17-19.

— Yorkshire.

A Borehole Section in the Upper Jurassic at Irton . near Scar-
borough. tom. cit., pp. 20-22.

Woodhead, T. W. Yorkshire.

Yorkshire Plant ecology [abs.]. Rep. Brit. Assoc., p. 383 ; Journ.

Brit. Assoc., p. 79 ; also as Appendix to Report, pp. 22-28.

W[oodward], A. S. Northern Counties.

Edwin Tulley Newton — 1840-1930. Obit. Notices of Fellows of the
Roy. Soc., No. I, pp. 5-7.

Wray, D. A. Northern Counties.

The physiographic evolution of the Southern Penine Area in the
Upper Carboniferous period [abs.]. Rep. Brit. Assoc., p. 329 ;
Journ. Brit. Assoc., p. 29.

— Yorkshire.

The Major Subdivisions of the Coal Measures in Yorkshire . Summ .

Progr . Geol. Surv., 1931. Part IT, pp. 56-69.

Wright, C. W. Yorkshire.

Ammonites johnstoni in E. Yorks. Nat., November, p. 316.

Yorkshire.

A New Section in the Actinocamax quadratus Zone at White Hill,

Bridlington, tom. cit., p. 324.

Wright, W. B. Lancashire.

Lancashire District [Report on]. Sum. Progr. Geol. Surv., 1931,
Pt. I, pp. 50-51.

— See Fearnsides, W. G. Northern Counties.

NEWS FROM THE MAGAZINES.

The Entomologists’ Record for March contains ‘ Lepidoptera at
Maurin, Basses Alpes,’ by A. E. Burras, W. P. Curtis and W. Fassnidge ;
‘Notes from Ireland’ (on the Hydraecia nictitans group), by Canon
Foster ; ‘ Orthoptera and Spiders,’ by M. Burr ; ‘ Notes on Erebiid

Species,’ by B. C. S. Warren ; ‘ Cornish Notes for 1932,’ by C. Nicholson
(Lepidoptera), and numerous notes on Collecting, including a record of
the Black-veined Brown Butterfly from Bognor Regis.

The Entomologist for April contains ‘ Notes on the Lepidoptera of
Worcestershire,’ by E. P. Whitcombe ; ‘ Larva of Apatura iris feeding

on Heather ! ’ by C. Nicholson ; ‘Arctic Ichneumonidae,’ on specimens
from Russian Lapland, by C. Morley ; ‘ Collecting Notes. Lepidoptera ’
(continued) , by C. G. M de Worms ; ‘ More Cornish Trichoptera, ’ captured
near St. Ives by the Rev. A. Thornley, by M. E. Mosely ; ‘ The Habits
of Catoptria aspidiscana Hub., var. rubescana Constant,’ by H. C. Huggins.
‘ A New Oriental Hispine Beetle,’ by S. Maulik and numerous notes and
observations including a record of the Spotted Flycatcher catching and
eating Vanessa urticae.

1933 June 1

I44

News from the Magazines.

The Entomologists' Monthly Magazine for April contains the con-
clusion of ‘ The Aquatic Coleoptera of the Channel Islands,’ by F. Balfour-
Browne ; ‘ Atheta ( metaxya ) cambricina. A Staphylinid Beetle new to

Science,’ by J. H. Keys (founded on specimens taken in Windsor Forest
by Mr. H. Donisthope) ; ‘ Arctic Ichneumide in the Perthshire

Highlands ’ (including 13 additions to the British list), by R. B. Benson ;
‘A New Species of Terracaecilins (Psocoptera) by J. V. Pearman (T
greeni sp. n. from Camberley) ; ‘ The effects of absence of humidity on

the eggs of Dysdercus spp. in the Field,’ by A. M. Alston (Dysdercus

is the ‘ Red Cotton Bug ’ of Nigeria etc.) ; ‘ Further Comments on

Meigen’s 1800 paper on Diptera,’ by J. M. Aldrick and ‘The Pierinae
in the collection of the late Admiral Edmund G. Bourke, now in the
Hope Department of the University Museum, Oxford,’ by F. A. Dixey.
There are also three short notes including ‘ A teratological specimen of
Phigalia pedaria F.,’ from Scarborough, Yorks.

Proceedings of the Cleveland Field Club, 1928-1932, Vol. IV, Part II,
1932, edited by T. A. Lofthouse, F.R.I.B.A., F.E.S., and M. Odling,
M.A., B.Sc., F.G.S. This issue is a welcome contribution to the natural
history of the Clevelands. It contains notes of great local interest on

Place Names,’ by Major R. B. Turton, and on ‘ Wild Flowers,’ by

Chas. Postgate and M. Odling, and Reports on Cleveland Lepidoptera
(T. A. Lofthouse), Coleoptera and Hemiptera (M. L. Thompson).
Meteorological observations by M. Odling, and notes on the Alum
Industry by H. N. Wilson, and an article from the pen of the late J. J .
Burton on ‘ The Cleveland Whin Dyke ’ are valuable contributions ;
a paper on the ‘ Floods in the Esk Valley, July, 1930, and September,
1931,’ by J. W. R. Punch, is a very interesting and we 11 -illustrated
account of those disastrous floods. It may be obtained from H. and F.
Stokeld, Middlesborough, price 3/-.

Number 26 of Volume IV of the Natural History Magazine (Published
by the Trustees of the British Museum, London, S.W.7, 1/-, postage
extra), contains articles on the Natural History Museum, Berlin ; The
Southern Sea Lion ; A new exhibit of Iguanodon ; and two contributions
dealing especially with museum arrangements. That describing a
scene illustrating British Freshwater Insects should prove of value to
all interested in the natural display of specimens. The scene, which
has been recently installed in the Insect Gallery of the Natural History
Museum, South Kensington, is that of a pond in the Midlands during the
month of June. The exhibit is divided at water level in such a way
that life above and below are displayed in a manner suitable for
study .

The Transactions of the Entomological Society of the South of England,
Vol. VIII, Part II (1932) contains many very important papers, and
keeps up the high standard of this publication which should be in the hands
of all entomologists. It contains ‘ The Prey of British Dragonflies,’ by
B. M. Hobby (113 observations of the prey of 24 species) ; ‘ Synonymic
Notes on the Dipterous family Syrphidae,’ by E. R. Goffe (Syrphus,
Scaeva and Xanthogramma ) ; ‘ The Parasites of Neuroptera,’ by F. J.

Killington (25 parasites of 19 species) ; ‘ A Preliminary List of British
Collembola,’ by F. A. Turk (124 species listed) ; ‘ Lithocolletis

concomitella Bankes (Lep.) and its Allies,’ by W. P. Curtis ; Descrip-
tions of four aberrations of Argynnis selene and one of Aricia medon, the
former taken in the New Forest and the latter in the Isle of Wight, by
W. P. Curtis ; ‘ The Aculeate Hymenoptera of Hampshire : Supplemen-
tary List,’ by H. P. Jones (20 species of Apoidea, 7 of V espoidea, 4 of
Sphecoidea and 19 of Chrysididae , with an appendix of 6 of Bethylidae ) ;
and ‘ A Bibliography of Entomological Notes and Papers contained in
the serial publications issued by local scientific societies in the British
Isles, Part I,’ edited by B. M. Hobby (a most valuable compilation).

The Naturalist

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION

ENTOMOLOGICAL AND PLANT GALLS SECTIONS.

The Annual Field Meeting will be held at Dent on Saturday, June 3rd, on
the occasion of the Union Meeting there. It is hoped that this arrangement
will enable a larger number of members and associates to be present.

W. D. HINCKS, Hon. Sec.

WATKINS & DONCASTER

NATURALISTS,

36, STRAND, LONDON, W.G.2

(Five doors from Charing Cross),

P.O. Box 126 Telephone: Temple Bar 9451.

Keep in stock every description of

APPARATUS, CABINETS, BOOKS & SPECIMENS

for Collectors of

BIRDS’ EGGS, BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS, Etc.

Catalogue (96 pages) sent post free on application.

Storeboxes for collections. i6xiiX2| 7/- Polyporus strips for mounting Diptera, 1/-

lined cork two sides, polished. Best make each Hymenoptera and other small insects box

British Coleoptera, Diptera, Lepidoptera, etc..
Life Histories of British Insects. Honey supplied. Large and interesting forms of exotic,

Bee, Silk Moth, Butterflies and Economic 8/6 Coleoptera, Lepidoptera, Spiders, Scorpions etc.,

species. Well mounted in cases 9 X 7 X 2 each for exhibition. List sent free.

W. H. JANSON & SON, Natural History Specimens and Apparatus,
44 Gt. Russell Street, London, W.G.l.

Irish Naturalists’ Journal

A Magazine of Natural History, Antiquities and Ethnology.

Published every Two Months by the I .N .J . Committee.

Edited by J. A. S. STENDALL, M.R.I.A., M.B.O.U.,
with the assistance of Sectional Editors.

Annual Subscription, 6/- post free. Single Parts , 1/3.

All communications to be addressed to —

W. M. Crawford, B.A., F.E.S., F.Z.S., Hon. Sec.,

Orissa, Marlborough Park, Belfast.

BINDING “ THE NATURALIST ”

Volumes of THE NATURALIST for
any year can be bound in a serviceable
and attractive Cloth Case, dark blue
and gilt lettered on back and side. Price
4/- per volume, or post free 4/6.

A. BROWN & SONS, LIMITED

40 GEORGE STREET, HULL

Apparatus and Lantern-Slides
for the

FIELD-NATURAUST AND MICROSCOPIST

CATALOGUES POST FREE ON REQUEST

“C” — Apparatus for Field-Work. “BX” — Microscopical Equipment.
“E” — Lantern Slides.

Flatters & Garnett, Ltd.,

309 OXFORD ROAD, MANCHESTER.

BRITISH BIRDS

AN ILLUSTRATED MONTHLY MAGAZINE

Edited by H. F. WITHERBY, m.b.e., f.z.s., m.b.o.u., h.f.a.o.u. ;

Assisted by Rev. F. C. R. JOURDAIN, m.a., m.b.o.u., h.f.a.o.u., f.z.s., and
N. F. TICEHURST, o.b e., m a., f.r.c.s., m.b.o.u.

A complete current History of British Birds

ARTICLES NOTES

CORRESPONDENCE REVIEWS

Beautifully illustrated with ‘Photographic and other Plates
ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, 20/- POST FREE; MONTHLY, 1/9 NET.
Specimen Plates with List of Contents post free.

London: H. F. & G. WITHERBY, 326, High Holborn

WALKS AND TALKS ON THE NORTH
YORKSHIRE COAST AND MOORS.

By W. RIDLEY -MAKEPEACE

128 pages, F'cap 8vo, stiff Boards, rounded corners, three-colour design
on front cover, profusely illustrated, and with folding map of the district.

1 1* net.

A little book of exceptional interest to walkers and tourists. In his description of eleven
moorland and coastal walks the author not only tells his readers when to turn right, when
left, and where to start and finish, but all sorts of interesting ancient and modern historical
details about the country traversed.

Obtainable from all Booksellers.

London : A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue E.C.4.

THE BIRDS OF YORKSHIRE

By T. H. NELSON, M.B.O.U.,

Witti the co-operation of W. Eagle Clarke, F.R.S.E., and F. Boyes.

Two volumes. Demy 8vo, 901 pages, including over 200
Illustrations, beautifully printed in double tone ink, from photo-
graphs by R. Fortune, F.Z.S., and other well-known naturalist
photographers, also three-colour plates, including specially designed
title pages. Cloth boards, 17/6 net, post free, 18/3.

London : A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C. 4.

And at Hull.

Printed by A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., Perth Street West, Hull, and published by
A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., at 5 Farringdon Avenue, in the City of London.

June, 1933.

JULY, 1933

No. 918

No. 691 of current Series

A MONTHL’
ILLUSTRATED

PRINCIPALLY FOR THE NC

DH OF ENGLAND y

Edited\

W. H. PEARSALL, D.Sc., F.L.

The Universif

an

j'W: v m

with the assistance as refe rees^fy*-^£erm / de

H. B. Booth, F.Z.S. M.B.O.U.

J. M. Brown, B.Sc., F.L.S., F.E.S.

W. H. Burrell, F.L.S.

Chris. A. Cheetham, F.E.S.

W. J. Fordham, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P.,

D.P.H., F.E.S.

ts of

Riley Fortune, F.Z.S. , F.R.P.S.
Professor A. GiJligan, D.Sc., F.G.S.,M.
F. A. Mason, F.R.M.S.

Mrs. Elsie M. Morehouse.

Thos. Sheppard, M.Sc., F.G.S.

T. W. Woodhead, Ph.D.,M.Sc., F.L.S.

.M.E.

Contents

Editorial — Retirement of Professor Garstang ; Dr.
Frank Elgee ; Dr. J. Grainger.

Two Yorkshire Wasps : Chrysis Ruddii Thuck and
Psammochares approximatus Sm.— A. E. Bradley.

Boltoniana — F. A. Mason, F.R.M.S.

A possible function of the Hairs in certain Lepido-
pterous Larvae- — Geo. B. Walsh, B.Sc. .

Some Economic aspects of the Virus Diseases
in Potatoes — John Grainger, Ph.D.

From a Microscopist’s Note-Book — W. Fawrence
Schroeder. .......

Additional Records of Coleoptera from the King-
moor (Cumberland) Nature Reserve —
F. H. Day, F.E.S

Triogma Trisulcata, Schum., and other Yorkshire
Diptera — Chris. A. Cheetham

Northern News .......

Giant Squid (new to Science) at Scarborough —
(■ illustrated ) — W. J. Clarke. .

In Memoriam — Herbert Knight Horsfield—R.F .

Walter John Gyngell ( portrait ) — W.

J. Clarke, E. Arnold Wallis

Field Notes ...... 146, 153,

Yorkshire Naturalists at Skipwith .

147-

149-

145

146
148

150

153

154

155-156

157

158

150

156

-158

-159

Reviews and Book Notices
News from the Magazines
Illustrations .

161
163
166
154, 166-167
168

157, 160, 164

159-

161-

164-

LONDON :

A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C.4.
And at Hull.

Printers and Publishers to the Y.N.U.

PRICE 1/6 net.

Prepaid Subscription
15/ - per annum .

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION

FRESHWATER BIOLOGY COMMITTEE.

The Annual Field Meeting will be held at RIPON on the occasion of the
Union Meeting there, August 5th-7th, 1933.

Time and Place of the Business Meeting will be posted at Headquarters.

28 Grosvenor Terrace, CHARLES ALLEN,

York. Convener.

W. H. JANSON & SON

44 GT. RUSSELL STREET, LONDON, W.C.l

ALL REQUISITES FOR NATURALISTS
Catalogue sent free.

BINDING “ THE NATURALIST ”

Volumes of THE NATURALIST for
any year can be bound in a serviceable
and attractive Cloth Case , dark blue
and gilt lettered on back and side. Price
4/- per volume, or post free 4/6.

A.. BROWN & SONS, LIMITED

PERTH STREET WEST, HULL

FOR SALE.

GEOLOGY.

At 3/- each.

Researches in Newer Pliocene and Post-Tertiary Geology. J. Smith.
Slate and Slate Quarrying. D. C. Davies.

Valleys and Their Relations to Fissures, etc. G. H. Kinahan.

The Ventriculidae of the Chalk (Plates). J. Toulmin Smith.

At 3/6 each.

The World Before the Deluge. Louis Figuier.

The Student’s Elements of Geology. Sir Charles Lyell.

An Introduction to Petrology. F. P. Mennell.

Geology of East Norfolk. R. C. Taylor.

Catalogue Raissonne des Dufferens effets Curieux 1766. Helle and
Glomy.

A Sketch-Map Geography. E. G. R. Taylors.

Volcanoes and Earthquakes. Houston.

At 4/- each.

Elements of Mining and Quarrying (2nd Ed.). C. Le Neve Foster.

At 4/6 each.

The Student’s Manual of Geology. J. Beete Jukes.

A Manual of Petrology. F. P. Mennell.

Geology of Clydesdale and Arran. James Bryce.

Geological Fragments Collected at Furness and Cartmel. J. Bolton.
The Geology of Arran and the other Clyde Islands. James Bryce.
Autobiographical Sketch of James Croll. J. C. Irons.

Life and Letters of Sir Joseph Prestwich. G. A. Prestwich.

Geology (2 Vols.) D. T. Ansted.

Apply : — C Department, Messrs. A. Brown & Sons, Ltd.

145

EDITORIAL.

RETIREMENT OF PROFESSOR GARSTANG.

At the end of the present session Professor Walter Garstang,
F.R.S., is retiring from the Chair of Zoology in the University
of Leeds, which he has occupied for twenty-five years. His
many friends in Yorkshire will hear of this with regret and
also that he is proposing to take up his residence in Oxford
after his retirement. Professor Garstang’s services to Natural
History have been great and his interest in the Yorkshire
Naturalists’ Union and in the Leeds Philosophical and Literary
Society have made him very widely known in the North of
England. His lectures were always welcome, not only for
the knowledge they displayed, but also for their inimitable
style. His many friends in Leeds wish to take this opportunity
of expressing in some concrete manner, their feelings on this
occasion. A testimonial fund has, therefore, been opened
and subscriptions may be sent to Dr. LI. Lloyd, the Treasurer,
at Elmsall Lodge, Lidgett Lane, Leeds 8.

DR. FRANK ELGEE.

Among the honorary degrees conferred at the summer
graduation of the University of Leeds was that of Doctor of
Philosophy, awarded to Mr. Frank Elgee, Curator of the
Dorman Memorial Museum, Middlesborough, in recognition
of his services to natural history and archaeology. Mr. Elgee ’s
work on North East Yorkshire is well known, and our readers
will join with us in congratulating him on the honour he has
thus received, and on this timely recognition of his work.

DR. J. GRAINGER.

Readers of The Naturalist will hear with pleasure of the
appointment of Dr. J. Grainger as Curator of the Tolson
Memorial Museum, Huddersfield. Dr. Grainger is a graduate
of Leeds University and, after doing research there, he
subsequently spent two years on research in the United States
of America. His research work has dealt chiefly with the
virus diseases of plants, a subject of great economic importance.
His work on horticulture and botany since his return to
England is well known in Yorkshire.

The Tolson Museum, under the direction of Dr. T. W.
Woodhead, has always been intimately in sympathy with the
interests of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union. In Dr.
Grainger, Yorkshire naturalists will recognise the right person
to continue this relationship. It may be hoped further that
Dr. Grainger’s new post will allow him to continue to take
an active part in the work of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union.

•Av

I933 July i

146

TWO YORKSHIRE WASPS.

Chrysis ruddii Thuck and Psammochares
approximatus Sm.

A. E. BRADLEY.

Dr. R. C. L. Perkins, in his valuable comments on certain
bees and wasps recorded in Messrs. Butterfield and Fordham’s
* Aculeate Hymenoptera in Yorkshire ’ (Naturalist, 1933,
p. 119) indicates that Frederick Smith’s record for the Chrysis
may possibly be open to doubt. As far as I know, my own
record in their supplementary list (N aturalist , 1933, p. 69)
for Bardsey, near Leeds, 7/6/14 ( not Bards/ey, 7/6/12, as
printed), is the only other one we have for Yorkshire, so it
seems desirable that something should be said in its justifica-
tion. My specimen agrees perfectly with the Rev. F. D.
Morice’s description in his ‘ Annoted Revision of the British
Chrysididse,’ 1896. The only other Ruby Wasp with which
it could be confused is the common C. ignita, which is also
quadridentate behind and similar in size and dorsal colouring.
Apart from certain less conspicuous differences, my capture
may be recognised at once as C. ruddii by the very strong
fiery-red reflections on the undersides of the legs. According
to Morice, this character is never found in C. ignita. I may
add that for many years I have been familiar with C. ruddii
in West Carnarvonshire, where it seems to be the commoner
of these two species.

Dr. Perkins suggests that one Psammochares approximatus
Sm. might possibly be P. cardui, an allied species described
by himself in 1916. I have compared the beautifully fresh $
I took at Collingham (see Naturalist, 1933, p. 69) with Dr.
Perkins’ original description of P. cardui, and also with his
comparison of that species with its two near allies (Ent. Mon.
Mag, 1920, p. 36) . According to these I can say with certainty
that my specimen is not P. cardui (nor P. nigerrimus) , but
P. approximatus Sm. I cannot speak for the one from
Buckden, bred by Mr. Butterfield (see Naturalist, 1930,
p. 368).

Trioza velutina Forst. in Cumberland. — I possess a
single Cumberland example of this rare species, taken near
Easton in the Longtown district. It was swept in a grassy
lane on 25/6/29. I am uncertain what plant it came from, but
saw no Bilbery near. It has already been recorded from
another part of the county in the Ent. Mo. Mag., 1918, pp.
114-115. I have also met with it very sparingly in Dum-
friesshire by general sweeping. — Jas. Murray, Gretna.

The Naturalist

BOLTONIANA

F. A. MASON, F.R.M.S.

147

James Bolton’s pioneer studies of the toadstools about a
hundred and fifty years ago have had an indelible influence
on the science of mycology, especially in the field aspects of
the subject. In the fidelity of his drawings of the fungi both
in form and in colour, and in his descriptions of species and
of their habitats, Bolton’s spirit still survives. He was one
of the first botanists to express his aversion to the unnecessary
multiplication of specific names. To quote his own words,
there is no order of plants, where we are so liable to slip
into errors of that kind, as in the Fungusses. There is a
pride in man, to be thought the inventor or discoverer of
something new. In regard to things useful, this is a laudable

vanity ; but to add a new name to a known plant

because we meet with an individual perhaps distorted in its
shape, diminished or increased in its quantity, sickened by
improper food or soil, or tinged with colours different from
those of its own species, this is not only vain and ridiculous
in itself, but pernicious in its consequences.’ The occurrence
of the familiar and authoritative ‘ Bolt.’ in our systematic
books on British Fungi indicates that when Bolton resorted
to the practice of giving a new name, such name was really
necessary.

Apart from the universal recognition of Bolton’s genius
by mycologists, any new fact regarding his life, or any fresh
evidence of his artistic skill possesses special interest for
Yorkshire naturalists. Following the return of Dr. L. C.
Shear to the United States of America after his visit to
England and his welcome attendance at the Whitby Fungus
Foray, in 1931, the writer was informed of the discovery at
Zurich of Bolton’s original drawings and of their acquisition
by the Library of the U.S. Department of Agriculture. Many
readers will be familiar with the fruitless searches for these
drawings made by Mr. W. B. Crump and the late Charles
Crossland about thirty years ago, and of the conclusions
reached that they must have been destroyed by fire in the
early years of last century ; we are glad to learn of their
discovery and of their preservation for posterity.

Under the title, ‘ The Manuscript of James Bolton’s
leones Fungorum circa Halifax Sponte Nascentium,’ Dr. Shear,
in the current number of the British Mycological Society
Transactions 1 (also noticed elsewhere in this issue), has now
published a very interesting account of the original notes and
drawings which appear to be preserved in a condition little

l Vol. XVII, Part IV, pp. 302-307.

1933 July 1

148

Boltoniana.

altered since they left Bolton’s hands. As described by Dr.
Shear the manuscript consists of six folio volumes bound in
boards with morocco back. The paper is heavy hand-made
with rough surface very suitable for water-colour illustrations,
and they include 244 water-colour plates representing the
plants mostly in their natural size. The volumes cover a
period of eight years. * The first volume is dated 1784, and
the note at the end of the sixth is dated January 5th, 1792.
A comparison of the plates in the manuscript with those in
the published work shows that all the species in the printed
volumes are found in the manuscript volume and also a few
not published. In the manuscript the species illustrated
are all on separate plates, whereas in the printed volumes
several small species, sometimes four, are combined on a
single plate. In the manuscript the species illustrated are
arranged in the order in which they were collected and drawn.
When they were transferred to the copper plates for printing
they were rearranged and renumbered.’

Dr. Shear also refers to the inclusion of notes not printed
in the published work and the two following quotations
may be reproduced here for the sake of their intimate Yorkshire
associations : —

AGARICUS RUBEUS, HIST. 36.

Red Agaric.

This new and beutiful species I gathered in company with
my Friend, Mr. Paul Shackleton the Entimologist, in a little
Wood at Shibden Hall near Halifax, October ye 29th, 1786.

Gills in three series, transparent in some lights, and of a
Ruby colour. Pileus looks like Pillow Fustin made of dark
red Cotton. Stem tough solid crooked and near the root a
little swell’d. No volva. I never met with it before or
since.

SPHAERIA MORI HIST. 120. f.i.

Mulberry Sphaeria.

Sph. fragiformis .

This Sphaeria was brought me by Wm. Alexander, M.D., a
most ingenious Botanist and steady Friend, who has ac-
companied me in many of my most arduous and extensive
Botanic rambles, has swormed the dreary precipices at
Ingleborrow, Skiddow, yeGlydar, and Criby destillh, with a
spirit and Resolution wh. Indicates a true Botanic Genius.

The Sphaeria grew on the Bark of a fallen Maple Tree near
his House in Halifax, — -.

I have figured it as it appeared under magnifiers of two
different powers.

The Naturalist

149

A POSSIBLE FUNCTION OF THE HAIRS IN CERTAIN
LEPIDOPTEROUS LARVAE.

GEO. B. WALSH, B.SC.

Many species of larvae in certain families of the Lepidoptera,
e.g. Arctiadcz, OcneriadcB , Lasiocampidce , are noteworthy for
their more or less dense covering of hairs. In all probability
these hairs serve a variety of functions : in some cases, e.g.
Porthesia chrysorrhoea Linn., Euproctis phceorrhoea Don.,
they are protective in function owing to their urticating
properties ; in some others, e.g. Lymantria dispar Linn.,
Orgyia antiqua Linn., the present writer has suggested (‘ The
Origin and Distribution of the Coast Coleoptera of the British
Isles,' Ent. Mon. Mag., Vol. LXII, 1926, p. 228) that they
function in assisting dispersal by wind immediately after
eclosion from the egg.

It would seem probable, however, on a priori grounds that
the presence of numerous hairs on a larvae would materially
reduce the rate of loss of water from the body just as hairs on
certain plants, e.g. Tussilago, Verbascum, reduce the rate of
transpiration from a leaf -surface ; if this be true, it will
presumably be most effective in the case of hairs lying along
the spiracles.

To test this hypothesis, experiments were carried out
last year (1932) with larvae of Arctia caja Linn, and Diacrisia
lubricipeda Linn. To remove the hairs as completely as
possible, particularly along the spiracular lines, the larvae to
be tested were clipped with fine scissors, care being taken not
to cut so closely as to cause obvious bleeding. The larvae
were then placed in an empty tin for at least 24 hours till the
intestine was emptied of food. A number were then weighed
on a chemical balance. These were then placed in a desiccator
containing calcium chloride as drying agent, the larvae being
removed from contact with it by a piece of wire gauze. The
idea of this was to ensure exactly parallel conditions for the
shorn larvae and their unshorn controls, to increase, if possible,
the rate of transpiration, or on the other hand to prevent its
possible check by a damp atmosphere. After a period varying
from 10 J to 24 hours, the larvae were removed and weighed
again. As a control the experiment was carried out at the
same time and in the same way with a number of unshorn
larvae. In the case of Arctia caja, the experiment was repeated
with other larvae in order to check the results obtained.

During later consideration of these results, it seemed
possible, however, that the excess of loss from the shorn
larvae might be due to a slight degree of bleeding from the
cut hairs. It was too late then to repeat the experiment in

1933 July 1

150 Function of the Hairs in certain Lepidopterous Larva.

1932, but it was again performed with A. caja larvae during
the present year, 1933. This time, after the larvae had been
shorn, they were replaced on the food plant for five days so
that any possible bleeding from the cut hairs should have
ceased. Operations were then repeated as before.

In every case the larvae were in their last instar as this
facilitated shearing. It is understood, of course, that the loss
of weight recorded includes loss of carbon dioxide as well as
loss of water, but this does not invalidate the general results
of the experiments, as the carbon dioxide loss is relatively
much the less.

SPECIES

Year

Charac-
ter of
Larvae

No.

Length of
Experiment

Original Weight

Final Weight

Loss of Weight

Percent-
age of
Loss

A . caja

1932

Shorn

8

14 hrs.

7-2020 gms.

6-9990 gms.

0'503° gms.

7-0

(a)

Hairy

8

14 hrs.

5-8171 gms.

5-5819 gms.

0-2352 gms.

4-0

A . caja

1932

Shorn

7

10^ hrs.

7‘27I3 gms.

6-7894 gms.

0-4819 gms.

6-6

(b)

Hairy

7

io4 hrs.

7-4765 gms.

7-2012 gms.

0-2753 gms.

3-7

A . caja

1933

Shorn

7

16^ hrs.

7-6288 gms.

7-2875 gms.

0-3413 gms.

4'5

(c)

Hairy

7

i6| hrs.

12-6720 gms.

12-4061 gms.

0-2659 gms.

2-1

D. lubrici-

1932

Shorn

7

24 hrs.

2-4371 gms.

2-0899 gms.

0.3472 gms.

I4"2

feda

Hairy

7

24 hrs.

2-2646 gms.

1-9373 gms.

0.3273 gms.

I4-4

Conclusions. — The results would seem to warrant the
following conclusions : —

(1) As the percentage of loss in the 1933 experiments was
less than that in those of 1932, it would seem that there had
been at first a small amount of loss of water from the cut hairs.

(2) In some species, e.g. Arctia caja, but not in all, e.g.
Diacrisia lubricipeda, the hairs do actually function in reducing
loss of water from the body.

(3) From a comparison of the results with the two species,
it seems that the rate of loss may be partly dependent on the
size of the body, the larger larvae losing relatively less water
than the smaller larvae ; if this be so, it will be in harmony
with the general relation between body weight and surface
functions.

Note. — It is difficult, if not impossible, in the present state
of our knowledge, to state whether the reduction of transpira-
tion due to the hairs in some cases is merely a result of the
presence of the hairs or whether it is functional, and so of
actual physiological value — and therefore of survival value —
to the species ; as it occurs in some species and not in others,
the latter would appear to be the correct view, though we
cannot yet state in what direction the value may lie.

The Naturalist

SOME ECONOMIC ASPECTS OF THE VIRUS
DISEASES OF POTATOES.

I5i

JOHN GRAINGER, PH.D.

Field naturalists are probably much more familiar with
virus diseases than may at first be imagined. There is a
very common leaf -mottling ‘ Mosaic * disease of the dock,
and a similar malady on dog’s mercury. If the naturalist
be also a gardener, his raspberries are almost certainly
attacked by a mosaic disease, his black currants are susceptible
to ‘ reversion,’ whilst his potatoes are attacked by several
distinct virus maladies, all of which reduce the yield severely.

A virus is an extremely small particle, probably about a
millionth of an inch across, and forty times smaller than the
average bacterium. It is infectious and multiplies within
the host -plant (or animal) which it attacks. Its effects
are not, however, commensurate with its size, as will be seen
later. Many philosophical studies have been made upon
viruses, but their practical significance, though not neglected,
is not fully realised. The potato crop is a very important
one in Yorkshire, about 60,000 acres being grown in the
county. Infection with virus disease makes it necessary for
growers to spend large sums of money on the purchase of
fresh stocks of seed from a relatively virus-free source ( i.e .
Scotland and Northern Ireland).

The chief diseases are Crinkle, Interveinal Mosaic, Mild
Mosaic and Leaf -roll. Crinkle causes a considerable lobing
of the margins of infected leaflets, with waving and crinkling
of the lamina. A mottling of well-marked light -green areas
also appears. The whole plant is stunted. Interveinal
Mosaic also produces a mottle upon the leaves, but the light -
coloured parts are more diffuse than in crinkle, and are found
between the main lateral veins. There is no malformation,
and the plant is not greatly reduced in size. Mild Mosaic
gives only a very faint mottling and no malformation. Leaf-
roll causes the plant to become very dwarfed, and to appear
generally chlorotic. The leaves stand rather stiffly in a
vertical position, and the leaflets are rolled in a funnel-
shaped manner. In the early stages of infection the lowest
leaves have their margins only incurved.

Some idea of the reduction in yield caused by particular
viruses can be obtained from Table I, which shows the average
yields of about 40 plants of each kind grown at Weetwood,
Leeds, on heavy land not particularly suited for potato
growing. Table II shows the relative yields of healthy
and diseased plants grown on a light soil more suitable for

1933 July 1

152 Some Economic Aspects of the Virus Diseases in Potatoes.

potato growing. Mr. J. France, of Linthwaite, Huddersfield,
kindly placed his garden at the writer’s disposal for this test.

TABLE I.

(Average weight of produce per plant at Weetwood, Leeds)

Interveinal

Variety.

Healthy.

mosaic .

Crinkle.

Leaf -roll.

lb. oz.

lb. oz.

lb. oz.

lb. oz.

President

.. 1 13

1 8J

1 8J

—

Majestic

.. 1 14

1 9

10J

—

Arran Victory .

.. 1 14

1 3i

15

TABLE II.

(Average weight of produce per plant at Linthwaite)

Variety.

King Edward
Kerr’s Pink
Majestic ...

Healthy. Mild mosaic. Leaf -roll.

lb. oz. lb. oz. lb. oz.

38 — 13

3 4 —

43 2 15

Seeing that virus diseases cause such drastic reduction
in the yield of individual plants, it follows that the more
diseased plants there are in a crop, the lower will be the
yield. Insects spread the diseases from plant to plant in the
field. The potato-growing districts of England have large
numbers of insects, particularly aphids, and, therefore, virus
diseases are there spread quickly. The stocks rapidly become
totally infected with the diseases, the yield falls, and the
growers must obtain fresh stocks from areas where insects are
scarce, viz. Eastern Scotland or Northern Ireland. It is no
uncommon experience to find that one diseased plant will
infect sixteen surrounding plants in a lowland area, whilst
in Scotland and northern Ireland the disease rarely spreads to
more than one surrounding plant. Nevertheless, ordinary
Scotch seed frequently contains up to about 30 per cent,
of virus-disease-bearing tubers, and rarely has less than
about 12 per cent. English growers, therefore, start with a
considerable amount of disease in their stocks, and it is
greatly to the credit of the Scotch and Irish seed raisers that
they have put on the market virus-free potato seed before
most English growers have realised the need for it. Such
virus-free seed has been given the rather inappropriate name
of ‘ Stock Seed,’ and is certified by the respective Ministries
of Agriculture of Scotland and Ireland as having less than
one per cent, of virus disease. It is the purpose of this paper

The Naturalist

Field Note.

153

to show the benefits which can accrue to English growers
of potatoes, through using virus-free seed.

Through the courtesy of Messrs. Jackson Brothers, Farmers,
of Thorpe fields, near Thirsk, Yorks., a held was planted
with alternating plots of ordinary fresh Scotch seed and
Stock seed (called by them ‘ pedigree ’). Each plot was
4! sq. chains in extent, and was separated from its neighbours
by a belt of oats twenty feet wide. For comparison, about
an acre was planted with seed thrice grown in the neighbour-
hood of Thirsk. The variety was Arran Consul, and the
different plots were planted at the same time.

The ‘ Pedigree ’ (Stock) Scotch seed produced a crop
which had, on an average, one virus-diseased plant in every
long row (about 270 ft.). The ordinary Scotch seed had 22
diseased plants in the same length, whilst the thrice grown
seed had 95 virus-infected plants per row. These differences
are reflected in the average yields (expressed in tons per
acre)

TABLE III.

Ordinary Scotch ‘ Pedigree * (Stock)

Thrice grown. seed. seed.

6 tons 10 cwt. p.a. 11 tons 4 cwt. p.a. 12 tons p. a.

There is thus an increased yield of 16 cwt. per acre due to
the relative freedom from virus disease. The few diseased
plants were removed from the Stock Seed plots, so that seed
from them should be still relatively free from virus next year.
Experiments at Weetwood, Leeds, show that virus-free
stocks of potatoes can be planted year after year in Yorkshire
without diminution in yield.

New Stock seed costs a pound or two more per ton than
ordinary Scotch seed, but with reasonable care in rogueing
the few diseased plants which occurr, it can be grown for at
least twice as long as ordinary seed in a lowland area. More-
over, the increase in yield due to freedom from virus will be
felt each year. The use of Stock seed is a commercial
proposition.

It must be remembered that virus-free seed is also produced
in the northern districts of Ireland, and the same remarks
apply with equal force to seed from that source. Lists of
growers of Stock seed are published by the respective Depart-
ments of Agriculture in Belfast, Dublin and Edinburgh.

Gagea Lutea. — Two specimens of Gagea lutea have been
found in a field on the east of Ripon Race-course. This is the
first time in ten years that it has been brought to me from any
spot to the south of the town. Previously I have only known it
above the confluence of Laver, Skell and Ure. — D. W. Burch.

1933 July *

G2

I54

FROM A MICROSCOPIST’S NOTE -BOOK.

W. Lawrence Schroeder.

Some years ago, on April 17th, friend passed over to me one or
two pieces of Elodea canadensis taken from a dam in the
Blakeburn Valley. The weed showed little that was note-
worthy, save some snail-spawn. I put the stuff in a jar to
watch the development of the snails. On the 24th of the
month I looked over the weed carefully, but there was nothing
remarkable. On May 17th I found that a number of. healthy
Melicerta ringens — a tube -building rotifer — had fashioned
their dwellings both on the weed and on the side of the jar.
Work must have proceeded at a wondrous pace.

On February 18th, some years ago, I watched the fission of
a Sun animalculum — Actinophrys sol — about iR- in

diameter. A constriction appeared about 10-5 p.m. : half

an hour later the connections, three in number, were about
2^00 in- thick ; the halves drew away from each other slowly
and steadily. At eleven o’clock there was a single strand
of protoplasm, and ten minutes later it was invisible under
^ in. with iox eyepiece. At the final separation, which
probably took place at 11-15 p.m., the creatures were about
y1^ in. apart. The parting was a quiet, unexciting, dignified
activity. Non sunt lacrymce rerum.

I once took Bosmina longirostris , one of the Cladocera,
water-fleas, from some water near Halifax. I mentioned
the fact to one of the brethren : he looked at me and said,

‘ Are you quite sure ? ’ He was apparently touched by the
temper of the sceptical angler who naturally doubts the
story of any unusual catch. My indignation found relief
in verse :• —

To unfold the wondrous story
How we gained a way to glory,

By the capture of Bosmina from the pond in Elland Wood :

Is to court a reputation
For the art of fabrication

Out of dreams and vicious fancies, that must sternly be withstood.

It is only when the creature,

With its quaint and trunk-like feature,

Palpitates in vain resistance on the microscopic slide ;

That the mind of the beholder,

With the vision, waxing bolder,

Will admit the possibility of something more than ‘ side.’

Insects, Man’s Chief Competitors, by W. P. Flint and C. L.
Metcalf. Bailliere, Tindall and Cox, viii-l-134 pp., 12 figures, 5/6.
The authors of this book are well-known American Entomologists who
here present a simple account of insects from the economic point of view.
Some account is given of certain of the more well-known injurious insects
and of the methods adopted by agriculturalists for their control and
elimination.

The Naturalist

155

ADDITIONAL RECORDS OF COLEOPTERA FROM
THE KINGMOOR (CUMBERLAND) NATURE
RESERVE.

F. H. DAY, F.E.S.

In The Naturalist, 1915, pp. 190, 191, and again in 1923,
pp. 147-149, I published lists of several Orders of Insects
taken in the Kingmoor Nature Reserve just outside the urban
area of Carlisle. Since that time I have paid one or two
visits annually to the Reserve, on each visit invariably
meeting with species previously unknown there, and the
object of the present paper is to record some 32 species of
Coleoptera new to the initial lists. The first list in 1915
dealt with 256 species, the second in 1923 with 78 species.
The present contribution therefore brings up the total to
366 species which is about one fifth of the number of Coleoptera
recorded for the whole county of Cumberland. When it is
pointed out that Kingmoor is a small area of less than 50
acres, close to a city of over 50,000 inhabitants, and open to
the public, this is a surprising proportion.

It is, however, a tract of land entirely primitive in
character, for which reason much of its life has been preserved.

The sub-soil is of a clayey nature, overlaid with a thin
peaty surface soil, and the vegetation is of a bog or moorland
type. Of late years a great number of birches have sprung
up on the moor and threaten to take possession of the open
spaces. This circumstance is giving some concern to local
naturalists, who point out that unless drastic steps are taken
by the Museum Committee, under whose auspices the Reserve
is administered, to put a check on the spread of the birch, in
course of time the Reserve will be little more than a birch
wood, and more interesting forms of life (plant, bird and
insect) will be crowded out.

Pterostichus strenuus Pz. Common in moss.

Bembidion mannerheimi Sg. Occasionally on paths.

Hydroporus tristis Pk. A few in a peaty pond.

H . melanarius St. Two specimens under clods in a dried-up pond. This
is a sub-alpine species which in Cumberland has otherwise only been
found at considerable elevations.

H. striola Gy. ( vittula Er.). Several in pond.

Agabus guttatus Pk. Under stones in a small stream.

Oxypoda elongatula Ab. ( longiuscula Er.). In decaying vegetation.
Atheta coriaria Kr. Two specimens in an old magpie’s nest.

A. soror Kr. In moss.

A . angustula Gy. One specimen under bark.

Bolitochara lucida Gr. Scarce in a dry fungus on stumps of trees.

B. obliqua Er. With the last, rather common.

Oligota apicata Er. One under beech bark.

Myllcena brevicornis Mh. In moss and dead leaves, common.

Quedius fumatus S. In dead leaves, scarce.

Gabrius trossulus Nr. In heaps of dead grass, scarce.

1933 July 1

156 Triogma Trisulcata Schum. and other Yorkshire Dip ter a.

Stenus fulvicornis S. (paganus Er.). By sweeping vegetation.

S. bifoveolatus Gy. In Sphagnum, sparingly.

Lathrimcsum unicolor Mm. In dead leaves, etc., common.

Bythinus puncticollis Dy. One in moss.

Myrrha 18 -guttata L. Beaten from various bushes.

Exochomus 4-pustulatus L. One specimen crawling up a birch trunk.
Brachypterus pubescens Er. ( glaber S.). On nettles.

Epurea pusilla II. Beaten from sallow and other bushes.

Cerylon histeroides F. Under bark of various trees.

Enicmus minutus L. Common in the sweeping net.

Prasocuris junci Bm. On brooklime in a small stream.

Rhynchites longiceps Th. ( harwoodi Jy.). On birch, etc.

Apion striatum K. A few on broom.

A spencei K. Common by sweeping.

Phytonomus plantaginis D.G. Sparingly by sweeping.

Micrelus ericce Gy. Abundant on heather.

TRIOGMA TRISULCATA Schum. AND OTHER
YORKSHIRE DIPTERA.

CHRIS. A. CHEETHAM.

Amongst the Limnobids, one of the smallest sub-families is
that of Cylindrotominse, of the four genera, each consisting of
a single species, two are fairly well known in Yorkshire. By
some mischance Wingate omitted Triogma in his analytical
keys, although it is in those of Schiner on which most of
Wingate’s work is based. I caught a single male at Thieves’
Moss on May 23rd. Dr. F. W. Edwards informs me that he
only knows a single specimen from Coughton Marsh besides
those taken by A. E. Carter at Blairgowrie, all these were
caught during the first two weeks of May. Subsequent visits to
the Austwick locality have not been successful and probably
the beginning of May would have been a more hopeful time.

Another addition to our diptera list is Empis borealis L.
I found this flying in a clearing in a pine wood at Eldroth on
May 18th. A week later the opening blooms of the Globe
flower, Trollins europceus, gave an opportunity to collect
Chiastochceta trollii, Zett. in great numbers wherever the
flower was found, it has not been previously recorded for
Yorkshire. Lastly, on a visit to Pennyghent on May 13th
Dr. Edwards caught Metriocnemus tristellus Edw., a species
he described in his paper on British Non-biting Midges.
Trans. Ent. Soc., 1929, from specimens taken in Cambs.
and Herts.

On May 21st I visited a small chalk quarry a,t the top of Elloughton
Dale, which lies one mile east of South Cave. To my surprise I dis-
covered four examples of the echinoderm Infulaster excentricus (Forbes).
One specimen in particular was extremely well preserved. The quarry
is in the zone of Holaster planus. The finding of several specimens of
such a rarity in close proximity seems worthy of placing on record. — •
Robert M. Stainforth.

The Naturalist

157

GIANT SQUID (new to Science) AT SCARBOROUGH.

W. J. CLARKE.

In the early morning of January 14th, 1933, the writer received
a message that a large Shark had washed ashore in the South
Bay at Scarborough. On the way down to view it, it grew
into a Whale, but on arrival the mysterious creature was
found to be an immense Squid. Someone had cut off the tips
of the two longest tentacles and taken them away, the total
length of what was left was 17 ft. 5 in. The length of the
body from the front edge of the mantle to the tip of the tail

Architeuthis Clarkei at Scarborough.

was 5 ft. 8-|- in., while the length of each short arm was 7 ft. 1 in.
The colour was chestnut brown, darker on the back, paler
beneath, the insides of the arms and the stalked suckers were
white. Realising the extreme rarity of these huge
Cephalopods, the writer made arrangements for the creature
to be sent to the Natural History Museum at South Kensington.
There it duly arrived and a search was at once instituted for
the missing portions of the tentacles. A wireless appeal for
their return was broadcast, and it was eventually discovered
that they had been taken away by a local fisherman who did
not know what to do with them and who eventually dropped
them into one of the offal barrels on the Fish Market. From
here they went to a manure factory at Hull, where, on enquiry,
it was learned that they had been seen, but the enquiry for
them had not come in time and so they were converted into
fertilizer. The length of the portions so lost was estimated
at about 18 in. off each tentacle, including all the suckers.

1933 July 1

158 In Memoriam : Herbert Knight Horsfield.

which makes the total length of the Squid about 20 ft. One
of the horny mandibles which had also been cut out by a
souvenir hunter was recovered. The animal was very much
damaged in other ways by the crowds of spectators who
danced on its body, scrubbing off the delicate outer skin
until only vestiges remained. On its arrival at the British
Museum the Squid was found to agree with no known species.
It was a kind of Architeuthis, a family which includes the
largest known species of these deep-sea creatures, and after
prolonged enquiry it has been named Architeuthis clarkei. A
full description of the Squid, by Mr. G. C. Robson, of the
British Museum, will appear shortly in the Proceedings of
the Zoological Society. — W. J. Clarke.

3n flDemonam.

HERBERT KNIGHT HORSFIELD.

Yorkshire Ornithology suffered a severe loss by the death of
Herbert Knight Horsfield, who passed away peaceably at his
home at Filey on November 16th, 1932.

Horsfield was a Sportsman and Field Naturalist of the
very best type. He was an author of considerable repute ;
he had a gift for writing and could put his observations before
the public in a pleasant and popular form, without departing
from a high standard of truth. His ‘ Nature Notes/ con-
tributed for over twenty years to The Yorkshire Weekly Post,
are an example of accuracy which many other writers on
similar subjects would do well to emulate.

The author of several books, his, Sidelights on Birds,
and English Bird Life, gave pleasure to a wide circle of
readers by the great amount of genuine first-hand knowledge,
which is contained in their covers, and In The Gun Room,
is a number of delightful sketches of Sport and Natural
History. He also published a couple of novels and a volume
of verse, all of which were well received and were monuments
to his versatility. He was also a regular contributor to
The Field, Sporting and Dramatic, The Badmington, Blackwood ,
The National Review, etc.

One of the oldest members of the B.O.U., joining in
1888, and one of the original members of the B.O. Club, his
friends numbered practically the whole of the older generation
of naturalists : Dresser, Seebohm, Newton, Sanders,

Tegetmier, Eagle Clarke, etc.

The loss of his wife was a great blow to him, which only
the devotion of his daughter helped to soften. A few years
ago he had, unfortunately, to undergo an operation, from
which he never really recovered. Of late years he had

The Naturalist

InMemoriam: Walter John Gyngell. 159

interested himself in the study of Theosophy, of which he
was a strong advocate.

He was born in Leeds in 1856, where for many years he
was connected with the leather trade. When he retired from
business, in 1905, he went to live at Filey, and his home there,
perched on the top of the cliff, was an ideal observation post
for an Ornithologist, overlooking as it does the whole of the
bay and the extensive cliffs of the Flamborough Headland.
There he devoted himself to writing, mainly on subjects
connected with Natural History and Sport.

The writer, who had the great privilege of his friendship,
together with hosts of other friends, sincerely deplores
the loss of his charming personality. May he rest in peace. — -
R.F.

WALTER JOHN GYNGELL.

The death of Walter John Gyngell at the age of 7 6, which
occurred on May 27th at his home in Scarborough, has removed
a well-known member from the ranks of Yorkshire naturalists.

Gyngell descended from a family of showmen. His
great grandfather, Daniel Violet Gyngell was a clever per-
former of tricks of sleight of hand, and travelled with his
own show in 1815. Amongst other attractions he exhibited
a Dutch dwarf named Sampseman. Most of the members of
the family — Joseph, Horatio, George and Louisa — were
engaged in the show in one capacity or another.

H is grandfather, Lionel Violet Gyngell, was a firework
maker, and his father, George Augustus Gyngell, followed
the same occupation and was also an expert and well-known
conjurer. — W. J. Clarke.

My personal acquaintance with him goes back for a period
of over thirty years.

Gyngell was one of the best all-round naturalists I have
ever known, though he was first and foremost an Ornithologist
and Conchologist. Few men that I have met had as good,
and none a better, ear for the songs and notes of birds. He
was a scrupulously careful and exact observer, and in this
respect he had a great influence on those of us who were less
experienced ; and the younger naturalists with whom he
came in contact always found him eager to help and advise
them. He kept copious notes of his observations, and he
once told me that he had a record of every bird’s nest and
eggs that he had found since he began to study and take an
interest in birds.

For many years Gyngell made an intensive investigation
into the molluscan life of the Scarborough district. It was

1933 July 1

160 In Memoriam: Walter John Gyngell.

largely owing to his enthusiasm as a collector, and his pains-
taking searching, that the list of land and freshwater mollusca
was completed, and he added immeasurably to our knowledge
of this branch of natural history.

But his interest in nature was too wide to be confined
only to birds and shells. Wild flowers, geology, insects, and,
indeed, all aspects of wild life made a strong appeal to him,
and he brought to bear on these the same critical faculties
that he employed in the study of his special branches.

As I remember him he was a man of simple tastes,’ with a

keen sense of humour ; a love of the beautiful, and an inate
tenderness of heart that made cruelty in any form abhorrent.

There was a strong vein of scepticism in his nature which
made him demand scientific proof where others might be
content with generalities. He had little use for theories. I
remember discussing with him the theory of protective
colouration and mimicry. He would neither accept nor reject
the theory. ‘ It can’t be proved one way or the other,’ he
said, * because we don’t know that animals see colour and
form as we do. It’s all based on human experience.’

This sceptical attitude made him, at times, ultra-critical
of the opinions or statements of others. ‘ I believe nothing

The Naturalist

Field Notes.

161

that I cannot understand or verify for myself,’ he said to me
once when we were discussing a philosophical problem. It
was, perhaps, this scepticism that made his observations and
statements so accurate and valuable.

Gyngell had a Catholic taste in books ; he read poetry and
fiction with the same keen delight that he read scientific
works.

It was due to his inspiration and influence that the
Scarborough Field Naturalists’ Society was founded. The
first meeting took place in a room behind Gyngell ’s shop in
Westborough, when five local naturalists, W. J. Clarke, the
late J. A. Hargreaves, C. D. Head and J. H. Rowntree were
also present. From that meeting in, I believe, 1888, sprang
one of the most vigorous and successful Natural History
Societies in Yorkshire. Gyngell, of course, took a very active
part in its affairs, and devoted all his spare time to its organisa-
tion, to the making and keeping of records in his own branches
of study, and for many years he rarely, if ever, failed to
attend the fortnightly meetings.

Of late, failing health and strength prevented Gyngell
taking any active part in the Society he founded so many
years ago, but right up to the end he was as keenly interested
in Nature as ever. — E. Arnold Wallis.

FIELD NOTES.

Mating of Acilius sulcatus. — Whilst seeking larvae in a
pond near Bradford, on the evening of May 12th, I took in the
dredge what appeared to be a burly water-beetle. Upon
examination I found two specimens of Acilius sulcatus ,
5 and (J (family Oytiscidae), in contact. They jumped
vigorously about in the dredge, separated, and so I returned
them to the pond. I got another pair in contact shortly
afterwards ; these behaved in the same manner and I lost the
(J. I placed the $ in a tube. Later, I caught another pair
whilst they were swimming in the shallow water. They
jumped about in the dredge, but the clung firmly to the
On examining them in a tube, I could see the ‘ sucker-pads
being just behind the female’s eye. As they rose to the
surface of the water I observed the $ bend down the tip of his
abdomen, extend the aedcagus and penetrate the This was
successfully performed at least six times, shortly after captive.
During the operation, on two or three occasions, the $ dis-
charged a black soluble fluid from the underpart of the thorax.
During the evening I saw at least two more pairs of these
beetles swimming about in contact, but too far from the
bank to secure. I kept a close watch on the pair in the tube,
the male retaining his grip from 8 p.m. until 11-30 p.m. at

1933 July 1

162

Field Notes.

least ; how long after that I don’t know. Next morning they
had separated. The $ is evidently impelled to retain his
grip upon the $ by a prolonged sexual impulse. After three
and a half hours the $ repeatedly attempted penetration, the

however, easily evaded the efforts of the £ by movements
of the abdomen. On May 15th I found a few large, elongated
white eggs in the vessels containing the two females. — M.
Longbottom.

Nightingale and Waxwings at Scarborough. — In

addition to the records of Waxwings in the Scarborough
district, printed in The Naturalist for March, 1933, the
following have come under my notice : ‘ Six were seen

feeding on cottoneaster berries in a garden in Alexander Park
on February 20th. Two more were seen on February 27th
in Stepney Drive.’ Both these localties are well within the
Borough boundary. On May 1st a Nightingale took up its
residence in Peasholme Glen, and sang almost nightly until
May 26th. There is no evidence that it had a mate, or nested.
This is the fourth authentic record for the Scarborough
district. — W. J. Clarke.

Rare Cephalopods at Scarborough. — On March 4th,
1:933, while examining the contents of cods’ stomachs taken
from fish caught about 12 miles N.E. off Scarborough, I found
a complete example of Rossia macrosoma. This little creature
does not appear to be very common in our water. On
March nth, 1933, a female example of the Giant Squid,
Ommastrephes sagittatus , measuring 3 ft. 11 in. over all was
stranded on the North sands at Scarborough. Perfect when
it first came ashore it was much mutilated by sight -seers
before I got to it. The remains were sent to the British
Museum. On March 31st, 1933, a very perfect little male
example of 0. sagittatus came ashore alive in the South Bay
at Scarborough and was fortunately secured before anyone
had the opportunity to pull it to pieces. It measured 34 in.
over all and was sent to the Hull Museum. 0. sagittatus
appears to be stranded on the Yorkshire coast more frequently
than any other of the large Squids. — W. J. Clarke.

Ribbon fish at Robin Hood’s Bay, Yorks. — On

Wednesday, May 3rd, 1933, a strange fish measuring 12 ft.
in length, 12 in. broad, and 4J in. thick was found stranded,
and not quite dead, at Robin Hood’s Bay by Mr. Oliver
Storm. The colour was bright silvery with a blood-red
dorsal fin extending the whole length of the body. The
anterior rays on the top of the head were greatly elongated,
two only remained unbroken and these measured 3 ft. 2\ in.
each in length. As usual, with these abyssimal fish which

The Naturalist

Field Notes.

163

are constructed to withstand the enormous pressure of great
depths, the tissues of the creature had become very brittle,
and it fell to pieces when an attempt was made to remove it.
The red colour of the dorsal fin is not usual in this species,
but is characteristic of another closely related, the Deal Fish.
Careful examination of sketches, photographs, and descriptions
however seem to leave no room for doubt that the creature was
a Ribbon Fish (Regal ecus glesne) , and after seeing the material
available, Mr. J. R. Norman, of the British Museum, says,
* You will be fully justified in recording the fish as Regalecus
glesne . ’ Seven Yorkshire records for this fish are given in
the * Handbook of Yorkshire Vertebrata,' to which I can add
one other which was taken at Flamborough about 50 years ago.
I saw the specimen but have no note of the exact date, and it
does not appear to have been recorded. It was stuffed by a
Scarborough taxidermist named Thompson, and exhibited by
him on the Foreshore in company with a Basking Shark,
caught about the same time. — W. J. Clarke.

Fulmar Petrel attacking a Rabbit. — Fulmar Petrels
have taken possession of the Scarborough Castle Cliff this
season in greater numbers than ever before. Early in May a
Scarborough fisherman named W. Bayes, a man familiar
with the Fulmar on the fishing grounds, was walking on the
Marine Drive at the foot of the cliff when his attention was
attracted by a screaming in the air overhead. On looking up
he saw a ‘ Mollehawk ’ (the fisherman’s local name for the
Fulmar) carrying a small mammal, which it eventually
dropped on the Drive. On picking it up it proved to be a
young rabbit about 8 in. long. One wonders what motive
impelled the Fulmar to make the attack. A similar instance
was recorded last year at the same place, but in that case
the bird was a Herring Gull, a much more likely species to do
such a thing. — W. J. Clarke.

Dispersal of Species by Commerce. — On March 5th,
a large bird-eating spider belonging to the genus Lasiodora,
was found alive at Scarborough in a bunch of bananas from
Honduras. It was sent to the insect house at the Zoo. This
species has occurred several times previously at Scarborough.
On March 10th another large spider, Cupiennius sallei, was
also found amongst bananas. This is a very active spider
which captures its prey by hunting, like our native Wolf
Spiders. It also has occurred on many previous occasions.
A large brown long-horned grasshopper found in foreign
fruit early in May proved to be an immature example of a
species of Jamaicana, a genus which occurs only in Jamaica.
Adult examples of this species have been seen here amongst
the bananas. — W. J. Clarke.

1933 July i

164

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS AT SKIPWITH.

The extensive Commons of Skipwith cum Riccall have always held an
attraction for East Riding naturalists, and their wealth of insect, bird
and marshland plant life has suffered less from change due to industrial
development than any area of similar size in East Yorkshire. A meeting
held at Skipwith on Saturday, 13th May, was well attended by representa-
tives of all Sections, among which, perhaps, the ornithologists were
most conspicuous. Thanks to the interested ownership of Mrs. Forbes
Adams, the competent vigilance of the Head Keeper, Mr. Morris, the
place is virtually a bird sanctuary, and Mr. Morris’s guidance later in the
day proved of inestimable value. The botanists and entomologists,
under the leadership of Mr. R. D’Oyley Good, M.A., and Mr. T.

Photo by ] Horseshoe Lake, Skipwith Common. [S. H. Smith

Stainforth, B.A., B.Sc., confirmed the presence of all the plants mentioned
in the Circular (No. 375), but found insects rather scarce.

A meeting was held in the evening, at which the President (Mr. J. M.
Brown, B.Sc.), occupied the chair. Reports were rendered by Messrs.
H. B. Booth, R. D’O. Good, F. A. Mason, F. E. Milsom, C. F. Procter,
S. H. Smith, the President, and Mrs. Morehouse. Thanks were accorded
to the Local Secretary (Mr. C. W. Mason) and to Mrs. Forbes Adams
for permission to visit her estates, as well as to Messrs. S. H. Smith,
C. F. Procter, R. D’O. Good, T. Stainforth and Mr. Morris, all of whom
had given valuable assistance in making the excursion a success.

Soil Conditions (Dr. J. Grainger) : — The soil over the whole area
covered by the excursion seemed to be fairly uniform. It was very
sandy and yet well supplied with organic matter, even where it was not
definitely peat. Samples were taken down to a depth of 2 ft. All were
uniformly acid (orange with B.D.H. Soil Indicator) and gave a red
colour with potassium thiocyanate reagent, showing the presence of iron.
The water which collected in pools was acid (reddish orange with soil
indicator), and this fact probably accounted for the relative absence of
aquatic vegetation in many ponds and ditches. The typical ochraceous-

The Naturalist

Yorkshire Naturalists at Skipwith.

165

coloured deposit of ferrous carbonate caused by the activities of iron
bacteria was observed in a very acid ditch, thus showing that these
organisms can tolerate appreciable acidity.

Vertebrate Zoology (C. F. Procter) : — The day was a very interest-
ing one to the Vertebrate Section, as this common comprises a number of
differently conditioned shallow ponds. On most of these the Black-
headed Gulls have formed colonies, but they have been very wisely
prevented from monopolising the whole of the available sites. The late
Lord Wenlock unreservedly protected these beautiful birds in the later
years of his life, and the effect of the absence of restriction was such
that at one period they overshadowed all other bird life, and between
800 and 1,000 pairs, as far as could be judged, occupied the common.
The little tussocky islets that were essentially favoured were quite
inadequate for their needs, and they actually built along the narrow
plank bridges and all round the edges of the ponds. At the present time,
other species are given a chance, which is very much to the good of
Skipwith Common as a bird sanctuary. The following birds were seen
and reported : —

Black-head Gull, Mallard, Shoveller Duck, Teal, Coot, Water Hen,
Carrion Crow, Rook, Jackdaw, Pheasant, Curlew, Redshank, Snipe,
Ring Dove, Turtle Dove, Cuckoo, Green Plover, Swift, Swallow, House
Martin, Thrush, Blackbird, Skylark, Chaffinch, Chiff-chaff, Whinchat,
Sedge Warbler, Willow Warbler, Pied Fly -catcher, Tree Pipit. The
Grasshopper Warbler was heard at Bishop Wood by some of the party
who visited that place.

The keeper, Mr. J. Morris, reported that he had observed a pair of
Pintail Ducks and that the Shelldrake and Pochard were on the common.
He also reported that the Nightjar had arrived during the past week.

There was ample evidence of foxes and rabbits. One occurrence of
the grass snake was reported, and the common lizard, Lacerta vivipura,
was seen many times during the day.

Entomology (J. M. Brown) : — The visit was rather early in the
season for adult Heteroptera to be about in great quantity, and beating
was not very productive. From Scot’s fir Gastrodes ferrugineus L. was
obtained in some number, and from birch, a single Elasmucha grisea L.
General sweeping yielded Liocovis tripustulatus F., Monalocoris filicis L.,
and Stenodema calcaratum Fall., while among the roots of heather occurred
Scolopostethus decor atus Hahn., and on damp soil, Acanthia saltatoria L.

The Homoptera were represented by Delphacodes pellucida Fab., and
D. discolor Boh. swept from grass.

Hemerobius nitidulus Fab., beaten from Scot’s fir, was the only
Lacewing noted, and Limnophilus grisea L. and L. auricula Curt, resting
on birch, represented the Caddis-flies. A single species of Stone-fly,
Nemoura variegata Oliv., was moderately numerous, and one example
of Dragonfly, Pyrrhosoma nymphula Sulz., in teneral colouring, was
handed to me by Mr. Bramley. Elipsocus westwoodi Mc.L. was plentiful
on sallow.

To these notes Mr. H. Oste'ide contributes the following list of
Coleoptera —

Cicindela campestris L.

Calathus cisteloides Pz.

Patrobus excavatus Pk.

Bembidium lampros Hbst.

Tachinus marginellus F.

Quedius fuliginosus Grav.

Philonthus firnetarius Grav.

Cytilus vartus F.

Onthophiluis sriatus F.

Dolopius marginatus L.

Cyphon variabilis Thunb.

Phyllobius pyri L.

Anoplus plantar is Najz.
Orchestes salicis L.

Apion violaceum Kirby.
Rhynchites betulce L.
Chrysomela staphylea L.
Lochmcea suturalis Th.
Chalcoides fulvicornis Fabr.
Adalia bipunctata L.
Coccinella j-punctata L.

1933 July 1

i66

Reviews and Book Notices .

Fungi (F. A. Mason) : — Comparatively few species of fungi were
observed. Daldinia concentrica, the pyrenomycete, so frequently found
on ash, was here found on birch, one small tree with a trunk about 2 in.
in diameter, was found supporting a considerable number of fructifica-
tions. It is an interesting fact that at Allerthorpe, a similar district,
in which small birches flourish, D. concentvica occurs on the same host.
Mr. W. G. Bramley collected agarics, and although all the species are
common they are worth mention as being characteristic of such an
area : Paxillus involutus, Tubavia furfuraceus , Omphalia umbellifera,

Galera hypnorum and var. bryorum, Panceolus campanulatus and
Stropharia semiglobata.

The St. George’s mushroom, Tricholoma gambosum, occurred* sparsely
distributed. Among some discomycetes collected by Miss D. Wooff
were Peziza luteo-nitens B. and Br., and Cilliaria hirta (Schum.) Boud.,
both of which are additional to the flora of S.E. Div. (V.C. 61).

REVIEWS AND BOOK NOTICES.

A Physics Note -book. Heat, Light and Sound, by E. W.
Tapper, B.Sc., A.K.G. Methuen & Co., Ltd., viii. + ioo pp., 2/-.I
A compilation of Physical Laws, Proofs, Formulae, etc., which should
prove useful for revision purposes for students and for those who want
to get at the important facts of physics with as little trouble as possible.

Economic Advisory Council Committee on Locust Control.
The Locust Outbreak in Africa and Western Asia, 1925-31.
Survey prepared by B.P. Uvarov, Senior Assistant, Imperial
Institute of Entomology. H.M.S.O., 5/-, postage extra. The title
of this monograph will give all information necessary to those interested.
There are excellent maps in a pocket at the end of the book and there
are copious references to the literature of the subject.

Field Book for the Shore Fishes of Bermuda, by William Beebe,
Sc.D. , and John Tee -Van. G. P. Putman’s & Sons, xiv + 337 pp., and
343 illustrations, 16/-. This book, published under the auspices of the
New York Zoological Society, while ordinarily intended for tourists and
fishermen, is suitable for those who may contemplate intensive work
on life histories of Bermudan shore fish, and a useful book for all
naturalists interested in ichthyology. Summarised descriptions are
given of a very large number of species, and these are followed by over
50 pages devoted to Keys, compiled on the usual lines. An extensive
bibliography is given at the end of the volume.

British Birds : Volume XXVI, 1932 -33, by H. F. G. Witherby.

The May number concludes the current volume which maintains the
high standard one is accustomed to associate with this journal. The
volume contains valuable articles on distribution, habits, etc., of many
species, records of recovery of ringed birds, and notices of occurrence of
rarities. One of the most valuable series of articles is that dealing with
the enquiry into the Great Crested Grebe, conducted by T. H. Harrison
and P. A. D. Holtom. The report, which has appeared during the year
in four parts, has been reprinted and can be had from the publishers for
2/6 net.

Cytological Technique , by John R . Baker . Methuen’s Monographs
on Biological Subjects, pp. 126, 3/6 net. This excellent little book gives
an account of the methods employed in fixing and staining animal tissues.
Its interest lies especially in the fact that the author attempts throughout
to explain the reasons for the various treatments employed. The result

The Naturalist

Reviews and Book Notices.

167

is a surprisingly readable book incorporating a large amount of informa-
tion. Although primarily written for work on animal tissues, its perusal
is equally profitable to the botanist or zoologist, and it may be strongly
recommended to those engaged in preparing histological specimens.

Index to the Genera and Species of the Dratomaceae, Part I,
by F. W. Mills, Price 10/- per part. (Wheldon & Wesley, Ltd.,
2-4 Arthur Street, London, W.C.2.) Mr. Mills’ work on the diatoms is
well known and he has at last been prevailed upon to publish an index
to the species and genera. This will be invaluable to all serious students
of this group. It gives references to all the taxonomic literature and
descriptions of tire various forms. The amount of work involved may be
realised from the fact it comprises over 500 genera and 60,000 species
and varieties. It is to appear in parts. The present part deals with
the literature cited and with diatoms whose generic name begins
with A.

The History of the Entomological Society of London, by S. A.
Neave, assisted by F. J. Griffin. The Entomological Society, pp.
224, 10/6 net. The occasion of the centenary of the Entomological
Society of London has been chiefly responsible for the production of this
history by the Honorary Secretary, Dr. S. A. Neave, and the Registrar,
Mr. F. J. Griffin. The rise and development of the society up to 1933
is traced, and the debt the society owed to Kirby, Westwood, Spence
and others is clearly indicated. Other chapters deal with the collections,
the library, publications, and finances. Not the least interesting part
of the book is that devoted to brief biographies of distinguished fellows.
The society has played so great a part in British entomology that this
record of its history is both timely and valuable, and the society may be
congratulated on its production.

The Meaning of Animal Colour and Adornment, by Major
R. W. G. Hingston. Edward Arnold & Co., pp. 411, 18/- net. The
ideas underlying this book might almost be termed a psychological
theory of evolution. It is an attempt to evaluate the factors leading to
differences in the colours and markings of animals. Major Hingston
brings to his work a wealth of information which only a naturalist of
his experience could acquire, and then presents it in clear and orderly
fashion. He passes in review the colourations and markings of mammals,
birds and insects, their songs and dances, and then concludes that the
main differences between varieties and sub-species are associated with
the different channels through which the animals give vent to hostile
expressions. He points further to the frequent resemblance between
hostile attitudes and expressions and those of courtship. As a result
of this outlook the author develops the conclusion that conditions
permitting the removal of fear allow of the development of methods of
hostile expression and are correlated with the development of new
varieties or races, marked by intensification of the markings or forms
exhibited during the expression of anger. Many of the examples quoted
in illustration of this argument find a much better explanation in these
terms, than, for example, in terms of the theory of protective colouration.
While it is impossible to summarise the wealth of illustration given,
the author finds good support for his thesis in the Eastern birds he has
studied. Another particular example he employs is the case of the
development of the various breeds of pigeon from the rock pigeon. Thus
the trumpeter has developed hostile expression through the vocal channel,
the fantail in its feathers, and the pouter in its breast expansion. The
author may be congratulated on having produced an eminently readable
book in developing his argument, and one which is certain to arouse
considerable interest among naturalists.

1933 JuB 1

i68

NEWS FROM THE MAGAZINES.

Science Progress for April, 1933, summarises recent advances in
science, and has articles, essays and reviews of recent scientific literature.

The Scottish Naturalist for May and June has articles on ‘ Changes
of Distribution of British Grey Geese ' ; ‘ Notes on the Status of Birds
in Scotland in 1932 ’ ; ‘ Some Observations on the Nesting Habits of
the Blackbird ; ‘A Rare Shark New to Scottish Waters * ; and ' Some
Perthshire Diptera.’

The Journal of the Ministry of Agriculture (April and May numbers)
contains numerous articles on agricultural problems and practice. The
April number has an interesting contribution from Mr. W. B. Alexander,
Director of the Oxford Bird Census, on ‘ A Census of House Martins : Are
their numbers decreasing? ’ This article should be read by all ornitho-
logists, and others interested in methods of estimating density of avian
population.

The British Mycological Society Transactions , Vol. XVII, Part IV,
18th March, 1933. This issue is to hand and it contains valuable
articles of both biological and systematic importance, including ‘ The
British Species of the Genus Diaporthe Nits, and its Segregates,’ by
L. E. Wehmeyer, and ‘ A Contribution to the Life-History of Sard aria
fimicola (Four-Spored Form), with Special Reference to the Abnormal
Spores,’ by Winifred M. Page. Dr. C. L. Shear contributes an article
on ‘ The Manuscript of James Bolton’s leones Fungorum circa Halifax
Sponte Nascentium.’ and J. Ramsbottom supplies an ‘ Index to Berkeley
and Broome’s Notices of British Fungi.’ This number also includes the
Index to Vol. XVII ; it is published by the Cambridge University Press,
London, price 7/6.

The June number of The Journal of the Ministry of Agriculture contains
several articles of interest to naturalists. W. P. Pycraft has a very
useful contribution on ‘ The Kestrel,’ the information being arranged
under the following headings : Description and Habits, Food of the

Kestrel, Value to Agriculture. It is to be hoped that these records will
be read by many farmers, landowners and keepers. A short extract
from the article will give some indication as to the line taken by the
author : ‘ Had the diet of the Kestrel, and the other falcons mentioned,
been better understood, they would not in the past have been regarded
as “ vermin ” and relentlessly destroyed for alleged ravages on game-
preserves. Among the more understanding estate owners and experienced
gamekeepers, it is realised that the policy of extermination is not
justified ; and, where a more enlightened attitude prevails, Kestrels
have been allowed to nest in the immediate neighbourhood of the coops
where pheasant chicks were being reared, and seldom has a chick been
taken. The Kestrel’s real attraction to the rearing-field is furnished
by the mice which gather there to eat the scattered grain. On rare
occasions, probably because other food was scarce, or, accidentally in
mistake for normal prey, a chick may have been snatched up, but there
has been little foundation for the charges of havoc wrought among chicks
of hand-reared game. A Kestrel, having taken a chick, may develop a
liking for them and make repeated visits, but, where an understanding
attitude prevails, the marauder is regarded as a “ rogue ” and shot,
and no complaint can be made about putting an end to such depredations.’

The Entomologist lor June contains articles on ‘ A Possibly Extinct
New Zealand Mayfly,’ by M. E. Mosely (with plate) ; ‘ The Light

Trap as an Adjunct to the Exploration of a Fauna,’ by R. Adkin ; ‘ New
Species of Notiobiella from Africa and Seychelles ( Neuroptera
hemerohiidee ) , ’ by D . E . Kimmins ; ‘ Rhopalocera of the Mullet Peninsula,
Co. Mayo,’ by S. B. Hodgson ; ‘ Notes on Braconidce alysiides,’ by C.

Morley ; and numerous short notes and observations. Among the
species noted by Morley are Chasmodon apterus Nees., from Barnard
Castle, and Alloea contracta Hal., from Bubwith, East Yorks.

The Naturalist

WATKINS & DONCASTER

NATURALISTS,

36, STRAND, LONDON, W.C.2

(Five doors from Charing Cross),

P.O. Box 126 Telephone: Temple Bar 9451.

Keep in stock every description of

APPARATUS, CABINETS, BOOKS & SPECIMENS

for Collectors of

BIRDS’ EGGS, BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS, Etc.

Catalogue (96 pages) sent post free on application.

The Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine

PRICE TWO SHILLINGS MONTHLY.

EDITED BY

G. C. Champion, F.Z.S. J. J. Walker, M.A., R.N., F.L.S.

J. E. Collin, F.E.S. K. G. Blair, B.Sc., F.E.S.

R. W. Lloyd. H. Scott, M.A., Sc.D., F.E.S.

This Magazine, commenced in 1864, contains Standard Articles and Notes
on all subjects connected with Entomology, and especially on the Insects of
the British Isles.

Subscription — 15/=- per annum , post free, to —

R. W. LLOYD, 15 ALBANY, PICCADILLY, LONDON, W.1

Apparatus and Lantern-Slides
for the

FIELD-NATURALIST AND MICROSCOPIST

CATALOGUES POST FREE ON REQUEST

“C” — Apparatus for Field-Work. “BX” — Microscopical Equipment.
“E” — Lantern Slides.

Flatters & Garnett, Ltd.,

309 OXFORD ROAD, MANCHESTER.

Issued bi-monthly, Illustrated with Plates and Text Figures.

To Subscribers, 12s. 6d. post free.

The Scottish Naturalist

With which is incorporated * The Annals of Scottish Natural History ’

EDITED BY

PERCY H. GRIMSHAW, F.R.S.E., F.E.S.

Keeper, Natural History Department, Royal Scottish Museum

AND

JAMES RITCHIE, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S.E.

Regius Professor of Natural History, University of Aberdeen

Assisted by:— EVELYN V. BAXTER f.z.s., h.m.b.o.u. ; LEONORA J. RINTOUL, f.z.s., h.m.b.o.u. ;
H. S. GLADSTONE, m.a., f.r.s.e., f.z.s. ; W. EAGLE CLARKE, i.s.o., ll.d. ; ANDERSON
FERGUSSON, f.e.s. ; A. C. STEPHEN, b.sc., f.r.s.e.

Subscriptions should be addressed to the Publishers,

Messrs. OLIVER & BOYD, LTD., Tweeddale Court, Edinburgh.

WALKS AND TALKS

ON THE

NORTH YORKSHIRE
COAST AND MOORS

By W. RIDLEY-MAKEPEACE

F.C.I.S., M.I. & S.Inst., F.R.E.S.

Author of “ Goathland Walks ”

136 pages , f9 cap 8 vo., with numerous illustrations and a folding map
of the district , thread sewn in a stout attractive coloured cover.

Price 1/ - net, post free 1/2 net.

Through all Booksellers.

EXTRACTS FROM THE PRESS.

"... a very interesting and compact little book. It is not only
a guide to the coast and moors — it is an invitation and a welcome
. L — The Yorkshire Post.

“ ‘ Walks and Talks on the North Yorkshire Moors ’ is just the
book for a walker who is going to tackle this breezy and fascinating
country to slip into his pocket. In Mr. W. Rid ley -Makepeace he
will, indeed, find the happy guide, philosopher and friend . . .” —

Manchester Evening News.

“ . . .Mr. Ridley -Makepeace has previously written on ‘ Goathland
Walks,’ and in this volume, after bringing us from Saltburn to
Flamborough Head down the coast, he centres himself on Whitby,
and, making judicious use of ’bus and train for jumping-off points,
he explores the magnificent spread of the Goathland country in
entertaining and clearly directed fashion. He is a companionable
guide, and as quick to take note of new things as of old . . .” —
Yorkshire Evening Post.

“ Mr. W. Ridley -Makepeace has followed up his little book on
' Goathland Walks ’ by a further series of ‘ Walks and Talks on the
North Yorkshire Coast and Moors.’ He is a rambler of sixty years’
standing, who desires to attract the north, south and west to a part
of England which he regards as the pedestrians’ paradise. He des-
cribes and illustrates a series of eleven walks, with a wealth of
interesting detail, historical and topographical . . .” — The Lancet.

London: A. BROWN & SONS., Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C.4

Printed by A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., Perth Street West, Hull, and published by
A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., at 5 Farringdon Avenue, in the City of London.

July, 1933.

5 , */

OJGUST, 1933

No. 919

No. 692 of current Series

A MONTHLY
ILLUSTRATED JOURNAL

PRINCIPALLY FOR THE NORTH OF ENGLAND.

Edited by

W. H. PEARSALL, D.Sc., F.L.S., and W. R, GRIST, B.Sc.,
The University, Leeds.

with the assistance as referees in special departments of

H. B. Booth, F.Z.S. M.B.O.U. Riley Fortune, F.Z.S., F.R.P.S.

J. M. Brown, B.Sc., F.L.S., F.E.S. Professor A. Gilligan, D.Sc., F.G.S., M.I.M.E.

W. H. Burrell, F.L.S. F. A. Mason, F.R.M.S.

Chris. A. Cheetham, F.E.S. Mrs. Elsie M. Morehouse.

W. J. Fordham, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Thos. Sheppard, M.Sc., F.G.S.

D.P.H. T. W. Woodhead, Ph.D.,M.Sc., F.L.S.

The Constituents of Banded Humic Coals-

Crookall, mSfi., Pkjx . — — -*n j. 169-176

Evidence of Subsidence at HiUl— T

^XfONAL Mt3

Field Notes .

William Spence, 1782-1860— Frauds /. Griffin, A.L.A .
Northern News .......

Hull’s Water Supply ( illustrated ) — T.S.

Reviews and Book Notices .....
Yorkshire Naturalists at Dent
Geological Notes .....

News from the Magazines .

176

177

178

178

179
180'

. 181-190'
. 190-191
180, 191-192

LONDON :

A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C.4.
And at Hull.

Printers and Publishers to the Y.N.U.

PRICE 1/6 net.

Prepaid Subscription
15 / - per annum.

the latest book by

EDMUND SELOUS

is one of his most important contributions
to scientific natural history. It should
appeal especially to those who are even
more interested in enquiries into the meaning
of the present habits of birdsy than in the
habits themselves. 10/- net.

EVOLUTION OF HABIT
IN BIRDS

10 Orange Street London W.C.2.

CONSTABLE

W. II. JANSON & SON

44 GT. RUSSELL STREET, LONDON, W.C.l

ALL REQUISITES FOR NATURALISTS
Catalogue sent free.

Apparatus and Lantern-Slides
for the

FIELD-NATURALIST AND MICR0SC0PIST

CATALOGUES POST FREE ON REQUEST
“G” — Apparatus for Field-Work. “BX” — Microscopical Equipment.
“E” — Lantern Slides.

Flatters & Garnett, Ltd.,

309 OXFORD ROAD, MANCHESTER.

WINESTEAD AM) ITS LORDS

THE HISTORY OF A HOLDERNESS VILLAGE

by NORMAN JAMES MILLER, M.A.
with a Foreword by THE ARCHBISHOP OF YORK

Demy 8vo. 258 pages. 9 Plates and 5 Illustrations.

J-bound cloth, 10/- net, or post free 10/6.

LONDON: A. BROWN & SONS, LIMITED, 5 FARRINGDON AVENUE, E.C.4.

169

THE CONSTITUENTS OF BANDED HUMIC COALS.

R. CROOKALL, D.Sc., PH.D.

The complex nature of humic (so-called bituminous) coals
long militated against research into their chemical constitution
and biological composition, and therefore against an under-
standing of their behaviour under various conditions and
their most economic utilisation.

One of the most important steps in the study of such fuels
consisted in the recognition, by Dr. M. C. Stopes,1 that they
are composed of four types of visible ingredients. These
types were designated vitrain, clarain, durain and fusain.

Dr. Stopes’ classification has been subjected to some
criticism, and other classifications, based on different criteria,
have been proposed. Nevertheless, the separation of vitrain,
clarain, durain and fusain from samples of coal and their
investigation individually has yielded results of the first
importance. The results have been of value both in the
understanding of humic (and other) coals from a scientific
point of view and in their practical employment as fuels, etc.
The literature describing these investigations of the four
visible ingredients has reached considerable proportions and
the writer has summarised, in the form of the accompanying
Table (pp. 171-173), the chief facts concerning them.

Miners long ago recognised in humic coals ( a ) bright coal
(‘softs’), ( b ) dull coal (‘ hards ’) and ‘ mother of coal ’ or
‘ mineral charcoal.’ It remained for Dr. Stopes satisfactorily
to define these, to indicate the presence of a fourth ingredient
(vitrain) and to call attention to the importance of investiga-
ting the constituents separately. In collaboration with
Professor R. V. Wheeler,2 Dr. Stopes has published the results
of numerous researches into their nature, while other workers
have brought to light many important facts.

The methods by which vitrain, clarain, durain and fusain
have been investigated include chemical analysis, resolution
by solvents, oxidation by various agents and microscopic
examination. The ingredients showed differences in behaviour
of greater or lesser extent, so that it is now possible, from a
mere visual inspection of a particular coal, to deduce certain
of its properties and its suitability to certain purposes. For
example, the readiness with which a particular coal ‘ cakes '

1 Stopes, M. C., ‘ On the Four Visible Ingredients in Banded
Bituminous Coal,’ Pvoc. Roy. Soc., B. Vol. 35, 1919, pp. 470-487.

2 Stopes, M. C. and R. V. Wheeler, ‘ Monograph on the Constitution
of Coal,’ Dept, of Scientific and Industrial Research, London, 1918 ;
‘ The Spontaneous Combustion of Coal in Relation to its Composition
and Structure,’ Fuel, Vol. 2, pp. 29-41, 83-92, 122-132 ; ‘ The Consti-
tution of Coal,’ Fuel, Vol. 3, pp. 3-11, 63-67, 97-105, 129-133, 179-184,
196-204, 254-261, 288-297, 328-335, 356-360, 393-399, 439-452.

1933 August 1

H

i jo The Constituents of Banded Humic Coal.

on heating, an essential feature in the production of large
pieces of compact coke suitable for metallurgical purposes,
depends on the presence of vitrain (and clarain). From the
physical point of view, the durain and fusain present act as
‘ inert ’ material which is bound together by the fusion of
the bright coal. Apart from special preliminary treatments,
therefore, coals required for coking purposes must contain a
sufficient proportion of vitrain and clarain. On the other
hand, a coal may fuse so readily that it is advantageous to
blend it with a certain proportion of coal which is richer in
durain and fusain. Again, inferior coals may be pressed into
service by blending.

The following brief notes may be given in explanation
of the Table : —

(1) The terms vitrain, clarain, durain and fusain are
based on the macroscopic physical characters of the ingredients.
Thiessen’s terms, anthraxylon and attritus, are based upon
the origin of the material which went to form the ingredients.
With the exception of fusain, Thiessen’s terms are not strictly
equivalent to Dr. Stopes’ terms as here shown. Anthraxylon
represents coaly matter derived from botanically homogeneous
and attritus from botanically heterogeneous debris. Fusain
is usually, though not invariably, composed of homogeneous
material ; durain is always of heterogeneous origin ; clarain
is usually heterogeneous ; vitrain commonly, but not always,
homogeneous. A lenticle of vitrain often represents a single
plant fragment, but sometimes consists of the remains of
miscellaneous tissues.1

(2) As was first pointed out by Dr. John Pringle,2 the
coaly layer investing stems fossilised in shales and in sand-
stones always consists of vitrain.

(3) The term ‘ dice ’ applies chiefly to vitrain (which
tends to break up into small dice-like cubes), but clarain has
also been included under the name.3

(4) Glanzkohle may also refer to anthracite.

(5) Clarain forms the bulk of most British seams of humic
coal. The distinction originally drawn between vitrain (as
structureless) and clarain (as containing plant structures,
visible in thin sections under the microscope) has now broken
down (see below). The great similarity between vitrain and
the brighter clarains in chemical composition and properties

1 Seyler, C. A., ‘ Banded Bituminous Coal,’ Fuel, Vol. 5, 1926, p. 182.
Thiessen, R. and W. Francis, ‘Terminology in Coal Research,’ ibid.,
Vol. 8, 1929, p. 385.

2 Pringle, J., ‘ On the Origin of Bright Laminae in Coal,’ Trans.
Edinb. Geol. Soc., Vol. X, 1911, pp. 30-37. Lomax, J., Colliery
Guardian, Vol. 129, pp. 514-516.

3 Gresley, W. S., Trans. Manchester Geol. Soc., Vol. 21, 1892, p. 520.

The Naturalist

The Constituents of Banded Humic Coal. 171

LITHOLOGICAL INGREDIENTS IN BRITISH HUMIC GOALS.

British Terms.

Vi train.

| Clarain.

Durain .

Fusain.

Popular terms

bright, glance or glanze coal ;
softs ; ‘ dice ’ (Some bright

clarains contain 90% or more
vitrain : some dull clarains

contains a large proportion of
durain) .

hards ;
bone

mother of
coal ;

‘ mineral ’
charcoal

German terms

Glanzkohle (bright coal) ;

‘ structureless ’ —
euvitrit ;
with structure —
provitrit

Mattkohle (dull
coal) ; (includes
some clarains
with dissem-
inated durain
wdiich cannot be
placed in vitrits);

Faserkohle
(fibrous coal)
soft — Staub-
faserkohle ;
hard —

Hartfaserkohle ;

vit

rit

durit

fusit

Thiessen’s

terms

anthraxylon
(often definite
fragments of
wood or
periterm)

attritus (
miscellane

generally
ous tissues)

anthraxylon

(definite

woody

fragments)

Average % in
British seams

1 — 20

30—99

1—50 ;

very variable,

1 — 10 ;
av. 2-5

Physical

properties

bright, glassy,
not streaked ;
homogeneous
to the naked
eye

bright and

silky, but not
glassy ;
streaked

granular ; hard ;

compact ;
dull black ;

heavy

soft ; black ;
charcoal -like ;
soils the
fingers

Extent of
lenticles
(a) vertical
(h ) lateral

seldom more
than in.

usually small

1/16 to 3 ins.
often great

^ to 4 ins.
often great

usually
1/1.6 to ^ in.,
but up to 1 in.
usually a few
inches

Fractured

surface

conchoidal

straight

irregular ;
granulated

irregular ;
powdery ;

Contact surface
with other
ingredients

well defined

not well
defined
(see durain)

not well
defined :
interlocks,
chiefly with
clarain

well defined

General

chemical

composition

high in
hydrocarbons
and in ulmins

high in
hydrocarbons
and in ulmins

next to fusain
in % of car-
bon ; high in
‘ resins ’

% of carbon
high ; % of

oxygen and

hydrocarbons
low

Moisture

present

high

{e.g.9-9%)

fairly high
\e.g. 8-6%)

fairly low
{e.g. 6-o%)

low

'(t.e. 3-1%)

I933 August 1

172

The Constituents of Banded Humic Coal.

LITHOLOGICAL INGREDIENTS IN BRITISH HUMIC COALS — (Contd.)

Vi train.

Clarain.

Durain .

Fusain.

Example of
proximate
analysis :
volatiles (%)

29-43

29-91

29-74

16-87

fixed carbon (%)

59-77

60-19

56-46

66-23

C/H ratio

15-10

15-12

16-69

22-71

ash (%)

0-90

1-30

7-80

13-80

Example of

pyridine-

chloroform

analysis :
alpha -compounds

65-8%

72-8%

78-4%

beta -compounds
gamma-

25-0%

19-0%

i3-o%

p

compounds

9-2%

8-2%

8-6%

Oxidation with

forms a large

froms a small

forms no froth ;

forms no froth

nitric acid

froth which

froth and a

solution paler

and no true

settles slowly

black solution

than that of

solution, but a

to form a black

from which

clarain ; much

liquid from

solution from

debris settles

debris settles

which a large

which no

(chiefly clear

from it (chiefly

amount of

debris settles

brown frag-

black opaque

debris settles

ments — cuticles

fragments, with

(black angular

and parts of

clear parts —

fibrous par-

spores ; also

walls of mega-

ticles)

black opaque

spores)

fragments)

Oxidisability

vitrain and clarain :

632 cc.

69 cc.

with potassium

615 cc. oxygen per grm.

oxygen

oxygen

permanganate

per grm.

per grm.

Products of
destructive
distillation :
coke (%)

65-7

65-4

62-3

80-3

tar (%)

7.7

8-9

12 - 1

3-6

liquor (%)
gas, cc. per io

8-o

7-5

5-9

3,280

4-8

grm.

3.465

3,390

2,400

oil (soluble in

?

56-2% of oil

37-5% of oil

95% °f fusain

ether) by

soluble after

soluble after

remained in-

hydrogenation

3 hours’ treat-

4 days’ treat-

soluble after

ment

ment

4 days

Example
content of

(a) ulmins

(a) 96%

(«) 82%

(a) 83%

(a) 20%

(&)■ organised

( b ) nil

(&) 5-10%

(6) 15-25%

(b) 70-80%

plant tissues

(chiefly

(spores and

(wood or

cuticles ; some

cuticles, with

fibres)

spores )

some wood)

(c) ‘resins/ etc.

(c) 0-5% or less

(c) about 0-4%

(c) high %

(c) nil

The Naturalist

The Constituents of Banded Humic Coal.

173

LITHOLOGICAL INGREDIENTS IN BRITISH HUMIC GOALS — (Contd.)

Vi train.

Clarain.

Durain .

Fusain .

Liability to
spontaneous
combustion

Large ulmin
content and
fragile — hence
has the great-
est tendency
to spontaneous
combustion

Large ulmin
content favours
but fairly hard
nature operates
against spon-
taneous com-
bustion

Small ulmin
content and

hard nature

are against

spontaneous
combustion

Porosity

favours

oxidation and
therefore
spontaneous
combustion

‘ Caking '
properties and
type of coke

vitrain and clarain fuse and
‘ cake ’ at ‘ low ’ temperatures
— an essential to the formation
of large pieces of compact coke ;
the coke of vitrain is very
porous and swollen, that of
clarain more compact and less
swollen

non-caking

(unless

hydrogenated) ;
coke usually
powdery ; a

‘ free burning '
fuel (for
steam-raising,
etc.)

non-caking ;
coke usually
powdery ;
calorific
value high —
a valuable
powdered fuel

Absorption of
water vapour :

1 day

2 days
4 dzys

20- 3%

21- 2%
23-5-24-3%

9-i%

10-0%

11 -3-12-5%

4- 9%

5- 2%

5 -9-7-0%

Ash present
(see also
proximate
analysis,
above)

least ; mainly
or wholly de-
rived from the
plant tissues ;
calcium sul-
phate and
much magnesia
and alkalis ;
low in silica
and alumina

little ; mainly
or wholly de-
rived from the
plant tissues ;
calcium sul-
phate and
much magnesia
and alkalis ;
low in silica
and alumina

generally lar-
est • includes
much silica and
alumina ; low
in magnesia
and alkalis ;
largely repre-
sents detrital
mineral matter

often large ;

varies in
amount and
1 composition ;
crystalline
matter, especi-
ally calcium
compounds
from percola-
ting solutions,
may be present

Biological
contents (seen
in thin slices,
etc.)

pseudomorphs
of wood and
fibres only
seen ; cells are
completely
disorganised,
forming ulmic
acid

chiefly

cuticles, some
spores, frag-
ments of wood
and soft tis-
sues, embedded
in ulmic acid

chiefly

spore -cases and
cuticles of
leaves ; cell
cavities filled
with ulmic
acid

Crushed
carbonised
wood — and
fibre — cells,
with empty
cavities

Deductions as
to conditions
under which
remains decayed

under

water

under

water

under

water

at surface
of water

Deductions as
to accumulation
of debris

mainly
in situ

mainly
in situ

mainly
by drift

mainly
in situ

1 933 August 1

174 The Constituents of Banded Humic Coal.

suggests, for most practical purposes, a classification into
(a) bright coal, (b) durain, and (c) fusain. On the other
hand, if the view of Bode1 and others that clarain consists of
an intimate mixture of vitrain and durain be adopted, the
classification is (a) vitrain, (b) durain, and (c) fusain. As
fusain mainly consists of free carbon, there are virtually only
two coal-types.2

(6) The example of the moisture content refers to the
Top Hard Coal.3

(7) The example of the pyridine-chloroform analysis is
from the work of Dr. Stopes and Professor Wheeler.4 As the
amounts of the gamma- compounds are approximately the
same, the chief differences between durain, clarain and vitrain,
as revealed by this analysis, lie in the alpha — and beta —
compounds. These two groups of compounds are very similar
to each other. They are {a) infusible, (b) yield but little
liquid products (and mainly phenols) on distillation, (c) the
gases yielded on distillation are mainly hydrogen and the
oxides of carbon. Gamma-compounds (a) melt at 95-100
degrees C., (b) on destructive distillation yield about half
their weight of liquid products (mainly ‘ resinic ’ and con-
taining no phenols), (c) on distillation yield as gases mainly
the paraffin hydrocarbons. It is chiefly the gamma -compounds
(ulmo-humic acids) which confer coking properties on a coal,
though coking is not entirely referable to them. Dr. R. S.
Illingworth considers that to yield a coherent coke, a coal
should contain not less than 5 per cent, of gamma- compounds
with a C/H ratio of not less than 10.

(8) In oxidising the ingredients by nitric acid, concen-
trated acid, with a few drops of hydrofluoric acid, is applied
to the sample and left from two to seven days. The reactions
which have occurred become apparent after (a) neutralisation
with potassium hydroxide and (b) the addition of water.5

(9) The example of the ulmin contents are from the work
of Francis and Wheeler.6 Vitrain was originally regarded
as structureless, as, indeed, it appears to the naked eye and
even under the lens. Structureless vitrain (‘ euvitrit * in

1 Bode, H., ‘ Zur Nomenklatur in der Kohlenpetrographie . Kohle
u Erz,’ Vol. 18, 1928, pp. 699-710.

2 Thiessen, R., fourn. of Geol., Vol. 28, 1920, p. 185. Evans, M. M.(
L. Slater and R. V. Wheeler, ‘On Vitrain,' Fuel, Vol. 8, 1929, p. 30.
Winter, H., Gluckauf, Vol. 63, 1927, p. 483.

3 Winter, H., ‘ Banded Coal,' Fuel, Vol. 7, 1928, p. 52.

4 Stopes, M. C. and R. V. Wheeler, Fuel, Vol. 2, 1923, p. 88.

5 Stopes, M. C. and R. V. Wheeler, Fuel, Vol. 2, 1923, p. 40.
Hendrickson, A. V., ibid., pp. 103, 156.

6 Francis, W. and R. V. Wheeler, ‘ The Spontaneous Combustion of

Coal : the Most Readily Oxidisable Constituents,’ Safety in Mines

Research Board, Paper No. 28, 1926. See also Moore, B., Fuel, Vol. 10,
pp. 205-21 1.

The Naturalist

The Constituents of Banded Humic Coal. 175

contrast to ' provitrit ') is, however, now known to be rare,
if existent. When polished and etched surfaces of vitrain are
examined by reflected light, most specimens show pseudo-
morphs of plant cells. It is possible, by regulating the
oxidation and removing the soluble ulmins by means of dilute
sodium hydroxide, to see and photograph the more obvious
structures, but the pseudomorphs disappear as the ulmins
dissolve. The structures cannot be separated and retained as
can (from durain, etc.) spore-cases, cuticles, fibres and
tracheids. The only plant -residues in vitrain are rodlets of
* resins. ’ 1

(10) The adsorption of water vapour, in cases in which the
oxygen content of a coal is less than 10 per cent., runs parallel
to the oxygen content.2

(1 1 ) The deductions, shown in the Table, that vitrain,

clarain and durain are mainly formed under water are
generally, though not universally, accepted.3 For example,
Taylor observes, ‘ The roofs of the bituminous coal seams,
ranging in age from the Carboniferous to recent, have
two characteristics in common : (a) they are alkaline ;

and ( b ) they contain replaceable sodium in excess of replace-
able calcium. . . . Bacterial decomposition of vegetable
matter can take place under such a roof, and results in the
formation of solid reduction products, one of which is fusain/

(12) The oxidisability with dilute potassium perman-
ganate cited is due to Kreulen.4

(13) The examples of figures obtained from destructive
distillation of the ingredients are due to Greenwood.5
Amounts from the true sample of coal were : coke, 66.8 per
cent. ; tar, 8.9 per cent. ; liquor, 7.5 per cent. ; gas, cc. per
10 grm. 3,100.

(14) The example of the amounts of oil obtained by
hydrogenation is due to Shatwell and Graham.6

(15) Professor Hickling7 has pointed out that vitrain and

1 Hickling, H. G. A. and C. E. Marshall, ‘The Microstructure of the
Coal in certain Fossil Trees,’ Trans. Inst. Mining Eng., Vol. LXXXIV,
1932, p. 13. Seyler, C. A., Fuel, Vol. 5, 1926, p. 56. Stopes, M. C.
and R. V. Wheeler, Fuel, Vol. 2, 1923, p. 122.

2 Lea, F. M., Fuel, Vol. 7, 1928, p. 433.

3 The following writers are in disagreement : —

Stuart, M., ‘ The Geology of Oil, Oil-shale and Coal,’ London ,
1926, p. 21. Taylor, E. M., Fuel, Vol. 7, 1928, pp. 66-71, 127-134,
327-8. Buchler, F., Gluckauf , Vol. 65, 1919, p. 161.

4 Kreulen, D. J. W., Brennstoff-Chem., Vol. X, 1929, p. 397.

5 Greenwood, H. D., ‘ Examination of the Banded Constituents of a
Derbyshire Coal,’ Trans. Soc. Chem. Ind., Vol. 43, 1924, pp. 363-366.

6 Shatwell, H. G., and J. I. Graham, ‘ Hydrogenation and Liquefac-
tion of Coal,’ Fuel, Vol. 4, 1925, pp. 25-30.

7 Hickling, H. G. A., ‘The Geological History of Coal,’ Fuel ,
Vol. 10, 1931, pp. 212-232.

1933 August 1

176

Evidence of Subsidence at Hull.

fusain are sufficiently definite and uniform to be described as
true constituents of humic coal, but that clarain and durain
are not definite uniform constituents ; they are aggregations
of different materials and are therefore types of coal aggregates
rather than constituents.

EVIDENCE OF SUBSIDENCE AT HULL.

I have had an enquiry as to whether there is any evidence of
the area round the City of Hull having subsided in com-
paratively recent times. The peat beds under Hull indicate
that there have been changes in level in early times, but it
occurred to me that possibly the weight of the enormous
number of houses and other buildings to meet the demands
of a population of nearly 350,000 may have caused some slight
depression. It will be borne in mind that the area upon
which Hull is built is old Humber silt, and beneath it the
spongy peat beds still cause plates to rattle and windows to
shake when heavy traffic pass along the roads. It occurred
to me that Mr. A. Tulip, Chief Engineer for Docks at Hull,
might have some information on the point, and I therefore
wrote him on the matter. He gives the following informa-
tion which I think should be recorded : ‘ There is no direct
data in this office with regard to local subsidence due to the
causes you mention, but there appears to be evidence that in
certain localities of the British Isles, other than colliery
districts, surface movement has occurred since the ordnance
survey in 1888. This fact specially came to my notice in
1929 when using the revised ordnance surveys which were
published about 1926, whereon the levels are reduced to the
Newlyn datum instead of the Liverpool datum adopted in the
previous surveys. Certain discrepancies were apparent after
the various levels were adjusted to the new datum, and I
wrote to the Director General of the Ordnance Survey Office
with regard to these. I was specially concerned at this time
with the Hedon Road (East Hull) district, and from informa-
tion supplied there appears to have been a subsidence of the
building on which the bench mark was cut of 0.186 feet
between 1888 and 1908, and a further settlement between
1908 and 1926 of about 0.1 feet. Similar figures occur at
other bench marks. This sinking, however, is not necessarily
consequent upon the vibratory effect of heavy traffic, as same
of the bench marks are not in the close vicinity of high roads
carrying heavy traffic. ’ The shrinking of the clay subsoil
due to drainage may be a factor. — T.S.

The Naturalist

177

FIELD NOTES.

Nightingale Nesting near York. — A pair of nightingales
successfully reared four young ones, which left the nest on
June 1 2th. The nest was a fairly large, loose structure,
composed of dead beech and rhododendron leaves with the
addition of a few fine grasses, and was situated on the ground
among some elder sticks and common nettles on the edge of
a dark shrubbery at Waplington, fifteen miles east of York.
Owing to the bad light some photographs of both parents
feeding the young birds failed, and the young had flown away
before a second effort was possible. — S.H.S.

Snake Pipefish at Scarborough. — On February 28th,
after a rough sea, a Snake Pipefish (Nerophus cequoveous),
measuring 21 in. in length, was washed ashore in the South
Bay near the bathing pool. This is the largest of the six
British species of these fishes, and is by no means of
common occurrence. It can be distinguished from the
Great Pipefish, the next largest, by its oval section, by
the bluish white transverse lines which ring the body at
short intervals, and by the absence of the pectoral and
caudal fins. It is now preserved in the Scarborough Museum. —
W. J. Clarke.

The Flowering Period of the Barren Strawberry. —

The Barren Strawberry ( Potentilla fragariastrum) is invariably
the first of our plants to flower in the neighbourhood of Douglas,
Isle of Man. For the last seven years it has appeared on
November 28th, 1926 ; November 25th, 1927 ; December 2nd,
1928; October 21st, 1929; August 15th, 1930 ; September
8th, 1931 ; and October nth, 1932. This gives the average
date of flowering as October 20th. It should be mentioned
that these dates are not those of out-of-season appearances,
e.g. September violets, but that flowers have been found in
every month from these dates each year. The August record
is an early and not a late date as no flowers were observed
on this wall in July and the same plant continued to flower
throughout September. From these dates it would seem that
the flowering period of the Barren Strawberry is much under-
estimated by most text -books, and that a conservative
estimate would be from November to May. Near Douglas
it is generally common in December, while late flowers
are to be found until the middle of June. July is the
only month in which I have never found it in flower. —
W. S. Cowin.

1933 August 1

HZ

178

WILLIAM SPENCE, 1782-1860.

FRANCIS J. GRIFFIN, A.L.A.

Registrar, Royal Entomological Society of London.

In view of the lack of information regarding the descent
of William Spence, F.R.S., co-author of the celebrated
‘ Introduction to Entomology * with W. Kirby, the following
additional details, very kindly supplied by Rev. E. C.
Ruthven -Murray, of Bishop Burton, Beverley, E. Yorkshire,
may be of interest : —

Extract from Register of Baptisms, Bishop Burton.

1782, October 1st. William, son of Robert Spence,
Husbandman, by Anna his wife, baptized/

Inscription on a fiat tombstone in the churchyard at Bishop
Burton.

‘ Elizabeth, wife of William Spence, Esquire, F.R.S.,
London. Died April 5th, 1855, aged 75 years. Also
of the above-named William Spence, Esquire, F.R.S.,
who died in London, January 6th, 1860/

The Rev. Ruthven-Murray kindly adds the following
additional information

‘His father, Robert (who had three brothers and two
sisters) was baptized 1753, but was not buried here. His
mother was buried here 1820. His grandfather, Robert, was
baptized here 1710, but buried from Elton, 1780. His
grandmother, Lydia ( nee Johnson), was baptized here 1716
and buried 1805. This Robert had one sister. His great
grandfather, William, must have come here with his parents,
William and Mary (William was buried 1702), before 1692
when a sister was baptized. He married here 1708 Elizabeth
White and was buried 1723. He had one brother and live
sisters ; also a cousin, William, who left descendants resident
here till 1829. W. S. himself had an elder brother, Joseph,
whose son, James, was the last of the family to be buried here
(1870). By the way, all the Spences seem to have been
farmers/

An excellent account of Spence, with a portrait, was
published in 1906 by Mr. T. Sheppard in Trans. Hull Sci.
Field Nat. Club, III, 285-290.

On his arrival back from the West Indies, Mr. T. Sheppard had a
welcome communication from the Secretary of the Linnean Society of
London, informing him that at their recent Annual Meeting he had been
elected an Associate of that Society. The number of Associates is limited
to twenty-five, and these can only be elected when a vacancy occurs in
the list. According to the Bye-laws of the Society, this Associateship is
only awarded to those ‘ Whose work as a naturalist deserves honourable
recognition.’ Mr. Sheppard understands that his work for The Naturalist
was one of the reasons this honour was conferred upon him. He has all
the privileges of the Fellows of the Society and will in future receive the
publications issued.

The Naturalist

i7 9

HULL’S WATER SUPPLY.

In Ours, the magazine of Messrs. Reck itt & Sons, for February, is
an article on ‘ Modern Water Works : A Suggested New Water Supply

Farndale, to-day.

The Suggested Farndale Reservoir.

for Hull,’ by Mr. T. H. Jones, the Deputy Water Engineer. In this he
illustrates the suggested source of supply, namely Farndale as it is at
present and also as it will be if the Reservoir Scheme is carried out.
These two views we are kindly permitted to reproduce by permission
of the Editor of Ours. — T.S.

1933 August 1

i8o

REVIEWS AND BOOK NOTICES.

The English Names of our Commonest Wild Flowers, by R.
Fisher. Arbroath : T. Buncle & Co., pp. 249, 3/6 net. Canon Fisher’s
work on the wild flowers of the Whitby district is so well known to
northern botanists that the publication of his book will be received with
particular pleasure. The present work is perforce limited to the English
names of the plants present in all the 112 comital districts into which
the country is divided. We may hope that in due course the remainder
of the 17,000 names in the original manuscript may appear in publication.
To the materialist, the utility of having an excellent book of reference
to the common English plant names will no doubt commend the book.
But Canon Fisher’s work may also serve as a timely reminder that there
are flowers of the language as well as flowers of the field, for many of the
names he has collected are as charming as the plants to which they
belong. To many readers the most fascinating part of the present volume
will be the manner in which clues are constantly given as to the origin
of the names. These are of great interest, especially as other sources of
information in this field are not readily a/ailable. While no one can
expect the English names to replace the Latin ones for scientific purposes,
yet the popular names are, after all, the ones which appeal to most people.
A knowledge of their origins and meanings should undoubtedly stimulate
our interest in the plants themselves as it will certainly increase our
pleasure in their pursuit.

Mosses of Hong Kong, with other Chinese Mosses, by H. N.
Dixon , Hong Kong Naturalist. Supplement No. 2, March, 1933, pp.1-31,
and two plates. This paper, intended to form a basis for a complete
account of the bryology of Hong Kong, originated in collections made by
Dr. G. A. C. Herklots ; but more extended expeditions in Kwangtung
and Fukien, and material received from Rev. E. Licent, Miss D. Wheldon
and several other sources, induced the author to widen the scope. Twenty -
nine species new to science are described, and eighteen others are newly
recorded, bringing the total of Chinese mosses to 1,125. Read in con-
junction with a paper published by Dr. H. Reimers in Hedwigia in 1931
(Bd. LXXI, pp. 1-77, 24 text fig.) there is now available a concise
account of what is known to date of Chinese mosses, to stimulate interest
in this branch of natural history, already great in Japan and appreciable
in China. Dr. Herklots, who is a member of the Yorkshire Naturalists’
Union, is to be congratulated on this, one of several similar activities,
and on having secured the help of so eminent a bryologist as Mr. Dixon
for the description of the material. Specimens of the mosses are in the
Herbarium of the University of Leeds.

The Entomologist’ s Record for May contains ‘ An Account of My
Studies in the Biology of P. rapes ,’ by Orazio Querci ; ‘ Lepidoptera at
Maurin, Basses Alpes,’ by A. E. Burras, W. P. Curtis and W. Fassnidge ;
various notes on collecting, etc., and the continuation of the supplement
‘ British Noctuae,’ by H. J. Turner.

The Entomologist’ s Monthly Magazine for June contains ‘ More New
and Little-known British Thrips,’ by R. S. Bagnall ; ‘ Neuraphes

elongatulus Mull et Kunze ab glabricollis Machulka, an Aberration New
to Britain,' by H. Donisthorpe (from under spruce bark at St. Albans) ;
‘ Two Ichneumon Parasites of Lophyrus pini Klug.,’ by W. B. R.
Laidlaw (with plates of Lamachus pini Bridg. var. caledonicus Laidl.,
and Holocremna macellator Thnbg. var. cothurnata Holmg. from Scotland) ;
‘ The Insect and Allied Fauna of Cultivated Mushrooms,’ by M. D.
Austin ; ‘ Meigen’s Nouvelle Classification, 1800, ’ by E. R. Goffe ; and
short notes on Coleoptera and Proctotrypidae.

The Naturalist

i8i

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS AT DENT.

Dent was the Headquarters of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union during
Whitsun weekend, June 3rd to 5th, and although it is the second visit
in recent years, the possibilities of discovery in any one of the branches
of natural history covered by the Sections have by no means been ex-
hausted, A very full and representative gathering of members and
associates had assembled by the preceding Friday evening, including
the President (Mr. J. M. Brown, B.Sc., F.L.S.). The weather was
glorious, with the temperature higher than normal for June, which,
although satisfactory for the entomologists and slow -going mycologists,
was rather exacting for more strenuous work. The ‘ George and Dragon ’
as on previous occasions proved comfortable and commodious
Headquarters.

Monday was devoted to the investigation of the River Dee and its
banks upstream from Dent Bridge, under the guidance of Mr. Chris. A.
Cheetham. The Union was pleased to have as visitors members of the
Sedgwick Society from Sedbergh, piloted by Mr. R. W. Gray. A strong
spirit of natural history investigation is fostered at Sedbergh, very
largely, we believe, by the Rev. A. J. K. Martyn, whom we should have
been glad to have had with us, had his duties not prevented his
attendance.

Although there was no fixed routes for Sunday small parties made for
themselves routes, which included Colm Scar, Gawthrop and the woods
in the neighbourhood, and Flinters Ghyll, and in that way a good deal
of useful collecting was done.

Helmside Ghyll was the rendezvous for Monday, Mr. Cheetham
again acting as guide and a very full day was spent with satisfaction to
all. It will be seen from the reports which follow that many valuable
observations were made, although the problems of the plant life of the
district in relation to its geology should have whetted the scientific
appetite for still another visit to this charming dale.

A meeting was held on Monday evening under the chairmanship of
the President. There was a long and animated discussion of the week-end
work, and it warranted the change of time from before dinner to after
dinner, although it was greatly regretted that it prevented day visitors
from the West Riding taking part in it. The leaders of Sections who
reported at this meeting were the President, Messrs. Chris. A. Cheetham,
W. F. Fearnley, F. A. Mason, Mrs. E. M. Morehouse, Messrs. E. F.
Milsom, A. Malins Smith, W. E. L. Wattam, W. P. Winter and Dr.
W. A. Sledge. A hearty vote of thanks was accorded to the Local
Secretary (Mr. J. Hartshorn) coupling with it Mr. Chris. A. Cheetham,
who had devoted much attention to the arrangements as well as officiating
as leader.

Vertebrate Zoology (W. F. Fearnley) : — Mammals observed
include a Badger seen by the railway side in the early morning, a Red
Squirrel in Helmside Ghyll, and Rabbits. An interesting sight was
afforded by a domestic cat wading in the river whilst stalking Rabbits
on the bank. Trout appeared to be fairly abundant in the River Dee.

Thirty-four species of birds were noted, and the nests or young were
found in the case of fifteen. Song Thrushes, Blackbirds and Redbreasts
occurred in the woods and gardens. Starlings were seen carrying young
horse-chestnut leaves into their nests. Meadow-pipits were feeding
young on the hillsides, and Tree-pipits were common in the valley.
The Wren was quite common, and a nest containing eggs was found.
Dippers were met with at intervals along the River Dee, The House-
sparrow appears to be as abundant here as in most places, although we
were told that forty years, ago there were none in Dent. Chaffinches

1933 August i

182

Yorkshire Naturalists at Dent

were not numerous, just a few being seen and one nest found. A Bull-
finch was seen close to the village. Yellow Wagtails were observed on
the roadside a little below Dent. A Whitethroat was seen by the river-
side, many Willow Warblers were heard and a nest containing eggs was
found. The Wood Warbler, Garden Warbler and Redstart were singing
in Helmside Ghyll. Cuckoos were frequently heard, and one was seen
perched on a tree, attended by a Tree-pipit which appeared to be trying
to drive it off. Tawny Owls were calling at night, and one was seen
during the daytime. The Common Sandpiper was frequently met with
along the riverside, and a nest was found in a bank by the roadside,
the bird flying off just as Mr. Mason’s car was passing. Many Curlews
were seen on the hills, and two young were found on different areas of
Rise Hill. Lapwings were seen, but not very many, and one or two
pairs of Redshanks, a few Snipe were put up and a nest was found. A
few pairs of Golden Plover occurred on Rise Hill. Corncrakes were
calling in most of the fields in the valley, and Mr. Malins Smith had a
good view of one. A Waterhen’s nest was found in a marshy field by
the river. A Kestrel’s nest, containing young, was found on a ledge of
rock. A brood of Grouse were found on Helms Knott. One or two
Wood Pigeons’ nests were seen, and a young one was noticed perched
on a tree in Helmside Ghyll. Partridges and pheasants were also
seen.

Several additions could probably be made to this list, but the majority
of the Vertebrate Section had to leave before the reports were given at
the meeting.

Diptera (Chris. A. Cheetham) : — The following flies were mostly
collected in the vicinity of the river or in Helmside Ghyll, some thirty
odd of them have not been recorded previously from the North-west,
V.C. 65. Perhaps the most interesting was a small Limnobid which
was in plenty on the dry river bed where the stones were replaced by the
solid limestone. It has only been caught once before in Yorkshire,
near Coverham Abbey, and is known as Phabdomastrix schistacea Mg.
Another nearly related species was Gonomyia tenella Mg.

Another interesting species was Dicranomyia pilipennis Egg. Others
of this genus were didyma Mg., mitis Mg., occidua Edw. Two other
uncommon Limnobids are Epiphragma ocellaris L. and Ula macroptera
Mcq. The others in this group being : —

Dicranota subtilis, Lw.
Tricyphona littoralis, Mg.
Limnophila bicolor Mg.

L. nemoralis Mg.

L. ochracea Mg.

L. lineola Mg.

Dactylolabis frauenfeldi , Egg
Molophilus murinus Mg.

M. bifilatus Verr.

M . appendiculatus Staeg.
Ephelia marmorala Mg.

There was one species of Ptychoptera, the rather rare paludosa Mg.
and a single Pachyrrhina maculosa Mg., but the Tipulas were in
plenty : —

Tipula montium Egg.
T . lateralis Mg.

T. rufina Mg.

T. unca Wied.

T. variipennis Mg.

T. cheethami Edw.

T . scrip ta Mg.

T. maxima Poda.

Tipula fulvipennis Deg.
T. oleracea L.

T . v emails Mg.

T. flavolineata Mg.

T. luna Westf.

T . variicornis Mg.

T . alpium Bergr.

T . subnodicornis Zett.

Whilst in many of the dark spots on streamside and in the woods
the phantom-like Dolichopeza silvicola Curt, was seen.

The Naturalist

Yorkshire Naturalists at Dent. 183

An interesting Mycetophild was the cave-dwelling Speolepta
( Polylepta ) leptogaster Winn. Others in this group were : —

Boletina trivittata Mg.
Anaclinia nemoralis Mg.
Macrocera fasciata Mg.
M . stigma Curt.

M . angulata Mg.

Platyura nemoralis Mg.
Apoliphthisa subincana Curt.
Tetragoneura sylvatica Curt.
Mycetophila vittipes Zett.

The few Empids caught were : —

Trichopeza longicornis Mg. Rhamphomyia flava Fin.

Rhamphomyia nigripes F. Hilar a maura F.

R. sulcata Fin. Empis vernalis Mg.

The most striking of the Syrphids was Sericomyia lappona L., others
being :■ —

Chilosia maculata Fin. Rhingia campestris Mg.

Chrysogaster Macquarti Lw. Sphegina clunipes Fin.

The curiously marked Dictya ( Tetanocera ) umbrarum L. occurred in
a place which in its mosses and appearance was almost a replica of the
places it occurs in at Austwick.

A Dent Problem (Chris. A. Cheetham) : — Upper Dentdale certainly
did not give the botanists anything like the easy ecological facts suggested
by the simple geological structure, the valley bottom is cut in the Great
Scar limestone and this was seen vividly in Hell’s Cauldron and Black
Dub, but we were not on limestone country according to the plants. The
moss men missed such typical limestone ghyll plants as Orthothecium
intricatum and Plagiobryum Zierii and they decided this was due to a
lack of moisture on the limestone walls of the ghyll. The botanists
missed the more typical plants of limestone areas in the fields bordering
the stream and some explanation seems called for to account for these
anomalies. The fact is that we were really not in a true limestone area
such as we are used to in West Yorkshire. Here in Dentdale the lime-
stone was buried, and it was also very solid in structure. Usually in
our area we find the Great Scar limestone top above 1000 ft. O.D., full
of fissures and crevices, allowing all water to pass through it and to issue
below on the hill slopes under the limestone platform ; this gives a warm
dry area on the limestone top for plants and plenty of moisture ready to
issue from the limestone walls, where a gorge has been worn by a stream ;
but in Dentdale this limestone summit has dipped steeply down until
it is only 500 ft. O.D. and in the valley bottom. The stream bed shows
very solid rock over which the water runs freely ; none enters this solid
structure and so our stream walls are dry. The fields in the same way
are far less drained and the little lime present in the water has come from
the thinner limestone bands of the Yoredale sides of the valley, but not
from the limestone below our feet. Lime may be present in solution
in the water, but the valley soil owes nothing to the buried mass of Great
Scar limestone.

All this is due to the abnormal dip of the rocks ; standing on the top
of Whernside and looking south we see the limestone scars of Chapel le
Dale their upper surface some 1200 ft. O.D., then turning north to Dent-
dale we find this surface in the valley bottom at 500 ft. O.D., a great
alteration in a short distance, say five miles, and contrary to the normal
dip to the South-east in other parts of the county. We may see this dip
and the type of solid rock to advantage in the stream bed beyond Cowghyll
and by the side of the road to Newby Head, here the absence of cracks and
fissures is very noticeable, the water running along the surface of the
dipping limestone bed.

I933 August 1

184

Yorkshire Naturalists at Dent.

Bryology (F. E. Milsom) : — The dry conditions were disadvantageous
for bryology in the open ground, and most .work was done in the ghylls.
In all, 92 species of mosses and 37 species of hepatics were noted,
indicative of the richness of the district, which will repay further study.
Unsuccessful search was made for Habrodon Notavisii on the various
ash trees along the river bank.

Hacker Ghyll Wood, Scotcher Ghyll, and Helmside Ghyll were studied
intensively, and Coombe Scar was also visited. In Hacker Ghyll Wood
the best find was Fissidens rufulus, and in Scotcher Ghyll Seligeria
acutifolia var. longiseta, Heterocladium heteropterum var. fallax, and
Nowellia curvi folia . In Helmside Ghyll it was gratifying to see Eurynchium
Teesdalei in splendid condition with fruit, while at Coombe Scar Bartramia
Halleriana and Hypnum sarvnentosum were gathered.

During the week-end a vist was paid to Frostrow Fell, Sedbergh,
where the hepatii Anastrepta orcadensis was found to be in flourishing
condition in its only recorded station in V.C. 65.

The following is a list of the most noteworthy species gathered : —

Mosses.

Polytrichum strictum Banks.

Seligeria acutifolia Lindb.

var. longiseta Lindb.

S. recurvata B. & S.

Fissidens rufulus B. & S.

Tor tula intermedia Berk.

Weisia rupestris C.M.

W . curvirostris C.M.

Bartramia Halleriana Hedw.

Mnium serratum Schrad.

1 Heterocladium heteropterum B. & S.
var. fallax Milde.

Eurynchium crassinervium B. & S.

E. Teesdalei Schp.

Plagrothecium depressum Dixon.

Hypuum sarmentosum Wahl.

Hepatics.

Preissia quadrata (Scop.) Nees.

Metzgeria pubescens (Schrank.) Raddi.

Aplozia cordifolia (Hook) Dum.

Lophozia incisa (Schrad.) Dum.

^Nowellia curvifolia (Dicks.) Mitt.

Calypogeia arguta Ness et Mont.

Blephorostoma trichophyllum (L.) Dum.

Cololejeunea Rossettiana (Massat) Schiffn.

Lejeunea patens Lindb.

Microlejeunea ulicina (Tayl.) Evans.

Fungi (F. A. Mason) : — One of the most noticeable features in the
hedgerows of the district was the wide-spread occurrence of the diseased
fruits of the Bird-Cherry, due to Taphrina Pruni (Fuckel) Tul., which
causes a deformation known as ‘ pocket -plums ’ or ‘ bladder -plums.’
A number of other fungous galls, all caused by Uredines, were the
following : Puccinia Caricis , distorting the leaves and more commonly
the petioles of Nettle ; P. Pringsheimiana, on Gooseberry ; the aecidial
form of Gymno sporangium clavariaeforme on both the leaves and fruits of
the Hawthorn; Phragmidium subcorticium on Wild Rose; and
Triphragmium U Imareae .

1 New to V.C. 65.

The Naturalist

Yorkshire Naturalists at Dent.

185

Other Uredines collected were : —

Uromyces flectens on Clover.

U. Alchemillae ; U . Ficaviae ;

U. Scillarum ; U . Junci ;

U. Dactylidis on Ranunculus repens ;

Puccinia expansa on Senecio Jacobaea ;

P. obtegens on Cirsium arvense ;

P. Hypochoeridis ;

P . major on Crepis paludosa ;

P. Chondrillae on Lactuca muralis ;

P . Betonicae ;

P. Conopodii-Bistortae on Bistort, new to V.C. 65 ;

P. Winteriana on Allium ursinum ;

Coleosporium Tussilaginis .

A pile of damp sticks damming a drain to the Dee, afforded Mr.
W. G. Bramley and the writer good hunting ; it yielded the following
species : Collybia tuber osa, Mycena tenerrima, Fomes ferruginosus , Poria

mollusca, Stereum sanguinolenta, Polystictus velutinus, Irpex obliquus,
Peniophora velutina. Also a few Pyrenomycetes, Nectria cinnabarina,
Leptosphaeria ovina, Melanomma pulvis-pyrius , Diatrype disciformis,
Diatrypella quercina, D. favacea, and the following Discomycetes : Caly-
cella citrina, Coryne sarcoides, Orbilia leucostigma , Hyalinia inflatula, new
to V.C. 65, Helotium herbarum and H . lutescens. On a bank near the same
place was found a large specimen of the Morel, Morchella crassipes Krombh. ,
a species not previously recorded in V.C. 65. Only two other species among
the larger Discos were noted : Miss L. M. Anderson collected Acetabula
vulgaris, while Mr. W. E. L. Wattam brought in Peziza vesiculosa.

On wet sticks in Helmside Ghyll Miss D. Wooff collected two species
of Ombrophila, O. clavus (A. & S.) Cooke and O. rudis (Berk.) Phill.
respectively, and Apostemidium Guernisaci (Cr.) Boud. ; the two last-
named species are new records for V.C. 65.

Miss Wooff also collected in the same Ghyll two insects attacked by
fungi. The specimens were submitted to Mr. T. Petch, who has
identified the fungus on both insects as Entomophthora dipterigena
Thaxter, in one case on a Tipulid, while the other insect appears to be a
Tick. This is the first record of the entomophyte in V.C. 65.

Agarics were scarce and the less common species were Crepidotus
Ralfsii, Flammula alnicola and Hypholoma sublateritium .

The woods were too dry for Myxomycetes and only a few species were
observed. Mr. J. L. Illingworth collected Physarum viride, Didymium
squamulosum, Arcyria denudata and a Trichia sp. parasitized by
Tilachlidium tomentosa.

Conchology (Mrs. E. M. Morehouse) : — It was very disappointing
that the yield of molluscan life was not greater in the Dent area. Two
especially, of the molluscs usually found on loose limestone walls, being
entirely absent. No doubt this is due to the geological formation of
the district. The commoner species of slugs were much in evidence,
eight were taken in all. Arion ater v. plumbea (Roebuck) and Arion
intermedius (Normand) — \minimus\ (Simroth) in the valley of the
River Dee towards Dent Station being the most interesting. Among
the twenty land molluscs Balea perversa (Linne), Acanthinula aculeata
(Muller) and Euconulus fulvus (Muller) were the most uncommon.
Ancylus fluviatilis (Muller) was found on stones in the becks and streams
in three or four localities.

Entomology (J. M. Brown) : — The week-end weather was almost
ideal for the entomologists, who, though few in number, but assisted
by a number of botanists, were able to do a considerable amount of work.

1933 August 1

i86

Yorkshire Naturalists at Dent .

Although insects, as a whole, were not remarkably plentiful, a number
of interesting species were taken. The most plentiful and noticeable
on the uplands were the Small Heath butterflies and the upland Skipjack
beetles. Soldier beetles of various species abounded, and Weevils were
very numerous. About the streams during the daytime Stoneflies were
present in swarms, and in the lanes during the evenings Caddis-flies and
May-flies were flying in enormous numbers.

Butterflies and Moths were not represented by very many species,
but the following were listed by Mr. W. E. Wattam : —

Pieris brassicae L.

P. rapae L.

P. napi L.

Vanessa urticae L.

Pyrameis atalanta L.
Caenonympha pamphilus L.

Chrysophanus phloeas L.
Abraxas sylvata Scop.
Fidonia atomaria L.
Melanippe fluctuata L.
M . montanata L.

( Triphaena pronub a L.).

and larvae of the Oak Eggar moth

The most interesting of the Coleoptera was Rhagium mordax D.G.,
taken by Mr. Cheetham, and the following were obtained while working
in other groups : —

Notiophilus biguttatus F.
Nebria gyllenhali Sr.
Agonum ruficornis Gz
Bembidion nitidulum Mm.
Bry chius elevatus Pz .
Deronectes borealis Gy.
Stenus guttula Ml.

Athous haemorrhoidalis F.
Corymbites cupreus F.

C. incanus Gy.
Denticollis linearis L.
Podabrus alpinus Pk.
Cantharis pellucida F.
C. palludosa Fn.
Rhagonycha limbata Th.
Rhagium mordax D.G.
Gastroidea polygoni L.
Blaps mucronata Lt.

Adult Hemiptera were rather scarce, but immature specimens were
quite plentiful. Several good species were obtained. Oaks supplied
Calocoris ochromelas and Cyllocoris flavonotatus in large numbers almost
wherever this tree occurred, and several specimens of Harpocera thoracica
were taken. The minute Microphysa pselaphiformis occurred, and in
the River Dee the small and interesting Micronecta minutissima abounded,
a species which does not appear to have been recorded for the county
since 1868. The following species were taken : —

Heteroptera :

Velia currens F.

Gerris lateralis v. costae H.S.
Microphysa pselaphiformis Curt.
Pithanus maerkeli H.S.
Stenodema holsatum F.

Calocoris ochromelas Gmel.
Pycnopterna striata L.
Plesiocoris rugicollis Fall.

Cyllocoris histrionicus L.

C. flavonotatus Boh.
Harpocera thoracica Fall.
Psallus betuleti Fall.

P. variabilis Fall.

P. varians H.S.

Callicorixa praeusta Fieb.
Micronecta minutissima L.

Oncopsis alni Schr.

O. rufusculus Fieb.

Euscelis brevipennis Kbm.
Thamnotettix prasinus Fall.
Cicadula sexnotata Fall.

Homoptera :

Cixius pilosus Ol.
C. nervosus L.
Psylla alni L.

P. peregrina Forst.

A number of Sawflies were collected and these have been named by

The Naturalist

Yorkshire Naturalists at Dent. 187

Mr. W. D. Hincks, who has kindly supplied the following list (reserving;
one or two apparently rarer species for confirmation) —

Tenthredella ( Tenthredo ) mesomelas L.
T. atra L.

Allantus arcuatus Forst.

Tenthredopsis litterata Geof., var. varia
Gmel.

Rhogogaster viridis L.

P achy protasis vapae L.
Dolerus aericeps Thoms.

D . aeneus Htg.

Strombocerus delicatulus Fall.

The Neuroptera taken included the Scorpion -flies Panorpa communis
L. and P. germanica L. ; the Alder-fly Sialis fuliginosa Piet. ; the
Brown Lace-wing flies Hemerobius lutescens Fabr. and H . stigma Steph. ;
and the Dusty -wing Flies Conwentzia psociformis Curt, and Coniopteryx
tineiformis Curt.

A few Psocoptera were obtained, including : —

Amphigerontia bifasciata Latr.
Loensia fasciata Fabr.
Graphopsocus cruciatus Kibe.
Stenopsocus immaculatus Steph.
Caecilius flavidus Steph.

Plecoptera (Stone-flies)
following species : —

Per la cephalotes Curt.

P. carlukiana Kip.

Chloroperla grammatica Scop.
Isopteryx tripunctata Scop.

I . torrentium Piet.

Taeniopteryx risi Mort.

Leuctra inermis Kmpy.

Mesopsocus unipunctatus Mull.
Elipsocus westwoodi McL.

E. hyalinus Steph.

E. cyanops Rost.

Leuctra nigra Piet.

L. hippopus Kmpy.
Protonemura meyeri Piet.
Amphinemura cinerea Oliv.
Nemura avicularis Mort.
Nemurella inconspicua Piet.

abounded and were represented by the

Ephemeroptera (May-flies) abounded in the evenings, the swarms,
consisting largely of Rithrogena semicolor ata. The following were
recognised as adults : —

Paraleptoplilebia submarginata Steph.
Baetis binoculatus L.

B. scambus Eat.

B. vernus Curt.

Baetis pumilus Burm.
Centroptilum luteolum Mull.
Rithrogena semicolor ata Curt.
Ecdyonurus venosus F.

Trichoptera (Caddis-flies) were
species were taken

Ecclisopteryx guttulata Piet., in
swarms in the evenings.
Lasiocephala basalis Kol .
Polycentropus flavomaculatus Piet.
Beraea pullata Curt.

also numerous, and the following

Philopotarhus montanus Don.

W ormaldia occipitalis Piet.
Rhyacophila dorsalis Curt.
Agapetus fuscipes Curt.
Limnophilus sparsus Curt.

A single species of Dragon-fly was plentiful about the head of Helmside
Ghyll, viz. ; Pyrrhosoma nymphula Sulz.

(Quite a number of species recorded above appear to be new to V.C. 65 ) ..

Coleoptera and Hemiptera (M. L. Thompson) ; — Bembidian
redtenbacheri K. Dons, was met with on the margin of a pond by the
roadside, near Hawes, and Allodactylus af finis Payk. ( geranii Payk.)
on early flowers of Geranium sylvaticum. On the higher slope of Widdale
Fell Ocyusa incrassata Muls. and stenus aceris Steph. ( Arosus Er.) were
found in moss ; whilst the Hemipterons Corixa proensta Fieb. and
C. carinata Sahib, were common in a small tarn in the same locality.

Freshwater Biology (J. M. Brown) : — The upper reaches of the
River Dee appeared distinctly unfavourable for animal life, the bed of

1933 August 1

i88

Yorkshire Naturalists at Dent.

the stream being in many parts solid rock, worn deeply into gulleys and
pot-holes, and holding few loose stones which could afford a foothold
for the inhabitants. Here and there deeper and more tranquil portions
occurred with more suitable bed. Below Dent Bridge the river bed was
of a different type, consisting in great part of areas of shingle and
sediment, with more vegetation. The most prominent inhabitants were
as usual, larvae of Stone-flies, May-flies and Caddis-flies, associated
with Ancylus (Freshwater Limpet), especially plentiful near Cowside,
and Gammarus (Freshwater Shrimp). The Stone-fly larvae, besides the
more usual types, included both Perla cephalotes and P. carlukiana.
The May-fly larvae included Heptagenia, Siphlonurus, Ecdyonurus , and
Baetis. The most numerous Caddis larvae were Hydropsyche , Plectroc-
nemia, and Rhyacophila. The minute bean-shaped cases of Hydroptila
were plentiful. On the upper surfaces of the submerged flat stones,
the long, sediment entangling galleries containing Tinodes wacheri
were conspicuous and plentiful, as were the tubes inhabited by the
small Ghironomid larvae. Simulium larvae and pupae occurred.
Planarians were not noticed and the Caddis, Agapetus, usually so common
in upland streams, were not numerous here, though plentiful in other
streams. Below the bridge the minute Hemipteron, Micronecta
minutissima , associated with the beetles, Bry chius elevatus and Deronectes
borealis occurred in numbers.

Perhaps the most striking feature of the stream was the enormous
number of egg-masses of Caddis and May-flies, and it was most interesting
to watch the delicate-winged May-flies descending below the water and
affixing their eggs to the undersides of the stones.

Helmside Beck was of interest. The lower portion running through
the gorge was a rapid torrent with stoney bed and having a fauna similar
to that of the Dee, including the larger Stone-fly larvae. In the upland
region, the stream flowed across the open moor, with much slower current
and considerably more sediment in its bed. Here occurred larvae of the
May-fly, Potamanthus luteus, which was not noted elsewhere. In the more
tranquil pools in this part of the stream Callicorixa praeusta occurred,
and on the surface Velia currens and Gerris. Gammarus was very plenti-
ful. Flying about the stream were many Dragonflies [Pyrrhosoma
nymphula), which probably came from a neighbouring pool. In the
bed of the stream the thread-like ‘ worm,’ Gordius, was particularly
numerous. The early stages of this organism are passed parasitically
in the larvae of the Alder-fly and other aquatic types. Thence trans-
ferred into the bodies of carnivorous beetles they pass a second period
of parasitism, finally becoming free and mature in the water, depositing
eggs which hatch into a larval form, which enters the first host and
commences its strange life history. Alder-flies, Sialis fuliginosa, were
flying in considerable number about here.

In many of the upland streams, especially those about Coomb Scar,
enormous growths of the Diatom, Gomphonema geminatum, occurred,
whose branching tubes formed dense sponge-like tufts on the wet surfaces
of the partially-submerged stones, and formed a conspicuous feature
in the stream.

Ecology of Dentdale (A. Malins Smith) : — The ecological charac-
teristics of the upper part of the dale between Dent and Cowghyll, seem to
depend on the fact that the Yoredales have mainly contributed to its
soils. Containing, as they do, shales and sandstones, as well as lime-
stones, they form a soil so slightly acid that certain plants characteristic
of limestone can flourish, yet not basic enough to support a typical
limestone flora. This was seen in the meadows bordering the river.
Two indicator plants may be taken as a test. Poterium Sanguisorba ,
the Salad Burnet, so abundant on limestone grassland, was practically
absent, while on the other hand Rumex acetosa, the Sorrel Dock, which

The Naturalist

Yorkshire Naturalists at Dent.

189

flourishes in meadows on acid soils, was also present in only small
amount. The soil of the meadows was slightly acid to the B.D.H.
indicator and appeared to be very uniform. Geranium sylvaticum and
Poterium officinale were common here, and a most striking feature
was the great abundance of the root -parasites Rhinanthus minor and
Euphrasia officinalis. The growth of the grass must be much
checked by these plants, and it was noted that in many fields the crop
appeared very small in spite of the favourable season. A farmer stated
that the grass usually thickened very much later in the summer and
it is possible that at the time of our visit these parasites, which were
in full bloom, were taking their heaviest toll. In the remnants of
woodland by streams and in hedges in this area, the prominent trees
were Elm, Aspen, Ash, and Bird Cherry. In the limestone gorge
near Hell’s Cauldron were found Dog’s Mercury with a little Herb
Paris and an especially flourishing and almost pure association of
Garlic. Water dripping from one vertical face of this gorge formed
a tufa on which were found Nos toe commune and the diatoms Gomphonema
geminatum and Cymbella cymbiformis, with characteristic mosses.
Scattered plants of Pinguicula vulgaris flourished here.

In Helmside Ghyll, a very steep -sided cleft in the Coniston limestone,
the flora again showed an interesting mixture of plants characteristic
of limestone and of gritstone. On the north-facing slope grew certain
plants characteristic of dry oakwood on acid soil, e.g. foxglove, wood
sorrel and Air a flexuosa and a few oaks formed part of the tree canopy.
But there were, on the other hand, many ash trees, and ash seedlings
of various ages were frequent, while wood sanicle was common in the
ground vegetation. Elm and Mountain Ash, with planted Larch and
Sycamore, also occurred and Sycamore and Oak were renewing themselves
by seedlings. On the upper part of this slope the soil was slightly acid.
Lower, near the stream, Dog’s Mercury, Woodruff and Goldilocks all
indicated a more basic soil, and the mosses were those characteristic of
limestone, e.g. Hypnum commutatum. Besides showing this interesting
mixture of basic and acidic floras, the Ghyll showed a striking difference
between the two slopes in the abundance of ground vegetation. The
north -facing slope had about 50 per cent, of bare soil covered with larch
needles, while the opposite slope was almost completely covered with
an abundant and varied covering, including Mercurialis perennis,
Geranium Robertianum, Epilobium montanum, Sanicula europea, Geum
urbanum, Hedera helix, Lonicera. periclymenum, Chrysosplenium oppositi-
folium, Rubus fruticosus, Fragaria vesca, Potentilla fragariastrum,
Lactuca muralis, Veronica Chamaedrys , Scrophularia nodosa, Primula
acaulis, Cardamine flexuosa with Hart’s Tongue, Male, Lady and Buckler
Ferns. This greater abundance of vegetation was partly due to the
greater amount of light received on this slope, an important factor in
this deep and steep-sided ghyll, and partly to the dip of the rocks which
was such as to give this side a greater supply of moisture also. In the
field above the wood was some interesting vertical zonation of higher
and drier ridges growing Ling, Bilberry, Nardus stricta, Potentilla
erecta and Air a flexuosa, while the lower and wetter furrows showed
Galum palustre, Carex glauca, C. ovalis, C.echinata, Ranunculus flammula ,
Blechnum spicant and Pedicularis sylvatica.

Coombe Scar provided another instance of a plant covering, including
both basic and acid-soil species. Above the slope of loose slate screes,
where the Parsley Fern flourished, was an almost vertical rock face
producing an interesting mixture of plants. Such limestone indicators
as Rubus saxatilis, Melica nutans and Thymus serpyllum were growing
here, closely intermixed with Ling and Bilberry. The water issuing
from this slope was slightly basic, and no doubt the roots of the limestone
lovers were more plentifully supplied with this water, but it was
impossible to separate the two constituents of the flora, they were so

1933 August 1

190

Geological Notes.

closely and irregularly mixed. In the bog below, where Primula
jarinosa flourished, the same phenomenon was again seen. Side by side
with Primula farinosa, Orchis Fuchsii, Habenaria bifolia and Parnassia
palustris, wherever the vegetation was raised above the neutral water,
Ling occurred, and it was here that Lister a cor data was found, which
normally grows in acid soils, under Ling or among other moorland
plants.

Flowering Plants (W. A. Sledge) : — The lateness of the Whitsun
holiday, coupled with the forwardness of the vegetation, provided a
better show of flowers in meadows and hedgerows than is usual at this
meeting, whilst the Hawthorn, as elsewhere in the county, was every-
where laden with blossom. The most interesting discovery was made
during Saturday's excursion up the course of the Dee, when Festuca
sylvatica was found in small quantity in the upper part of the Ghyll,
This was a welcome find in view of the few localities which stand on
record for this rare grass from the West and North Ridings. Other
plants such as Herb Paris, Lily of the Valley, and Hart’s Tongue Fern,
which might have been expected to occur in some plenty in this Ghyll,
were conspicuously rare, but Toothwort was seen in more than one
place and Scirpus compressus and Polygonum viviparum were found in
meadows above the river. Two fruiting specimens of Adoxa moschatellina
were also collected.

At Colm Scar Sedum Telephium, Melica nutans and Asplenium viride
were seen on the rocks, and in a very interesting marsh below the
Scars the following plants were noted : —

Oxy coccus quadripe talus Orchis elodes

Primula farinosa O. elodes var. leucantha.

Pinguicula vulgaris (a form with O. incarnata

with very large flowers) Selaginella selaginoides .

Listera cordata

Stellaria nemorum was also seen in a hedgebank below Helmside
Ghyll.

GEOLOGICAL NOTES.

The Geological Magazine for July contains a paper on ' Metamorphic
Rocks of the Eastern Andes near Cuenca, Ecuador,’ by G. Sheppard
and G. H. S. Bushnell.

At a recent meeting of the Geological Society of London, Professor
W. B. R. King and W. H. Wilcockson read a paper on ‘ The Lower
Palaeozoic Rocks of Austwick and Ribblesdale.’

Dr. F. A. Bather has received the Mary Clark Thompson Medal of
the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, at
the hands of His Excellency the American Ambassador.

The Transactions of the Cardiff Naturalists’ Society , Volume LXIV,
are largely occupied by an extraordinarily valuable monograph on
From Giraldus Cambrensis to the Geological Map : ‘ The Evolution

of a Science,’ by Dr. F. J. North. This is of considerably more than
local interest.

The Memoirs and Proceedings of the Manchester Literary and
Philosophical Society, Vol. 76, recently to hand, contains two important
papers, namely, ‘ Man’s Place in Nature as shown by Fossils,’ by Sir
Arthur Smith Woodward, and ‘ The Relative Value of Fossil Plants in the
Stratigraphy of the Coal Measures,’ by Dr. R. Crookall. The first is
illustrated by a remarkable diagram showing that if the milk dentition
of modern man were modified by the complete extrusion of the canine,
this would resemble the permanent dentition of Piltdown man more
closely than does the permanent dentition of any ape, such as the
chimpanzee. The second is illustrated by some plates of coal measure
plants, which are remarkable for their excellence.

The Naturalist

News from the Magazines. 191

The late Bernard Hobson, of Sheffield, has bequeathed a thousand
pounds to the Yorkshire Geological Society.

J. C. A. Roseveare writes on ‘ Land Drainage in England and Wales ' ;
E. Morton on ‘ The Geology of the Goyt Valley ' ; and W. Rushton on
‘ Biological Problems in Relation to Water Storage,’ in Volume XXXVII
of the Transactions of the Institution of Water Engineers . The same
useful work contains a Contents and Subject -Index to the thirty -
seven volumes issued by the Institution, which will be of value to
bibliographers.

According to Mr. J. P. T. Burchell’s letter in The Geological Magazine
for June, Professor Boswell and Mr. W. S. Bisat are said to confirm
bis records of flint implements in glacial beds.

Stanley A. Beaver’s paper on ‘ The Iron Industry of Northampton-
shire, Rutland and South Lincolnshire,’ in Geography for June, covers a
much larger area than might be assumed from the title.

Jane Longstaff continues her wonderful work among fossil Gasteropods
in The Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London, No. 354, in
A Revision of the British Carboniferous Loxonematidae,’ with Descrip-
tions of New Forms. Tn the previous part, No. 353, of the same
publication, Professor W. S. Boulton describes ‘ The Rocks between the
Carboniferous and Trias in the Birmingham District.’

The Proceedings of the Geologists' Association recently issued contain
details of Demonstrations at the British Museum (Natural History) on
Palaeontological Technique and of Evolution ” and “ The Early
History of Palaeontology.”

Dr. C. O. Stallybrass’s Presidential Address to the Liverpool Geological
Society on ‘ Early Man and his Geological Setting ’ appears in the
Society’s Proceedings , edited by Dr. D. A. Allan, and printed by Messrs.
A. Brown & Sons, of Hull.

Dr. F. J. North continues his studies of Early Geological Maps in a
paper entitled ‘ From Giraldus Cambrensis to the Geological Map,’
printed by the Cardiff Naturalists’ Society.

A portrait of the late P. M. C. Kermode, who did so much for Manx
archaeology, geology and natural history, appears in The Twenty-eighth
Annual Report of the Manx Museum.

G. E. Collins writes on ‘‘ From Fen to Farm, from Heath to
Husbandry,’ in The Lincolnshire Magazine, No. 5.

I. P. Tolmachoff in The Geological Magazine for June writes : ‘ It

would be desirable if I should designate genolectotypes for the four new
genera of corals created by me. New genera Peetzia and Cypellophyllum
{'=Craterophyllum Tolmachoff) and monotypic, with Peetzia minor
Tolm., and Cypellophyllum abyssum Tolm. ( = Craterophyllum abyssum
Tolm.) as respective genotypes. Genolectotype of the new genus
Stelechophyllum ( = Stylophyllum Tolm.) is Stelechophyllum venukoff
Tolm. ( = Stylophyllum venukoffi Tolm.), and that of the genus
Disophyllum is Disophyllum symmetricum Tolm.'

NEWS FROM THE MAGAZINES.

The Entomologist for July contains ‘ The larvae of Oporinia christyi
Prout and their variation (Lep. Geometridae ) , by J. W. H. Harrison ;

British Gall causing Cynipidae, some notes on their emergencies,’ by
M. Niblett ; ‘ Two new South African species of Dixa (Diptera) ,’ by

H. G. Wood ; ‘ Notes on Braconidae. XIV. Alysiides,’ by C. Morley ;
and numerous Notes and Observations.

1933 August 1

192

News from the Magazines.

The Entomologist’s Recovd for June contains the following : ' Plusia
moneta Fab. var. esmeralda Oberthur,’ by P. S. Smith (with plate, a
pale variety) ; ‘ Donegal in August,’ by Canon Foster (Lepidoptera) ;

Paris and Mouthier (Doubs.) in July-August, 1932,’ by E. B. Ashby
(Lepidoptera) ; ‘ The Mystery of Little Black ’ ( Chrysoclista atra

Haworth — Lep., Cosmopterygidae ) , by T. B. Fletcher and H. Stringer ;

Zygaenae, Grypocera and Rhopalocera of the Cottian Alps compared
with other races,’ by R. Verity ; ‘ Notes on Collecting,’ etc. ; and

supplement ‘ British Noctuae,’ by H. J. Turner.

At the bottom of page 1098 of Index Animalium by C. Davies Sherborn,
Part XXXIII, which is just issued, is one word — ‘ Finis.’ There is no
flourish of trumpets, no editorial, and probably that one word has
appeared with a sigh of relief to every naturalist, and more particularly
to C. Davies Sherborn, who, by a great stroke of good luck, has been
spared to finish this monumental work. The first volume of this
remarkable index contained all the names of genera and species in the
animal world up to 1800, and now scientists have a record of every
name which has appeared in an enormous literature during the years
1801 to 1850. Dr. Sherborn has devoted the greater part of a very busy
life to this particular publication, and we can safely say that its
continuation from 1850 is an absolute impossibility unless a whole
army of Sherborns can be employed to do the work.

The Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine for July contains ‘ Remarks
on the Coleoptera of the Red Sea coast region of the Sudan ’ {concluded) ,
by H. B. Johnston ; ‘ Dyschirius luedersi Wagn. in Britain,’ by K. G.
Blair (distinguished from aeneus Dej . and recorded from ten localities
in the South of England, mainly found in salt' marshes) ; ‘ Dendrosoter
protuberans Nees ( Doryctinae , Bvaconidae) ; ‘ A Species of Hymenopteva
Parasitica new to Britain,’ by H. Donisthorpe (from Windsor Forest) ;

‘ Diprion Polytomum Htg. A sawfly not previously recorded from
Britain,’ by R. B. Benson (two specimens from Hampshire) ; ‘ A new
Addition to the British List of Corixidae,’ by W. E. China {Sigara castanea
Thoms, distinguished from S. moesta Fieb. and recorded from ten localities
in Britain) ; ‘ British Trichoptera, Ephemeroptera and Plecoptera in

1932,’ by D. E. Kimmins ; ‘ Eutachina baranoffi, a new British Tachinid,’
by C. J . Wainwright (taken in the New Forest and allied to larvarum L. ) ;
and ‘ Insect immigration on the Norfolk Coast,’ by the editors. Dr. M.
Cameron commences ‘ New Species of Staphylinidae (Col.) from Japan.’

The London Naturalist. The Journal of the London Natural History
Society, 1932. This publication is, as usual, full of interesting articles,
of which it is impossible to give a full list. Among the most noteworthy
are the following : ‘ Nature through the Ages,’ being the presidential

address of Miss C. E. Longfield ; ‘ The Great Crested Grebe in the

London Area,’ by P. A. D. Hollom, giving notes on 68 pairs in the dis-
trict ; ‘ Brambles of Kent and Surrey,’ by W. Watson ; ‘ Notes on the
Dragonflies of Epping Forest,’ by E. B. Pinniger ; ‘ The Fritillary

{Fritillaria meleagris L.) ' by H. Spooner, with two charming plates.
(This interesting flower is found in a locality in Berkshire. ) ; ‘ Ornitholo-
gical Records of the London Area,’ by the Records Committee. (The
total for the area is now 212 forms, 99 of them nesting.) ; ' British

Butterflies in 1932,’ by H. J. Burkill. (Though, on the whole, 1932 has
been a poor year, still one or two species have been taken in plenty. Colias
croceus Fourc. appeared along the Southern coast, a few specimens of
Apatura iris L. have been taken in Sussex, while Limenitis Sibylla L.
continues to spread and is now well established in various places round
London.) ; ‘ Birds in the London Area, 1932,’ by the Records Com-
mittee (with arrival of migrants) ; ‘ Plant Gall Records for 1932,’ by

H. J. Burkill (numerous interesting records) ; and the continuation of
‘ Botanical Records of the London Area’ ( Umbelliferae to Campanulaceae) .

The Naturalist

Just Published

FISHES

THEIR JOURNEYS AND MIGRATIONS

By Professor LOUIS ROULE

With many Illustrations 12/6 net.

Julian Huxley in Week-End Review : — “ Those
interested in natural history should read the book.

They will get a new idea of the astonishing
facts about fish migration and the extremely
interesting modern theories about its determination
by physico-chemical conditions. And they will
be left — always a stimulating sensation — with a
host of questions which this study has provoked.”

ROUTLEDGE

Broadway House, Garter Lane, London, E.G.4.

WATKINS & DONCASTER

NATURALISTS ,

36, STRAND, LONDON, W.C.2

(Five doors from Charing Cross),

P.O. Box 126 Telephone: Temple Bar 9451.

Keep in stock every description of

APPARATUS, CABINETS, BOOKS & SPECIMENS

for Collectors of

BIRDS’ EGGS, BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS, Etc.

Catalogue (96 pages) sent post free on application.

Irish Naturalists’ Journal

A Magazine of Natural History, Antiquities and Ethnology.

Published every Two Months by the I.N.J . Committee.

Edited by J. A. S. STENDALL, M.R.I.A., M.B.O.U.,
with the assistance of Sectional Editors.

Annual Subscription, 6/- post free. Single Parts, 1/3.

All communications to be addressed to —

W. M. Crawford, B.A., F.E.S., F.Z.S., Hon. Sec.,

Orissa, Marlborough Park, Belfast.

WALKS AND TALKS

ON THE

NORTH YORKSHIRE
COAST AND MOORS

By W. RIDLEY-MAKEPEACE

F.C.I.S., M.I. & S.Inst. , F.R.E.S.

Author of “ Goathland Walks ”

136 pages , f' cap 8 vo.9 with numerous illustrations and a folding map
of the district , thread sewn in a stout attractive coloured cover.

Price 1/- net, post free 1/2 net.

Through all Booksellers.

EXTRACTS FROM THE PRESS.

“ . . . a very interesting and compact little book. It is not only
a guide to the coast and moors — it is an invitation and a welcome
. . — The Yorkshire Post.

“ ' Walks and Talks on the North Yorkshire Moors ’ is just the
book for a walker who is going to tackle this breezy and fascinating
country to slip into his pocket. In Mr. W. Rid ley -Makepeace he
will, indeed, find the happy guide, philosopher and friend . . .” —
Manchester Evening News.

“ . . . Mr. Ridley -Makepeace has previously written on ‘ Goathland
Walks,’ and in this volume, after bringing us from Saltburn to
Flamborough Head down the coast, he centres himself on Whitby,
and, making judicious use of 'bus and train for jumping-off points,
he explores the magnificent spread of the Goathland country in
entertaining and clearly directed fashion. He is a companionable
guide, and as quick to take note of new things as of old . . .” —
Yorkshire Evening Post.

“ Mr. W. Rid ley -Makepeace has followed up his little book on
4 Goathland Walks ’ by a further series of ‘ Walks and Talks on the
North Yorkshire Coast and Moors.’ He is a rambler of sixty years’
standing, who desires to attract the north, south and west to a part
of England which he regards as the pedestrians’ paradise. He des-
cribes and illustrates a series of eleven walks, with a wealth of
interesting detail, historical and topographical . . .” — The Lancet.

London: A. BROWN & SONS., Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C.4

Printed by A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., Perth Street West, Hull, and published by
A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., at 5 Farringdon Avenue, in the City of London.

August, 1933.

A MONTHJpP*IM
ILLU STRATEDtJ OURNAL ' \

PRINCIPALLY FOR THE OF^^jyV^ 1933 ^

D5 • H

SEPT., 1933

No. 920

No. 693 of current Series

PRINCIPALLY FOR THE

Edited

W. H. PEARSALL, D.Sc., FX.S^.W. R. G
The University, Loiea9.NAL MVJ

.Sc.,

with the assistance as referees in special departments of

H. B. Booth, F.Z.S. M.B.O.U.

J. M. Brown, B.Sc., F.L.S., F.E.S.

W. H. Burrell, F.L.S.

Chris. A. Cheetham, F.E.S.

W. J. Fordham, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P.,

D.P.H.

Riley Fortune, F.Z.S. , F.R.P.S.

Professor A. Gilligan, D.Sc., F.G.S., M.I.M.E.
F. A. Mason, F.R.M.S.

Mrs. Elsie M. Morehouse.

Thos. Sheppard, M.Sc., F.G.S., F.Z.S.

T. W. Woodhead, Ph.D.,M.Sc., F.L.S.

Contents

Observations on the Peculiar Growth Habit and
the Anatomy of Dog’s Mercury ( illustrated ) —
N . Gill

An Additional Record of Gapria Nigra Piete
(Plecoptera) — G. A. Nelson, W. D. Hincks.

Flight of Insects — W.H.P. ....

Scutellaria Minor L. in Lunedale — Chris A
Cheetham. . . . . . .

The Palseobotany of Robin Hood Quarry, Leeds

( illustrated ) — James Walton. B.Sc.

The Spread of Birch since the War — Harold J
Bur kill, M.A., F.R.G.S

On the Soaring Flight of the Chough {illustrated)—
Stuart Smith, B.Sc. {Leeds).

Some Notes on the Holocene Deposits at North
Ferriby {illustrated) — C. W. and E. V. Wright

Review and Book Notice ....

From A Microscopist’s Note Book — W. Lawrence
Schroeder .......

In Memoriam — Henry Lodged — Charles Mosley .

Yorkshire Naturalists at Ripponden {illustrated)-
F. A. Mason, F.R.M.S

News from the Magazines ....

Illustrations

195, 201, 207, 208, 210,

193-199

199

200

201-205

205-206

207-209

210-212

212

213-214

214

215-216
209, 214
211, 215

LONDON :

A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C.4.
And at Hull.

Printers and Publishers to the Y.N.U.

PRICE 1/6 net.

Prepaid Subscription
15/ - per annum.

WATKINS & DONCASTER

NATURALISTS ,

36, STRAND, LONDON, W.G.2

(Five doors from Charing Cross),

P.O. Box 126 Telephone: Temple Bar 9451,,

Keep in stock every description of

APPARATUS, CABINETS, BOOKS & SPECIMENS

for Collectors of

BIRDS’ EGGS, BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS, Etc.

Catalogue (96 pages) sent post free on application.

Issued bi-monthly. Illustrated with Plates and Text Figures.

To Subscribers, 12s. 6d. post free.

The Scottish Naturalist

With which is incorporated ‘ The Annals of Scottish Natural History ’

EDITE© BY

PERCY H. GRIMSHAW, F.R.S.E., F.E.S.

Keeper, Natural History Department, Royal Scottish Museum

AND

JAMES RITCHIE, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S.E.

Regius Professor of Natural History, University of Aberdeen

Assisted by:— EVELYN V. BAXTER f.z.s., h.m.b.o.u. ; LEONORA J. RINTOUL, f.z.s., h.m.b.o.u. ;
H. S. GLADSTONE, m.a., f.r.s.e., f.z.s. ; W. EAGLE CLARKE, i.s.o., ll.d. ; ANDERSON
FERGUSSON, f.e.s. ; A. C. STEPHEN, b.sc., f.r.s.e.

Subscriptions should be addressed to the Publishers,

Messrs. OLIVER & BOYD, LTD., Tweeddale Court, Edinburgh.

THE BIRDS OF YORKSHIRE

By T. H. NELSON, M.B.O.U.,

With the co-operation of W. Eagle Clarke, F.R.S.E., and F. Boyes.

Two volumes. Demy 8vo, 901 pages, including over 200
Illustrations, beautifully printed in double tone ink, from photo-
graphs by R. Fortune, F.Z.S., and other well-known naturalist
photographers, also three-colour plates, including specially designed
title pages. Cloth boards, 17/6 net, post free, 18/3.

London : A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C. 4.

And at Hull.

BINDING “ THE NATURALIST ”

Volumes of THE NATURALIST for
any year can be bound in a serviceable
and attractive Cloth Case , dark blue
and gilt lettered on back and side. Price
4/- per volume, or post free 4/6.

A. BROWN & SOIVS, LIMITED

PERTH STREET WEST, HULL

193

OBSERVATIONS ON THE PECULIAR GROWTH
HABIT AND THE ANATOMY OF DOG’S MERCURY
(MERCURIALIS PERENNIS L.)-

N. GILL.

Introduction.

In the majority of English herbaceous dictoyledons the
growing point of the aerial shoot gives rise, in succession, to
the following structures : — •

(1) Leaves with axillary vegetative buds.

(2) Leaves with axillary inflorescences.

(3) Bracts with axillary flowers.

In some species the final stage is the production of flowers
without the subtending bracts. According to Warming1 this
is the result of a tendency in the vegetative axis, to the earlier
production of the flower at the expense of the bract, so that,
finally, the flower only may be produced. In many species
the production of axillary inflorescences does not occur and
the growing point reverts directly from formation of leaves
with axillary vegetative buds to the production of bracts with
axillary flowers. In each case, however, the aerial shoot
tends to terminate in an inflorescence and the apical meristem
either becomes transformed into a terminal flower of the
inflorescence, or is represented at the apex of the inflorescence
as a small mass of tissue no longer meristematic. Thus after
production of a terminal inflorescence, all elongation growth
of the primary axis is, of necessity, brought to a close, and if
elongation growth is to continue it must be carried on by
development of shoots from the lateral buds below the
flowering region.

A few exceptions to the general growth habit outlined
above occur in England, the most common being Mercurialis
perennis L., which has therefore been examined in some
detail during a study of the effect of flower production upon
the anatomy of the plant axis.

The Growth Habit of Mercurialis perennis L.

This is one of the earliest English flowering plants, appear-
ing in full bloom about the end of February. Mercurialis
perennis is peculiar in that it produces the following suc-
cession of structures upon its primary axis : —

(1) Leaves with axillary vegetative buds.

(2) Leaves with axillary inflorescences.

(3) More leaves, and not bracts with axillary flowers
as in the system described on page 195 (fig. ia). Very few

1 933 Sept. 1 1

194 Peculiar Growth Habit and the Anatomy of Dog’s Mercury.

English herbaceous species recommence vegetative growth
at the apex after the formation of flowers, and the only
other species of which the writer is aware are Lysimachia
thyrsiflora L., Lysimachia Numularia L., and Veronica
Scutellata L.

In Mercurialis perennis the renewed vegetative growth at
the apex after flowering continues for a short time only, and
from mid-summer to the death of the shoot, about November,
no further leaves are normally formed at the apex, although
the meristem is apparently still healthy.

The cessation of activity of the apical meristem in the
production of leaves coincides with the time when the leaves
of the trees overshadowing the plants have attained full size
and the intensity of light is thus greatly reduced. It was
thought that this might be the factor bringing about cessation
of apical growth. Large numbers of plants growing in shady
woods were compared with plants growing in more exposed
positions and it was found that normally there was no marked
difference in the numbers of new leaves formed at the apices
of the plants after flowering, the number varying, in each
case, between one and five pairs. In some exceptional cases,
however, plants receiving almost full daylight had apparently
renewed terminal growth after the normal cessation of growth,
and as many as five pairs of additional leaves formed above
the normal ‘ post -flowering ’ leaves. These additional leaves
were very noticeable, being of a light yellowish-green colour,
in contrast with the dark green of the leaves below. The new
growth stood out against the normal plants in the same way
as the secondary elongation growth of oak and other trees
referred to by Wight2 and Dibb3. As a rule, only odd plants
had developed as described, but in some well-exposed positions
large numbers of such plants were observed. A careful search
was made for similar plants in shaded positions, but without
success.

About the time of cessation of leaf production in normal
plants, lateral underground buds at the base of the shoot begin
to grow out to produce underground stems of varying length
(fig. ib). At the apices of these the shoot of the following
year begins to form. The young shoots reach an advanced
stage of development before winter commences and the winter-
rest begins after the leaves, together with the inflorescence
initials in their axils, have developed. Thus, when renewed
activity begins in spring the plant at first merely expands the
leaves and floral organs formed during the previous summer,
at the expense of food material stored in the underground
stem, and after this expansion renewed growth of the apical
meristem commences, giving rise to additional leaves without

The Naturalist

Peculiar Growth Habit and the Anatomy of Dog’s Mercury . 195

axillary inflorescences. The flower initials are thus produced
when the available soluble carbohydrate will be high, but

Fig. Ia. — Shoots of Mercurialis showing new vegetative growth after flowering.

v.b. — vegetative bud. d.i. — remains of dead inflorescence.

Fig. Ib. — Underground portion of same plant.

c.s. — base of shoot of current season,
l.s. — stump of shoot of last season,
n.s. — next season’s shoot.

when renewed growth of the apical meristem commences, after
the expansion of the leaves and flowers already formed, the
soluble carbohydrate will be low and conditions are thus
favourable to further vegetative growth. Thus, the peculiar

1933 Sept. 1

196 Peculiar Growth Habit and the Anatomy of Dog’s Mercury .

growth habit may arise as a result of the discontinuity of
growth of the apical meristem.

The number of additional leaves formed after flowering
seems to be about the same in both male and female plants,
varying from one to five pairs. The leaves of the male plant
are, however, larger, and a considerable difference in the
length of stem bearing the additional leaves was observed,
as shown in Tables 1-4.

TABLE 1.

Measurement, in cms., of the length of the basal vegetative,
middle inflorescence, and terminal vegetative regions of female
plants of Mercurialis perennis. In shaded position.

Basal region
below B [fig. 1).

Flowering region
between A and B .

Terminal region
above A .

Total.

18-0

6-5

i-5

26-0

19-7

3-5

3-2

26-4

18-1

5'4

i-i

24-6

l8 ‘2

6-6

4'3

29-1

18-6

7-0

i-5

27-1

17-8

9-0

3-o

29-8

18-1

5‘4

4 *7

28-2

17-4

7-0

i-5

25-9

I5H

7-8

3-4

26-6

18-2

6-7

5-6

30-5

I5'9

8-2

3-8

27-9

17-9

4-6

3-2

25-7

19-7

4-3

2-4

26-4

18-8

6-9

4-3

3°'°

Mean ... 17-99

6-35

3" 11

27'45

TABLE

2.

Measurement, in cms., of the length of the basal vegetative,
middle inflorescence, and terminal vegetative regions of male
plants of Mercurialis perennis. Growing close to plants in

Table 1.

Basal region.

Flowering region.

Terminal region.

Total.

21-5

4-6

11 -i

37-2

17-7

6-6

12-2

36-5

22-9

3-4

8-i

34-4

24-8

6-8

7-8

39-4

15-9

. 5-8

14-7

36-4

18-6

9-1

12-9

40-6

24 '7

4-2

9-4

38-3

16-6

11 -i

6-i

33-8

23-2

4-4

9-5

37-i

17-2

16-2

6-9

4°'3

18-6

5-6

9-8

34-°

16-4

13-5

11 '4

4i-3

18-3

5-4

n-5

35-2

I5‘I

4‘3

13-2

32-6

Mean ... 19-39

7-21

io-33

36-93

The Naturalist

Peculiar Growth Habit and the Anatomy of Dog’s Mercury. 197

TABLE 3.

Measurement, in cms., of the length of the basal vegetative,
middle inflorescence, and terminal vegetative regions of female
plants of Mercurialis perennis. Plants growing in less shaded
position than those recorded in Table 1.

Basal region.

Flowering region.

Terminal region.

Total.

14-9

• 13*7

1-2

29-8

17-9

n-7

1 -o

30-6

17-3

8-i

1-0

26-4

13-2

n-8

9-8

34-8

17-5

5-8

5-5

28-8

10-4

n-7

2-6

24-7

14-9

12-7

i’5

29-1

18-1

7-8

3-7

29-6

27-9

2-0

1-7

31-6

13-4

6-i

i-8

21-3

20-8

6-4

1-9

29-1

18-5

8-4

6-5

33-4

15-7

9-6

1-9

27-2

13*5

14-8

5-9

34*2

Mean ... 16-71

9-33

1 0
Cl

1 CO

29-33

TABLE

4-

Male Mercurialis perennis. In less shaded position than

plants recorded

in Table 2, and

close to plants

in Table 3.

Basal region.

Flowering region.

Terminal region.

Total.

12-2

18-8

15-4

46-4

l8 -2

5-8

15-8

39-8

15-2

6-2

18-8

40-2

24-7

7-4

II-O

43-i

20-1

ii*3

10-9

42-3

20-8

6-i

16-6

43-5

12 ‘9

10-4

14-7

38-0

15-7

16-3

10-7

42-7

io-o

14-9

I5'5

4°‘4

15.8

5-2

20-8

41-8

21 -O

6-0

7-6

34-6

15-3

io-o

8-8

34-i

15-8

5-9

14-4

36-1

19-1

7-3

I3'1

39-5

Mean ... 16-91

9-40

13-86

4°-i7

It will be observed that in each set of figures the total
height of the male plant is definitely greater than that of the
female, and that the difference is mainly due to the greater
elongation growth of the shoot produced above the flowering
region, the basal and inflorescence regions varying incon-
siderably. This suggests that the development of the fruit
reduces the elongation growth of the shoot developing above.
This reduction is probably due to competition for food supply
between the developing fruits and the growing point.

1933 Sept. 1

ig8 Peculiar Growth Habit and the Anatomy of Dog’s Mercury .

In this species the buds in the axils of the leaves of the
aerial shoot do not normally produce lateral shoots, and all
vegetative growth occurs in connection with the apical
rneristem. It is interesting to note, however, that a number
of plants were observed in September which had been
decapitated earlier in the year and had produced vigorous
vegetative shoots from the axils of the first pair of leaves
below the inflorescence region. This is interesting, because
in species in which the terminal rneristem ceases to exist as a
result of flowering, growth continues by development of
lateral shoots; in this case, however, the same result follows
the extermination of the apical rneristem by some external
agency.

Another interesting observation was made on December
28th, 1932. The winter up to this date had been particularly
mild and many Mercurialis plants in sheltered positions still
had a living aerial shoot. Two such plants were discovered
on which the last two pairs of leaves at the apex had axillary
inflorescences. These plants had gone through the normal
cycle of development, ending with the production of leaves
without axillary inflorescences at the apex of the stem, and
had then become active again and produced more leaves with
inflorescences. This may be accounted for by the mild
weather. The rneristem, not being killed, resumed growth
under conditions of high soluble carbohydrate favourable to
flowering.

Some Notes on the Anatomy of Mercurialis.

As the shoot elongates in spring protoxylem (cut off from
the cambium) and phloem differentiate rapidly, and at this
time large numbers of sieve tubes still containing nuclei are
to be found in all parts of the stem and in the leaf petioles
and inflorescence stalks. After the elongation of an internode
has ceased, metaxylem is formed, but protoxylem still
differentiates in the elongating internodes above as was
recorded by Thoday for sunflower.4 After the rapid elonga-
tion of the shoot, phloem differentiation becomes slow, but
some sieve tubes containing nuclei were always to be found
near the cambium. Further differentiation of phloem occurred
in the stem after fruiting, probably in connection with the
downward transfer of food from the leaves to the storage
tissues of the underground stem. In the inflorescence axis of
the female plant a small amount of xylem and phloem are
added as the fruits develop.

In an elongating internode of the shoot the vascular tissue
is arranged in eight bundles. After elongation has ceased
the bundles become joined by the development of an inter-
fascicular cambium from which are produced two to eight

The Naturalist

An Additional Record of Capria Nigra Piet (Plecoptera) . 199

rows of long lignified parenchyma cells. At the time the
interfascicular parenchyma cells begin to lignify a Casparian
strip, which is not dissolved by concentrated sulphuric acid,
forms on the radial walls of a ring of cells of the cortex next
to the vascular bundles. This primary endodermis first
becomes evident opposite the vascular bundles, but as the
interfascicular parenchyma lignifies, it gradually spreads to
a complete ring of cells around the stem. The primary
endodermis and the lignified interfascicular parenchyma do
not form in the higher internodes, nor at any of the nodes,
and just above and below the oldernodes the Casparian strip
is only seen in cells opposite the vascular bundles.

Secondary elongation of the axis after normal cessation
of growth causes renewed vascular differentiation throughout
the stem.

New xylem and phloem are differentiated in the old
rhizome in late summer in connection with the formation of
the new rhizome bearing next season’s shoot.

References.

1 Warming, E. Forgrenings forhold nos Fanerogamarne, 1-172 ;

Copenhagen, 1872.

2 Wight, W. ‘ Secondary Elongation Growth in Oaks, 1929/ The

Naturalist, 65-70, 1930.

3 ‘Yorks. Nat. Union Ann. Rep., 1927, Bot. Sect.’ The Naturalist,

p. 153, 1928.

4 Thoday, D. ‘ On the organisation of growth and differentiation in

the stem of the Sunflower,’ Ann. Bot., 36, 489-510, 1922.

AN ADDITIONAL RECORD OF CAPRIA NIGRA
PIET (PLECOPTERA).

G. A. NELSON : W. D. HINCKS (No. 33).

On April ist we were fortunate in taking specimens of this
interesting Stone-fly on the River Wharfe at Harewood Bridge.
Two of the three males taken (one subsequently lost) were
found under stones and the third was running on a sandy spit.

Our efforts to find further specimens of these and of the
females were totally unsuccessful. All were of the micropterous
form with the wings reduced to merest rudiments. Morton
(E.M.M., 1929, p. 133) records the occurrence of similar
specimens but says that this condition has previously escaped
notice. Whitehead (Nat., 1929, p. 405) has this species from
V.C. 62 and 64 ; in the latter vice-county from River Laver,
Galphey and Mean wood Beck, Leeds. The range of dates
given is April 2nd to 16th.

Further Note on Capria nigra. — A single female of this
species was found by us on a later excursion (April 18th).
This was taken resting on an exposed stone in a stream at
Scarcroft.

1933 Sept. 1

200

Scutellaria Minor L. in Lunedale.

FLIGHT IN INSECTS.

W.H.P.

Interest in the problems of flight has led Professor A.
Magnan of the College de France, to study the problems of
flight in insects (Actualites scientifiques et Industrielles , Nos,
46 and 60). The study is being carried out with ultra -rapid
cinematograph cameras which can take as many as 12,000
views per second, a usual speed being 2-3,000 views per second.
The principle of these cameras is that a number of films and
lenses are used, the exposures of the films being synchronised
so that the photographs are taken in known order.

A large number of insects have been photographed in
flight with this instrument, attention being paid particularly
to hovering flight, where it is possible to calculate the work
required to hold the weight of the insect against gravity and
the work done by moving the wings. In order to estimate
the latter, the area of the wings, the amplitude of their beats
and the number of beats per second are measured. The
highest number of wing beats recorded per second is 160 for
Sarcophago carnaria and Musca domestica, with wing beats
respectively of ioo° and 90° in amplitude. Most of the Diptera
have over 100 beats per second, but Tipula gigantea has only
48, and the beats only extend over 70°. Among Hymenoptera,
Bombas muscorum does 128 beats per second, Vespa crabo
only 53. The Lepidoptera are still slower, ranging from 48
in Plusia gamma to 8 in Philosamia cynthia. Vanessa cardui
is typical with 21 beats per second. Neuroptera are rather
similar, 20 to 40 beats, and Ephemera vulgata, for example,
has 29 beats per second. The Coleoptera range ‘somewhat
higher, 33 in Lucanus cervus to 72 in Telephorus fuscus.

SCUTELLARIA MINOR L, IN LUNEDALE.

CHRIS. A. CHEETHAM.

The Lesser Skullcap is an uncommon plant in Yorkshire and
it has no station recorded in our Flora for the Lune drainage
although it is noted in the West Lancashire Flora from the
Arkholme and Whittington moors. On a recent visit to
Keasden I found it in fair quantity and in nice flower. The
date, July 17th, is a month earlier than we usually find the
Marsh Gentian in flower at this place, but this year is an
exceptionally early one for many species and the Marsh
Gentian is one of these, for it was in nice flower. A moss,
Campylopus atrovirens De Not., occurs in plenty on this
moor ; in Yorkshire this species is usually found on older
rocks of Silurian age but it is plentiful here where the rocks
belong to the Millstone grit and shales of carboniferous age.

The Naturalist

201

THE PALEOBOTANY OF ROBIN HOOD QUARRY,

LEEDS.

TAMES WALTON, B.Sc.

Robin Hood Quarry is situated four miles to the south of

Fig. la — Neuropteris heterophylla Brongt.
b — Neuropteris gigantea Sternb.
c — Lepidophyllum Sp.
d and e — Forking Stigmarian rootlets.

Leeds and it provides an excellent section of the Middle Coal
Measures at the horizon of the Haigh Moor Coal.

Details of the various beds have been given by Burnet and

1933 Sept, j

12

202 The Palceobotany of Robin Hood Quarry, Leeds.

Everett1 and by Barnes2 who have also described the
tectonic features of the quarry. The following may be taken
as a general section of the exposure -

18. Sandstone
17. Coal ...

16. Light Grey Shale

15. Coal

14. Light Grey Shale
13! Poor Coal
12. Dark Grey Shale
11. Hard Sandstone
10. Grey Shale
9. Black Brittle Shale
8. Coal ...

7. Grey Shale ...

6. Upper Haigh Moor Coal
5. Grey Shale ...

4. Coal ...

3. Grey Shale ...

2. Lower Haigh Moor Coal
1. Grey Shale ...

General Leatures.

Lt. in.

10 o
... o 4

6 o
... o 4

6 o
2 o
... 3 o

1 6

... 10 o

2 o
06

... 12 o

... 3 6

2 o
... o 6

... 39 0

2 6

6 o

The lowest bed exposed in the quarry is the grey shale
underlying the Lower Haigh Moor Coal and this is charac-
terised by the abundance of Mariopteris sp. and N europteris
heterophylla. Specimens of Catamites suckowi are also fairly
common, but in all cases the plants are mainly found in the
septarian nodules. The overlying shale yields a very similar
flora in the lower part but it becomes much more prolific at
higher levels where it contains N europteris heterophylla and
N europteris gigantea in abundance. The shale immediately
underlying the Upper Haigh Moor Coal is ramified with
stigmarian rootlets.

Above the Upper Haigh Moor Coal is a thick bed of grey
shale which is crowded with well-preserved plant remains,
but Neuropteris heterophylla is not quite so dominant as in the
lower beds. Neuropteris gigantea is the most important
fossil, but specimens of Lepidophyllum sp. are also far from
rare. A feature of particular interest at this horizon is the

1 Burnet, A., and Everett, J. H., ‘ Notes on Sections in a Quarry at
Robin Hood, near Leeds,’ Trans. Leeds Geol. Soc., Part XVII, pp. 31-35,
1914.

2 Barnes, W., ‘ Note on some New Sections in the Quarry at Robin
Hood,’ Trans. Leeds Geol. Soc., Part XX, pp. 13-16, 1929.

The Naturalist

The Ralceobotany of Robin Hood Quarry, Leeds. 203

presence of forking stigmarian rootlets (Fig. 1, d and e).
Burnet and Everett record N europteris osmundae from this bed,
together with erect trunks of Lepidodendron. Dr. Crookall
also remarks on the abundance of Lepidodendron in the roof
of the Upper Haigh Moor' Seam.1

This shale is separated by a thin coal seam from two feet
of black brittle shale containing abundant remains of
Lycopodiales. In the overlying shale bed the only remains
are a few calamites, but above this shale is a thin bed of hard
grey sandstone, the base of which is crowded with well-
preserved calamites. This passes up into grey shale and
above this is a 2 ft. seam of coal which is followed by 12 ft.
of grey shale divided into two beds by a thin coal seam.
These upper shale beds contain many nodules and are very
fossiliferous. Mariopteris muricata is the dominant fossil,
although Lepidodendron ophiurus is very plentiful. Erect
tree trunks have also been observed by Burnet and Everett.

Pal^obotanical Details.

N europteris heterophylla Brongt. (Fig. ia) and N europteris
gigantea Sternb. (Fig. ib) are the most abundant of the
Neuropterideae. The pinnules of the former have a length of
about 8 mms. and a width of 6 mms. They are sessile and
rounded at the apex and the terminal pinnule, which is often
seen, is larger than the others. The midrib is strong at the
base, but it divides into many clearly marked, closely packed
veinlets which, although fewer, are stronger than in N europteris
gigantea. The latter is found only as isolated pinnules which
have a rounded apex and fairly straight lateral margins.
N europteris tenui folia (Schloth) is fairly common, and it has
pinnules 15 mms. long by 5 mms. wide, and the margins
converge slightly towards the rounded apex. The pinnules
are contracted at the base and the midrib can be seen almost
the whole of the length. The lateral veinlets are fine and
evenly spaced. N europteris microphylla Brongt., which is
rarely found in the lower beds, has oval pinnules with a broad
base and few veinlets. Mariopteris muricata (Schloth.) is
the only member of the Sphenopterideae noticed, although
Burnet and Everett have obtained Sphenopteris trifoliolata
(Artis. ) .

The Lycopodiales and Equisetales do not call for any
further comment except to note that Lepidodendron ophiurus
Brongt. and Lepidostrobus sp. are very plentiful in the nodules
of the higher beds, whilst Lepidophyllum sp. (Fig. ic) is
common in the shales above the Upper Haigh Moor Coal.

1 Crookall, R., ‘ The Relative Value of Fossil Plants in the Strati-
graphy of the Coal Measures,’ Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Phil.
Soc., Vol. 76, p. 93, 1932.

1933 Sept. 1

204 The Palceobotany of Robin Hood Quarry , Leeds.

Summary.

Burnet and Everett published the following list of plants,
identified by Kidston, from the beds at Robin Hood Quarry : —

BED.

7

9

14

14 or 16

16

Catamites cisti Brongt.

—

X

_

,, undulatus Sternb.

X

. —

—

—

—

Sphenophyllum cuneifolium Sternb.

,, forma saxifrages folium

—

—

—

X

X

Sternb. ...

—

—

X

—

—

>. SP- •••

—

■ — ■

—

— -

X

Sphenopteris trifoliolata (Artis.)

—

—

—

:

X

sp. ...

R

—

—

—

—

N europteris heterophylla Brongt.

X

—

R

R

—

,, osmundes (Artis.)

X

—

—

—

’ —

Mariopteris muricata (Schloth.)

—

—

X

X

X

Alethopteris decurrens (Artis.)

R

—

—

— -

— •

Lepidodendron simile Kidston

—

X

X

X

X

,, ophiurus Brongt.

—

. X

■ —

X

X

,, aculeatum Sternb.

—

—

X

. —

—

,, obovatum Sternb.

—

—

— -

X

—

,, cf. ophiurus Brongt.

- —

— -

—

—

—

>> . sp.

X

x

—

- —

—

Lepidophloios laricinus Sternb.

—

—

—

—

—

, , cf. laricinus Sternb.

X _

— •

— ■

—

- — ■

Lepidostrobus sp.

'

X

X

X

X

Lepidophyllum lanceolatum L. & H.

—

—

X

—

x

Cyperites bicarinata L. & H.

—

—

—

—

X

Stigmaria ficoides Sternb.

X

—

1 —

—

—

With the exception of Sphenophyllum forma saxifragae-
folium, Sphenopteris trifoliolata and N europteris osmundae
I have collected all the above, together with many additional
species, making the following complete list up to the present : —

BED.

Filicales and Pteridospermae.

N europteris heterophylla Brongt.

,, gigantea Sternb.

,, tenui folia (Schloth.)

,, microphylla Brongt.

,, flexuosa Sternb.

,, osmundae (Artis.)
Mariopteris muricata (Schloth.)

>> sp.

Cyclopteris sp.

Alethopteris decurrens (Artis.)
Sphenopteris trifoliolata (Artis.)
sp.

SPHENOPH YLLALES .

Sphenophyllum cuneifolium Sternb.

,, forma saxifrages folium

Sternb .

sp.

1

3

7

. 9

11

14

X

X

X

—

—

R

X

X

X

—

—

—

X

X

X

R

X

R

R

—

—

1 1 |:V|

El 1 1 x x; |

X

1— 1 pi

1:4 1 ill

. PI rpi X

—

—

1 1 1

—

—

x X

R indicates that the species is rare.

16

X

X

X

X

X

X

The Naturalist

The Spread of Birch since the War.

205

BED.

Lycopodiales.

Lepidodendron lycopodioides Kidst.

(PSternb.)

,, ophiurus Brongt.

,, cp. ophiurus Brongt

,, simile Kidston

,, acutum (Presl.)

,, aculeatum Sternb. .

„ obovatum Sternb.

,, sp.

Lepidophloios laricinus Sternb.

,, cf. laricinus Sternb. .

>. sp

Lepidostrobus sp.

Lepidophyllum lanceolatum L. & H.

sp

Stigmaria ficoides Sternb.
Pinnularia capillacea L. & H.
Forking stigmarian rootlets...
Equisetales.

Calamites suckowi Brongt. ...

,, carinatus Sternb....

,, goepperti Ett.

,, undulatus Sternb.

,, schutzeiformis K. & J. .

,, cisti Brongt.

16

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

The specimens of bifurcating stigmarian rootlets have been
presented to the Museum of the Geological Survey and
representative specimens to the Geology Department of
Leeds University.

Finally, I would like to express my thanks to Messrs.
George Armitage and Sons for allowing me access to the
Quarry, to Dr. R. G. S. Hudson for his assistance, and to
Dr. R. Crookall who has kindly examined many of the plants
in the above list.

THE SPREAD OF BIRCH SINCE THE WAR.

HAROLD J. BURKILL, M.A., F.R.G.S.

Mr. F. H. Day, in his notes in The Naturalist for July (p. 155)
states that young Birches have taken possession in late years
of open spaces on a moor he is studying in Cumberland.
This statement is full of interest to botanists, and it would
become more so if reports could be collected from all over the
country. My own experience since the war has been mainly
confined to the London area with short holidays further afield
in some years.

Round London, Birches (Betula pubescens and B. verrucosa)
have appeared in large numbers on nearly every open space
where they were not to be seen before. The felling of Pines,
etc., in the war years gave the Birches a chance, previously

1933 Sept. 1

206 The Spread of Birch since the War.

denied to them, of which they were not slow to take advantage.
Large numbers of Pines were cut down round the Black
Pond, Esher, along the North Downs in Surrey, on Stoke
Common, Bucks., etc., and the Birch is now growing plenti-
fully in most of these areas — in some of them it is dense, but it
is also covering spaces where, though open to it, it did not
grow twenty years ago. Then Esher Common was covered
with grass and a few patches of Calluna vulgaris. Birches
were fruiting year after year on the other side of the boundary,
but not until about 1920 did their seedlings appear on the
former open space which they have now covered entirely.
The seeds had been blown there before but had not germinated.

Similarly acres on Wimbledon Common have been invaded
the last few years by Birch which before was restricted to the
ground below the Windmill and the extreme eastern border.
Kingston Vale is another instance. Formerly almost entirely
clothed with Molinia it is now a home for countless Birches.
One could continue the list of examples but the above should
suffice to illustrate the point. I have only noticed one
large area that seems immune, though there are old trees
producing seed on its margin, and this is Farthing Downs near
Purley, which has not yet shown signs of this spread of the
Birch.

In 1929 and 1930 I found young Birches spreading in
places on the Shropshire Hills, but not to the same extent as
in Surrey, Bucks., Herts., Essex and Kent.

In 1921, I was for a few days at Ravenscar, and in 1922
at Castleton, but I do not seem to have any notes showing
that Birch was appearing then on areas denuded of conifers.

The only solution I can suggest is that there is some
climatic condition that has been exceptionally favourable to
the growth of Birch in the last twenty years which has
enabled the species to colonise areas which they had not
done before. Sometimes the Birch has appeared on areas
where the grass had been burnt in the dry summer of 1921,
but I have seen others where there were no fires, and there
has been no disturbance of the soil. Man has on other areas
cleared away the previously dominant species and the Birch
has taken advantage of the opening, and aided by the favour-
able conditions has itself become dominant.

At Esher Pine seedlings are appearing among the young
Birches, but it should be many years before they can once
more have the place almost entirely to themselves.

It would, as I have said above, be interesting to have
records from other districts to see how far the spread of the
Birch is due to man’s handiwork, or to some other factor
which we cannot control, or even estimate, but at which we
can only guess.

The Naturalist

207

ON THE SOARING FLIGHT OF THE CHOUGH.

STUART SMITH, B.SC. (LEEDS).

The Chough. [(Pyrrhocorax pyrrhocorax) (L.)] has for some time
now been classed among the rare and disappearing birds of
Britain. There is little doubt that formerly it bred on the
cliffs of the Yorkshire seacoast, although never so common
in the east of the country as in the west. Now it seems
confined to the cliffs of Cornwall and Devon, with possibly
a pair here and there in Wales. Lt. -Colonel B. H. Ryves
estimates that the number of breeding pairs in Cornwall is
as low as six or seven ( Bird Notes and News, 1931), figures
which compare tragically with those of the Kite ( Milvus
milvus L.). That the loss of such an attractive bird is a
real one will be agreed by all who have seen the Chough
abroad, where, in such places as the Savoy Alps, and along
with the smaller, but equally attractive, Alpine Chough

[(P. graculus) (L.)] it abounds. One of its most striking
characteristics is the supreme ease and buoyancy of its flight,
and particularly its ability to gain great heights from ground
level with no flapping flight, but merely by soaring. At this
it can scarcely have an equal among birds, and it is the object
of the present paper to investigate the structure of the Chough’s
wing, with a view to attempting an explanation of this soaring
ability in the light of modern aerodynamics.

It is first necessary to investigate the relative flow of air
over and past a bird’s wing, in flight, and for this purpose it
is best to imagine the wing as stationary, and the air as
flowing past it in relative motion. The action of a bird’s
wing in flight is a cutting or shearing one, so that the air is
divided, and while some is piled up underneath the wing,
the rest is deflected above the wing, and by reason of the
speed of the passage of the wing through the air, is unable to
regain immediate equilibrium, and tends to form a vacuum
above the wing. Both these effects contribute to the sum
total of the uplift felt by a wing, but, contrary to what might
be expected, the uplift derived from the vacuum above is
nearly twice that derived from the piled up air underneath,
(see Fig. 1). The resultant force acts at an angle of 90 deg.
to the wing surface. As, however, the angle which the wing

1933 Sept. 1

208

On the Soaring Flight of the Chough.

presents to the air stream is increased, it is found that the
resultant uplift decreases, until, about 15 deg., unstable
equilibrium is reached, and a ‘ stall,’ well known to airmen,
commences. This is mainly due to the fact that, as the
stalling angle is reached, the air is deflected downwards at
an increasingly acute angle above the wing ; the flow of air
along it is broken, and ‘ eddies ’ commence, which tend to
fill the vacuum and thus help to destroy the most important
lifting factor of the wing (see Fig. 2).

In order to increase the angle at which ‘ stalling ’ occurs,
and thus arrive at a wing which was safe under low air speeds
and high angles of incidence, a device had to be found to
prevent this eddying, or ‘ burbling,’ as it is called. This
device, in the aeroplane wing, is known as the Handley -Page
slotted wing, and consists of a small auxiliary wing fitted
above the main ones, at the front, which— for reasons not

within the scope of this paper — ensures a smooth flow of air
over the wing from front to back, and by preventing eddies,
enables what is known as a ‘ controlled stall ’ to be accom-
plished (see Fig. 3).

There is a second factor also, which tends to reduce the lift
of a wing, by filling up the vacuum above, and that is what is
known as ‘ air-spill.’ This is due to some of the air piled up
under the wing tending to slip round its end or tip, and rush
up into the space above (see Fig. 4).

Having grasped these facts, we can now proceed to a
consideration of how they are compensated for in a bird
capable of a brilliant soaring display as is the Chough. All
field observers will have noticed that in birds with wide
rounded wings which indulge in aerial display — the buzzard,
or the raven, and other corvidae for example — the primary
feathers are widespread at the tips of the wings, giving a series
of spaces, or slots, formed by the emargination of these
primaries.

In the Chough, these slots are six in number (not counting
that formed by the bastard wing), and their purpose is exactly
similar to that of the Handley-Page slot already referred to
in the aeroplane wing. The first primary in the Chough is

Fiq. 3. Stalling ah$l£ reaches.

But controlled By slot.

WINCf

slot.

(?ELATiV£

Aik
FLO W.

Fig, !+■ Air spill.

The Naturalist

News from the Magazines.

209

short, the second longer than the seventh, but the longest of
all are the fourth and fifth. When the wing is spread, as in
soaring flight, these seven primaries form a remarkable series
of slots, giving a perfectly graded echelon formation, which,
when seen with the wing on the eye -level, appear as a series
of steps, the slot between the first and second primaries being
nearer the bird’s body and higher up than that between the
second and third and so on. In this way, the air passing
over a large area of the wing towards the tip, comes under the
influence of a series of slots, which prevents eddies occurring
and ensures maximum lift at high angles of incidence.

Now watch the Chough as it swings round in a magnificent
sweep into the wind. The tail is depressed and fanned on
one side to catch the air and turn the bird much as a rudder
turns a ship, while the primary feathers automatically spray
out like the fingers on the hand, and with no apparent effort the
bird is lifted 50 ft. or more into the air ! The angle of
incidence of the wing at this moment is very large — almost it
appears at times to be nearly 30 deg. or 35 deg., as far as one
can judge through glasses — an angle which is far past ‘ stalling ’
on an uncontrolled wing. But the multiple slots control the
stall, and the bird carries on with only a very slight movement
of the control surfaces of the slotted wing, gaining altitude
quite effortlessly, until in a few minutes it is soaring with
others of its kind above the 5,000 foot peaks around.

But these slots also play an important part, too, in helping
to prevent the second cause of loss of lift in a wing, namely,
air-spill.’ Obviously, the broader the tip of a wing, the
greater the area over which the air can spill, and hence the
greater the loss in lift due to this cause. If, however, the
tip of the wing be broken up into a series of slots, as is the case
with birds whose primaries separate in flight, the area
over which air-spill can occur is greatly reduced, giving
added efficiency in the way of lift.

Hence the wide-spread primaries at the wing tips of the
Chough, with their resultant slots, are Nature’s way of
eliminating two defects well known in aeronautics, and
account for the fine soaring powers of this and many other birds.

The Vasculum for May contains especially two interesting articles on
the ‘ Pearl Mussel in Hard and Soft Water,’ by Professor A. E. Boycott
and on ‘ Duckweeds,’ by Dr. R. Blackburn. There are also shorter
articles on ‘ A Reconstruction of Berwick Castle,’ by J. E. Hull, and on
‘ Mimicry and Ventriloquy among Birds,’ by R. Craigs.

The New Phytologist for June contains articles on the ‘ Radial Growth
of Xylem and the Starch Reserves of Pinus sylvestris , ’ by W. Wight, and
The Role of Organic Acids in Plant Metabolism,’ by T. A. Bennet-Clark .
T. M. Harris describes a new member of the fossil Caytoniales and Lewis
Knudson gives details of the non-symbiotic development of seedlings of
Calluna vulgaris in pure culture.

1933 Sept. 1

210

SOME NOTES ON THE HOLOCENE DEPOSITS AT
NORTH FERRIBY.

C. W. AND E. V. WRIGHT.

After the preliminary report on the Ferriby Peat deposits
by Mr. Bisat in the Trans. Hull Geol. Soc., for 1030, we made
several examinations of the series at lowest spring tides and
were fortunate in discovering a swamp deposit containing
many fresh-water, mollusca.

Beyond the Ferriby Sewer outlet the base of the low cliff
of peat is not exposed until the peat thins out several hundred
yards to the east. Here we noticed a bed of sandy peat
containing shells ; upon investigation the following section
was noted, the swamp evidently occurring in an extensive
hollow of the boulder clay.

The diagram is not to scale. The shells occur abundantly
in the beds bracketed and fragments in the Green Seatearth.

Of the following photos, for which we are very much
indebted to Mr. G. W. Mason, the top one shows the sandy
peat (2), the grey marl (3), and the white tufaceous marl (4).
Shells can be seen in the photograph. The bottom one shows
an interesting rise in the tufaceous marl.

The following is a list of shells from the sandy peat, kindly
determined by Mr. Musham.

Cepaea nemoralis Clausilia laminata

Arianta arbustorum Zua lubrica

Hyalinia cellaria
Pyramidula rotundata
Carychium minimum
Pupa cylindracea

Succinea elegans
Valvata crist at a
Paludestrina stagnalis
Planorbis spirorbis

Mr. A. S. Kennard has also very kindly identified a large
number of snails from the grey marl collected by Mr. Bisat
and ourselves and gives the following report on them.
Report on the Non Marine Mollusca (A. S. Kennard,

Thp Naturalist

Some Notes on the Holocene Deposits at North Ferriby. 211

A.L.S., F.G.S.) — From the small amount of material sub-
mitted twenty-six species were determined, viz : —

Carychium minimum (Mull.) Limnaea truncatula (Mull.)

Limnaea palustris (Miill.) Planorbis leucostoma Mill.

Aplexa hypnovum (Linn.)
Lcmria anglica (Fer.)
Vertigo pusilla (Miill.)

V . substriata Jeff.

V . angustior Jeff.

Columnella edentula (Drap.)
Acanthinula aculeata (Miill.)
A. lamellata (Jeff.)

V allonia costata (Miill.)
Cochlicopa lubrica (Miill.)

1933 Sept. 1

212

Review and Book Notice.

Punctium pygmaeum (Drap . )
Goniodiscus rotundatus (Mull.)
Petasina fulva (Mull.)
Helicella cellaria (Mull.)

H. nitidula (Drap.)

H. pur a (Aid.)

Helicella radiatula (Aid.)
Vitrea crystallina (Mull.)
Cepaea nemoralis (Linn.)
Clausilia rugosa (Drap.)

Marpessa Laminata (Mont.)
Succinea pfeifferi Rossm.

Of these, six species are not known living from the East
Riding according to the last census of the Conchological
Society. They are, Acanthinula aculeata, A. lamellata,
Vertigo pusilla, V. substriata, V. angustior and Columnella
edentula. This is clearly a swamp faunule and would appear
to indicate much damper conditions than now exist and
probably much greater rainfall. It is now known that in
early Holderness times there was a much heavier rainfall in
the East and South-East of England than at present but
these conditions had passed away in the Middle Bronze period.
We may therefore conclude that the deposit cannot be later
than the Beaker or Early Bronze .age, circa .1800 b.c. This is
an important discovery since no deposit of this class has been
known from the East Riding ; the Holderness deposits such
as Skipsea being of earlier age (Maglemose). Further
investigation “ may probably show a sequence.”

We hope to add extensively to the list when we have
further and longer opportunities for collecting.

The Country around Cirencester (explanation of one-inch Sheet
235, England and Wales), by Linsdall Richardson, F.R.S.E., with
contributions by Professor J. A. Hanley, A.R.C.Sc., Ph.D., and H. G.
Dines, A.R.S.M., pp. xi+119 ; 7 plates ; 5 text-figures. Price 3/- net.
By post 3/4, from H.M. Stationery Office. This memoir is descriptive
of the geology of the district bounded approximately by lines joining
Cheltenham and Little Rissington ; Little Rissington and Lechlade ;
Lechlade and Cirencester ; and Cirencester and Cheltenham, which is
represented on a colour-printed geological map, new series, Sheet 235.
The solid geology has for the most part been transferred from the Old
Series geological map, but the superficial deposits have been surveyed
specially for the purpose and their distribution indicated on the map.
The author of the memoir is well known for his researches on the geology
and geography of the Cotswolds . The introduction contains a descrip-
tion of the physiography of the district. Then follows a detailed account
of the various geological formations, This account has been written
in as simple language as the technical nature of the subject permits and
is naturally of most interest to specialists on the various formations :
it is an indispensable handbook to the subject for the district with which
the memoir deals. A valuable part of the memoir is that on Agriculture,
which is contributed by Professor J. A. Hanley, sometime Principal of
the Royal Agriculture College, Cirencester. This contribution was
written with the definite purpose of being of use to agriculturalists and
to those concerned in the investigation of soils. It should prove valuable
to botanists for it contains many references to the connection between
the flora and parent rocks.

REVIEW AND BOOK NOTICE.

The Naturalist

213

FROM A MICROSCOPIST S NOTE BOOK.

W. LAWRENCE SCHROEDER.

Early in March there was a remarkable ‘ florescence ’ of
V orticellae in two of my jars. By the end of the month — about
March 26th — the Vallisneria, Myriophyllum, Elodea, and the
filamentous algae, Spirogyra, Oedogonium, and others, were
covered : it seemed as if all the plants in the jars were coated
with fluff. The state of things lasted until about the middle
of April, when the weed was in the main clear.

On February 5th I made a vaseline life-slide on which
was an encysted Vorticella. The denser inner part was
surrounded with an almost transparent structure. There was
very slight amoeboid movement. Two days later, the appear-
ance had been modified, the movement was more marked,
the inner denser part had put out a tongue -like process. On
February 9th, the Vorticella was in full movement, and
complete save for the ‘ stalk ’ but the beginning of that
could be seen.

I had an interesting experience once, in showing slides
of microscopic life on the lantern screen. I had prepared a
slide on which was a female Cyclops, with well-developed
eggs in the two sacs attached to the lower end of the body.
Two and a half hours later, when the slide was thrown on the
screen, all the eggs save three had hatched. The young
Cyclops were swimming about in a very lively manner.

From a pond in the Shilden Valley I took, some years ago,
on March 5th, a green Hydra, with eleven tentacles and a
bud. Green Hydra have a way of disappearing into the
debris at the bottom of the jar and then a few days later
re-emerging in quantity.

On July 19th, 1916, I took from one of the Bramhope
ponds a number of colonies of Ophrydinum versatile — a
ciliate protozoon, similar in form to Vorticella. The largest
specimen was nearly two inches in diameter, the smallest
about half-an-inch.

Some duckweed — Lemna minor — got from one of the
Bramhope ponds in early July, after being in the jar for
just a month, presented an extraordinary appearance, the
rootlets being covered with a species of Closterium. There
were about fifty in one cluster, and over a hundred on the
rest of the rootlets. There must have been several thousands
in the entire group.

From a little pool on the top of Fairfield, near Coniston
Old Man, I took, some years ago, in late August, the colonial
Dinobryon sertularia, one of the Chrysomonadales.

There were eight in one colony, in another, at least
twenty. Here and there were empty cases, in one of the

1933 Sept. 1

214

In Memoriam : Henry Lodge.

basal envelopes there were two cysts, in a penultimate case,
there were one cyst and one individual. The individuals
are attached to one side of the case-wall ; they can move in
the case itself, and when disturbed they can retreat half
down the case, their movement in the envelopes is gently
Euglenoid. There are two cilia, unequal, the longer one
does most of the searching about. The life-spot, highly
refractive in one focus, is red, in other foci, green. It is
amazing how such dendroid colonies can keep one direction
in their locomotion ; for the direction must be given by a
specific stress in the beat of the cilia.

3it flDemortam.

HENRY LODGE.

Outside South Yorkshire, Mr. Lodge, of Normanton — whose
unfortunate death took place on the 6th of June — was probably
little known, but to his associates within that area he was
recognised as a keen and accurate observer of nature.

He made no pretence at specialization, nevertheless his
knowledge of botany, entomology and ornithology was by
no means insignificant. He was a member of the South
West Yorkshire Entomological and the Wakefield Naturalists’
Societies. His collection of insects he left to his friend,
Dr. McKie, of Normanton.

It was my own privilege to know Mr. Lodge very intimately,
and perhaps he enjoyed few things better than to come along
to my museum at Wake held for an hour’s shop talk. Since
his retirement from railway service he had almost made a
hobby of attending auction sales, and the last time I was
in his company was at such a sale in Wakefield where we met
accidentally.

In person he was quiet and dignified, of good carriage
and address. He enjoyed a joke and was a good and enter-
taining conversationalist, his language being always well
selected.

Mr. Lodge served on the railway for forty-one years, and
only retired about eighteen months ago. He was 63 years
old, and leaves a widow, one daughter and three sons. The
funeral took place at Skelmanthorpe on the Friday following
his death after but a short illness whilst under treatment at
the Clayton Hospital, Wakefield.

Our sympathies go out to the bereaved family. All his
friends will feel his loss keenly. — Charles Mosley.

Messrs. Wheldon and Wesley have now issued Part II of Mr. F. W.
Mills Index of the Diatomaceae (price, ten shillings) . It deals with genera
beginning with the letter A as far as the genus Amphora, in alphabetical
order.

The Naturalist

215

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS AT RIPPONDEN.

F. A. Mason, F.R.M.S.

A very encouraging feature of the visits of the Yorkshire Naturalists’
Union to areas near the Lancashire border of the county is the good
attendance as well as the enthusiasm of local members and associates. The
excursion to Ripponden on Saturday, 8th July, provided no exception
to past experiences and among the naturalists with an intimate knowledge
of the geology, flora and fauna of the district who were present on that
occasion, were Messrs. E. Hallowell, J. H. Lumb, C. J. Spencer, C.
Fielding, Kaye, A. Bates, Thornton, and others

Under the guidance of Mr. Hallowell, a party, starting from the
Triangle, Sowerby Bridge, worked up the river to Ripponden to the Old
Bridge Inn at Ripponden where a halt was made for lunch. Thence to

the new Rishworth Dam, recently erected by the Wakefield Corporation
Waterworks at their compensation reservoir. Here, the main party
was joined by an afternoon party under the leadership of Mr. J. H.
Priestley. The nature of the work involved in building the Dam, its
structure and functions were explained by our member, Mr. A. G.
Beaumont (Deputy Waterworks Engineer). Although the natural
amenities of this beautiful part of Ryburn Dale have been interfered with
by communal and industrial demands, after the replanting and restora-
tion of roads now in progress, it seems likely that the valley will lose
little by the change.

The rock garden of Mr. J. W. Barrett, at Rishworth, was visited and
the rich collection of cacti and other interesting cultivated plants proved
to be of considerable interest.

A meeting was held in the evening at the Derby Inn, Rishworth, at
which the Chair was occupied by Mr. W. P. Winter, B.Sc. Reports were
received from Messrs. A. G. Beaumont (Geology), A. Bates and
Thornton (Botany), F. E. Milsom (Bryology); Mr. Thornton (Vertebrate
Zoology), F. A. Mason, and the Chairman.

Mr. J. H. Priestley exhibited a collection of flint implements found
in the district and made some interesting observations on their occurrence.
He said that the thousands of microlithic flint implements found by
himself and others on the hill tops point to their occupation at a date
estimated at some ten to twelve thousand years. Similar tiny flint tools
have been found in great numbers at Fere-en-Tardenois in France, and
at Maz d’Azil on the slopes of the Pyrenees, and they can be followed
like the trail of a paper chase from the Danube, across Europe, to North

1933 Sept. 1

2l6

Yorkshire Naturalists at Ripponden.

Africa and the Sudan. The culture represented is thus called the Azilio-
Tardenoisean ; it is post-glacial and marks the transition stage of the
Palaeolithic and Neolithic ages. The flints were found mainly on the
moors of Rish worth and Soy land, and he and Dr. J. Grainger had picked
up a few about a mile beyond the Derby Inn. Mr. Priestley also referred
to the archaeological features of Ryburndale, and gave examples of
interesting place-names among which the derivation of the present
Joiner Stones ’ from the Saxon ‘ Ionna Staner ’ — an inner place of
holy stones — may be mentioned.

A hearty vote of thanks was accorded to the Local Secretary (Dr. J.
Grainger) and to the several leaders whose names are mentioned above,
as well as to the Wakefield Waterworks Engineer (C. Clemesha Smith, Esq.)
and the L.M.S. Railway Co., for permission to visit their respective
properties.

In a district so thoroughly worked not much new material was expected .
In view of the inroads on nature made by the march of industry, a list of
the plants actually seen on this date, contributed by Mr. E. Hallowell
with the assistance of Messrs. Kaye and Fielding is worthy of being placed
on record.

Flowering Plants.

Digitalis purpurea
Lactuca muralis
Solidago Virgaurea
Linaria cymbalaria
Lotus minor
L. major

Hieraceum murorum
H. boreale
H. Pilosella

Epilobiurn angusti folium
E. montanum
Matricaria disci flora

Lapsana communis
Galium palustre
G. sax a tile
Stellaria uliginosa
Ranunculus Lenormandi
R. Flammula
Senecio aquaticus
Vicia sepium
V accinium Myrtillus
Empetrum nigrum
Leontodon autumnalis
Lonicera Periclymenum

To these flowering plants Mr. Hallowell writes, “I would like to add
Claytonia sibirica, which has spread down the valley for many miles since
its appearance probably some thirty years ago. I have no doubt what
ever that the plant was thrown into the river at some point and
immediately began to make itself at home along the banks.

Grasses.

Poa trivialis
P. annua
P. pratensis
Agrostis vulgaris
A . canina

Anthoxanthum odoratum

Holcus lanatus
H. mollis
Nardus strict a
Air a flexuosa
A . caespitosa
Cynosurus cristatus
A lopecurus pra tensis

Ferns.

Osmunda regalis Aspidium felix-femina

Blechnum boreale Ophioglossum vulgatum

Pteridium aquilinum Lastrea dilatata

Fungi were scarce but among the small number collected, Puccinia
Conopodii-Bistortae Kleb. on Bistort, found by Mr. W. P. Winter, is an
addition, to the flora V.C. 63 . Lentinus lepideus, growing on the creosoted
timbers of the platform at Sowerby Bridge Station, was collected by Miss
D. Wooff. The mould Monilia alphitoides, on Oak, was very prevalent
in the district.

I am indebted to Mr. Fames, one of the resident engineers at Rishworth,
for the photograph of the Dam which accompanies this report.

The N aturalist

Apparatus and Lantern-Slides
for the

FIELD-NATURALIST AND MICROSCOPIST

CATALOGUES POST FREE ON REQUEST

*‘C”— Apparatus for Field-Work. “BX” — Microscopical Equipment.
“E” — Lantern Slides.

Flatters & Garnett, Ltd.,

309 OXFORD ROAD, MANCHESTER.

WINESTEAD Wl) ITS LORDS

THE HISTORY OF A HOLDERNESS VILLAGE

by NORMAN JAMES MILLER, M.A.
with a Foreword by THE ARCHBISHOP OF YORK

Demy 8vo. 258 pages. 9 Plates and 5 Illustrations,
f -bound cloth, 10/- net, or post free 10/6.

LONDON: A. BROWN & SONS, LIMITED, 5 FARRINGDON AVENUE, E.C.4.

The Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine

PRICE TWO SHILLINGS MONTHLY.

EDITED BY

G. C. Champion, F.Z.S. J. J. Walker, M.A., R.N., F.L.S.

J. E. Collin, F.E.S. K. G. Blair, B.Sc., F.E.S.

R. W. Lloyd. H. Scott, M.A., Sc.D., F.E.S.

This Magazine, commenced in 1864, contains Standard Articles and Notes
on all subjects connected with Entomology, and especially on the Insects of
the British Isles.

Subscription — 15/- per annum, post free, to —

R. W. LLOYD, 15 ALBANY, PICCADILLY, LONDON, W.1

W. II. JANSON & SON

44 GT. RUSSELL STREET, LONDON, W.G.l

ALL REQUISITES FOR NATURALISTS
Catalogue sent free.

BRITISH BIRDS

AN ILLUSTRATED MONTHLY MAGAZINE

Edited by H. F. WITHERBY, m.b.e., f.z.s., m.b.o.u., h.f.a.o.u. ;

Assisted by Rev. F. C. R. JOURDAIN, m.a., m.b.o.u., h.f.a.o.u., f.z.s., and
N. F. TICEHURST, o.b e., m a., f.r.c.s., m.b.o.u.

A complete current History of British Birds
ARTICLES NOTES

CORRESPONDENCE REVIEWS

Beautifully illustrated with 'Photographic and other Plates
ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, 20/- POST FREE; MONTHLY, 1/9 NET.
Specimen Plates with List of Contents post free.

London: H. F. & G. WITHERBY, 326, High Holborn

WALKS AND TALKS

ON THE

NORTH YORKSHIRE
COAST AND MOORS

By W. RIDLEY-MAKEPEACE

F.C.I.S., M.I. & S.Inst., F.R.E.S.

Author of “ Goathland Walks ”

136 pages, f' cap 8 vo., with numerous illustrations and a folding map
of the district , thread sewn in a stout attractive coloured cover.

Price 1/- net, post free 1/2 net.

Through all Booksellers.

EXTRACTS FROM THE PRESS.

"... a very interesting and compact little book. It is not only
a guide to the coast and moors — it is an invitation and a welcome
. . — The Yorkshire Post.

“ ‘ Walks and Talks on the North Yorkshire Moors ' is just the
book for a walker who is going to tackle this breezy and fascinating
country to slip into his pocket. In Mr. W. Rid ley -Makepeace he
will, indeed, find the happy guide, philosopher and friend . .
Manchester Evening News.

“ . . .Mr. Ridley -Makepeace has previously written on ‘ Goathland
Walks,' and in this volume, after bringing us from Saltburn to
Flamborough Head down the coast, he centres himself on Whitby,
and, making judicious use of 'bus and train for jumping-off points,
he explores the magnificent spread of the Goathland country in
entertaining and clearly directed fashion. He is a companionable
guide, and as quick to take note of new things as of old . . .” —
Yorkshire Evening Post.

“ Mr. W. Ridley -Makepeace has followed up his little book on
‘ Goathland Walks ’ by a further series of ‘ Walks and Talks on the
North Yorkshire Coast and Moors.’ He is a rambler of sixty years’
standing, who desires to attract the north, south and west to a part
of England which he regards as the pedestrians’ paradise. He des-
cribes and illustrates a series of eleven walks, with a wealth of
interesting detail, historical and topographical . . — The Lancet.

London: A. BROWN & SONS., Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C.4

Printed by A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., Perth Street West, Hull, and published by
A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., at 5 Farringdon Avenue, in the City of London.

September, 1933.

SVS. H

iCT., 1933

No. 921

No. 694 of current Series

with the assistance as referees in special departments of

H. B. Booth, F.Z.S. M.B.O.U. Riley Fortune, F.Z.S., F.R.P.S.

J. M. Brown, B.Sc., F.L.S., F.E.S. Professor A. Gilligan, D.Sc., F.G.S., M.I.M.E,

W. H. Burrell, F.L.S. F. A. Mason, F.R.M.S.

Chris. A. Cheetham, F.E.S. Mrs. Elsie M. Morehouse.

W. J. Fordham, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Thos. Sheppard, M.Sc., F.G.S., F.Z.S.

D.P.H. T. W. Woodhead, Ph.D.,M.Sc., F.L.S.

Contents

Canker in Grass Snakes (illustrated) — Ellen

Gallwey .......

Tardenoisian Sites on Oxenhope Moor (illustrated)
T. Deans .......

Bird Migrations and Movements inside Liverpool

Eric Hardy .......

Field Note ........

Yorkshire Naturalists in the Rippon District .

Maps for Recording the Distribution of Animals,
Plants, etc., in Britian ....

217-222

223-227

228-230

230

230-237

The Clouded Yellow — C. W . Wright
Gift to Leeds University
Reviews and Book Notices
News from the Magazines .
Illustrations . . . 217,

237

237

238

. 238-239

. 239-240

19, 220, 221, 222, 225 227

LONDON :

A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C.4.
And at Hull.

Printers and Publishers to the Y.N.U.

PRICE 1/6 net.

Prepaid Subscription
15/ - per annum.

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS5 UNION

BOTANICAL SECTION.

The Annual Meeting will be held at Leeds University in the Botanical
Department, entry by the Baines Door, on Saturday, October 14th, at 3-30 p.m.

Business to discuss the Annual Report and suggest Officers and Members
for the various Committees.

In the evening a paper will be read by Dr. Pearsall on ‘ Light and Plant
distribution in Lake Windermere.’

Miss Scott will demonstrate ‘ Hydrotictyon reticu latum.’

CHRIS. A. CHEETHAM.

ENTOMOLOGICAL AND PLANT GALLS SECTIONS

The Annual Meeting of these sections will be held on Saturday, October 21st,
in the Church Institute, Albion Place, Leeds, at 3 p.m. and again at 6 p.m.
Members are requested to bring exhibits.

Agenda : —

3 p.m. to 5 p.m. Exhibits.

6 p.m. to 7-30 p.m. Nominations of officers and . consideration of
reports .

7-30 p.m. Two short papers :

(1) ‘ Some points in the Anatomy of the
Psocoptera,’ by J. M. Brown-.

(2) ‘ The Classification of the Weevils, with
special reference to the Britannic species,’
by W. D. Hincks.

W. D. HINCKS, Hon. Secretary,

46 Gipton Wood Avenue, Leeds, 8.

VERTEBRATE SECTION.

Two meetings will be held in the library of the Church Institute, Albion
Place, Leeds, on Saturday, October 28th, 1933.

At 3-15 p.m. to consider and pass (a) Sectional Reports for 1933 and to
elect Officers for 1934 >' (6) The General and Financial Reports of the Yorkshire
Wild Birds and Eggs Protection Acts Committee for 1933, and to recommend
this Committee for 1934 > (c) The Reports of the Yorkshire Mammals,

Amphibians, Reptiles and Fishes Committee for 1933, and to recommend
this Committee for 1934.

At 6-30 the following papers will be given : —

‘ Glimpses of Wild Bird Life ’ (Cinematograph Film) , by W. F. Fearnley.
' The Merlin and other Moorland Birds ’ (illustrated), by Rennie Wood.
‘ A Dismal Swamp and its Avian Problems ’ (illustrated), by W. G.

Bramley.

Members and Associates are cordially invited to attend and to bring notes,
specimens and lantern slides. Will Officers of Affiliated Societies kindly
notify their members ?

E. WILFRED TAYLOR, Hon. Secretary,

13 Chestnut Avenue, York.

WANTED

Proceedings of the Yorkshire Geological Sociey. Vol. XIII, pt. ii,
pp. 134-278, 1896-7. R. G. S. Hudson, The University, Leeds.

BINDING “ THE NATURALIST ”

Volumes of THE NATURALIST for
any year can be bound in a serviceable
and attractive Cloth Case , dark blue
and gilt lettered on back and side. Price
4/- per volume, or post free 4/6.

A. BROWN <& SONS, LIMITED

PERTH STREET WEST, RULE

217

CANKER IN GRASS SNAKES.

ELLEN GALLWEY.

The cause of canker is still unknown, but it appears to be
brought about by the lack of something in captivity which a
snake is able to obtain in its wild state, for no one has ever
caught a wild specimen suffering from this usually fatal

Fig. 1. DORSAL VIEW OF THE HEAD OF THE GRASS SNAKE (x4).
shewing the upper jaw greatly swollen due to canker.

disease. Tomasini does not consider the disease infectious,
and lays its cause to a lack of moisture in the snake’s hiding
place, but Ditmars1 believes it to be brought about by an
enervated condition of the snake, robbing the blood of its
germicidal qualities — and this during a period of a disordered
stomach. As the mouth of a snake that is not feeding becomes

l Ditmars, Raymond L., ‘ Reptiles of the World,’ ]^£w York, 1930.

N

v<

&

1933 Oct. 1

K

218

Canker in Grass Snakes.

stored with stagnant salivary secretions and as bacteria of
many kinds always exist in the mouth due to the nature of a
snake’s food, this is the region attacked. A slight sore — a
bruise caused by striking at an annoying object, or a wound
received during the swallowing of living prey- — is generally
the start of the trouble. The sore becomes at once affected,
and an intense irritation attended by a secretion of white
cheesy flecks follows.

Mr. J. Burtscher1 records that the bacillus found in canker
is about the size of that of typhoid fever and appears abund-
antly as a diplobacillus, and both that and the single bacillus
show capsule-formation. The bacillus is very mobile, and
stained by the Van Ermengen method shows from five to
twelve peripherally disposed flagella. The colonies are
rounded with sharp edges, slightly raised, and show a faint
irridescence seen against the light. It is highly pathogenic
for cold-blooded animals and probably should be classed in
the group to which Bacillus fluorescens liquefaciens Fliigge
belongs.

From my own observations I do not consider canker
infectious. During the winter 1931-32 ten adult Grass
Snakes ( Tropidonotus natrix) were hibernating coiled together
among Sphagnum moss, and periodically I carefully raised
the moss to see that the snakes were all right. In February
I found one dead and a second dying, which I painlessly
killed. I dissected both these snakes, which were in a similar
condition. The stomachs contained a reasonable amount of
food, bearing in mind their long fast, but the mouths were
absolutely full of canker slime, and that of the dead snake
gave off a disagreeable odour. These facts indicate that
canker was the cause of death. The first snake must have
been dead about three days, so that most probably it had
had canker a few weeks before death, yet none of the others
were even slightly affected, nor did any develop it subsequently
although they all drank from and bathed in the same
water.

On 15th August, 1932, I caught a male Grass Snake
{Tropidonotus natrix) which measured 3 feet 4 inches in length
on the Findholme Estate, Doncaster. This snake was kept
with others of the same species in a cage in a glass-house
facing south, at my home in Fong Lane, Dalton, Huddersfield.

On nth March, 1933, two weeks after waking from
hibernation, a minute white fleck appeared on the right side
of the roof of this snake’s (‘ Rasper’s ’) mouth. I removed
the fleck immediately by gently bathing the mouth with

l Burtscher, J . , ‘ Uber die Mundfaule der Schlangen ’ (Der

Zoologische Garten (N.F.) Bd. 4, 1931), Leipzig.

The Naturalist

Canker in Grass Snakes . 219

swabs of cotton wool soaked in a solution of one teaspoonful
boracic acid to one breakfast cup of warm water.

The following day three more white flecks appeared, one
in the same place as previously, the second near the anterior
end of the left dentary between the bone and the gum, and
the third in the centre of the roof of the mouth.

Each day until 24th April I removed any canker ‘ spots
and thoroughly bathed the mouth, inside and out, with a

Fig. II. VENTRAL VIEW OF THE SKULL OF THE GRASS SNAKE (x4).

(T ropidonotus natrix ) .

d Dentary. p Palatine. m Maxilla. k Basisphenoid .

solution of two teaspoonfuls boracic acid to one breakfast
cup water, paying special attention to the teeth, but this
treatment only held the disease in check. On the 24th I
changed the mouthwash from boracic acid solution to a weak
solution of permanganate of potash and used it once a day until
the 28th when the snake escaped. Later in the day Rasper
was found sunning himself on a wall in the hottest part of
the garden, and standing nearby, staring at him with glassy
eyes and wet hair standing on end, was a young black cat.

Up till now Rasper had never looked or behaved as if he
were sick. The fresh air and direct sun had made him even
more lively than usual, and he certainly showed his disapproval
of being taken back to his cage.

1933 Oct. 1

220

Canker in Grass Snakes.

The permanganate of potash solution barely kept the
canker in check, the canker alternatively losing, but more
often gaining, ground. By the end of April the sides of the
upper jaw were much swollen due to two well-established
canker ‘ colonies ’ between the right and left maxilla and
their respective gums. See figure I. The mouth could not
be properly closed and there was a gap of about one-eighth
inch between the upper and lower jaws. In habits Rasper
was normal, until this time.

At the beginning of May Rasper usually held his head
about one inch above the floor of his cage when resting, and
continually worked his jaws as if chewing and swallowing.
This produced the effect of blowing out his ‘ cheeks/ then
trying to chew like a teething baby.

By 21st May canker had rapidly gained the upper hand.
The characteristic slime was now almost covering the

Fig. III. LOWER JAW OF THE GRASS SNAKE (x4).
shewing naked dentary protruding from the gum.
s Skin. d Dentary. gGum. c Seat of Canker.

membranes of the mouth, even the tongue sheath. Par-
ticularly bad seats of canker were opposite the centre of the
basisphenoid, around the anterior end of each dentary, at
the front between the gum and maxilla at each side, and in
three places on the gum between the teeth on the outer side
of the right dentary. See Fig. II.

Each day I removed the slime and thoroughly bathed the
mouth with swabs of cotton wool soaked in a dark purple
solution of permanganate of potash. However, the above-
mentioned seats of canker were so deep and persistent that
I was obliged to scrape the slime away with a fine scalpel,
and afterwards wipe the places with tiny pieces of cotton
wool held in fine-pointed forceps. The mouth meanwhile
was kept open with a plug of saturated cotton wool.

This state continued, apparently getting no better, until
early June, when Rasper only seldom put out his forked
tongue, and began to wince when I touched his worst
places.

By 20th June both dentaries were protruding, naked,
from the gum, and beneath and all round each was a persistent
‘ growth ’ of canker. See Fig. III. I was bitterly dis-
appointed and grieved, and felt I was waging a losing battle

The Naturalist

Canker in Grass Snakes.

221

and paining the snake. I thought of killing the poor reptile,
yet I was very attached to it, as well as interested in the
disease, and moreover, as he was such a fine specimen I
decided it was worth while doing everything possible to save
him, although it looked absolutely hopeless.

I made the permanganate of potash solution stronger still,
putting a good ‘ pinch ’ of crystals into a teacupful of luke-
warm water and by 3rd July all canker slime had disappeared.
Four stubborn, well-established places only remained and the
whole front of the lower jaw was out of shape. The skin
sagged an eighth of an inch and the naked dentaries protruded.
The other two places were between the right maxilla and gum
and in the centre of the basisphenoid.

On 4th July the teeth began to fall from the front of the
right maxilla, and the bone seemed to be softening, almost

Fig. IV. PORTION OF THE RIGHT MAXILLA (enlarged)
shewing the empty teeth sockets (s) , and cankered tissue
(c) attached, removed on 8th July.

as if necrosis were setting in. On 8th July this piece of bone
seemed quite dead, and as well as canker in the surrounding
flesh, there was great inflammation. The surrounding tissue
was also very soft, and I realised that as it was I could not
get rid of the disease. Gently, with the tip of a fine scalpel
and long, fine-pointed forceps, I removed -65 cm. of the front
of the now partly toothless maxilla as shewn in Fig. IV.
A little adhering flesh and canker, which seemed to have
attacked the bone itself, came away with it, and then I
thoroughly cleaned and bathed this bleeding wound, first
with warm water which had been boiled only, and then with a
very strong solution of permanganate of potash. In the same
way I bathed below and around the two dentaries, and,
after cleaning, the centre basisphenoid. Into each wound I
placed two or three permanganate of potash crystals. These
stained the whole of the interior of the mouth and saliva a
deep brown colour, and the snake promptly began its ‘ chew-
ing ’ habit again. At first Rasper raised his head erect,
then assumed a more normal pose, and one hour later he
appeared quite comfortable and normal again.

Each evening from 8th July to the 14th I bathed the
wounds with a very strong solution of permanganate of potash,

1933 Oct . 1

222

Canker in Grass Snakes.

and placed two or three fresh crystals in each of the four
‘ wounds.’

From the time I began to apply solid crystals to the
wounds, the canker began to subside with the sole exception
of the deep-seated part in the anterior end of the right palatine.
This bone shewed the same symptoms as the part of the
right maxilla which I had to remove.

On 14th July I removed .55 cm. of the right palatine with
a little soft flesh and canker attached. See Fig. V. This
wound was treated exactly like the last, and from this time
there was never a return of canker anywhere in the mouth,
the impression being that the crystals of permanganate of
potash were too strong for the canker bacillus.

Naturally, Rasper’s mouth was stained deep brown, but
apart from that it was healing beautifully. Gradually less
and less dentaries were shewing, and on 27th July the right

Fig. V. RIGHT PALATINE (enlarged)
with a little cankered tissue (c) attached,
removed on 14th July.

one was quite normal again — no naked bone visible — and
the snake was able to close his mouth. The wound caused
by the removal of part of the right maxilla was also com-
pletely healed, and the snake only seldom chewed. He
was more active, and frequently lay about on the grass,
basking in the sun with his long, slender tongue flicking in
and out. Rasper was quite normal and when I approached
he pushed his cold nose into my hand for his accustomed
stroke, then slowly lowered it until it rested flat on the
grass where he would keep it for as long as I would stroke
him.

He often darted in and out of his bath, and cast his skin
in the end of June, July and August, signifying his good
condition. Throughout his long illness, Rasper was fed each
Sunday and Thursday with one raw hen’s egg.

On 2nd August I discontinued all mouth washes, and
there were no more signs of canker.

By 20th August Rasper was completely healed, his mouth
being spotlessly clean and of a healthy pinkish hue.

There have been no signs of the return of canker, and the
snake is now enjoying his natural food of frogs, toads and
mice.

The Naturalist

223

TARDENOISIAN SITES ON OXENHOPE MOOR.

T. DEANS.

In a general survey of the Mesolithic sites of the North of
England, Dr. A. Raistrick1 refers to sites on Oxenhope Moor
recently excavated by the writer. The present paper is
intended as a detailed account of these sites, while for their
relation to the other Pennine sites reference should be made
to Dr. Raistrick’s paper.

The two sites occur on the prominent “ edge ” which
runs from Nab Hill, 1473 ft. O.D., eastwards for nearly a mile
to Hambleton Top, 1,375 ft. O.D., on Thornton Moor, and
which forms the northern edge of the high moorland plateau
of the Aire-Calder watershed. Little is known of the dis-
tribution of flints on these moors on account of the thick peat
which covers the rock surface on which they occur. A general
examination of all exposures, however, seems to point to a
concentration around the edge of the moor, rather than on
the interior of the plateau. Their distribution, working from
the Airedale edge northwards and returning on the Calderdale
edge, is as follows : —

1. Odd Ends in the peat pits N. of Ogden Kirk, at 1,300 ft.
O.D.

2. Odd Ends along the moor edge above Thornton Moor
Reservoir.

3. A workshop site on Hambleton Top at 1,360 ft. O.D.

4. Odd finds in Deep House Delph and along the edge to
Little Clough.

5. A workshop site between Great Clough and Wildman
Lane, at 1,400 ft. O.D.

6. Odd finds on Nab Hill, where also Mr. W. Almond
has found three workshop sites, which, however, have
not been rediscovered.

7. Odd finds in Fly Delph and along Cold Edge, where
also flints were recorded by Davis2 over fifty years ago.

The Hambleton Top site lies at the end of a small wall
about 60 yds. W. of the footpath to Ogden. The peat has
here wasted away in patches and groups of flints were exposed
on the loose sand. Further excavation by digging exposed
a densely packed workshop floor of chert and a few more
scattered flints. About 500 pieces of chert, large and small,
were collected from the floor, but the proportion of tools was
very small indeed. The finds are described below, the numbers
referring to fig. 1, kindly drawn by Mr. J. G. D. Clark. About
thirteen cores, those of the finer chert being worked to less
than an inch in length. A series of seven tools made from
thick irregular fragments or broken cores, with one edge
worked straight, suggesting a use either as scrapers or pressure
tools ( e.g . Nos. 2 and 4). A few scores of broken blades, a

1933 Oct. 1

224 T ardenoisian Sites on Oxenhope Moor.

few whole blades, un worked, and three or four worked blades.
Of the latter (No. 5) is worked on one side and the end, while
(No. 6) has been notched. There are four pygmy points
(Nos. 19 and 20) being well-made trapezoids, while (Nos.
1 7 and 22) are crude and unfinished. There is a single minute
micro-burin (No. 14). Perhaps the most interesting tool is
the large burin (No. 1). It is of the gouge type, and conforms
most closely to the single-polyhedric pattern. It has been
resharpened at least once, as indicated by the stepping on the
graver facets on both sides, and the base has been worked
as a scraper, but has been broken at the corner. It should
be noted that while occurring in a Tardenoisian floor this
tool is of perfect Upper Palaeolithic type.

The scattered flints total less than a quarter of the bulk
of the chert, but the proportion of implements and blades
is much larger. They include six cores (e.g. No. 3) ; a large
rough scraper, notched, and with indications of long use ;
many unworked blades and five worked blades ; a good
batter -back blade (No. 8) ; and three pygmy points of
sub -triangular form (e.g. Nos. 15 and 16).

The cherts and flints all occur in the thin sand, here
varying from one to eight inches in thickness, underlying
the peat and resting on the sandstone floor (Rough Rock
Flags). In the chert floor the cherts occurred at the very
top of the sand and often projected into the sandy base of
the peat, so that when the peat was ripped up in excavation
the cherts often came with it. At the base of the sand, stems
and roots were found and identified by Dr. Woodhead as
birch, but it was impossible to tell whether they had been
introduced by the chert workers or had grown there previously.
The chert is of more than one type ; the best is a shining
compact chert of lead-grey colour, slightly bluish ; there is
also much coarser light -grey chert and a little black and brown .
There is nothing to indicate its source, and while it might
be found within ten miles to the N.W., the use of chert in
the Huddersfield sites might equally well suggest importation
from North Derbyshire. As, however, chert implements are
rare in the Yoredale country where chert beds abound, a
southern origin appears more likely. The flint is mostly
light brown and shows a slight patination in the form of
grey -white mottling.

The Great Clough site occupies the only patch of rock
surface exposed between Great Clough and Wildman Lane.
This patch was less than 10 sq. yds. when discovered, but
has been extended by excavation. While the flints were
fairly numerous it is still doubtful whether the main workshop
floor has yet been uncovered. Flint is here the more
abundant material, chert only forming a third of the total.

The Naturalist

j:G.nc m3.

Tardenoisian Sites on Oxenhope Moor.

225

The flints include only three cores ; about a dozen blades,
half of which are worked ( e.g . No. 7) ; three batter-back

Fig. I. IMPLEMENTS FROM OXENHOPE MOOR SITES.

Nos. 1-6, 8, 14-17, 19, 20, 22, from Hambleton Top. Nos. 7, 9-13, 18, 21, 23,
from Great Clough.

• Indicates chert, otherwise of flint. Scale approximately natural size.

blades (e.g. Nos. 9 and 10) ; a large worked blade, broken ;
a tool suggesting a borer ; six pygmy points and a fragment
of a small geometric tool. The points show an interesting

1933 Oct. 1

K2

226 T ardenoisian Sites on Oxenhope Moor.

variety of forms : (Nos. 18 and 21) are trapezoids ; (Nos.

11 and 12) are pointed at both ends ; (No. 13) is crescentic ;
and (No. 23) is of the hollow based type, rare but character-
istic of the Geometric Industry of the Huddersfield District.3
The cherts include four cores and four blades, three of which
are worked, and a small point of the trapezoid type. Two
large fragments of rather poor chert show worn surfaces,
indicating that they were picked up from river or glacial
drift, such as could be found less than a mile from the site,
which, however, stands on the nunatak. Numerous small
fragments of flint were found, which were whitened and
cracked by fire. The material here varies from clear light -
brown flint, showing no sign of patination, through mottled
types, to densely patinated flint, the two extremes being
present in equal proportions. The horizon of the flints
appears to be the upper part of the clayey sand which grades
imperceptibly into the weathered micaceous sandstone
underneath.

The characters of the finds at the two sites are similar,
and it is probably safe to assume that they belong to the same
industry and period. Of the two Mesolithic Industries of
the Pennines, the Geometric or Narrow Blade and the Non-
Geometric or Broad Blade industry, the present sites, with
fairly abundant geometric points, relatively thick narrow
blades, and an absence of obliquely truncated points, clearly
belong to the former. In the Huddersfield district a further
sub-division into an early and a late period, indicated by the
predominance of the angle -graver or the micro -graver
respectively, has been suggested. This classification, how-
ever, cannot be applied to the Oxenhope sites, where, in
common with the other known sites of Airedale and Wharfedale,
gravers are not at all common. The implements themselves
give no conclusive evidence as to their period as compared
with other Pennine sites. The pygmy points alone show an
association of types which might be used for comparative
purposes, but such a comparison would demand a much
wider experience than the writer’s.

The Tardenoisian culture of the North of England is
correlated with the Boreal Period,4 and the evidence from
Oxenhope Moor supports this view. In connection with the
pollen analysis of the North of England peats,5 a section of
the peat was taken in Nab Hill Delph and examined by
Dr. Raistrick ; the results are shown in his diagram, fig. II.
The tree pollen frequency was low, as might be expected at
such an exposed summit, but the spectra show the normal
succession of the Pennine peats. The base is of transitional
period between the Boreal and Atlantic, and so the
Tardenoisian layer must be assigned to the Boreal period.

The Naturalist

Tardenoisian Sites on Oxenhope Moor.

227

While the level of the implements in the sand cannot be used
in any strict stratigraphical sense, the fact that at Hambleton
Top the chert projected into the sandy basal peat would suggest
that the occupation was followed closely by the formation

of peat, and so date the sites as late Boreal or even Boreal-
Atlantic transition.

References.

1 Raistrick, A., ‘ The Distribution of Mesolithic Sites in the North
of England/ Yorks. Arch. Journ., Vol. xxxi, Part 122, pp. 141-156, 1933.

2 Davis, J . W., ‘ Chipped Flints on the Yorkshire Moors near Halifax/
Yorks. Arch. Journ., Vol. vi, pp. 135-138, 1881.

3 Clark, J . G. D., ‘ The Mesolithic Age in Britain,’ 1932, pp. 25 and 135.

4 Woodhead, T. W., ‘ History of the Vegetation of the Southern

Pennines,’ Journ. Ecol., Vol. 17, pp. 1-34, 1929. ‘ Climate, Vegetation

and Man,’ Tolson Memorial Museum Handbook , No. VIII, 1931.

5 Raistrick, A. and Blackburn, K. B., ‘ The Glacial and Post-glacial

Periods in the North of England. Part III. The Post-glacial Peats,’
Trans. Northern Nats. Union, Vol. I, Part 2. 1933.

1933 Oct. 1

228

BIRD MIGRATIONS AND MOVEMENTS INSIDE
LIVERPOOL.

ERIC HARDY

The cry that the spreading of houses and suburbia is driving
all our birds out of town, and to decreasing numbers, is one
that needs contradiction, and particularly that type of accusa-
tion that declares the inner streets of big cities, and especially
the slums, are devoid of all variety of wild birds as permanent
visitors, with the exception of the inevitable Cockney house
sparrow and a certain number of starlings and domestic
pigeons.

Observations one has carried out at a birds’ sanctuary
formed in the middle of Liverpool slums and some eight miles
from open country, reveal many interesting sidelights on the
way birds are taking to city conditions, despite the city
building new housing areas on its outskirts more than any
other town, and the varying ways of birds in a big city. No
doubt, for mere pleasure a bird sanctuary would be more
profitable in a country valley than a city slumland, but the
conditions under which the present sanctuary is situated
might be described as almost unparalleled for the study of
the way birds take to city conditions. The Liverpool Cathe-
dral Wild Birds’ Sanctuary was established in the St. James’
Cemetery, a disused quarry about fifteen hundred feet in
length and about one hundred yards in width, in the spring
of 1927, when berry -bearing bushes were planted, and nest-
boxes, feeding-tables, drinking and bathing fountains were
established, there already being a natural spring in the
cemetery, and two copses of trees, mostly elder and rowan,
at each end. Since then, food of typical bird-sanctuary
kind, bread crumbs, nuts, fruit, bacon rind (as much as three
pounds on winter days) of about ten pounds, is placed on the
tables each morning and afternoon. The sanctuary is sur-
rounded by dense slums and is a mile from a city park,
forming the only natural bird attraction in the centre of the
city, where it acts as a trap or lure to migrating birds and
those roaming about the city.

As soon as the sanctuary was established there began a
noticeable change in the bird life of the cemetery, and one
made regular observations, and when recently this effect was
visible on the bird life of the neighbouring streets, one under-
took a day-to-day census during autumn, winter and early
spring, when the numbers of all birds with the exception of
house -sparrows, were counted, especially after a sudden change
in the weather, and note kept of the temperature, direction of
wind, humidity and the rising or falling of the barometer.
In no case was a bird-count preserved when there was any
noticeable range of doubt in the number.

The Naturalist

Bird Migrations and Movements inside Liverpool. 229

During the winter months, starlings ranged from 57 to 85 ;
robins, blackbirds and wrens remained constant at 4, 5 and 4
respectively ; blue tits varied from 3 to 7 ; hedge-sparrows,
5 to 16 ; song thrushes, 4 to 10 ; chaffinches from 1, 2 or 4,
or often none at all, to 30 ; greenfinches, 36 to 65 ; linnets,
varying up to about 4. At the time of writing, I have recorded
31 species in the sanctuary, consisting of the redbreast, blue
tit, house-sparrow, hedge-sparrow, starling, song thrush,
domestic pigeon, wren, blackbird and greenfinch, as regular
nesters ; great tit, missel-thrush, occasional nesters ; chaf-
finch, linnet, rook, jackdaw, herring and common gull, regular
winter visitors ; redwing, nuthatch, pied wagtail, kestrel, cole
tit, yellow hammer, tawny owl, occasional visitors ; and willow
warbler, chiffchaff, whitethroat, goldcrest, visitors on migration.

In the day-to-day census, the starling figures showed the
first falling off when the winter visitors left on March 14th,
when the temperature had steadily risen from 36° F. on
February 23rd, to 490 and continued to rise after. The wind
on that day was W.S.W. after previously being E.S.E., ,and
on many counts before that, in February, N.N.W. and W.N.W.
at the beginning of the month. The humidity was slightly
lower than average at 77 per cent., and the barometer steady
at 30.14. That day the starlings dropped from 72 to 47 ; a
week later they numbered 21 ; three days later, 20 ; and on
the 30th, 1 7. By April 4th, they had reached 9, and later,
one or two passage birds, including a part albino, passed
through and perhaps affected the counts, but three pairs
remained behind to nest. The greenfinch flocks began to show
signs of moving out of the city on March 30th, when the wind
had changed from E.S.E. to W., and later to W.N.W. , and
the barometer rising at 29.97, humidity being 82 per cent.
The flock numbered had dropped from 65 to 36, and on April
4th to 33, and two days later to 20. Thereafter most of the
residents were nesting, about six to eight pairs, and only
cock birds in song could be counted safely in the increasing
burgeoning of the foliage.

The willow warblers call in on migration through the city
in May, and sometimes stay a day or two in the shrubberies.
The goldcrests (first noted in 1931) are now regular passage
migrants in ones or twos in March, whilst at the end of the
nesting season there is a regular passage through of young
willow-warblers, which stay longer than the spring migrants.
Pied wagtails and other birds call in after crossing the Mersey
and making through the city to open countryside, and possibly
meadow pipits pass through on the early spring migration
north from the winter quarters in France and Spain. I have
watched this passage through the city on the lawns at St.
John's Gardens, not far away, in March, but have been too

ig33 Oct. 1

Field Note.

230

busy to go down to the sanctuary. The redwings come in in
hard frost in winter, while most of the missel thrushes, great
tits and many blue tits call in while roaming about the city ;
a small flock of missel thrushes comes about September for
the berries. Blackbirds and wrens seem little addicted to
city street roaming.

In the hard frosts it was found that the need for water,
and not food, drove the birds into city streets, and territory
rights in the sanctuary were forgotten, birds flocking together
at the water. The greenfinch takes to city conditions much
more quickly than the chaffinches and linnets which only
come in in winter and so far cannot be induced to nest. Since
the sanctuary was started, the size of winter flocks of green-
finches has increased, and in 1932 two or three pairs stayed
behind to nest and more did so in 1933. The greenfinches
can now occasionally be seen in the neighbouring slums
feeding on the manure in the streets, a common habit with
city birds, with the sparrow flocks. Odd starlings, possibly
the nesters, slept in holes in trees in the winter, but many of
the birds roosted at a 25,000 bird starling roost on the edge
of the city at Childwall, a little over three and a half miles
S.S.E. The young starlings begin to flock in the sanctuary
in early June, but do not leave, all the starlings, summer and
winter, keeping to a well-wooded slope near the corner of
food-tables, which we have named ‘ Starling Town.’ A
cinnamon song thrush and many partly white sparrows have
been noted.

Cumberland Diptera. — These recent captures of Diptera
supplement the short list in The Naturalist for 1931, p. 138.
Flies without definite locality were taken last June in a grassy
lane bordering a large wood some distance south of Longtown.
Chrysopilus auratus Fab. scarce. Tachydromia pallidiventris
Mg. common. T. nigritarsis Fin. Todhills 26/8, uncommon.
Rhamphomyia longipes Mg. ( cethiops Zett.) rare. Empis
cestiva Lw. fairly frequent. Phyllodromia melanocephala Fab.
a common fly. Dolichopus angulatus Linn ( ceneus Drg.)
rather rare. D. plumipes Scop, common. Hercostomus
nigripennis Fin. common. Gymnopternus cerosus Fin. com-
mon. Syrphus cinctellus Zett. Todhills 26/8 not rare.
Pipunculus xanthopus Thoms. Todhills 19/8, several specimens.
Psila pallida Fin. not common. Nemopoda cylindrica Fab.
Todhills 26/8 very common. Phytomyza flava Mg. Todhills
26/8 abundant. P. milii Kalt. one. Oscinis pusilla Mg.
fairly plentiful. Hydrellia incana Stenh. common. Borborus
equinus Fin. Sark Bridge 23/2, a very common fly about horse
manure. Drosophila transversa Fin. Todhills 26/8 not un-
common.— Jas. Murray, Gretna.

The Naturalist

231

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS IN THE RIPON
DISTRICT.

The 378th Meeting was held at Ripon during the Bank Holiday week-end,
August 5th to 7th. The attendance was smaller than the average for
the meetings of the year, but a considerable amount of work was ac-
complished, particularly by the Freshwater Biology and Entomology
Sections respectively. On Monday the forces of the latter section were
augmented by the visit of Messrs. J. R. Dibb, W. D. Hincks and M. L.
Thompson. As the date coincided with about the middle cf the
long drought experienced during this summer, conditions were not ideal
for field work and it was fortunate that with the exception of an excursion
scheduled for Brimham Rocks, the routes planned for the week-end were
confined to the banks of streams, or to the vicinity of open waters like
Eavestone Lake and Lumley Moor Reservoir.

Evestone Lake and the valley of the Shell to Grantley provided a very
full day on Saturday. The ‘ lake ’ is really a reservoir for the water
supply of Grantley Hall, which has been constructed on the site previously
occupied by a glacial lake. It is, nevertheless, a very beautiful sheet
of water in picturesque surroundings situated at the eastern extremities
of Pate ley and Eavestone Moors. As described by Kendall and Wroot :
‘ Several landslips have interfered with the simplicity of its form, but
the huge slipped masses of rock and pine with which the bank is planted
give something of the air of a Swiss hillside far more impressive than
the bare 200 feet of height would warrant.’ Mr. C. Allen, with the
assistance of Mrs. E. M. Morehouse, collected information relating to the
biological aspects of the lake, while Mr. W. P. Winter, B.Sc., made a
series of observations on the physical and chemical natures of the standing
and inflowing waters. Despite the general dryness of the woods there
was sufficient humidity to permit the development of the fleshy fungi
and a good collection was made which included no fewrer than ten species
of Boleti.

Lumley Reservoir, the property of Ripon Corporation, was visited
on Sunday, and its low state was a favourable circumstance rather than
otherwise, as it gave an opportunity for close investigation of the banks
down to the rock at low water level, and a good deal of interesting
botanical work was done, as reported by the President. This visit
followed the excursions to Sawley and Pickin Gill made earlier in the
day. At the latter place several large nests of the Wood Ant wrere an
interesting entomological feature of the bracken -covered edges of the
lake, and the number and diversity of the insects being carried to the
nests by the ants gave the impression that the latter were expert and
very successful rivals of the entomologists present in the party.

The investigation of Spa Gill Woods occupied the greater part of
Monday. Here, at the head of the Gill, the sulphur springs were examined
and their waters sampled dietetically. Some of this water is pumped
to Ripon for Spa purposes, but at the time of the visit either an overflow
from this or from another spring was running directly into the stream,
and a number of observations on the effect of this addition on the life of
the stream were made by Mr. Allen. Deposits of precipitated sulphur
could be seen encrusting the rocks, stones and vegetable matter for a
considerable distance downstream from this point. The lower reaches
of the Skell, through Mackershaw Wood, scheduled for examination on
this day -were not visited until Tuesday wdien a small party, under the
leadership of the President, completed a programme which might with
advantage be repeated at no far distant date some two months earlier
in the year.

On Monday evening a General Meeting was held at Headquarters,
the President (Mr. J. M. Brown, B.Sc., F.L.S., F.R.E.S.) occupying
the chair. Reports were made on the fresh -water biology of the district

1933 Oct. 1

232

Yorkshire Naturalists in the Ripon District.

by Mr. C. Allen and on the physical and chemical nature of the local
streams by Mr. W. P. Winter, B.Sc., while the President added remarks
on their entomological features. Mr. Winter also reported on the geology
of the area investigated, Messrs. J. R. Dibb, H. D. Hincks, M. L. Thomp-
son and the President on entomolog}^, while botanical aspects were
dealt with by the President, Mr. W. P. Winter, and Mr. F. A. Mason.

A very hearty vote of thanks was accorded to the Local .Secretary
(Mr. Riley Fortune) for the very satisfactory arrangements of the week-
end excursions and a vote of thanks was also passed to the local land-
owners for courteous permission to visit their properties. The President,
on behalf of the meeting, expressed his thanks to the Hon. Secretary (Mr.
F. A. Mason) for the use of his car, without which it would not have been
possible to carry out the programme so completely as had been done.

Fungi (Mr. F. A. Mason) : — A considerable number of agarics and
boleti rewarded the keen collecting of Miss L. M. Anderson and Miss
Kathleen Morehouse, and Messrs. R. Fowler Jones, J. L. Illingworth and A.
Aikman. The Eavestone and Spa Gill excursions yielded most of the
larger fungi recorded in the following list, with the exception of those
marked ‘ M,’ which were collected in Mackershaw Wood by Miss Morehouse

and Mr. Jones. The Pickin Gill
at Eavestone.

Amanita rubescens
A . verna

A mani top sis vagina ta
Russula virescens
R. cyanoxantha
R. fellea
R. sub foe tans
R. fragilis
R. emetica
Collybia vadicata
C. platyphylla
*Mycena rubromarginata
M . galeviculata
M . alcalina
M. tenella
M . sanguinolenta-
M. cvuenta
M . galopus
M . discopus
Marasmius erythvopus
M . oveades
M . haviolovum
M . Yamealis
Androsaceus Yotula
A . gvaminum
Lactavius tuvpis
L. velleYeus
L. deliciosus
L. quietus
L. Yufus
L. subdulcis
L. seYifluus
Laccavia laccata
Omphalia umbellifeva
O. fibula

PleuYotus ostveatus
Pluteus cevvinus

* New record

gatherings duplicated the species found

Entoloma seviceum
Bolbitius fvagilis
Inocybe vimosa
I . geophylla

AsteYospOYina astevospoYa
Naucovia cucumis
GaleYa teneva
G. hypnoYum
Tubavia furjuvacea
Covtinavius (Phleg.) cyanopus
C. (Ino) violaceus
C. (Tela.) hinnuleus (M)
Cvepidotus vevsutus
Psalliota sylvicola
Stvophavia squamosa
Anellavia sepavata
Gomphidius viscidus
G. Yoseus

Panceolus subbalteatus
Psathyvella atomata
P . disseminata
Psathyva covYUgis
Psilocybe semilanceata
Copvinus atvamentavius
Paxillus involutus
Tylopilus felleus
Boletus elegans
B. badius
B. bovinus
B . chvysentevon
B. subtomentosus
B. edulis
B. luvidus
B. scabeY
B. vavieicola
PolypOYUs bumalis (M)

*P. melanopus (M)

:or Mid. W., V.C.64.

The Natuvalist

Yorkshire Naturalists in the Ripon District.

233

Polyp orus varius
P. squamosus
P. hispidus
Fomes ferruginosus
F . annosus
Poria sanguinolenta
Irpex obliquus
Fistulina hepatica
Acia uda (M)
Grandinia farinacea
Hypochnus fumosus
Stereum rugosum
S. hirsutum
S. sanguinolentum

Corticium comedens
Peniophora vehitina
C lav aria cinerea
C. argillacea
Typhula erythropus
Tremella lutescens
Calocera vis cos a
C. cornea

Phallus impudicus
Lycoperdon perlatum
L. pyri forme
Scleroderma aurantium

A few dead insects bearing either parasitic or saprophytic fungi were
collected and I am indebted to Mr. T. Petch for their examination. A
fly (species undetermined) taken in the net by Mr. J. R. Dibb, was
parasitised by Empusa muscce Cohn. Miss K. Morehouse collected a
number of specimens of dead flies at Eavestone which had been attacked
by Fntomophthora americana Thaxter, while the only fungus found
among a mixed lot of insects from the district was Mucor miicedo on
a Tipulid, on which, doubtless, it occurred as a saprophyte.

There were fewer Uredines than might have been expected, and those
seen were mostly on the plants growing about Eavestone Lake or in the
marshy fields traversed at the head of Spa Gill.

Uromyces alchemillce Puccinia obtegens. P. Vapsance

U. valeriancs P. eolii

U . rumicis P . poarum

Puccinia epilobii on Epilobium Phragmidium subcorticium

palustre

P. zopfii on Caltha
P. men thee

Coleosporium tussilaginis
M elampsoridium betulinus
M . salicinium

The ‘ smut,’ Entyloma ranunculi , occurred on Ranunculus repens at
Eavestone.

Microscopic fungi received but little attention, although they were
present in plenty. In addition to the few species that could be identified
in the field, material since examined has yielded a list containing some
noteworthy species.

* Phyllosticta fraxinicola Curr. On Ash leaves, Pickin Gill.

P. saccardoi Thuem., on Rhodendron, Eavestone.

Phoma strobiligena Desm., on Pine cones, Eavestone.

P. samar arum Desm., on Ash samara.

Cytospora ambiens Sacc., on Hawthorne branch, Eavestone.
Coniothyrium fuckelii Sacc., on Rose stems, Pickin Gill and Spa Gill.
Oidium alphitoides Griff, and Manbl., on Oak leaves, widespread.
Trichoderma lignorum (Tode) Harz. Common.

V crticillium agaricinum (Link) Corda, on decaying toadstools. Spa Gill.
Tricothecium roseum Link, on rotting branches. Common,
t Ramularia variabilis Fuckel, on Foxglove leaves.

Polythrincium trifolii Kunze, on clover, banks of Lumley Moor Reservoir.
*Helminthosporium velutinum Link., decorticated wood. Spar Gill Woods.
*Cercospora mercurialis Passer, Mackershaw Wood.

Fumago vagans Pers., on Sycamore leaves, Spa Gill Woods.
Tilachlidium tomentosum (Schrad.) Lind.., on old Trichia sp.

The Phycomycetes Syzigites megalocarpus , Ehren. and Spinellus
fusiger van ~Tieg. occurred on Amanita rubescens and on Mycena sangaino-
lenta respectively.

* New record for Mid. W., V.C.64.

f New to Yorkshire.

234

Yorkshire Naturalists in the Ripon District.

The few Myxomycetes recorded included Badhamia panicea, Physarum
nutans and P. virescens, Fuligo septica, commonly, Comatricha nigra,
Reticularia lycoperdon , Trichia varia, Perichcena depvessa and P. corticalis,
Stemonitis fusca and 5. herbatica.

The Discomycetes were not numerous or, at any rate, they were too
dry and shrivelled to be recognisable. The species collected were mainly
obtained in Spa Gill Woods and Pickin Gill. The species marked ‘ M ’
were sent to me after the meeting, from Mackershaw Wood.

Cilliaria scutellata
C. setosa

Cheilymenia stercorea
Coprobia granulata
Ascobolus stercorarius
Ascophanus carneus
Calycella citrina
C. clavoflara
Coryne sarcoides
Bulgaria inquinans
Orbilia leucostigma
O. xanthostigma

Chlorosplenium ceruginosum, in
fresh, fully -developed con-
dition (M)

Helotium herb arum
H . fructigenum
Dasyscypha virginea
D. nivea

*D. ciliaris, Spa Gill Woods
*D. diminuta, Pickin Gill
Trichoscypha calycina
Mollisia cinerea, M . melaleuca
Phacidium multivalve
Stegia Ilicis

Rhytisma acerinum, R. punctatum

Other species among the Ascomycetes were the following : —
* Lophodermium pinastri, Pine needles, Eavestone.

Hystsrographum fraxini, Spa Gill.

Hypomyces chvysosperams on Boleti,
Eavestone

Nectria cinnabarina , N . ditissima
Hypocrea rufa
Epichloe typhina

* Rhopogr aphis pteridis on Bracken,
Eavestone Moor

Phyllachora graminis
Endodothella junci
Melanomona pulvis-pyrius
Leptosphceria acuta, L. doliolum
Pleospora herbarum
Diatrype stigma

Conchology (Mrs. E. M. Morehouse) : — The weather was not suitable
for good results among the molluscan fauna, and a brief resume gives the
following results of the land species : —

Saturday : Woods round Eavestone Lake — i mollusc.

Sunday : Pickin Gill — i mollusc, 3 slugs.

Monday : Spa Gill Woods— 4 molluscs, 2 slugs.

On August 2nd, Thieves Gill was visited, when eight species of
molluscs and two slugs were taken. All the above areas were particularly
dry.

On August 8th a small party of five members explored the Mackershaw
Woods. Here they were able to give much more time to a small area,
with better results ; hence the total of 17 molluscs, including two species
of slugs, one of which was the very common Agriolimax agrestis
(Linne), the only specimen of its kind seen during the week-end. Also : —

Limax maximus (Linne)
Vitreapura (Alder.)

V. radiatula (Alder.)

V. nitidula (Drap.)

V. rogersi (Woodward)

Vitrina pellucida (Mull.)
Euconulus fulvus (Mull.)
Pyramidula rotundata (Mull.)

Hygromia rufescens (Penn.)

H . fusca (Montagu)

Helix hortinsis v. quinquevittata ,
1, 2, 3, 4, 5 (Mull) .
Cochlicopa lubrica (Mull.)

C ary chium minimum (Mull.)
Jaminea cylindracea (Da Costa)
Clausilia bidentata (Strom.)

C. laminata (Montagu)

* New record for Mid. W. V.C.64. j New to Yorkshire.

The Naturalist

Yorkshire Naturalists in the Ripon District.

235

At least two areas gave promise of good yield of species if it had not
been so dry. It would be interesting if anyone living in the Ripon
district could find all the molluscs reported in the Circular for 1905.

Flowering Plants (J. M. Brown) : — While no strikingly new finds
were made, the district proved of great interest to the botanists owing
to the abundance of flowering plants, and to the wealth of blossoms
which with the sunshine experienced, combined to give colour and
brightness to the woods and lanes. The routes followed, keeping mainly
to the valleys and by the waterside, resulted in moisture-loving plants
being the most obtrusive. Particularly noticeable was the abundance
of Epilobium angustifolium L. and E. hirsutum L. (Rose-bay and Hairy
Willow-herbs), which gave the dominant colour effect to stream sides
and clearings, of Mimulus luteus L. by the waterside, and on the shores
of Eavstone Lake, the extensive areas occupied individually by Comarum
palustre L. (Marsh Cinquefoil), Mentha verticillata Huds. (Mint), Iris
Pseudacorus L. (Yellow Iris), and especially by the luxuriant growths
of Scutellaria galericulata L. (Skull-cap).

Of particular interest was the association of plants noted around
the Lumly Moor Reservoir. Owing to the dry season the water level
was low and a large area normally submerged had been left exposed.
This strand was dominated in great part by Littorella uniflora Asch.
(Shore-weed) plentifully in flower, but in places giving way to Peplis
Portula L. (Water Purslane), also in flower, and to trailing growths of
J uncus bulbosus L. Higher up the strand and in drier situations were
limited patches of Gnaphalium uliginosum L. (Cudweed) and curiously
stunted plants of Oenanthe aquatica Poir (Water Dropwort) probably
representing material brought into the reservoir with the inflow. More
landward still occurred Achillea ptarmica L. (Sneezewort) , Corydalis
clavicularia DC. and (as pointed out by Mr. Winter) specimens of Plantago
major var. intermedia (Gil.). At the upper inflow, a damp area showed
a characteristic bog association dominated by Comarum palustre L.,
Menyanthes trifoliata L. (Bog-bean) and Mentha aquatica L. (Water
Mint), but including abundance of Veronica scutellata L. (Marsh Speed-
well), Hydrocotyle vulgaris L. (Marsh Pennywort), Lotus uliginosus
Schk. (Marsh Bird’s Foot Trefoil) and Galium uliginosum L. (Bog
Bed straw) .

The most abundant aquatics appeared to be Potamogeton polygonifolius
Pourr. and Myriophyllum verticillatum L.

Epipactis latifolia Druce was seen plentifully in the Spa Gill Woods.
Equisetum maximum Lam. was abundant, and Botrychium Lunaria Sw.
was observed.

Entomology (J. M. Brown) : — In spite of what appeared to be
particularly favourable conditions both as regards weather and locality,
insects of most orders seemed distinctly scarce. Considering that the
expeditions were mainly in the immediate neighbourhood of water,
either as streams or ponds, the paucity of Stone-flies, Caddis-flies,
Dragon-flies, and May-flies, whose larvae live in such places, was
particularly noticed. Under such circumstances few rarities were
taken. Hemiptera and Psocoptera seemed more numerous, and there-
fore most attention was given to these groups.

Beetles, butterflies, bees and wasps, and saw-flies were not much
in evidence, but the Wood Ant ( Formica rufa L.) was quite plentiful
in Piclcingill, where a large number of nests, composed as usual of pine
needles, were noticed.

Plecoptera. — Very few Stone-flies were seen. Those taken were : —

Isoptera tripunctata Scop. Leuctra geniculata Steph.

Leuctra klapaleki Kmpy. Amphinemura cinerea Oliv.

1 93 3 Oct. 1

236 Yorkshire Naturalists in the Ripon District.

Trichoptera were rather more numerous and included : —

Glyphotaelius pellucidus Retz.
Drusus annulatus Steph.
Odontocerum albicorne Scop.
Leptocerus bilineatus L.

T inodes waeneri L.

Plectrocnemia conspersa Curt.
Polycentropus flavomaculatus Piet.
P. multiguttatus Curt.

Agapetus fuscipes Curt.

Odonata. — Several Dragon-flies were seen in the distance, but not
identified.

Neuroptera. — Lacewing-flies were fairly numerous, especially in
Spa Gill Woods and Mackershaw Woods, and included : —

Chrysopa vittata Waesm. Hemerobius lutescens Fabr.

Hemerobius humuli L. H. simulans Walk.

H . marginatus Steph. Boriomyia nervosa Fabr.

Hemiptera. — Plant-bugs and Plant -hoppers seemed by far the
most plentiful insects about, though none of great rarity were obtained
Stenotus binotatus, generally rather scarce with us, was quite plentiful
in Spa Gill Woods. Pines yielded Acompocoris pygmaeus, Phytocoris
pini, Dichrooscytus rufipennis, Lygus rubricatus and Atractotomus
magnicornis in considerable number. Among damp rushes Cyrtorrhinus
caricis, Cioadella viridis, Limotettix nigricornis occurred plentifully and
Empoasca butleri was also taken.

Heteroptera. — The following were taken : —

S colop oste thus decor atus Hahn.

Velia currens F.

Reduviolus limbatus Dahl.
Anthocoris confusus Reut.

A . nemoralis F.

A . nemorum L .

Acompocoris pygmaeus Fall.
Pithanus maerkeli H.S.

Stenodema calcar atum Fall.

S. laevigatum L.

5. hols atum F.

Trigonotylus ruficornis Fourc.
Monalocoris filicis L.

Bryocoris pteridis Fall.

Phytocoris tilice F.

P. longipennis Flor.

P . pini Kb.

Calocoris sexguttatus F.

C. norvegicus Gmel.

Stenotus binotatus F.

Dichrooscytus rufipennis Fall.

Lygus pabulinus L.

L. viridis Fall.

L. pratensis L.

L. rubricatus Fall.

Homoptera. — Those taken were

Cer copus alni F.

Philcenus spumarius L.

P. line atus L.

Megophthalmus scanicus Fall.
Cicadella viridis L.

Euacanthus interruptus L.

E. acuminatus Fabr.

Lygus lucorum Mey.

L. cervinus H.S.

L. pastinacce Fall.

L. kalmii L.

Liocoris tripustulatus F.

Dicyphus epilobii Reut.

D. stachydis Reut.

Campyloneura virgula H.S.
Cyllocoris histrionicus L.
Blepharidopterus angulatus F.
Mecomma ambulans Fall.
Cyrtorrhinus caricis Fall.
Orthotylus marginalis Reut.

O. ericetorum Fall.

Malacocoris chlorizans Fall.
Phylus melanocephalus L.

Psallus betuleti Fall.

P. variabilis Fall.

Atractotomus magnicornis Fall.
Plagiognathus chrysanthemi Wolff.
P . arbustorum F.

Notonecta glauca L.

Sigara nigrolineata Fabr.

S. striata L.

Bythoscopus lanio L.

Oncopsis alni Schr.

Aphrodes nervosus Schr.

Euscelis sordidus Zett.

E. plebejus Fall.

E. obsoletus Kbm.

Deltocephalus flori Fieb.

The Naturalist

The Clouded Yellow.

237

D. distinguendus Flor.

D. thenii Edw.

D. pulicaris Fall.

Jassus mixtus Fab.
Limotettix nigricornis Sahl.
L. 4- notata Fab.

L. sulphur el la Zett.

Alebra albostriella Fall.

, , var. flaveola H.S.
Empoasca smaragdula Fall.

E. butler i Edw.

Eupteryx auratus L.

E. signatipennis Bob.
Eurhadina pulchella Fall.
E. concinna Germ.
Typhlocyba ulmi L.

T . quercus Fab.

Conomelus limbatus Fab.
Dicranotropus hamata Boh.
Psylla alni L.

Cixius br achy cr anus Fieb.

Psocoptera. — These inconspicuous insects were quite numerous, and
a good selection was obtained mainly by beating. The most interesting
species taken, however, was discovered by searching among the stones
by the shore of Eavstone Lake, where the peculiar wingless female of
Bertkauia lucifuga was found. This species has occurred previously
once only in the county, when I obtained it in Goredale last year, also
below stones. The following species were taken : —

Psocus nebulosus Steph.
Trichadenotecnum sexpunctatus L.
Amphigerontia bifasciata Latr.
Loensia fasciata Fabr.
Graphopsocus cruciatus L.
Stenopsocus immaculatus Steph.
Reuterella helvimacula End.
Bertkauia lucifuga Ramb.

Ccecilius flavidus Steph.
Peripsocus phceopterus Steph.
Mesopsocus impunctatus Mull.
Elipsocus cyanops Rost.

E. westwoodi McL.

E. hyalinus Steph.

Philotarsus flaviceps Steph.

Collembola. — Very little attention could be given to these minute
insects, but the following were noted in passing : —

Isotomurus palustris Mull. Lepidocyrtus lanuginosa Gmel.

Orchesella cincta L. Entoniobrya albocincta Tempi.

,. var. vaga L. E. nivalis L.

MAPS FOR RECORDING THE DISTRIBUTION OF
ANIMALS, PLANTS, ETC., IN BRITAIN.

We have received from Professors A. E. Boycott, F.R.S. and E. J.
Salisbury, F.R.S., two convenient octavo maps showing the Watsonian
counties and vice-counties, with an index relating the numbers which are
generally used to the names of the divisions. One version is printed
wholly in black and is intended for record : occurrences may be con-
veniently put in with red ink, so that the numbers may be read through
the ink. In the other version the outline only is in black, the county
divisions, numbers and index being in blue, which will disappear when
photographed. This is meant for reproduction and reduction ;
occurrences are marked in black and the map may then be reproduced
with only the essentials showing. The maps may be obtained from Messrs.
Oliver and Boyd, Tweeddale Court, Edinburgh, at a reasonable price.

THE CLOUDED YELLOW.

C. W. WRIGHT.

On Sunday, 3rd September, I saw two examples of the Clouded
Yellow on Ferriby foreshore. They were flying fast, and only alighted
very occasionally on the Sea Aster. Since the foreshore is the same for
about four miles there were probably many more examples about.

1933 Oct. 1

238

GIFT TO LEEDS UNIVERSITY.

The herbarium of the University of Leeds has recently received a
collection of Stoneworts (Charophyta) the gift of the Rev. G. R.
Bullock -Webster, M.A., F.L.S., F.R.M.S., Hon. Canon of Ely Cathedral,
who has for many years specialised in this most interesting group of
submerged aquatic plants, and who, in collaboration with the late James
Groves, wrote a monograph of the family, which was printed by the
Ray Society in 1920-24. The collection includes 42 sheets issued as
Fascicles I and II, 1924, and 200 additional sheets collected in Great
Britain, Ireland, France and Switzerland with a number of authors’
proof plates of illustrations.

The gift is highly appreciated in the Botanical Department of the
University both for its technical excellence and as a work of reference
in the study of a critical group of wdiich the donor and his friend Groves
have been leading exponents.

REVIEWS AND BOOK NOTICES.

A Country Holiday , by Arthur Davenport . 320 pp . , 4 illustrations

in colour, and 12 in black and white. Hodder and Stoughton, 8/6.
A town boy of sixteen spends a long and delightful summer holiday
with a squire’s son, who know’s his countryside very well indeed. The
record of this holiday’s main events are set forth in dialogue form and
the whole is very well done. A surprising amount of natural history
and animal lore is worked into realistic conversations and the illustra-
tions are good and help out the text admirably.

Fishes : Their Journeys and Migrations, by Louis Roule.

Translated from the French by Conrad Elphinstone. x+270 pp.-f-
54 figures in the text. Routledge, 12/6. This is a most readable,
informative, and reliable account of the migrations of such fish as the
salmon, herring and eel. The author is Professor at the National Museum
of Natural History in Paris, and has spent many years in the investiga-
tion of the mysterious journeyings of fishes. The results of his researches
are well set forth in this volume. The translation appears to be a very
sound piece of work.

British Beetles : Their Homes and Habits, by Norman H.

Joy, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., F.R.E.S., M.B.O.U. xii+T44 pp.
Warne, 5/-. This is an ideal introductory memoir and is just the book
to put into the hands of the naturalist who wishes to commence the
study of Coleoptera. Clearly written chapters deal with the finding and
capture of beetles, their treatment after capture, the life history of a
beetle and the naming of beetles. Then follows brief but adequate
descriptions of the more important species. About 250 very clear outline
drawings and 17 photographic illustrations form a most efficient accom-
paniment to the text. Those who begin the study of Coleoptera with
this book will find it to be an admirable introduction to Dr. Joy’s more
ambitious work entitled, ‘ A Practical Handbook of British Beetles.’

Elements of Botany, by R. M. Holman and W. W. Robbins,

pp. 404, figs. 267, price 16/6 (Chapman and Hall). Of the making of
text books there is no end and on account of their general similarity most
of these productions quickly sink into obscurity. This should not, how-
ever, be the fate of the book written by Professors Holman and Robbins.
It must be easily one of the best text books which has appeared for some
years. While it surveys the whole field of botany, the treatment of
structure in relation to function is particularly well done and the examples

The Naturalist

News from the Magazines.

239

given of different types of plants are very well chosen. The British
reader may notice the absence of any strictly ecological chapter, but the
chapters on physiology and heredity are quite adequate and well con-
ceived. A most noteworthy feature of the book is the quality of the
text figures. These are remarkably comprehensive and particularly
clear and the book may be highly recommended for the utility of these
alone. The form is excellent and the cover is waterproof and vermin-
proof — another notable feature in an ably -planned production.

NEWS FROM THE MAGAZINES.

The Transactions of the Lancashire and Cheshire Antiquarian Society ,
Volume XLVI, contain an excellent portrait of the late Sir William
Boyd Dawkins.

The Yorkshire Architectural and York Archceological Society has issued
the first part of its Proceedings, which are largely occupied by an
illustrated description of the Roman Bath recently discovered at the
Mail Coach Inn, St. Sampton’s Square, York, by Philip Corder.

Bulletin No. 62 of the Ministry of Agriculture and Fisheries (H.M.
Stationery Office, 1/6, postage extra), is an account of the details and
problems of commercial bulb production, which will prove useful to
anyone interested in the varieties and methods of growing this type of
plant.

We see from The West Australian for July 12th, that Mr. L. Glauert
has been elected President of the Royal Society of Western Australia.
Our older readers will remember Mr. Glauert as a keen amateur geologist
at Sheffield. He left England to join the Geological Survey of West
Australia .

A well-illustrated account of the Saxon cemetery at Guildown by
A. W. G. Lowther appears in The Surrey Archceological Collections,
Volume XXXIX. It gives an account of the excavations of over 200
graves, which is particularly interesting to our readers, as many of the
relics excavated are very similar to those found in the north.

Bones of Bos longifrons , small Celtic sheep, pig, fowl, and red
deer are recorded on the Roman Site at Heronbridge, in The Journal of
the Chester and North Wales Architectural, Archceological and Historic
Society, recently issued. This publication is entirely occupied by
illustrations and descriptions of the Roman remains found there.

In Archceologia Aeliana, Volume VIII, Dr. A. Raistrick has a paper
on Bronze Age Settlements of the North of England, with many maps.
The same author writes on Excavation of a Cave at Bishop Middleham,
Durham, in Volume X of the same publication, and there are interesting
notes on Early Bronze SwTords, and cup-marked rocks in the same journal.

In the Journal of the Linnean Society (Botany), No. 329, Dr. D. H.
Scott and Professor H. S. Holden describe the vegetative organs of
Scolecopteris oliveri. Professor M. O. P. Iyengar describes the colonial
volvocales of South India ; giving diagnoses of a number of new species
and varieties. Miss E. D. Brain gives the results of a study of geotropism
in three species of Lupinus.

From Mr. Hans Schlesch, whose important concho logical collections
are in the Museum at Hull, we have received two papers, namely, Nachruf
an Professor Dr. Baron Geza Gyula Fejervary de Komlos-Keresztes, and
Kleine Mitteilungen IX. The latter contains illustrations of an enormous
number of deformities and monstrosities in land and freshwater mollusca,
a subject in which Mr. Schlesch has specialized.

The Entomologists' Record for July /August contains ‘ The Larval
Period of Aegeria apiformis ,’ by E. A. Cockayne ; ‘ Noctuae in 1932,’ by
A. J. Wightman ; ‘ Donegal in August/ by Rev. Canon G. Foster;

' Lepidoptera at Maurin,’ by A. E. Burras, W. P. Curtis and W.

1933 Oct. 1

240

News from the Magazines.

Fassnidge ; ‘ Zygaena, Grypocera and Rhopalocera of the Cottian Alps/
by R. Verity ; ‘ British Noctuae,’ by H. J. Turner ; and ‘ Lepidopter-

ology of the Argentine/ by K. J. Hayward.

In the Palceontographical Society’s Memoir , Volume LXXXV, recently
issued, are two monographs of particular interest to the northern
geologists. The first deals with British Corallian Lamellibranchia in
which Dr. W. J. Arkell illustrates and describes many bivalves from the
Yorkshire Oolites, several of which are in Yorkshire Museums ; and
Professor S. H. Reynolds describes Red, Roe and Rein-deer of Britain.
Here again many northern examples are referred to. The third section
is devoted to The Gault Ammonites, by Dr. L. F. Spath.

The Transactions of the Northern Naturalists’ Union, 1932, part 2,
Vol. I, contains a further study of pollen distribution in peat by Drs. A.
Raistrick and K. Blackburn, entitled ‘ The Late-Glacial and Post-Glacial
Periods in the North Pennines.’ The Rev. J. E. Hull has an article on
the nomenclature of British Linyphiid Spiders, and Professor J. W.
Heslop -Harrison gives details of the autumnal moths of the genus
Ophorinia with an account of a new American species. Dr. M. Richardson
produces evidence in confirmation of the occurrence of Gymnadenia
odoratissima in Britain.

The Journal of Conchology for June, 1933, contains articles on ‘ The
Mollusca of Chislet Marshes/ by J. E. Cooper, ‘ The Alleged Occurrence
of V . moulinsiana (Duprey) in Cumberland,’ by D. K. Kevan, ‘ Isidorella
pyramidata Sow.,’ by Dr. H. E. Quick, and 1 Ancylus fluviatilis Bred in
a Bell Jar,’ by C. Oldham. J. Davy Dean contributes an article on
The Type of Geomelania, with Descriptions of a New Species,’ and R.
Winckworth deals with the names of British Marine Mollusca. There
are notes on the ‘ Colouration of N . lapillus,’ by E. St. J . Burton, and on
The Mollusca of Sussex,’ by J. G. Dalgliesh.

The Entomologist for August contains ‘ Two New Subspecies of
Parnassius acdestis,’ by C. Eisner (with plate of subsp. felix) ; ‘ A

Collecting Trip in Scotland, the North of England and Wales, April,
1933,’ by C. G. M. de Worms (Aviemore, Struan, Witherslack and
Conway) ; ‘ Insects and other Arthropods Collected by Major R. A.

Bagnold’s Expedition to the Libyan Desert,’ by W. B. K. Shaw ;

Bombyliidae in the New Zealand Fauna,’ by S. I. Paramonov ; ‘ The

Corfiote Subspecies of Maniola jurtina,’ by P. P. Graves ; ‘ Notes on

Braconidae : XIV. Alysiides,’ by C. Morley ; and numerous notes and
observations, including migration records.

The Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine for August contains an
interesting article on the biology of the common household beetle Niptus
hololeucus Fald. by Mrs. M. Miles. The larva resembles that of a
lamellicorn beetle in appearance and is found lying in a curved position
in its pabulum which consists of various substances such as linseed cake
and any edible substance. It has even been reported as consuming
cayenne and cantharides. The perfect insect resembles a small yellow
spider. There are probably two broods in the year. Dr. M. Cameron
continues his article on Japanese Staphylinidae, and Mr. W. D. Hincks
has notes on the Passalidae. Mr. V. H. Chambers writes on the Aculeate
Hymenoptera of Bedfordshire and gives records for several rare species
including the Tiger Beetle parasite Methoca ichneumonides . Miss D.
Aubertin and Mr. C. Diver record the interesting Syrphid Triglyphus
primus Lw. as new to Britain, from Kensington. This is a small species
closely allied to the genus Pipizella but distinguished by its curious
abdomen in which only three segments are visible. It appears to be a
rare species on the Continent. There are several short notes including
one on the beetle Agelastica alni from Essex. This beetle has been con-
sidered as doubtfully British, most of the specimens extant being
unlocalised. These from Essex were taken in the late ’sixties, near
Rainham and Purfleet.

The Naturalist

WATKINS & DONCASTER

NATURALISTS,

36, STRAND, LONDON, W.C.2

(Five doors from Charing Cross),

P.O.Box 126 Telephone: Temple Bar 9451.

Keep in stock every description of

APPARATUS, CABINETS, BOOKS & SPECIMENS

for Collectors of

BIRDS’ EGGS, BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS, Etc.

Catalogue (96 pages) sent post free on application.

NORTH WESTERN NATURALIST

A Scientific and Educational Journal (Published Quarterly),
especially for Cheshire, Cumberland, Derbyshire, Isle of Man,
Lancashire, North Wales, Shropshire, Staffordshire and Westmorland.

Edited by A. A. DALLMAN, F.C.S., in collaboration with

H. Britten, f.e.s.

W. E. CoLLINGE, D.Sc., F.S.A.
J. W. Jackson, m.sc., f.g.s.

R. H. CORSTORPHINE, B.Sc.

A. Wilson, f.l.s., f.r.met.s.

C. L. Walton, m.sc., ph.d.,
Rev. G. H. Carpenter, d.sc.
H. E. Forrest, f.l.s.

F. E. Weiss, d.sc., f.r.s.

T. A. Jones.

Communications to

Editorial. — A. A. Dallman, F.C.S., 12 Tickhill Road, Doncaster.
Business. — T. Buncle & Co., Market Place, Arbroath.

Annual Subscription, 7/6. Single copies, 2/- net.

WALKS AND TALKS ON THE NORTH
YORKSHIRE COAST AND MOORS.

By W. RIDLEY -MAKEPEACE

128 pages, F’cap 8vo, stiff Boards, rounded corners, three-colour design
on front cover, profusely illustrated, and with folding map of the district.

1 j* net.

A little book of exceptional interest to walkers and tourists. In his description of eleven
moorland and coastal walks the author not only tells his readers when to turn right, when
left, and where to start and finish, but all sorts of interesting ancient and modem historical
details about the country traversed.

Obtainable from all Booksellers.

London : A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue E.C.4.

Irish Naturalists’ Journal

A Magazine of Natural History, Antiquities and Ethnology.

Published every Two Months by the I .N.J . Committee.

Edited by J. A. S. STENDALL, M.R.I.A., M.B.O.U.,
with the assistance of Sectional Editors.

Annual Subscription, 6 /- post free. Single Parts, 1/3.

All communications to be addressed to —

W. M. Crawford, B.A., F.E.S. , F.Z.S., Hon. Sec.,

Orissa, Marlborough Park, Belfast.

Apparatus and Lantern-Slides
for the

FIELD-NATURALIST AND MICROSCOPIST

CATALOGUES POST FREE ON REQUEST

“C” — -Apparatus for Field-Work. “BX” — Microscopical Equipment.

“E” — Lantern Slides.

Flatters & Garnett, Ltd.,

309 OXFORD ROAD, MANCHESTER.

The EARLY HISTORY
of the NORTH RIDING

By WM. EDWARDS, M.A.

Demy 4 to (9" xiij"), 283 pages, with 16 plates, frontispiece in sepia, and
Map of the North Riding at end. Full cloth 10/6 net, post free 11/3.

Edition de luxe, full leather, gilt top, 21/- net, post free 21/9.

Contents :■ — I. Prehistoric Times — II. The Romans — III. The Anglican
Kingdom of Northumbria — IV. Pre-Conquest Monasteries — V. The
Northmen — VI. The Norman Conquest and Settlement — VII. Political
History under the Normans and Early Plantagenets — VIII. The Feudal
System — IX. The Barons — X. North Riding Castles — XI. Thomas, Earl
of Lancaster — XII. The Danger from the Scots-^-XIII. The Foundation
of the Religious Houses (I.) — XIV. The Foundation of the Religious
Houses (II.)— XV. The Life and Works of the Monks— XVI . The Wealth
and Power of the Religious Houses — XVII. Churches and Chantries in
the Middle Ages — XVIII. Town Life in the Middle Ages — XIX. Country
Life in the Middle Ages — XX. The Forests — XXI. Early Yorkshire Pedi-
grees— Index of Place Names ; Index of Personal Names ; Index of Subjects.

The Manchester Guardian says : — This is a readable, popular history from the New
Stone Age to the fifteenth century, with chapters on the feudal system, on the num-
erous monasteries in the district, and on the daily life of monk and layman in the
Middle Ages. In the period to which it relates the Riding was the scene of many
foreign invasions and of much civil war, and the author’s object has been to show the
relation of the local history to that of the nation. The volume contains many illus-
trations, and the price is astonishingly low for so handsome a work.’

London : A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farrington Avenue, E.C.4.

AND AT HULL.

W. II. .IAN SON & SON

44 GT. RUSSELL STREET, LONDON, W.C.l

ALL REQUISITES FOR NATURALISTS
Catalogue sent free.

WINESTE AD AIND ITS LORDS

THE HISTORY OF A HOLDERNESS VILLAGE

by NORMAN JAMES MILLER, M.A.
with a Foreword by THE ARCHBISHOP OF YORK

Demy 8vo. 258 pages. 9 Plates and 5 Illustrations,
pbound cloth, 10/- net, or post free 10/6.

LONDON: A. BROWN & SONS, LIMITED, 5 FARRINGDON AVENUE, E.C.4.

Printed by A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., Perth Street West, Hull, and published by
A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., at 5 Farringdon Avenue, in the City of London.

October, 1933.

IOV., 1933

No. 922

No. 695 of current Series

ILLUSTRATED J

PRINCIPALLY FOR THE NORTH

w

Edited by

. H. PEARSALL, D.Sc., F.L.S., and

The University, Leeds.

H. B. Booth, F.Z.S. M.B.O.U.

J. M. Brown, B.Sc., F.L.S., F.R.E.S.
W. H. Burrell, F.L.S.

Chris. A. Cheetham, F.R.E.S.

W. J. Fordham, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P.,

D.P.H.

with the assistance as referees in special departments of

Riley Fortune, F.Z.S. , F.R.P.S.

Professor A. Gilligan, D.Sc., F.G.S., M.I.M.E.
F. A. Mason, F.R.M.S.

Mrs. Elsie M. Morehouse.

Thos. Sheppard, M.Sc., F.G.S., F.Z.S.

T. W. Woodhead, Ph.D.,M.Sc., F.L.S.

Contents

British Association Notes and Comments — T.S.

Albino Cuckoos and other Cuckoo Notes — H . B.
Booth. .......

Note on an unusual Habitat of Marchantia Poly-
morpha, and its Seasonal Aspects — W.

Raymond Philipson, B .A .

Reviews and Book Notices ....

Calcareous Nodules (‘ Coal Balls ’) and Their
Significance — R. Crookall, D.Sc., Ph.D.

The Sleeping Habits of Whales — R. W. Gray.

In Memoriam — Mr. A. I. Burnley (portrait) —
D.W.B.

Field Notes ....

Northern News

Recent Geological Records from

— C. W. Wright .

News from the Magazines .
Portrait ....

East Yorkshire

PAGE

241-249

250-251

251-252
249, 252

253-256

257-260

261-262

249

260, 262

263
262, 264

26l

LONDON

A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue. E.C.4.
And at Hull.

Printers and Publishers to the Y.N.U.

PRICE 1/6 net.

Prepaid Subscription
15/ - per annum .

BINDING “ THE NATURALIST ”

Volumes of THE NATURALIST for
any year can be bound in a serviceable
and attractive Cloth Case, dark blue
and gilt lettered on back and side. Price
4/- per volume, or post free 4/6.

X. BROWN <& SON8, LIMITED

PERTH STREET WEST, HULL

THE BIRDS OF YORKSHIRE

By T. H. NELSON, M.B.O.U.,

With the co-operation of W. Eagle Clarke, F.R.S.E., and F. Boyes.

Two volumes. Demy 8vo, 901 pages, including over 200
Illustrations, beautifully printed in double tone ink, from photo-
graphs by R. Fortune, F.Z.S., and other well-known naturalist
photographers, also three-colour plates, including specially designed
title pages. Cloth boards, 17/6 net, post free, 18/3.

London : A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C. 4.

And at Hull.

NORTH WESTERN NATURALIST

A Scientific and Educational Journal (Published Quarterly),
especially for Cheshire, Cumberland, Derbyshire, Isle of Man,
Lancashire, North Wales, Shropshire, Staffordshire and Westmorland.

Edited by A A. DALLMAN, F.C.S., in collaboration with

H. Britten, f.e.s.

W. E. COLLINGE, D . Sc . , F.S.A.
J. W. Jackson, m.sc., f.g.s.
R. H. CORSTORPHINE, B.Sc.

A. Wilson, f.l.s., f.r.met.s.

Communications to : —

C. L. Walton, m.sc., ph.d.,
Rev. G. H. Carpenter, d.sc.
H. E. Forrest, f.l.s.

F. E. Weiss, d.sc., f.r.s.

T. A. Jones.

Editorial. — A. A. Dallman, F.C.S., 12 Tickhill Road, Doncaster.
Business. — T. Buncle & Co., Market Place, Arbroath.

Annual Subscription, 7/6. Single copies, 21- net.

WALKS AND TALKS ON THE NORTH
YORKSHIRE COAST AND MOORS.

By W. RIDLEY -MAKEPEACE

128 pas.es , F'cap 8vo, stiff Boards , rounded corners, three-colour design
on front cover, profusely illustrated, and with folding map of the district.

1/- net.

A little book of exceptional interest to walkers and tourists. In his description of eleven
moorland and coastal walks the author not only tells his readers when to turn right, when
left, and where to start and finish, but all sorts of interesting ancient and modern historical
details about the country traversed.

Obtainable from all Booksellers.

London : A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue E.C. 4.

241

BRITISH ASSOCIATION NOTES AND COMMENTS.

The meeting of the British Association at Leicester was a
great success and reminded one of the old days at the Asso-
ciation’s meetings. Those who were at the previous meeting
at Leicester twenty-seven years ago will remember the great
efforts then made to meet the requirements of the visitors.
This year things were even better. In the interim new
thoroughfares have been cut through tenement property, and
several magnificent buildings have been erected, which
admirably housed the increased demands of the sections and
committees of the Association.

Everybody, from the Lord Mayor and the Bishop, down
to the boy scouts and messengers, seemed to have been
' enthused.’

An indication of the local interest was shown, as there
were 700 local members for the meeting. The larger buildings
were illuminated, and badges were provided, and the visitors
had the privilege of free rides on the Corporation cars — a
welcome revival of two innovations at the Hull meeting.

The ‘ old school ’ seemed to be quickly disappearing — -and
the once familiar faces had mostly gone — and younger and
unfamiliar Rolands this year were waiting for their Oliver.

This year again many of the meetings were marred by the
inaudibility of the speakers. Also, among the younger
readers of papers there was much inclination to teach their
elders how to extract the contents of eggs by means of suction.
So much so that the time has come when papers submitted
should be edited by the officers of sections.

Popular lectures were given by Sir Josiah Stamp on ‘ Must
Science ruin Economic Progress ’ ; by Prof. J. F. Thorpe on
‘ The Work of the Safety in Mines Research Board ’ ;
* Transport for a Century ’ by Sir Henry Fowler ; and * Ants
and Men,’ by Prof. Julian Huxley. There was also a sympo-
sium on the ‘Cultural Value of Science in Adult Education,

At the Conference of Delegates for corresponding societies
the President, Dr. R. E. Mortimer Wheeler, gave an address
on ‘ The Centralisation and Control by Research in its relation
to learned Societies ’ ; and the Chairman, Mr. T. Sheppard,
opened a discussion on ‘ The effects of pollution on the fauna
and flora of ruins and the responsibility of local societies
therein.’ This address was ordered to be presented in extenso.
Mr. G. C. Robson spoke on ‘ Zoological Surveys ’ ; Mr. J.
Fairgrieve on ‘ The Amateur Meteorologist ’ ; and Capt.
Dannreuther spoke on the necessity for recording invasions of
insects and their appearance at stations on the coast and at
sea.

The publications available for the members consisted of

1933 Nov. 1

L

242 British Association Notes and Comments.

the Journal, containing abstracts of the various communica-
tions (128 pages) ; and the Programme and Daily Time Table
(44 pages). To the latter a daily supplement appeared,
recording changes in the programme. One of these contained
the unexpected item : Prof. Tolman on ‘ The Learning of

Rats. Prof. Katz withdraws.’ There was also a list of the
members attending.

Towards the close of the meeting it was possible to purchase
The Advancement of Science, which contained the President’s
and the Secretarial addresses, as under : —

‘ Some Chemical Aspects of Life,’ by Sir Frederick Gowland
Hopkins ; ‘ Seasonal Weather and its Prediction,’ by Sir

Gilbert Walker ; ‘ Natural Colouring Matters and their

Analogues,’ by Prof. R. Robinson ; * A Correlation of

Structures in the Coalfields of the Midland Province,’ by Prof.
W. G. Fearnsides ; ‘ The Mechanical View of Life,’ by Dr.
J. Gray ; ‘ Geography as Mental Equipment,’ by The Rt.

Hon. Lord Meston ; ‘ The Gold Standard,’ by Prof. J. H.

Jones ; ‘ Some Experiences in Mechanical Engineering,’ by

Mr. R. W. Allen ; ‘ What is Tradition? ’ by the Rt. Hon.
Lord Raglan ; * The Activity of Nerve Cells,’ by Prof. E. D.
Adrian ; * The Status of Psychology as an Empirical Science,’
by Prof. F. Aveling ; ‘ The Types of Entrance Mechanisms
of the Traps of Utricularia,’ by Prof. F. E. Lloyd ; * The
Development of the National System of Education,’ by Mr.
J. L. Holland ; and * Chemistry and Agriculture,’ by Dr.
A. Lauder.

At the close of the meeting sums amounting to £jj o were
voted for scientific research, and it was arranged that future
meetings of the Association should be held at Aberdeen,
September 5th to 12th, 1934 ; Norwich in 1935 ; Blackpool
in 1936 ; and Nottingham in 1937. The unusual course was
adopted of allowing the various deputations to remain in the
room while the invitations were received, thus stifling dis-
cussion. On the proposition of the delegate from the Yorkshire
Naturalists’ Union, it was unanimously agreed that in future
the old rule of requesting a deputation to withdraw while the
matter was being considered, should be resumed.

In Section A (Mathematics) Dr. Balbage’s address on
Cremona transformations began with ‘ If Vk is a rational
K — dimensional locus ’ — so they are not always what they
seem. In Section B (Chemistry) Dr. D. J. Lloyd referred to
f The Chemistry of Skin and the problem of the tanner.’
In Section C (Geology) the papers, naturally, largely referred
to Leicestershire. Those of interest to northern readers were
a discussion on * The shore limes of the Midland Barrier
during Carboniferous times ’ ; Dr. A. Raistrick referred to
■ The Microspores of Coal and their use in correlation ; Prof.

The Naturalist

British Association Notes and Comments. 243

G. Hickling and Mr. C. E. Marshall gave the result of ‘ Recent
studies of plant structure in coal.’ In Section D (Zoology)
Mr. A. Roebuck referred to ‘ The Rook in the Rural economy
of the Midlands,’ and Mr. M. A. C. Hinton to * The Musk -rat
and its problem ’ ; Mr. P. S. Milne ‘ The distribution of
Insects by currents at various levels in the atmosphere ’ ;
Mr. M. Graham on ‘ Prediction of North Sea cod fisheries,’
and Mr. E. Ford on * Growth in length and change in form
with increasing ages in fishes, especially the herring.’ In
Section E (Geography) Dr. H. C. Darby read on ‘ The
geographical conceptions of a medieval bishop,’ and Prof.
E. G. R. Taylor on ‘ Economic geography of early Stuart
England.’ In G (Engineering) Mr. H. F. Atter contributed
‘ Legal aspects of river pollution,’ and Mr. M. Du-Plat -Taylor
on ‘ Sea defences and reclamation of land from the sea.’ In
this we learn that * the loss by coastal erosion and the gain
of land by accretion around the coasts of Great Britain about
balance, but the land lost is generally good agricultural land,
and even parts of towns or villages, and the gain is only sand
or shingle.’ In Section H (Anthropology) Mr. H. W. Elgee
gave an extraordinary address on ‘ The Mother Earth Cult
in N.E. Yorkshire.’ In Section K (Botany) Miss L. I. Scott
and Prof. J. H. Priestley read a paper on ‘ The Monocotyledon
and shoot from the standpoint of development ’ ; Dr. D. M.
Wilson on ‘The life-history of some British Fern PI nts.

Supplementing these addresses were several excursions to
factories, engineering and chemical works, geological and
botanical areas, etc.

T. S.

THE MIDLAND COALFIELD.

In his address to the Geological Section, Prof. W. G.
Fearnsides sketched the Midland coalfield province, lying
within a circle of 60 miles round Buxton, bounded on the
north by the rigid block of Craven, on the west by the com-
pacted ridges of Denbighshire and the Berwyns, on the south
by the ragged ribs of ancient rock fringing the Midland barrier
of St. George’s Land, and on the east buried beneath thick
Permian, Trias, and Jurassic Rocks, where no man has seen or
touched the rocks below the Carboniferous. He said that
within this province are nearly 1,000 working mines, 500 of
them each employing more than a hundred men in the winning
and working of above 120 million tons of coal per year, or
more than half the total mineral wrought underground in
Britain.

SCIENTIFIC JARGON.

In his address referred to elsewhere, Dr. R. E. M. Wheeler

1933 Nov. 1

244 British Association Notes and Comments.

stated : — I have just been turning over the pages of an excellent
journal which makes it its business to present the results of
scientific archaeology to the general public, and my eye has
caught three articles by three of the most distinguished
archaeologists of the day. On one page I am caught up in the
astonishing hyphenated word ‘ leaf -shaped-sword-culture -
complex ’ ; on another, I see the dark phrase ‘ the diagnostic
value of negative lynchets ; on a third, the remarkable
sentence, ‘ These names were left by the equestrian inhumators
who brought in the later Hallstatt culture.’ One may perhaps
suppose that the ‘ equestrian inhumators ’ had their counter-
part in such folk as ‘ pedestrian incinerators,’ and were the
forbears of such distinguished sects as the ‘ aerial seventh-day
Adventists ’ and the ' submarine Rosicrucians.’ In any case
we may best describe this obscurantist jargon by the one
simple word, Hokum. And, whatever may be the case in
other branches of science, it is sufficiently certain that in
professional archaeology at the present day, Hokum is on the
increase. Learned and estimable young men in baggy
trousers and suede shoes are spreading contagiously from our
universities and are beginning to cloud their science and their
own minds with a whole lot of unnecessary Hokum, fortifying
themselves the while with the disastrous slogan, Odi profanum
vulgus et arceo.

ARCHAEOLOGICAL RESEARCH.

Dr. Wheeler continues : — -The. remedy, could it be enforced,
is an easy one. Could these young men- — and, indeed, some
of their elders — but be compelled to explain their ideas
periodically to, shall we say, the Netherwallop Antiquarian
Society and Field Club in language intelligible to the local
birdscarer, then could we begin to hope at length for clarity
of expression and clarity of thought . But what in fact happens
in all too many cases is this. A young man of ability goes up
to one or other of the older universities and there comes under
the influence of a highly-specialised teacher, who instils his
own special tastes and ideas into his disciple and ultimately
secures a fellowship for him. The youth remains at the
university for the rest of his mortal existence, coming only
intermittently and accidentally into contact with the profanum
vulgus beyond its walls. I am speaking now in particular
of my own science of archaeology, where the number of pro-
fessional openings outside the universities is restricted to an
extent perhaps unparalleled in any other branch of science.
In the discussion the Chairman, Mr. Sheppard, stated that he
was particularly glad to hear the president’s remarks, as
for more years than he cared to remember, he had, in the

The Naturalist

British Association Notes and Comments. 245

pages of The Naturalist, protested against this new nomen-
clature.

ROOKS.

In the Zoological Section Mr. A. Roebuck stated that
rooks have been studied in five midland counties — Leicester-
shire, Derbyshire, Nottinghamshire, Lincolnshire, and
Rutland. A census of the whole area, repeated after an
interval of four years, showed the rook population to be
constant. About 10 per cent, of the rookeries change their
sites annually. There is no evidence that migration materially
affects the problem in the Midlands. The distribution of
their roosts during the winter is considerably different from
that of their nesting rookeries, although many remain on the
same sites all the year round. Except for a brief period rooks
2 re restricted to a limited area for a feeding -ground, the area
in the vicinity of the rookery. Those roosting at a distance
in winter return daily. The census gives the rook population
when it is at its lowest.

NORTH SEA FISH.

Mr. M. Graham pointed out : — It is known that fluctuations
in the yield of certain fisheries, e.g. herring, plaice and cod,
in the North Sea are largely determined by the degree of
success in survival of broods some years previously. The
proportion of particular broods is estimated when the fish are
large enough to be taken in trawls. Having found that the
important fisheries depend on fish of a restricted age, say,
five to six years old, estimates of the yield at that age can be
made some years in advance, from the abundance of fish of,
say, one to two years old. The particular case considered,
the cod in the North Sea, is interesting in that: (1) the area

populated by small fish is so extensive that adequate sampling
of small cod can only be obtained in the trade statistics of
landings, cause being shown for considering the magnitude of
certain seasonal changes in the statistics as a measure of brood
strength ; (2) the age of the cod (by which landings of small
cod are related to brood years and to subsequent yield of
large cod) has to be obtained indirectly, from size ; partly
because of the said sampling difficulty and partly because
the more usual determinations of age from scales or otoliths
are unreliable for this fish (in the North Sea). The necessary
analysis involves somewhat unconventional methods, which
are, however, justified by the high correlation found.

TANNING.

Dr. D. J. Lloyd told us that animal skin consists of a
tissue of fibres which are the biological units. Each fibre

1933 Nov. 1

246 British Association Notes and Comments.

has crystalline properties and is formed of packets of elongated
molecules between which are planes of weakness. The fibre
can be split up at these planes into fibrils. This is an essential
pre -tanning process since it increases the capillary space
through which the colloidal tannins can diffuse and makes the
polar groups of the protein accessible to the tan. Collagen
carries positively and negatively charged polar groups, and
collagen fibres contain both bound and free water. Tanning
consists in conferring chemical and physical stability on the
collagen fibre by the suppression of the active groups and the
elimination of water.

PLANT STRUCTURE IN COAL.

Prof. G. Hickling and Mr. C. E. Marshall told us that
improvements in the technique of section-cutting and
photography have made it possible to show that coal consists
largely of plant -remains in which the details of the original
structure are preserved with remarkable perfection. This
detail, in some respects, far exceeds that which can be observed
in the familiar calcified or silicified petrifactions or coal-balls,
since in the coal most of the original substance of the plant
remains, while in the petrifaction it has been replaced. By
the study of isolated sheets of bark and portions of wood which
are preserved as coal in the coal-measure shales the micro -
structure of the plants can be studied in relation to their
external form. The bark-structures of Lepidodendron,
Bothrodendron and Sigillaria have been so studied, as well as
certain woods. In certain cases it appears possible to demon-
strate conclusively that the existing coal consists in part of
the original plant -substance and in part of additional organic
material which has been absorbed by the plant after death.

STUART GEOGRAPHY.

Prof. E. G. R. Taylor stated : — The economic problems of
England three centuries ago, as they are discussed in the
literature of the period, are strikingly similar to those dis-
cussed in newspapers to-day. Over-population, the decay of
rural life, urbanisation, unemployment, the burden imposed
by high wages and rising prices on the upkeep of great estates,
the ruin of the roads by heavy traffic for which they were not
designed, the dangerous depletion of timber supplies, ‘ unfair
foreign competition in the fishing industry, free trade and
the balance of trade, the need for improvement of internal
waterways, for the control of flood-waters, for the reclamation
of fens and marshes, for the improvement of methods of
husbandry — all these had their geographical aspects.

The Naturalist

British Association Notes and Comments .

247

SEA DEFENCE.

Mr. M. Du-Plat -Taylor, speaking of coast erosion, said : —
The loss can be prevented by coast defence works, such as sea
embankments or sea walls, the drainage of clay cliffs, and
groyning. Although reclamation of land from the sea for
industrial purposes may be an economic process it is not so
for agricultural purposes unless it is carried out in combination
with dredging or the disposal of waste materials. Material
deposited on reclamation areas may be material dredged from
adjoining navigation channels, which can be pumped ashore
by suitable plant. This is often cheaper than sending it out
to sea to be dumped in deep water. House refuse may also be
used for raising the level of such low-lying lands if economical
means can be found for so depositing it. In London alone,
the quantity of house refuse to be disposed of annually is
ij million tons, and in addition, 3 million tons of sludge from
sewage disposal is sent out to be dumped at sea. The Author
suggests that means of disposing of all this upon marsh or
mud land should be investigated. As regards coast defence
works, various forms of protection will be discussed and
approximate costs given ; and finally, various schemes for
enclosure and reclamation which have already been put
forward will be examined from the point of view of probable
ultimate profit and the relief of unemployment.

RIVER HULL POLLUTION.

Mr. Sheppard, who is also chairman of the River Hull
Pollution Committee, had been asked to address the delegates
on this question. He pointed out that in its lower reaches the
River Hull is tidal and very brackish. 'When it is re-
membered/ he said, ‘ that the Humber is fed by the Trent
and Ouse, and their tributaries, which carry the sewage from
a large proportion of the towns of the north of England, it
will be understood that this area is not of much interest to
anglers/ The area reviewed by him, therefore, was a matter
of 16 miles between the top lock at Beverley, where the tidal
influence ceases, and Driffield, about which the trout streams
are pure and well stocked with fish.

EPIDEMIC RECALLED.

The growing population at Driffield and Beverley (with
its increase in factories), sewage disposal works, the more
modern methods of agricultural drainage (with the contamina-
tion caused by the increase of artificial and other manures on
the land), as well as the effect of tar sprays and petrol washed
from the roads, all had helped to change the nature of the
fauna and flora of the river. ‘ Many years ago/ said Mr.

1933 Nov. 1

248 British Association Notes and Comments.

Sheppard, ‘ Hull’s supply was extracted from the water of
the River Hull and passed through filter beds at Stoneferry.
A serious epidemic at Beverley was followed by a much more
serious outbreak at Hull, for, while the filter beds clarified
the turgid waters, they were unable to extract the bacteria.
Since then Hull has bored into the chalk for its water supply.’
The anglers first drew attention to the fact that sections of
the stream, which once were prolific, were almost useless
for angling purposes. It was recorded that a man ‘ who
gave his age as 76 years, stated that the most interesting day
of the week on which to view the canal at Whinhill is Tuesday,
as on that day “ blood and suds ” come down the stream ;
blood from the slaughterhouses at Driffield, Tuesday being
killing day ; and “ suds ” from the washing of clothes which
takes place on the same day of the week.’

APPEAL TO FISHERY BOARD.

The members of the various angling societies in the district,
realising that the changes in the river were resulting in the
fish gradually disappearing, appealed to the Yorkshire Fishery
Board, which in turn appealed to the Ministry of Agriculture
and Fisheries. That Board sent its scientific representative,
Dr. E. C. Jee, to make inquiry, and eventually a local
committee was formed to investigate. Periodical examina-
tion was made of the state of the miscroscopic fauna and flora
of the river, as upon these the fresh water snails, worms, etc.,
fed, which in turn supplied food for the fish. Samples have
been periodically taken at various points in the stream.
The effect of sewage, gasworks affluents, and other sources of
contamination were apparent and having obtained sufficient
scientific evidence to show that these sources of pollution had
a detrimental effect upon the health of the river fauna, and
were therefore likely to be detrimental to the health of human
beings, interviews were arranged with the various parties
concerned. As a result, improvements have been made in
the method of treating the sewage, and in preventing poisonous
gas liquor from Ending its way into the river.

CAGED FISH.

Experiments were made to ascertain the effect of the
polluted water upon the fish in different parts of the river.
Large numbers of different species were secured, placed in
specially designed cages at selected points of the river, and
periodically examined. So far, however, the experiments
have largely been of negative value. ‘ As years go on,’
declared the speaker, ‘ increasing population on the banks
of the river, and on its tributary streams, together with the

The Naturalist

Reviews and Book Notices.

249

necessity for disposing of the waste liquors from the factories
which increase in size and numbers, all mitigate against a
return to the “ good old times.” But the Ministry of
Agriculture and Fisheries considers that the work done in
East Yorkshire by amateur zoologists, botanists, and chemists,
might easily be undertaken in other areas.’ The British
Association paid Mr. Sheppard the compliment of announcing
that they had decided to print his report in full.

FIELD NOTES.

Theba cartusiana Mull., etc. — I have recently obtained
specimens of Theba cartusiana Mull, and Helicella itala L.
at Charlottenlund Fort near Copenhagen. In The Naturalist ,
1916, page 61, I gave a notice of the occurrence of Theba
cartusiana Mull, and Helicella ‘ candicans Zgl.’ at * the
fortress near Jgegersborg near Copenhagen ’ (= Charlottenlund
Fort). Unfortunately it was during the war, and I was not
allowed, personally, to visit the place. My records were
doubted (see Taylor’s Monograph, Part 23, 1917, page in
(under Theba cartusiana). As Charlottenlund Fort was
recently opened for the public, I examined the ramparts
there, and found both species in great numbers, and also a
sinistral specimen of Helicella itala L. Most of the Helicella
itala, however, are very planulated, therefore I have named
it ‘ candicans ’ =obvia Hartm. 17 years ago. — Hans Schlesch,
Copenhagen, Denmark.

Ringed Carrion Crow. — On July 24th Mr. Usher, head
gamekeeper to Capt. B. H. Croft, of Malham Tarn, shot a
young Carrion Crow on Fountains Fell, with a ring on its leg,
and he was very much puzzled to know how the ring got there,
so he sent the ring on to me. It was one of Witherby’s and
was numbered RT6701, and Mr. H. F. Witherby has kindly
informed me that it was ringed as a nestling at Giggleswick
on May 14th, 1933, so that it had not got very far on its
travels.- — H. B. Booth.

Mimicry, by G. D. Hale Carpenter and E. B. Ford. Published
in Methuen’s Monographs on Biological Subjects, ix+134 PP-» 3 /6.
This is a valuable addition to the library of the entomological student.
The authors are themselves convinced of the reality of mimicry, and
in the short space at their disposal make out a fairly reasoned case.
The references are numerous and are gathered from a very wide field.

Collision Processes in Gases, by F. L. Arnot. Published in
Methuen’s Monographs on Physical .Subjects, viii+104 pp., with 37
diagrams, 3/-. This is a short account of recent work on ‘ collision
processes in gases at pressures such that the mean free paths of the colliding
bodies are so large relative to the dimensions of the apparatus that the
effects can be studied.’ It should prove useful to the advanced student
of this branch of physics, saving him an immense amount of labour in
looking up the literature.

I933 Nov. 1

L2

250

ALBINO CUCKOOS AND OTHER CUCKOO NOTES.

H. B. BOOTH.

There is evidently a strain of albinism in one or more of the
Cuckoos that annually visit the Embsay and Eastby Moors,
although no adult Cuckoo has been seen with any extra white
on it. In all, in four years, there have been four young albino
Cuckoos — no mean record for any district. The first I reported
in my annual West Riding Ornithological Report for 1929
(Nat., 1930, p. 79). This bird is preserved and is in the
Craven Museum at Skipton. It is a most beautiful bird, being
immaculately white. It is worth any bird lover’s while to
see it if in that town, though, unfortunately, excepting by
arrangement, this museum is only open to the public from
2-30 p.m. to 4-30 p.m.

The following year another white young Cuckoo appeared
on these moors, which are really a fringe of Barden Moor
that hangs over into Airedale. I was informed that the Duke
of Devonshire (who had seen the bird in the Craven Museum)
gave instructions that this bird had not to be shot, and it
apparently left the district in good health but did not
return.

On July 20th of this year I received a letter from Mr.
F. J. N. Dufty, of Skipton, informing me that there were two
young white Cuckoos on the same moors, and that if I would
go up to Grouse Cottage there, the gamekeeper (Mr. Stewart)
would be able to show them to me. On the following Sunday
(July 23rd) I made my way up, but, unfortunately, was too
late. Mr. Stewart had caught one of these birds asleep
on the bracken in the evening, and had taken it home, where
it was not caged, but had the full run of his kitchen for nine
days. It became very tame, and would sit on their fingers
and take caterpillars from their hands. It kept the game-
keeper’s young children busy almost all the day in hunting
for caterpillars to feed it. Mr. Stewart told me that it was
pure white with pink eyes, and he thought that it had defective
sight because it often missed the caterpillar on a plate or
between the fingers with the first peck. Four days before
I arrived some one had left the kitchen door open and the
Cuckoo disappeared and was not seen again. After having
been pampered and fed it would probably die a natural
death from starvation, but let us hope not.

Nor were we able to find the other white youngster some
few hundred yards away. Mr. Stewart said it was a larger
and more robust — and probably an older — bird than the one
he had caught.

There were quite a number of people from Embsay and

The Naturalist

Note on an Unusual Habitat of Marchantia Polymorpha. 251

Skipton up at Grouse Cottage who had seen the white Cuckoo
the Sunday before, and who had brought their friends to see
it. It will be of interest to note if these albino birds will
be observed or shot whilst on migration or in their winter
quarters, or if they will return to their native heaths.

The female Cuckoo usually very carefully lays her egg
so that it will synchronise with the hatching of the egg of the
foster parents. But occasionally, just before the eve of her
departure, she will do some extraordinary things. I have
known a Cuckoo towards the end of June lay two eggs in an
old disused and empty nest of a Pied Wagtail ! ! A friend
(Mr. A. E. Pullan, of Burley-in-Wharfedale) sent me word
that a gamekeeper had shown him and some friends the
nest of a Meadow Pipit on Sunday, June 25th, which con-
tained a newly hatched Cuckoo, and in which the young
Pipits were about a week old and pen -feathered. The young
Cuckoo was working ceaselessly and heroically to eject its
large foster children, but without much success. I immediately
wrote Mr. Pullan to have this nest watched as much as possible,
as it was a most interesting case as to whether the Cuckoo,
or the Pipits, or both, would survive. He replied that he was
doing so, and that one of his friends who had stayed on the
moor until late on the Sunday evening was of the opinion
that the Cuckoo would live. The following day all were alive
in the nest, but the Cuckoo was not nearly so active. On
the next day (Tuesday) the young Cuckoo was dead and had
been thrown out of the nest by its foster parents. It had
paid the penalty for its mother’s mistake, which Nature
rarely forgets or forgives.

NOTE ON AN UNUSUAL HABITAT OF
MARCHANTIA POLYMORPHA, AND ITS SEASONAL

ASPECTS.

W. RAYMOND PHILIPSON, B.A.

In June, 1932, it was noticed that a considerable area
of the reed bed at the west end of Gosforth Lake, Northumber-
land, was thickly carpeted with Marchantia. Since then the
spot has been visited at intervals and search has been made
for Marchantia in other parts of the reeds, without success.
As the reeds had been cut over just the area that the liverwort
spread, it is suggested that this is a factor essential for its
success. Upon enquiry it was found that this area had been
cut regularly for ten years, and nowhere else had the reeds
been cut, except for a small patch at the other end of the lake,
which had been cut for three years. In the autumn the

1933 Nov. 1

252

Review and Book Notices.

thalli became black and shrivelled, but they evidently
perennate by means of growing-points which remain dormant,
but living, for in March green lobes grow from the dead
remains of last year. In April these thalli are richly covered
with gemmae-cups, but the asexual stage does not last long.
In June very numerous sexual branches are produced which,
in the two seasons during which they have been observed,
have been exclusively female. That male plants are quite
absent is probable, as no capsules are formed. Many of the
female receptacles have withered by the end of July, but
young ones are still being formed at the apex. The thallus
begins tc blacken in August, and soon, except for the growing
points, is quite dead. Gemmae were produced by all the
plants, but sexual branches only in those parts of the reed-bed
where a closed marsh vegetation was able to grow. Where
the peat was more damp Phragmites and Marchantia grew by
themselves in an open community ; here the liverwort
reproduced only by gemmae in the spring.

REVIEWS AND BOOK NOTICES.

Birds of the Ocean, by W. B. Alexander. With 140 illustrations
mostly reproductions of photographs, 1-428 pp., size 4^+7 inches,
published in 1928 by G. P. Putnam’s Sons, New York and London,
price $3.50 U.S. or fifteen shillings. This is a ‘ Handbook for Voyagers'
and contains descriptions of all the sea birds of the world, with notes
on their habits and guides to their identification. This book is invaluable
to all those who * Go down to the sea in ships ’ and take pleasure in the
birds seen at sea. With the aid of the photographs, descriptions and
keys it is possible to name any sea bird observed. One feature of par-
ticular value is the series of plates in which the author has drawn, side
by side, usually in flight, a series of birds of closely related species,
e.g. on Plate 25 have been drawn twelve gulls and on Plate 37 ten terns ;
these plates are a great aid to identification of a species. In the early
summer of 1933, with the aid of this book, we were able to identify all
the birds seen on a voyage from Hong Kong to England, with the excep-
tion of certain land birds seen from the Suez Canal. No scientific know-
ledge is necessary in order to be able to make full use of this book.

Watchings, by W. R. Calvert. Putnam, xvL-l-304, 6/-. Those
who read and enjoyed ‘ Just round the Corner ’ will like this book.
Those who do not know Mr. Calvert’s writings will not be disappointed
if they begin with ‘ Watchings.’ Taking the months one by one, Mr.
Calvert gives us scores of delightful essays on wild life, and he not only
knows the art of telling and graphic description, but he is a keen and
exact observer.

The Way of a Bee, by George Rendl. Translated from the German
by Patrick Kir wan. Longmans Green & Co., vi+168 pp., 6/-. The
author of this book, although a poet, has an intimate knowledge of the
honey bee, and has compressed into a very short space a readable,
straightforward account of the life in the beehive throughout the year.
In spite of a marked avoidance of technical phraseology, the author
gives much detail and is most accurate. The translator’s style is pleasing
and he has caught the author’s mood.

The Naturalist

253

CALCAREOUS NODULES (‘ COAL BALLS ’) AND
THEIR SIGNIFICANCE.

R. CROOKALL, D.Sc., PH.D.

Calcareous nodules (‘ Coal balls ’) are of great importance,
both in palaeobotany and in the study of Palaeozoic and other
coals. From them deductions can be made relative to (i) the
structure and affinities of the fossilised plants they contain ;
(2) the climatic and ecological conditions under which the
plants lived ; (3) the mode of accumulation of the vegetable

debris which formed the seams of coal, i.e. whether the remains
of the (clearly land) plants accumulated on the spot where they
grew or whether they were drifted by water and collected under
the water-cover of a lake, lagoon or estuary ; (4) the origin of

part of the ash in coal ; and (5) the approximate original thick-
ness of the plant debris which eventually formed the coal-seam.

Description.—' Coal balls ’ are irregularly spherical or
ovoid stones which occur either singly or in masses in asso-
ciation with some few seams of coal. They vary in size from
that of a pea to several feet in diameter, but are most frequently
of about the size of a potato.

Both in Britain and in Holland large masses of these
nodules may locally occupy the whole thickness of the coal-
seam and weigh upwards of two tons. The bedding planes of
the enclosing coal arch over the ‘ coal balls ’ (the latter
offered greater resistance to pressure than did the coal) . Mr. J.
Lomax has described an exceptionally large mass. From
the thickness of the ‘ coal balls ’ compared with that of the
adjacent coal, he concluded that 11 to 12 feet of vegetable
debris had been transformed to form each foot of coal.

Occurrence.— In Britain ‘ coal balls * were first found
in the Upper Foot Coal of Lancashire and the Halifax Hard
Bed of Yorkshire, low down in the Lower Coal Measures.

They also occur in the Gannister Coal (beneath the Upper
Foot) and at Stalybridge and Hough Hill in a small seam
below the Gannister. At Laneshaw Bridge they are found
in a seam in the Millstone Grit, while the Seven-feet seam of
Wirral Colliery has also yielded them, i.e. Middle Coal
Measures. Recently, a few ‘ coal balls ’ have been discovered
in the Lower Carboniferous of Haltwistle, Northumberland.

Abroad, ‘coal balls’ are known from the Carboniferous
rocks of Spain, Russia, Moravia, Westphalia, Holland, the
United States of America, and New South Wales. Dr. Stopes has
described nodules from the Cretaceous of Japan which showed
resemblances to, but also differences from true ‘coal ballls.’

‘ Coal balls ’ are found in three situations relative to the
coal seam. ‘ Floor ’ nodules occur, somewhat rarely, in the
fireclay floor of the seam. ‘ Seam ! nodules are found
scattered irregularly throughout the coal itself ; they are

1933 Nov. 1

254 Calcareous Nodules (‘ Coal Balls’) and Their Significance.

usually invested with a coaly layer so that, apart from their
hardness, are not easily recognised. On washing with dilute
hydrochloric acid or on being allowed to ‘ weather,’ they
become more conspicuous and are greyish-white or brownish-
grey. Washed or ‘ weathered ’ nodules clearly show the
direction of the bedding and often bear a median flange.

Roof ’ nodules are found in the shaly roof of the seam.

The term ‘ coal ball ’ is used to include nodules from all
three situations, as is also the word ‘ bullion.’ * Roof ’
nodules are sometimes distinguished as ‘ baum-pots,’ ‘ posts,’
or ‘ goniatite nodules.’

Chemical Composition. — The term ‘ coal ball ’ is unfor-
tunate, as rounded pebbles consisting of coal — i.e. true coal
balls — occur occasionally in the sandstones of the Coal
Measures. The ‘ coal balls ’ of miners, on the other hand,
consist mainly of the carbonates of lime and magnesia. They
are calcareous nodules. Their composition is very variable.
Adjacent nodules may contain very different proportions of
the two carbonates, as well as of the remaining constituents.
This, however, has little or no effect on the excellence of the
preservation of the enclosed plant tissues.

In the case of ‘ seam ’ nodules, the remaining constituents,
about io per cent., consist of the carbonates of manganese and
iron, oxide of iron, pyrites, clay and carbon. Nodules
occurring in the Bradford and Huddersfield districts are often
so pyritous as to obscure the plant structures contained.

The amount of carbon contained in the nodules varies
greatly, depending on the degree of coalihcation attained
before the petrifaction of the tissues set in. Stopes and
Watson have estimated that about one-third of the organic
matter of the cells is preserved, usually forming brown ulmic
matter, but being locally carbonised and black. Dutch and
German nodules have been described as differing from English
‘ coal balls ’ in being pitch black. Many English nodules
are, however, more or less black, and it is owing to the wealth
of the material available in Britain that such nodules were
discarded and have not usually come under the observation of
Continental workers.

While * seam ’ nodules contain only 0*2 per cent, of
silicates and 92 per cent, of carbonates, * floor ’ nodules
contain 8 per cent, of silicates and 84 per cent, of carbonates,
and ‘ roof ’ nodules 6 per cent, of silicates and 86 per cent,
of carbonates. These amounts are of significance in view of
the origin of the ash in coal, most of which was usually
derived from non-vegetable sources. It is evident that the
silicates occurring in ‘ floor’ and ‘roof’ nodules represent sand.

Formation, — ‘ Floor ’ nodules are clearly found in the
place where they were formed and did not drift into position.

The Naturalist

Calcareous Nodules (‘ Coal Balls’) and Their Significance. 255

They contain petrified roots and rootlets. The common
occurrence of such roots and rootlets in underclays supports
the view that the latter represent old soils on which the Coal
Measure forests grew.

‘ Seam ’ nodules were originally thought to have been
transported by water, their rounded form suggesting that they
has been rolled as pebbles. Closer inspection, however,
reveals an irregular surface, quite different from that of
water-worn pebbles. In some cases concentric bands, similar
to those in ordinary mineral concretions, can be seen in
‘ floor ’ and ‘ seam ’ nodules. The rounded form of ‘ floor
and ‘ seam ’ nodules is thus explained by the fact that they
are concretions , formed around nuclei in the plant debris. There
is no record of (transported) erratic blocks in the Upper Foot
Coal which contains many 4 coal balls.’ Again, at the Shore and
Wirral Collieries and elsewhere, the whole thickness of the seam
has been locally converted into calcareous nodules. Finally, in
some instances, a stem or root which is petrified in a 4 coal ball ’
can be traced into the surrounding coal (where it is coalified),
while in other cases different parts of one and the same stem
may be found petrified in neighbouring ‘ seam ' nodules.

There is thus abundant evidence pointing to the conclusion
that ‘ seam ’ nodules usually consist of members of plants
which formed part of the seam itself, and that the debris
usually accumulated in situ.

Roof ’ nodules show distinct, though fine, bedding in the
same direction as the bedding of the surrounding shales. The
marine shells they contain ( Aviculopecten , goniatites, etc.)
often occur in bands along the bedding planes. These facts,
and their occurrence in the shaly roof of the seam, show that
they were formed from drifted material. The roofs of many
seams (not containing ‘ coal balls ’) contain non-marine shells
(‘ mussels ’) indicating that the plant debris was submerged
by an incursion of fresh — or (more usually) brackish — water.
The fact that the roofs of 4 coal ball ’-containing seams include
marine animals indicates that it was an incursion of the sea
which submerged these particular coal forests.

It was formerly thought that the petrifaction of plant
tissues to form * coal balls ’ was due to the infiltration of
minerals from the marine roofs of the seams. By experiment
Stopes and Watson showed, however, that delicate plant
tissues may be preserved temporarily from decomposition by
the sulphates in sea water. From this it was inferred that
the plants which formed 4 coal ball ’-containing seams grew on
swamps with definitely brackish water round their roots (under
conditions similar to those of the present-day Mangrove
swamps). They are so-called maritime coals, the preserving
and petrifying minerals (sulphates of lime and magnesia)

1933 Nov. 1

256 Calcareous Nodules {‘Coal Balls') and Their Significance.

being derived from the sea water. This view is supported by
the xerophytic structure of the petrified leaves, by the presence
of magnesium in the petrifactions and other features. It
accounts for the rarity of seams containing * coal balls * and
for the fact that seams bearing ‘ coal balls ’ always have a
roof containing marine shells.

Professor P. F. Kendall has pointed out that, ‘ It is
probable that other coal seams have accumulated under
similar conditions . . . without, however, giving rise to the
formation of coal balls. Two such, though not in the Upper
Carboniferous, may be mentioned. A small coal seam at
Skateraw, near Dunbar, rests on a highly coralliferous lime-
stone, into which Stigmarian rhizomes can be seen to ramify.
The other example is seen in the well-known fragmentary coal
seam at Meals Bank Quarry, Ingleton. The rootlets from this
seam descend through the underclay of the coal and are
traceable to a depth of several feet in the underlying compact
limestone which, it is inferred, must have been in the condition
of ooze when the plants were growing.’

Although the salinity of the sea was less during the
Carboniferous Period than at present, the plants which went to
form coal (chiefly Pteridophytes) could not live in definitely
salt water. Where a coal has been laid down under truly
maritime conditions, the vegetable debris must, therefore,
have accumulated by drift.

Botanical Contents. — To determine their contents, ‘ coal
balls ’ are sectioned at right angles to the bedding planes.
‘ Seam ’ nodules consist of petrified plant remains, while
‘ floor ’ and (some) ‘ roof ’ nodules contain petrified plants.
The ‘ roof ’ nodules found in Holland contain no plant remains.

In the case of ‘ seam ’ nodules, the petrifactions clearly
represent part of the plants which formed the adjacent coal.
As has been observed above, occasional stems or roots may be
seen which are continuous from the ‘ coal ball ’ into the
surrounding coal. Had these organs not been preserved by
impregnation with mineral matter in solution, they would
have been coalified and formed a normal part of the seam.

When sectioned, ‘ floor ’ nodules are seen to be ramified
by roots and rootlets, their only contents.

Of ‘seam’ nodules 80 to 90 per cent, consist of the club-
moss rhizome known as Stigmaria (especially in Yorkshire)
or of the Seed-fern stem known as Lyginopteris (especially in
Lancashire ) .

‘ Roof ’ nodules usually mainly contain tissues which were
resistant to decay (i.e. woody and corky tissues), the softer
parts (which are generally well preserved in 4 seam and ‘ floor ’
nodules) having decayed.

{To be continued).

The Naturalist

257

THE SLEEPING HABITS OF WHALES.

R. W. GRAY.

Whales are able to exist without breathing for many minutes
and, perhaps, for hours at a time. But for this gift they
would often be unable to satisfy their hunger and obtain the
repose they from time to time require. Their lungs must be
very powerful ; large whales sometimes project their breath
high into the air, at the same time making a noise that may
be heard a mile or more away.

In 1885, and again in 1889, I had the good fortune to see a
Greenland whale asleep ; on both occasions the whales were
seen among the drifting ice off the Greenland coast, and both
of them were caught. 1

A Greenland whale asleep presents a remarkable sight ;
it is absolutely motionless and gives no signs of life. How
long the animal is able to remain in this condition without
awakening to breathe is a question I am unable to answer.

The attitude assumed by the sleeping whale probably
depends on the position of its centre of gravity and that of its
centre of buoyancy ; when the former is far forward the head
must sink down ; when it is farther back the contrary will
take place. In the two instances referred to, the back was
awash and only the ‘ crown ’ (on which the blow-holes are
situated) exposed ; but according to my father, the late
Captain David Gray, of Peterhead, they sometimes fall asleep
with the head under water and only the hinder part of the
body exposed.2

I now propose to ask and to answer, so far as is possible,
certain question that arise in connection with the sleep of
whales. Firstly, where do they usually sleep, at or below the
surface ? In my opinion the answer is in accordance with the
latter alternative, that is to say, they usually sleep under water
below the level of the wave motion and, in Arctic and Antartic
seas, of the drifting ice, where they are hidden from human
observation and where they cannot be molested by birds.
The following are my reasons : —

(1) Whales are seldom seen sleeping at the surface. The
celebrated Scoresby, speaking of the Greenland whale, says,
Whales are seldom found sleeping, yet instances occasionally
occur in calm weather among the ice/3 My father, speaking of
the feeding habits of the same species says, £ Sometimes, if the
weather is fine and the sun warm, they will fall asleep on the
surface of the water near where they have been feeding and will

1 See my ‘ Sleep of Whales/ Nature, April 30th, 1927, and my
Peterhead Sealers and Whalers ' now appearing in the Scottish N aturalist .

2 Scottish Fishery Board’s Seventh Annual Report, Part 3, p. 367.

3 Arctic Regions, Vol. 1, p. 469.

1933 Nov. 1

258 The Sleeping Habits of Whales.

lie quite motionless for hours at a time.’1 I have in my posses-
sion a large number of log-books of whaling voyages to the
Greenland Sea and do not find a single instance recorded. The
recently-published log-books of Captain Scoresby, Sr., tell the
same tale.

(2) Whales, presumably asleep, and deeply or entirely sub-
merged, are sometimes run into by ships. An interesting
instance is recorded in one of the recently-published log-books
of Captain Scoresby, Sr.2 The entry reads as follows (April
28th, 1791) : ‘ the ship (the Henrietta of Whitby) struck, as if
she had struck a piece of ice ; being at the mast-head (i.e. in
the “ crow’s nest”) at the time (I) looked astern and (saw that)
a whale was laid out without motion (at the surface of the
water) ; lowered a boat, but she (the whale) settled (i.e. sank
down) before it could get to her.’

(3) Many of the old whalers who were, it may be supposed,
familiar with the habits of the Greenland whale appear to have
been of this opinion. According to his log-books, Captain
Scoresby, Sr., when the whales were scarce, sometimes sent his
men on the ice to make a noise and disturb the whales which
he believed to be sleeping underneath. One entry reads as
follows (12th July, 1820) : ‘ sent away (i.e. lowered) four boats
and (sent) the rest of the crew on the ice, to make a noise, in
case any “ fish ” (i.e. whale) was asleep underneath.’ Another
reads (30th June, 1822) : ‘ called all hands to make a noise,
by way of disturbing and setting out the fish underneath
(? recently) we have had many proofs of their sleeping under
the ice.’ 3

Again, my father, a very experienced whaler, in some
notes published by him shortly before his death, in 1986, says,
Whales can sleep as Well under water as they can at the
surface. I have often seen them disappear under (a field of)
solid (i.e. unbroken) ice for many hours at a time.’

I have stated that whales probably usually sleep under
water partly to avoid being molested by birds and I now
come to the question : Is a whale asleep, at the surface, liable
to be attacked by birds ?

(1) Whales and oceanic birds (albatrosses and petrels)
have the same geographical distribution and flying about over
the surface of the sea, as is their wont, these birds must
frequently come in sight of whales and get opportunities of
attacking them. Moreover, their keen vision and rapid flight
must enable them to quickly see and reach a whale, and when
armed with a powerful beak, as some of them are, they must

1 Scottish Fishery Board’s Seventh Annual Report, Part 3, p. 366.

2 Log books of Captain Scoresby, Sr. (1791-1822) published in
fac -simile by the Explorers’ Club of New York, 1916.

3 The ice here referred to was, doubtless, an unbroken field or floe.

The Naturalist

The Sleeping Habits of Whales. 259

be able to inflict a painful wound and, perhaps, remove a
piece of skin and fat.

(2) Oceanic birds are extremely fond of a bit of whale
blubber and they will run great risks to obtain it. These
birds have, therefore, a motive for attacking whales. Hear
what Scoresby has to say about the Fulmar Petrel. ‘ Fulmars
are extremely fond of the fat of the whale. Though few should
be seen when a whale is being captured, yet, as soon as the
flensing process commences, they rush in from all quarters
and frequently accumulate to the number of many thousands.
They then occupy the greasy track of the ship and, being
audaciously greedy, fearlessly advance within a few yards of
the men cutting up the whale. If, indeed, the fragments of
fat do not float sufficiently away, they approach so near the
scene of operations that they are knocked down with boat-
hooks in great numbers and sometimes taken up by hand.’ 1

(3) Scoresby, to whom I make no apology for quoting so
often, says that ‘ when carrion is scarce, the fulmars follow
the living whale.’ 2 He also says that the Greenland whale is
afraid of the fulmar and that when one alights on its back

it sets off in great agitation and terror.'3 On one occasion,
when a boat was approaching a whale which was lying at the
surface and when the harpooner was about to strike his harpoon
into the animal’s back ‘ it sank at the moment in a fright,
occasioned, not by the approaching boat, but by a fulmar’s
darting on its back and plunging its beak into its skin.’4
Manby also says that Fnlmar’s also pursue Whales.5

(4) A whale lying motionless at the surface ( e.g . a whale
asleep) is at the mercy of a bird. In these circumstances the
whale’s only protection is its skin. In the right whales the
skin is thick, but in the Fin -whales or * Finners ’ it is very
thin and the coveted blubber lies very near the surface.6

Is the dorsal fin of the Fin whales a protection against
birds ? Is it a kind of periscope ? And is one of its functions
the advising of the whale when it is motionless and floating
upwards, which must sometimes happen, that its tender back
is about to be exposed and that it is time to sink down again
or get under weigh ?

I also wish to refer to certain rudiments met with in the
dorsal region of the porpoise. These rudiments suggest that

1 Arctic Regions, Vol. 1, p. 529. 2 Arctic Regions, Vol. 1, p. 531.

3 Arctic Regions, Vol. 1, p. 474. 4 Journal of a Voyage, p. 125.

5 Journal of a Voyage to Greenland in 1821.

6 In the Greenland whale the epidermis is about an inch thick and
the ‘ Finners ’ not more than an |in. In the calf of the Greenland
whale the epidermis, according to Scoresby, is about 2 -in. in thickness.
In the case of a calf killed in 1811, the epidermis was if in. (See a
log-book preserved in the Whitby Museum).

1933 Nov. 1

26o

Northern News.

at one time the backs of whales were not as defenceless as at
present, but were protected by bony plates and that their
winged adversaries were more formidable than at the present
time.1

I conclude by referring to certain mysterious and hitherto
unexplained wounds found in the skins of Blue and Fin
whales killed in South African waters.2 These wounds are
situated on the dorsal surface towards the tail and look as if
they had been inflicted one at a time. They also look as if a
piece of tissue about the size and shape of half a hen’s egg
had been removed and as if some creature had enjoyed a repast
at the expense of the whale. In whales killed farther south
in the neighbourhood of the ice these wounds occur as partially
healed sores or as scars. Is the culprit a bird? Is the whale
attacked while asleep at the surface with its head submerged
and only the hinder part of its body exposed, and are the wounds
single because when the whale is attacked and roused from its
slumbers it sinks down or gets under weigh in self-defence
and the culprit is not given a second chance ?

NORTHERN NEWS.

Prof. F. E. Weiss’s presidential address on ‘ Variegated Foliage ’
appears in the Society’s Proceedings recently issued.

Between 4,000 and 5,000 British butterflies and moths collected by
the late J. T. Wigin have been purchased by the Leeds Museum.

A boulder of Mountain Limestone has been found in Prince Street,
Bridlington, and is believed to be a relic of the Ice Age, and ‘ dates
from 10,000 to 15,000 b.c.’

The services of a water diviner at Reighton and Speeton were recently
declined. At the same meeting ‘ the Shepherd of Israel ’ guaranteed
rain for ^ioo. This was also refused.

Mr. W. C. Sprunt, recently appointed to the Art Gallery and Museum
at Doncaster, formerly at the Batley Museum, has accepted the post
of Curator of the Museum at Warrington.

We learn that recently at Acomb, near Hexham, an underground
spring was discovered by a water diviner, and ‘ the announcement was
greeted with delighted smiles and cries of relief.’ But have they got it?

A former President of the Union, the late W. H. St. Qu intin, has
left property to the gross value of £355,000, and has bequeathed £250 to the
Yorkshire Philosophical Society, and ^100 to the Royal Society for the
Protection of Birds.

We received from Captain T. Dannreuther, of Hastings, a summary
of the various insect migration records made by members of the South
Eastern Union of Scientific Societies. This, as was pointed out at the
meeting of the British Association at Leicester, is a particularly useful
piece of work, and it is suggested that any records for Yorkshire should
be sent to Mr. W. D. Hincks, 46 Gipton Wood Avenue, Harehills, Leeds,
who will summarise them and forward the summary to Captain
Dannreuther.

1 See Beddard’s Book of Whales, p. 31.

2 See Macintosh and Wheeler’s Discovery Report on Blue and Fin
whales.

The Naturalist

26i

3n flDentonam.

Mr. A. I. BURNLEY.

By the untimely death of Mr. A. I. Burnley, of Scarborough,
on October 4th, the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union has lost
one of its warmest supporters, while to the Scarborough Field
Naturalists’ Society the loss is indeed a sad one. For over
thirty years he had been one of its stalwarts. His love of
nature and enthusiasm for investigation were unbounded.
He had long been known to members of the Union as the

authority for the flora of the Scarborough district. As
Botanical Recorder for the S.F.N.S. he determined, shortly
before the war, to visit every locality where any comparatively
rare plant was reported to grow. This he carried out within a.
radius of fifteen to twenty miles. All his work was on this plane.

When, in 1917, Mr. Burnley, already well-known locally
as a teacher, was invited to take the post of Geography Master
at the High School, he immediately developed an extra-
ordinary enthusiasm and came to be described as a pioneer
in geographical teaching. He had already mastered in the
field every detail of Professor Kendall’s work on local
glaciation. He now extended his studies to the Pennines,
the Lake District, Scotland, and the Continent, notably the

1933 Nov. 1

262

News from the Magazines .

Pyrenees and the Alps, which he visited frequently, and with
whose glacial phenomena he became very familiar. All his
results found their way to the Naturalists’ Society. He
was an excellent photographer and some of his photographs
are reproduced in Kendall Wroot’s ‘ Geology of Yorkshire.’
It was indeed a passion with him to record with his camera
whatever of beauty he encountered in nature.

He made hundreds of beautiful lantern slides, well-known
to members of the Union. They illustrated not only wild
flowers in their natural surroundings but also the physiography
and geology of the places he had visited, in a way which
showed his gift for his work.

Mr. Burnley was a native of Stanley, near Wakefield,
and a product of Wakefield Grammar School. He went to
Scarborough in 1901, on leaving St. John’s College, York.

He became Local Secretary for North Yorkshire of the
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union. He was a member of the
Committee of the Scarborough Field Naturalists’ Society,
of which he was a Past President, and for twenty-one years
he was Joint Honorary Secretary of the Scarborough
Philosophical and Archaeological Society. In all of these
capacities he did yeoman service, but his greatest happiness
was in the society of friends in the open country or in his
beloved garden with his rock plants.

Members of the Union throughout this country will deeply
regret the passing at so early an age — he was only 54 — of a
keen naturalist and a kind and generous man ; and will extend
their deep sympathy to his widow and his daughter. Mrs.
Burnley shared in a very unusual degree all his enthusiasms
and his journeyings. Miss Winifred Burnley, following in
her father’s footsteps, is a student at Bedford College, London,
specialising in geology.

D.W.B.

The Natural History Society of Formosa at the Faculty of Science and
Agriculture, Taihoku Imperial University, Taihoku, Japan, is anxious
to exchange its publications with any English Institution of a similar
character. Its Journal is published bi-monthly.

According to the Sixty-second Annual Report of the Public Libraries
Art Galleries and Museum Committee of Rochdale, during the year 136
schoolchildren in seven parties have attended the museum as part of their
school work, and the Rochdale Field Naturalists’ Society assisted with
exhibitions of local wild flowers during the summer months.

E. M. Marsden-Jones gave a paper to the Linnean Society recently
on Ranunculus ficaria. Observations were made to ascertain the frequency
and object of the visits of insects. A list of forty -eight species was
obtained, comprising Coleoptera, Hymenoptera, Lepidoptera and
Diptera.

The Naturalist

263

RECENT GEOLOGICAL RECORDS FROM EAST
YORKSHIRE.

The following geological specimens have been obtained recently, and
as some are additions to the lists* and others are particularly interesting
specimens, we have pleasure in recording them.

Chalk H.p. Zone.

*Pteria sp. Kiplingcotes.

Four Infulaster excentricus . Kiplingcotes.

*Aptychus of Scaphites. Kiplingcotes.

Holaster placenta. Kiplingcotes.

Of faster pillula. Kiplingcotes.

M.ca. Zone.

Scalpellum maximum. South Landing. Rowe does record this.
*Ophiuroids. South Landing to High Stacks.

*Calliderma sp. South Landing to High Stacks.

Collection of 13 Crania egnabergensis , in a line. From M.ca. Zone.
South Landing ; probably originally attached to a Serpulid
or something now decayed.

Metopaster sp. (?). High. Stacks, South Landing.

A.Q. Zone.

*Actinocamax, without slit, although guard is perfect. Danes’ Dyke.
*Scaphites binodosus , showing aperture perfect. Bessingby.

Micraster coranguinum. Danes’ Dyke to Sewerby.

*Cephalites sp. aff. bullatus. Danes’ Dyke.

*Craticularis sp. aff. roemeri. Danes’ Dyke.

Undescribed Hexactellinid, allied to Ventriculites. Danes’ Dyke.
Corang. Zone.

Actinocamax sp. ? from Corang. Zone. South Landing. This specimen
is striated on outer and inner layers.

Hol. sub. Zone.

Lima sp. Rifle Butts, Market Weighton.

M. cortest. Zone.

B our gue tier inus . Bud, Market Weighton.

* Young Siphonia koenigi. Little Weighton.

Possibly a young Enoploclytia. Riflle Butts, Market Weighton
(identified by Mr. Withers).

Corallian.

Two small reptile ribs. Filey Brigg.

Kellaways .

Strophodus tooth. Cay ton Bay.

CORNBRASH.

Barbatia with ligment perfectly preserved. Cay ton Bay.
Millepore.

Strophodus tooth.

Barbatia,. South Cave.

Speeton Clay.

Various fossils found in situ in B. beds at Speeton, and from probably
Beds C and D, Omithella longa Roemer and Rhynchonella cf.
walkeri Dav.

Lias.

Large Belemnite. A. serpentinus zone. The Peak.

Those marked with asterisk are apparently new records. The speci-
mens are temporarily exhibited in the Museum at Hull, where students
may see them during the next month or two.

C. W. Wright.

* See classified List of Organic Remains from the Rocks of the East
Riding of Yorkshire. Proc. Yorks. Geol. Soc., Vol. XVIII, Pt. I, 1909.
pp. 4-71.

1933 Nov. 1

264

NEWS FROM THE MAGAZINES.

The Proceedings of the Leeds Philosophical and Literary Society ,
Vol. II, Part X, recently published, contain an article on ‘ The Types
of Fossil Fishes in the Leeds City Museum,’ by J. A. Moy -Thomas.

Among the obituary notices in The Quarterly Journal of the Geological
Society recently published we notice the names of George Barrow, J. W.
Gregory, and A. Wilmore, all having been associated with the geology
of the north of England.

The Entomologist for September includes ‘ Morpho achilles L.’ by
W. G. Sheldon ; ‘ On the types of certain Butterfly Genera,’ by F.

Hemming ; ‘ Notes on Braconidae,’ by C. Morley ; ' Bees of the genus
Colletes from South Africa,’ by T. D. A. Cockerell ; and numerous
Notes and Observations, including migration records.

Dr. J. R. Garrood has reprinted his paper on ‘ An Iron Age and
Romano -British Village in Huntingdonshire,’ from The Proceedings of
the Cambridgeshire and Huntingdonshire Archceological Society, Vol. V,
and the illustrations he gives show that the earthenware vessels he has
obtained have resemblances in the Yorkshire barrows preserved in the
Mortimer Collection at Hull.

The Entomologist’s Record for September contains ‘ Notes on a Visit
to the Northern Transvaal,’ by J. S. Taylor (interesting notes on
Lepidoptera, Coleoptera and Rhynchota) ; ‘ Paris and Mouthier

(Doubs) in July -August, 1932,’ by E. B. Ashby ; ‘ Zygaena, Grypocera
and Rhopalocera of the Cottian Alps,’ by R. Verity ; and Supplement,
British Noctuae,’ by H. J. Turner. There are also a few Notes and
Observations .

The volume of Abstracts of Proceedings of the Geological Society of
London, recently published, contain summaries of and discussions upon
the following papers of interest to northern readers : ‘ The Skiddaw

Granite and its Residual Products,’ by Dr. C. S. Hitchen ; ‘ The Corallian
Rocks of Yorkshire — I, The Howardian Hills,’ by Dr. V. Wilson ; and
' The Lower Palaeozoic Rocks of Austwick and Ribblesdale,’ by Prof.
W. B. R. King and Mr. W. H. Wilcockson.

We learn from The Journal of Ecology recently issued that Mr. W. B.
Crump, of Leeds, has presented his collection of lantern slides, prints
and negatives of British vegetation to the British Ecological Society.
Mr. Crump was one of the pioneers in the study of vegetation in this
country in the last decade of the nineteenth century, and later a member
of the British Vegetation Committee, from which the British Ecological
Society sprang. Many of the photographs were taken in the northern
counties.

In the Summary of Progress of the Geological Survey for 1932 is a
useful record of the variou publications in which the Geological Survey
specimens have been figured and described. Among the list we notice
The Naturalist, The Transactions of the Leeds Geological Association,
and The Memoirs and Proceedings of the Manchester Literary and
Philosophical Society. In the same publication C. E. N. Bromehead
gives an account of the geological survey work in the York District ;
W. B. Wright refers to Lancashire ; T. Eastwood reports on the Cumbrian
District ; and R. G. Carruthers on Northumberland and Durham.

The Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine for September contains ‘ Two
new species of Promachus (Dipt. Asilidae) from Madagascar ’ (with
figures), by B. M. Hobby ; ‘ Notes on the Aulacocyclinae (Col. Passali-
dae),’ by J. R. Dibb and ‘ The genus Monochamus Latr. in Britain (Col.
Cerambycidae),’ by K. G. Blair (gives numerous records from M. gallo-
provincialis Oliv., including one from Scarborough, and three records
for M. quadrimaculatus Mots.), and 1 New Species of Staphylinidae (Col.)
from Japan,’ by M. Cameron. There are also short notes including
‘ Hymenoptera Aculeata from Bedfordshire,’ and ‘ Dumfriesshire Saw-
flies.’

The Naturalist

Apparatus and Lantern-Slides
for the

FIELD-NATURALIST AND MICROSCOPIST

CATALOGUES POST FREE ON REQUEST

“C” — Apparatus for Field-Work. “BX” — Microscopical Equipment.
“E” — Lantern Slides.

Flatters & Garnett, Ltd.,

309 OXFORD ROAD, MANCHESTER.

The Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine

PRICE TWO SHILLINGS MONTHLY.

EDITED BY

G. C. Champion, F.Z.S. J. J. Walker, M.A., R.N., F.L.S.

J. E. Collin, F.E.S. K. G. Blair, B.Sc., F.E.S.

R. W. Lloyd. H. Scott, M.A., Sc.D., F.E.S.

This Magazine, commenced in 1864, contains Standard Articles and Notes
on all subjects connected with Entomology, and especially on the Insects of
the British Isles.

Subscription — 15/- per annum, post free, to —

R. W. LLOYD, 15 ALBANY, PICCADILLY, LONDON, W.1

W. II. JAMSOJV & SON

44 GT. RUSSELL STREET, LONDON, W.G.l

ALL REQUISITES FOR NATURALISTS
Catalogue sent free.

Irish Naturalists’ Journal

A Magazine of Natural History, Antiquities and Ethnology.

Published every Two Months by the I.N.J. Committee.

Edited by J. A. S. STENDALL, M.R.I.A., M.B.O.U.,
with the assistance of Sectional Editors.

Annual Subscription , 6/- post free. Single Parts, 1/3.

All communications to be addressed to —

W. M. Crawford, B.A., F.E.S., F.Z.S. , Hon. Sec.,

Orissa, Marlborough Park, Belfast.

WINESTEAD AND ITS LORDS

THE HISTORY OF A HOLDERNESS VILLAGE

by NORMAN JAMES MILLER, M.A.
with a Foreword by THE ARCHBISHOP OF YORK

Demy 8vo. 258 pages. 9 Plates and 5 Illustrations.

J-bound cloth, 10/- net, or post free 10/6.

A. BROWN & SONS, LIMITED, 5 FARRINGDON AVENUE, E.C.4.

LONDON

WATKINS & DONCASTER

NATURALISTS ,

36, STRAND, LONDON, W.C.2

(Five doors from Charing Cross),

P.O. Box 126 Telephone: Temple Bar 9451.

Keep in stock every description of

APPARATUS, CABINETS, BOOKS & SPECIMENS

for Collectors of

BIRDS* EGGS, BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS, Etc.

Catalogue (96 pages) sent post free on application.

Just Published

WHERE TO STAY
AND WHAT TO SEE

in Hull and District.

Contains a carefully selected list of Hotels, Boarding Houses
and Private Apartments, Places of Entertainment and Public
Institutions, also concise information for sight-seeing in Hull,
Beverley, Hornsea and other places of interest in the district.
Profusely illustrated and with folding Plan of Hull. In
attractive cover.

0D.

Post free 8d.

Obtainable from all booksellers or direct from

A. BROWN & SONS, LTD.

Savile Street and King Edward Street,

HULL.

BRITISH BIRDS

AN ILLUSTRATED MONTHLY MAGAZINE

Edited by H. F. WITHERBY, m.b.e., f.z.s., m.b.o.u., h.f.a.o.u. ;

Assisted by Rev. F. C. R. JOURDA1N, m.a., m.b.o.u., h.f.a.o.u., f.z.s., and
N. F. TICEHURST, o.b e., m a., f.r.c.s., m.b.o.u.

A complete current History of British Birds

ARTICLES NOTES

CORRESPONDENCE REVIEWS

Beautifully illustrated with ‘Photographic and other Plates

ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, 20/- POST FREE; MONTHLY, 1/9 NET.
Specimen Plates with List of Contents post free.

London : H. F. & G. WITHERBY, 326, High Holborn

Printed by A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., Perth Street West, Hull, and published by
A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., at 5 Farringdon Avenue, in the City of London.

November, 1933.

OS

C., 1933

No. 923

No. 696 of current Series

PRINCIPALLY FOR THE NORTH

A MONTHLY

ILLUSTRATED JQgfounvL v

ENGLAND. C' .

Edited by 4Jt(. '&■}]

V. H. PEARSALL, D.Sc., F.L.S., aiM W. R. GRIST, B^S,
The University, Le^^7VoN/vL

with the assistance as referees in special de^rfmentsof

Contents

Foreword ......

Field Notes ......

Some Flint Implements from Graven

Calcareous Nodules (‘ Coal Balls ’) and Their
Significance — R. Crookall, D.Sc., Ph.D

Botanical Section Meeting .

Reviews and Book Notices
Correspondence .

News from the Magazines .

Northern News .

Classified Index to Volume
Title Page

Appendix Reprints of Y.N.U. Excursion Reports I to

265

266
266

267-274
275
275-277
277
278'
277, 278
2 79-28 8

XXVI

LONDON :

A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C.4.
And at Hull.

Printers and Publishers to the Y.N.U.

Riley Fortune, F.Z.S., F.R.P.S.

Professor A. Gilligan, D.Sc., F.G.S., M.I.M.E.
F. A. Mason, F.R.M.S.

Mrs. Elsie M. Morehouse.

Thos. Sheppard, M.Sc., F.G.S., F.Z.S.

T. W. Woodhead, Ph.D., M.Sc., F.L.S.

PRICE 1/6 net.

Prepaid Subscription
15/ - per annum .

H.B. Booth, F.Z.S. M.B.O.U.

J. M. Brown, B.Sc., F.L.S. , F.R.E.S.
W. H. Burrell, F.L.S.

Chris. A. Cheetham, F.R.E.S.

W. J. Fordham, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P.,

D.P.H.

NEW YORKSHIRE BOOKS

THE GENTLEMEN GO BY

A Tale of Smuggling Days on the North Yorkshire Coast. By
Elizabeth Barnard Black. 220 pages, crown 8vo, with illustra-
tions and map, bound in cloth boards, covered with an attractive
picture wrapper. 3/6 net, or post-free 4/-.

A local story, full to the brim of the characteristics of Yorkshire
folk, their wit, their capacity for driving a hard bargain, their
love of the moors and sea and (for the time is a hundred years ago)
their passionate love of smuggling. The characters are in keeping
with the wild and often lonely, yet perennially beautiful, nature
of the locality. Happy love and terrible tragedy are intermingled,
the whole being relieved by humorous incidents, some of which
take place at Pickering, and charming farmhouse idylls between
the heather and the sea, in and around Staintondale.

THE PENROSES OF FLEDBOROUGH
PARSONAGE

By Rev. A. B. Baldwin, Rector of Holmpton, E. Yorkshire.
Profusely illustrated, 7/6 net, post-free, 8/6.

The Daily Mail , Hull, says : “ People who love to read about
old family life will like to know of this charming book. Inter-
woven with the Penroses’ story one meets with many delightful
people whose names are still familiar to us. Matthew Arnold,
grandson of the Rev. John Penrose, writing to his mother at Fox
How, said : ‘ I looked affectionately in the bright morning sun

towards Fledborough,’ and that his recollections of it were ‘ the
only approach he had to the memory of a golden age/

Reading this book of times when speed was not the god it is
to-day gives a restful feeling. There are many charming letters
from all kinds of people and many attractive illustrations.”

Obtainable from all booksellers

A. BROWN & SONS, LIMITED,

5 Farringdon Avenue, London, E.C.4.

265

FOREWORD

1833—1933.

It will be of interest to our members and readers to know
that the true forerunner of our journal was commenced in
January, 1833, when The Field Naturalist, edited by James
Rennie, made its appearance. Several similar undertakings
followed this venture, and all may be regarded as in the
direct line of succession up to the date August, 1875, when
the journal as now constituted appeared. From that date
The Naturalist has been published regularly and, considering
the long period of years, with few changes in editorship. It
is an interesting coincidence that Messrs. Sheppard and
Woodhead completed and closed their twenty-one years of
highly successful work as joint editors at the centenary date.
A full history of The Naturalist up to 1915 appears in Mr.
Sheppard’s volume entitled Yorkshire’s Contribution to
Science.

W«V

V- 2

1933 Dec. 1

M

266

FIELD NOTES.

A Tame Robin. — The tameness of Robins is almost a
commonplace : but I think the following is worthy of note.
For four winters in succession, a fairly long period for a
small bird in the wild, a Robin has attached itself to the
bookstall in Ilkley railway station, where it may be seen
daily. In late March or April it absents itself for nesting
purposes, and is not seen throughout the summer, nor until
about September. It enters and departs through a small
hole in the roof, and it appears to be quite indifferent to
the noise of the trains, and the people about. The attend-
ants feed it, and chiefly on broken biscuits. I make it
out to be a female. — H. B. Booth.

Hawk at Patrington. — Having had reported to me that
an unfamiliar Hawk had made its appearance at the dough
at Patrington, I was fortunate enough on the morning of
Tuesday, November 7th, in my third attempt, at seeing a
very fine Hen Harrier make a kill in some long grass, and I
got up to within comparatively short distance of it, with
field glasses in my hands. I had the pleasure of seeing it
very closely. This is the second time I have seen a Hen
Harrier in a state of ‘ ferae naturae.' I watched it for about
three-quarters of an hour, and left it still hunting. As I
watched it, it was mobbed by two or more carrion Crows
whenever it was in the air, but it eluded them whenever it
was so inclined, by a flight that was more like a continuous
swaying motion, always from side to side, with very little
wing movement. Although at the end of each glide it stood
poised for a moment, it never hovered. Twice it settled on
the top branch of a hawthorn bush, but it generally sought
the long grass. The dough keeper, Mr. S. Drewery, told me
that it has been there now for nearly three weeks, and he has
seen it almost daily, that there were originally two, but that
one whose rump was more darkly coloured had not been seen
of a day or two. — Chas. J. Proctor.

SOME FLINT IMPLEMENTS FOUND IN CRAVEN.

CHRIS. A. CHEETHAM.

The paper on Tardenoisian sites by Mr. T. Deans in the October number
has suggested to me the desirability of getting casual finds of flint
implements definitely recorded and so giving a better knowledge of the
amount that have been seen in some parts of the country that are not
so well known in this connection as is the East Riding. I have found
worked flints on the hill above Kilnsey Crag ; by the side of upper
Gordale Beck ; On Smearside ; on Moughton ; on Norber and above
Trow Ghyll.

The Naturalist

267

CALCAREOUS NODULES (‘ COAL BALLS ’) AND
THEIR SIGNIFICANCE:

R. CROOKALL, D.Sc., Ph.D.

( Continued from page 256.)

The * roof ’ nodules in Lancashire contain a greater
proportion of land than of swamp-plants, though some swamp-
plants are represented. The ‘ roof ’ nodules from the
Yorkshire area, on the other hand, contain swamp-plants.

It may be pointed out that the field of research provided
by British ‘ coal balls ’ has been so thoroughly and expertly
investigated by Williamson, Scott, Seward and others that,
at the present time, new forms of plant are seldom found.
It is only when fresh localities are discovered that any con-
siderable proportion of new genera and species may be expected.
It has been found that only about one per cent, of ‘ coal balls ’
sectioned from the old localities contains a plant structure
of sufficient importance to warrant further sectioning.

The following is a comparison of the botanical contents
of f roof * nodules from Lancashire.

‘ Floor ’

‘ Seam *

‘ Roof '

Nodules.

Nodules.

Nodules.

Swamp-Plants .

(1) Clubmosses

The only con-

Very common

Very rare

S tig maria (roots

tents of floor

and rhizomes)

nodules

Lepidodendron

—

Very common

Rare (and repre-

(chiefly stems)

sented by different
species from those
in ‘ seam ’ nodules)

(2 ) Sphenophyllales

—

Common

Absent

(chiefly leafy stems)

(3 ) Pteridosperms

—

Very common

Leaves only

(seed -ferns, chief-
ly Lyginopteris —
leafy stems)

(4) Equisetales

(‘ Horsetails * —

- — -

Common ( e.g .

Very rare (and

Calamites

different species —

chiefly leafy stems)

communis )

e.g. C. ramosus)

(5) Ferns

—

Common

Absent

(Botryopterids —
chiefly stems and

leaf -stalks)

Land -Plants.

(1) Pteridosperms

—

Rare

Common

(Seed -ferns —
Medullosese —

chiefly stems,
leaves and seeds)

(2) Gymnosperms

—

Rare

Common

(■ Cordaitales —
chiefly stems,
leaves and seeds)

1933 Dec. 1

268 Calcareous Nodules (‘ Coal Balls') and Their Significance.

The three types of * coal ball/ as found in Lancashire,
their contents and characteristics, are compared in the
accompanying table, together with the conclusions to be
drawn .

Observation.

‘ Floor ’ Nodules contain only roots
and rootlets (Stigmaria), with mud,
but no marine shells ( goniatites ,
Aviculopecten , etc.).

' Seam ’ Nodules represent a mass
of numerous plant remains penetrated
by roots, but which are free from mud
or shells.

Inference.

They were formed in the original soil
of the coal forest.

‘ Seam ’ nodules were formed in the
coalifying vegetable debris and were
not transported by water. Decaying
plants formed a peaty mass on which
their descendants lived.

The surface of the nodule is not
smooth, as has been maintained.
Stems which occur in a nodule may
extend into the surrounding coal.
Even soft plant tissues are often not
torn or crushed.

The nodules, as such, were not
carried into the seam by the agency
of water, but formed in situ on the
swamp in an estuary.

The roots contain exceptionally large
air spaces, adapted to facilitate
breathing in the muddy soil.

Leaves which are preserved in the
nodules have sunken pores to restrict
the amount of water lost.

‘ Roof ' Nodules may contain only
one plant fragment. This is not
penetrated by roots. The mud is
fine and evenly bedded ; marine
shells are present ; quartz grains
are absent.

The plant tissues preserved are
mainly those resistant to decay ( e.g .
wood) ; they are sometimes torn or
crushed .

The air spaces in the roots (and other
features) are not abnormally de-
veloped. The leaves do not bear
sunken stomata.

The plants found in ' floor ’ and
‘ seam ' nodules must have grown in a
swamp .

Though water was abundant, the
plants must have lived in a moist
soil containing salts or organic acids.

The single plant -fragment was carried
by water to its present position.
The material composing the nodule,
however, did not accumulate on an
area which was then an estuary or
lagoon or on a shore, but some distance
from land, on the bed of the sea.

Only resistant tissues could with-
stand transport and even these may
have been damaged.

The included remains are those of
land plants which lived under normal
climatic conditions.

There has been some tendency to exaggerate this differentia-
tion of the floras found in ‘ seam — and ‘ roof ’ — nodules in
Lancashire, the ‘ seam ’ nodules being predominantly swamp
vegetation and the ‘ roof ’ nodules containing certain land-
forms. In addition, some writers have thought that such

The Naturalist

Calcareous Nodules (‘ Coal Balls’) and Their Significance. 269

differentiation was a general phenomenon where calcareous
nodules occur.

It will be seen, however, from the above table, that the
two floras in Lancashire are by no means mutually exclusive.
The differences are proportional rather than absolute. In
Yorkshire and on some Continental horizons the ‘ roof * as
well as the * seam/ nodules contain swamp plants.1 Other
considerations must also be taken into account. For example,
the Cordaitales are rarely recorded from the ‘ seam ’ nodules
of Lancashire, yet Cordaitean wood (with the characteristic
multiseriate pitting) is often seen in the fusainised portions
of Palaeozoic coals, and has been recognised in the vitrainised
constituents. Again, the differences between fresh, brackish,
and salt water forms are by no means sharply marked off (see
P- 7)-

Dr. Stopes and Professor Watson have admirably described
the mental picture of the series of events which led to the
formation of the Lancashire calcareous nodules : ‘ Groves of
large trees with smaller herbs and ferns finding place between
and around their stems grew in the flat swampy levels between
the higher ground and the sea. The water round their roots
was brackish or salt, as is the water in the Mangrove swamps
to-day, and into its quiet pools and shallows twigs and
branches, stems, leaves and fruits fell or were blown. These
fragments sank into the mass of debris already saturated and
were shut out from the atmosphere and preserved by the salt
water in which they lay immersed. Parts of the plants
decayed and thus liberated the organic carbon, which began
its slow task of reducing the sulphates and depositing them as
insoluble carbonates. This process continued long without
the entry of impurities or the deposition of anything but plant
remains, and the rootlets of the living plants wandered among
the dead ones, finding their way even through the heart of
their stems or seeds.

‘ At the same time the land was slowly sinking, and when
several feet of debris had accumulated the level sank more
abruptly till the plants were well submerged and the place
where the forest trees had lived was covered by the waters of
an arm of the sea. Over them was deposited fine mud, with
the shells of Goniatites and Aviculopecten which lived and died
in the waters. The plant masses below were continually
withdrawing the sulphates of lime and magnesium from the
sea water and depositing them as carbonates round the many
centres started among the fragments of plants. The supply

1 Crookall, R., in ‘ The Country around Huddersfield and Halifax,’
Mem. Geol. Surv., 1930, p. 166. The writer intends shortly to publish
an account of the stratigraphical and geographical distribution of British
Carboniferous Petrifactions.

1933 Dec. 1

270 Calcareous Nodules (‘ Coal Balls’) and Their Significance.

of salts was inexhaustible, for new water mingled continually
with the old and brought fresh sources of mineral to petrify
the plants. Thus in the heart of the masses of coal were
formed large and small concretions of carbonate, some regular
as balls and very large, others minute and uniting together
to form wisps or sheets of stone lying in the coal.

‘ The stony masses hardened, and as the weight above
gradually pressed down the soft plants which would ultimately
form the coal, they withstood the crushing uninjured, the
delicate tissues embedded along with scraps of young plants
which had but begun life, and were at once preserved alike
from further growth and from decay.

In the sea above, the currents carried fragments of plants
from the neighbouring land, brought by the streams from the
higher ground. These sank in the muddy floor and were
gradually crushed by the silt collecting above them, till they
were flattened as impressions in the beds which afterwards
formed shales. Others, sinking upon the floor of the sea where
the many decaying animals liberated so much carbon that the
sulphates in the water were converted into carbonates, were
slowly petrified — but not before the vicissitudes of their
journey had partly destroyed and torn them, yet those of their
tissues which escaped these ravages were so well preserved
by the sea water that their every cell was petrified by the
deposited carbonates, which formed concretions round them
and enclosed at the same time so many shells.

‘ These drifted plants, whether their fate was to be enclosed
in the preserving nodules or to be crushed into the shales,
had principally come from regions different from those which
produced the half-formed coal now lying immediately below
them.

‘ Slowly they too were covered by the fine deposits which
collected gently over them, until the sea bottom rose again
to form a new land. All this time the plants were preserved
in the coal balls without disturbance or hurt, and although
the coal-forming debris had been pressed down into coal which
was now but a foot in thickness, they remained uncrushed in
their original form.

‘ This has happened with slight variations many times in
the course of the history of the world ; but only where the
land rose and sank gently and the plants were covered as they
fell in a still inlet of the sea. Where the plants were hurried
down to sea and collected together swiftly and then covered
by a sandy or estuarine deposit forming rapidly, there no
“ coal balls ” are found.

‘ Thus, the “ coal balls ” in the coal are the relics of a
forest which grew quietly in a swamp in the place where they
are now found, while the plants in the shales and in the roof

The Naturalist

Calcareous Nodules (‘ Coal Balls') and Their Significance. 271

nodules above had drifted out to sea from other districts and
bear in the character of their structures the impress of the
different type of land on which they lived.’

Cell-structures seen in ‘ Coal Balls.’ — While the wood
found in many coals of Tertiary age shows growth (so-called
annual) rings, due to the alternation of the small thick -walled
wood with the large thin -walled wood (the former usually
being formed in the autumn and the latter in the spring), the
wood found in Palaeozoic coals (mummified) and in ‘ coal
balls ’ (petrified) rarely contains such structures. Palaeozoic
wood is usually thin-walled and possesses large lumens.
Thick -walled (‘ sclerotic ’) cells, in mass forming the tissue
known as sclerenchyma, though common in Palaeozoic coals,
are usually localised. They occur occasionally in pith or
leaves (e.g. in Cordaites) , but are more frequently found in
the cortex of the stems (e.g. Lyginopteris and Medullosa among
the Pteridosperms and Sigillaria and Lepidodendron among
the Lycopods). The lumens of these cells are almost, or
quite, closed by the thickening material.

Again, while the wood of many Tertiary coals may contain
large areas of resin-filled tissue, the resins found in Palseozoic
‘ coal balls ’ and woods (e.g. Cordaites ) are more disseminated
throughout the plant body.

The Value of Fossil Plants in Stratigraphy. — It has
been pointed out by Dr. D. A. Wray1 * * that 4 Stopes and Watson
have clearly shown that the flora of the roof shales may differ
considerably from that of the underlying coal seam.’ From
this Dr. Wray concludes that, ‘ The employment of plant
remains as zonal indices is [further] complicated by ecological
considerations.’

There can be no question that the stratigraphical use of
fossil plants is complicated by ecological conditions. But,
in my opinion, Dr. Wray’s argument passes from the particular
to the general.

In the first place, as has been observed above, not all
‘ roof ’ nodules contain land plants. The presence of land
plants in certain * roof ’ nodules is clearly related to the
proximity of the locality to relatively high land. For
example, where the material composing the roof of a seam was
laid down near a low-lying tract of country, the plants included
in the * roof ’ nodules, though more or less drifted into position,
would be swamp plants which were not markedly dissimilar
from the vegetation which went to form the seam itself (and
the enclosed * seam ’ nodules). Where, on the other hand,
the shore-line was steep, the remains of land plants (as well,

1 Wray, D. A., ' The Major Subdivisions of the Coal Measures in

Yorkshire,’ Summ. Prog, for 1931, Mem. Geol. Surv., 1932, Pt. II, p. 60.

1933 Dec. 1

272 Calcareous Nodules (‘ Coal Balls') and Their Significance.

possibly, as those of swamp plants) would be petrified in the
accumulating sediments.

In the second place, seams which contain ‘ coal balls ’
have clearly been affected by somewhat abnormal conditions.
Deductions, drawn from such seams can be applied to coals
which developed ‘ normally ’ only with caution.

The writer1 has expressed the opinion that the plant
incrustations found in the immediate roofs of the majority of
coal seams are substantially the same as those which compose
the seams themselves. It is concluded, therefore, that the
coal ball ’ flora of Lancashire does not vitiate the use of plant
incrustations in stratigraphy.

The Formation of Coal.— Professor E. C. Jeffrey admits
that the strongest argument for the ‘ peat * or ‘ in situ ’ theory
for the origin of coals appears to be furnished by ‘ coal balls.’
But he regards the debris which formed the coals containing
* coal balls ’ as having accumulated by drift under water.
On this point he observes that micro-sections of true peat-
coals (which accumulated in situ but are regarded by him as
very rare) show them to consist chiefly of disorganised wood.
On the other hand, thin sections of ‘ maritime coals ’ (con-
taining ' coal balls ’) show them to contain little wood and to
consist chiefly of spores embedded in a dark matrix. (Such
a dark matrix, composed of smaller decayed debris, occurs in
both peat-coals and maritime coals). On this view the so-
called ‘ maritime coals ’ resemble the cannels and bogheads
(‘ lake -muck coals ’) and he considers that they were laid down
like them, in open water. This is, of course, true of those
relatively few seams which were deposited in definitely
maritime waters. But most coals (even most of the coals
containing ' coal balls ’) accumulated in Situ.

The conclusion takes no account of those differences between
coals which are usually ascribed to the differences between
the biological putrifying agents (fungi and bacteria) and to
differences in the periods during which they operated on the
vegetable debris. Jeffrey, in fact, does not admit the import-
ance of such activities in the process of coalihcation. On
the other hand, he attributes coalihcation of the original
vegetable debris solely to long continued heat and pressure.
This, however, in the opinion of the writer, is negatived by
the evidence obtained from the pebbles of coal which occur in
Coal Measure sandstones — i.e. by the evidence from true
‘ coal balls.’ Such pebbles of coal are of common occurrence
in the sandstones of South Wales, Bristol and Somerset,
known as the Pennant Rock, and the coal is uncrushed. It is
evident that coalification was relatively rapid. The vegetable

1 Crookall, R., ‘ The Lithology and Palaeobotany of Certain British
Coals,' Fuel in Science and Practice, Vol. xii, 1933, p. 278.

The Naturalist

Calcareous Nodules (‘ Coal Balls ’) and Their Significance. 273

debris had been turned into coal and had hardened, and part of
it denuded by water and re-deposited in the sand (which,
nevertheless, become overlain by deposits including seams of
coal). Again, uncrushed stems are occasionally found in coal.
They show that pressure was not an all-important factor in
coalification. Temperature, similarly, can have caused little
differentiation between coals.

Such observations point to factors operating prior to
long-continued heat and pressure in the formation of coal.
Further, there is abundant evidence of the presence of fungi
and bacteria in the plant tissues preserved both in coal and
in ‘ coal balls,’ and many other observations point to the
conclusion that most (though not all) coals were formed in situ.
The evidence adduced by Stopes and Watson, received above,
must also be taken into account.

It must here be said that the conditions under which
various coals were laid down were by no means sharply marked
off from each other. Accepting the conclusion of Stopes and
Watson that coals which contain calcareous nodules were
deposited in brackish water, there is reason to believe that
most seams which do not contain such concretions were laid
down in brackish rather than in fresh water. The aquatic
worm Spirorbis is commonly found attached to the plant
incrustations found in the roofs of seams from which * coal
balls ’ are absent. Yet Spirorbis must be regarded as a
typically marine genus, and its presence at least suggests
brackish-water conditions. Even the so-called ‘ fresh-water
molluscs ( Carbonicola , Anthracomya and Naiadites) found in
the roofs of many seams which do not contain calcareous
nodules are of doubtful habitat. Naiadites, in particular,
appears to have favoured brackish water. Of the other forms
some probably favoured fresh — and others brackish — waters.

We must, therefore, conclude that most seams which
contain f coal balls,’ like the majority of other seams, did not
originate by drift ; that the vegetable debris in these, as in
most other cases, accumulated in situ.

SUMMARY.

Calcareous nodules (‘ coal balls") consisting mainly of the carbonates
of lime and magnesia, occur in association with a few seams of coal, chiefly
in the Lower Coal Measures. They may be found in the fireclay floor of
the seam (f floor ’ nodules), in the coal itself (‘ seam ’ nodules), and in
the shaly roof of the seam (‘ roof ’ nodules).

They represent concretions formed in and around plant remains, the
vegetable tissues being petrified. The plants preserved in ‘ floor ’ and
seam ' nodules usually grew ‘ in situ ’ ; those in ‘ roof ’ nodules drifted
into position. The amount of drift, however, depended on physio graphical
conditions , so that some ‘ roof ’ nodules may include certain land forms
while others contain swamp -plants .

Whereas the plants which formed most coals grew in fresh — or, more

1933 Dec. 1

M2

274 Calcareous Nodules (‘ Coal Balls’) and Their Significance.

frequently , in brackish — water swamps, those which formed the coals
containing calcareous nodules grew in swamps, the waters of which were
more definitely salt.

‘ Floor ’ nodules contain only roots. ‘ Seam ’ nodules are composed
of petrified swamp -plants . Some, but not all, 1 roof ’ nodules include
plants; these may be either swamp-or land-plants.

The absence of growth -rings from the wood of the stems suggests a climate
which was of fairly uniform temperature.

A study of some nodules suggests that eleven to twelve feet of vegetable
debris was eventually reduced to form each foot of coal.

Floor ’ and ‘ roof ’ nodules contain a much greater proportion of
silicates than ‘ seam ’ nodules ; this represents sand and accounts for part
of the ash in coal.

The fact that some ‘ roof ’ nodules contain land plants does not militate
against the stratigraphical use of plant -incrustations found in the immediate-
roofs of coal-seams in general.

LITERATURE .

Absalom, R. G., ‘ The Lower Carboniferous Coal Ball Flora of Haltwistle,
Northumberland,’ Proc. IJniv. Durham Phil. Soc., Vol. viii, 1929,
P- 73-

Binney, E. W., ‘ On Some Fossil Plants showing Structure from the
Lower Coal Measures of Lancashire,’ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.,
Vol. 18, 1862, p. 106.

— ‘ Observations in the Structure of Fossil Plants found in the Carboni-
ferous Strata,’ Palaeont. Soc., London, 1868, p. 1.

Cash, W. and T. Hick, ‘ A Contribution to the Flora of the Lower Coal
Measures of the Parish of Halifax, Yorks.’, Proc. Yorks. Geol.
Polyt. Soc., Vol. 6, 1873.

Chapman, F., ‘ On Concretionary Nodules with Plant -remains found in
the old bed of the Yarra at S. Melbourne and their resemblance to
the Calcareous Nodules known as “ Coal Balls,” ’ Geol. Mag.,
1906, p. 553.

Hirmer, M., ‘ Ueber Vorkommer und Verbreitung der Dolomitknollen
und deren Flora, Congr. Stratig. Carbon. Heerlen, 1927 ; Leige, 1928.
Hooker, J. D. and E. W. Binney, ‘ On the Structure of Certain Lime-
stone Nodules enclosed in seams of Bituminous Coal, with a
Description of some Trigonocarpons contained in them,’ Phil.
Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond., Vol. 145, 1855, p. 149.

Jeffrey, E. C., ‘ Coal and Civilisation,’ London, 1925.

Koopmans, R. G., ‘ Researches on the Flora of the Coal Balls from the
Finefrau-Nebenbank horizon in the Prov. Limburg, Geol. Bur.
Nederland, Mijngebied, 1928.

Kendall, P. F., in J. W. Evans and C. J. Stubblefield’s ‘ Handbook
of the Geology of Great Britain,’ London, 1929.

Lomax, J., ‘ On the Occurrence of the Nodular Concretions (Coal Balls)
in the Lower Coal Measures,’ British Assoc., 1902 (Belfast), p. 81 1 —
abstract of paper read.

Stocks, H. B., ‘ On the Origin of Certain Concretions in the Lower Coal
Measures,’ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. 58, 1902, p. 46.

Stopes, M. C., ‘ Plant-containing Nodules from Japan,’ Quart. Journ.
Geol. Soc., Vol. lvi, 1909, p. 195.

Stopes, M. C. and D. M. S. Watson, ‘ On the Present Distribution and
Origin of the Calcareous Concretions in Coal-seams known as Coal-
balls,’ Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc., Lond., B, Vol. 200, 1908, p. 167.
Strahan, A., ‘ On the Passage of a seam of coal into a seam of Dolomite,’
Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. 57, 1901, p. 297.

Weiss, F. E., ‘ On the Occurrence, Distribution and Mode of Formation
of the Calcareous Nodules found in Coal Seams of the Lower Coal
Measures,’ British Assoc., 1906 (York).

The Naturalist

275

BOTANICAL SECTION MEETING.

This section again met at Leeds University on the kind invitation of
Professor Priestley. In the afternoon the reports of the various com-
mittees were presented and discussed and the various officers and
committees were considered. At the opening, the Chairman, Professor
Priestley, referred to the loss the section had sustained by the death
of the Recorder for North Yorkshire, Mr. A. I. Burnley, of Scarborough,
and the members showed their sympathy by standing. Mrs. Priestley,
with the aid of Mrs. Grist and other ladies, supplied a welcome cup of
tea and afterwards Dr. Pearsall spoke on work he had been engaged on
for the last two years in the Lake District on the question of light effect
at various depths of water. He contrasted his results with those obtained
in dense woodland shade and showed the advantage obtained by the use
of the Photo-voltaic cell.

He instanced the differences between Windermere, Ennerdale and
Bassenthwaite and suggested the factors contributing to these differences
and concluded with references to changes which are still taking place
in Windermere in which lake various investigators have recorded work
since 1908.

Miss Scott had arranged a series of microscopes showing an interesting
but unfortunately rare alga, Hydrodictyon reticulatum and these she
explained and spoke of the alga in all its various stages.

A very hearty vote of thanks was given to Professor and Mrs. Priestley
and to the lecturers and others who had helped to make the meeting
so successful.

REVIEWS AND BOOK NOTICES.

Bird Notes and News, Summer Number, 1933, p. 154. Barn
Owls in W. Yorks. : ‘ A lair of Barn Owls are nesting and rearing four

young ones in a barn within two miles of Huddersfield Association
Football Field. Two members of the Brighouse Naturalists’ Society
were, in their work as masons, engaged in strengthening the walls of the old
barn within five yards of the nest. The birds took no notice of them,
one sitting on the nest and the other on the rafters close by during the

whole time The farmer promised to allow no one else admission

until the owlets were ready to fly.’

Lions, Wild and Friendly, by E. F. V. Wells, F.R.G.S., F.L.S.,

pp. xii-f-112 with 55 illustrations in photogravure. Cassell, 8/6. The
author of this beautiful work turned from the destruction of big game
in Africa to a study of the habit of the living animal and this book alone
is amply justification for the change. It deals entirely with lions, the
author and his wife having reared thirty of these fine creatures. He has
had the good fortune to carry out his studies in the native haunts of the
lion and has many interesting and original observations and conclusions
to record. The illustrations are very fine and although titles are lacking
throughout, the text usually supplies the deficiency quite well. These
photographs of fine, healthy, live lions and their cubs are infinitely to
be preferred to those of carcases of animals shot by big game hunters.

Children’s Books on Natural History are a somewhat recent develop-
ment and three have recently appeared which merit distinct commenda-
tion. One of these is Taddy Tadpole, by Olwen Bowen (Nelson,
2/6), which deals with life in a pond and the adventures of a tadpole

1933 Dec. 1

276

Reviews and Book Notices.

therein. This is primarily a story, well illustrated and informative.
Our youngest reviewer’s only objection to it is that one does not fish
for sticklebacks with flies, these lures being reserved apparently for
trout and salmon. In Messrs. Burns Oates Nature and Science Series
(2/6 each) there are two new arrivals, The Children’s Story Book of
Bees, by Gareth H. Browning, and a Zoo and Holiday, by Gertrude
Gleeson. These maintain the standard of this series, and are both very
readable. The former is perhaps more suitable for older children, with
a distinct naturalistic bias. The second book is an extremely lively
one and is not, as is often the case, overcrowded with animal names.
The form of these three books is excellent, the type clear and they are
to be recommended for the Christmas season.

The Natural History Magazine (Vol. IV, No. 28), for October
(British Museum, 1 /-) contains contributions on ‘ Dugongs from Mafia
Island and a Manatee from Nigeria,’ by Guy Dollman ; ‘ A Visit to the
Islands in the Gulf of Guinea,’ by W. H. T. Tams, and the fourth instal-
ment of ‘ Behind the Scenes in the Museum,’ by W. E. Swinton, which
gives an excellent idea of the organisation necessary and of the range of
collections available in the British Museum.

The Genealogy of Love, by C. Thesing, translated by Eden and
Cedar Paul (Routledge, 15/- net.). This book deals with the evolution
of sexual behaviour from the stage of the unicellular animal to that of
human beings. It deals first with the development of reproductive
cells and with the manner in which the earliest forms of life give way to
sexual forms, hermaphrodites and intermediates and ultimately to
individuals of different sexes. The methods of reproduction discussed
are of all types and include insects, spiders, amphibians, fishes and a
whole range of birds and mammals, including man. The book is
primarily a record of fact and there is little or no central thesis, except
that of the general development of reproductive organs and habits. It
is well written and translated, though the title hardly, perhaps, does
justice to its scientific character. The form and illustrations are
excellent, and it is very readable while embodying a fund of unusual
information.

The Life of Edward Jenner, by F. Dawtrey Drewitt, pp. xii+152,
Longmans 6/- second edition. It is quite likely that comparatively
few people of to-day know that Jenner was a really good working
naturalist as well as the discoverer of vaccination. This readable
volume gives an account of the life of Jenner, his work as a naturalist,
and a very complete account of his investigations into the causes and
cure of small pox. Opponents of vaccination should, in fairness to the
other side, read this temperately stated case for Jenner.

The Flora of Leicestershire and Rutland, by A. R. Horwood
and the (late) Earl of Gainsborough, pp. 976, 32 plates and two
folding maps, price 35/- net. (Humphrey Milford : Oxford University
Press). This flora was fortunately published in time for the British
Association Meetings at Leicester this year. It is a monumental work
and evinces abundant evidence of scrupulous care in preparation.
It follows the general lines laid down by Wheldon and Wilson’s ‘ Flora
of West Lancashire,’ but is much more comprehensive. Full geological
details and a good map are given, followed by a full account of the plant
communities and their detailed distribution. The historical details
relating to woodland and grassland are particularly to be commended.
It appears that this county is now more wooded than it was in earlier

The Naturalist

Correspondence.

277

times, this being apparently largely due to the provision of fox coverts.
There is evidence also that the grasslands have improved in quality in
the last one hundred and fifty years. Details of the variation in treat-
ment and composition of these grasslands are given. The ecological
part of the book is, in fact, of considerable general value to ecologists.
A somewhat unusual feature of the introductory chapters is the section
dealing with the history of botanical research in the district Biographies
of prominent botanists add to the interest of this section and record facts
worthy of preservation. Particularly noteworthy is the claim that W.
Marshall (1790) was the first English ecologist. The flora itself appears
to reach the high standard of the introductory chapters. The details
under the different species are very full and the comments often of great
interest. The plates illustrating the vegetation of the district are
excellent.

The Woodlands and Marshlands of England, by H. A, Wilcox,

pp. 55 and two folding maps, 6/- net. (University Press of Liverpool
through Messrs. Hodder and Stoughton). This short monograph centres
round two maps which show the distribution of moorland and marshland
in England (a) in prehistoric times approximately 1800 b.c., and (b)
as depicted from historical evidence and early cartographers. These
maps were thought by a Sub-Committee of the British Association to
be so useful that they have been published, though on a somewhat smaller
scale (1 : 100,000) than the originals. They have undoubtedly great
value and we have to thank Dr. T. W. Woodhead for urging their publica-
tion. Almost equally valuable is the account of the principles and
evidence from which they have been constructed . This is very judiciously
worded and to the reviewer its only fault is its brevity. It would be
an excellent thing if interested persons in each part of England would
submit this work to the closest scrutiny and attempt to provide the author
with more detailed information for which she asks.

CORRESPONDENCE.

Dear Sir,

In reference to the allusion, made by Mr. R. W. Gray, to the circular
wounds seen near the tails of whales (Naturalist, November, 1933, page
260) I suggest that possibly these may be due to the attacks of some
species of lamprey. I do not know if these fish are found in South
African waters ; they occur in Australian and South American seas.

Nearly all the tunnies I have examined from the North Sea (nearly
100 in all) have borne upon the hinder part of the body, between the
second dorsal and anal fins and the caudal fin, round scars about the
size of a half-crown piece, some fresh and raw, others partially or entirely
healed up. These I regard as the work of the Sea Lamprey ( Petromyzum
marinus), a common parasitic species in the North Atlantic which often
attaches itself by its suctorial mouth to the sides of fishing boats, no
doubt mistaking them for the bodies of large fish.

W. J. Clarke.

The herbarium of the late Phillip Sewell, of Whitby, consisting of
3,000 specimens of British plants, mostly from the Cleveland District,
has been presented to the British Museum (Natural History) by Mr.
W. G. Sewell.

1933 Dec. 1

278

NEWS FROM THE MAGAZINES.

A delightfully -written and well-illustrated account of the Algal
Flora of a Leicestershire Pond by Florence Rich appears in the Trans-
actions of the Leicester Literary and Philosophical Society for 1932-3.

We see from the press that some Reptilian footprints have been
found near Worksop recently which have been examined by the Curator
of the Museum and Town Clerk of Worksop. These Permian footprints
are not uncommon but what possible justification can there be for the
large heading at the top, ‘ 14,000,000 Years Old ” ?

The Entomologist for October contains ‘ Barro Colorado ; a Tropical
Nature Reserve,’ by W. G. Sheldon ; ‘ Additional Notes on the Types

of Certain Butterfly Genera,' by F, Hemming ; ‘ A New Species of

Neuraeschna (Odonata),' by D. E. Kimmins ; ‘ British Trichoptera

in May and June,’ by M. E. Mosely, and numerous Notes and Observa-
tions including Migration Records and several records of Colias croceus.

The Entomologist’ s Monthly Magazine for October contains ‘ New
Species of Staphylinidae (Col.) from Japan,' by M. Cameron ; ‘ Remarks
on some of Motschoulsky’s Types of Staphylinidae (Col.),’ by M. Cameron ;

‘ Neuroptera (sens. Linn) observed in Argyllshire (V.C. Kintyre) in
May, 1933,’ by K. J. Morton ; ‘ Mesopsocus laticeps (Kolbe) a Psocid

new to Britain ’ (with figure), by F. M. Gambles ; ‘ Descriptions of

two new Asilidae (Dipt.) from the Transvaal ’ (with figures), by B. M.
Hobby, and ‘ Two further instances of flies swarming at Rothamsted
Experimental Station with some references to this phenomenon,’ by
H. F. Barnes (a very interesting note) ; ‘ The British Hemiptera Heter-
optera of the Dale Collection,’ by J. J. Walker, and several shorter
notes, including one on Colias croceus near Carlisle by F. H. Day.

The Entomologist’s, Record for October contains ‘A Butterfly Hunt
in South Finland,’ by Rev. G. Wheeler ; ‘ Additional Records of Ants

and Myremcophiles,’ by H. Donisthorpe, ; ‘ The early stages of Indian
Lepidoptera, ’ by D. G. Sevastopulo, several scientific notes and the
supplement, ‘ British Noctuae,’ by H. J. Turner.

Science Progress for October (Edward Arnold, 7s. 6d.) contains a
number of important articles of special interest to North Country natura-
lists. Professor Boswell, of the Imperial College, has a timely essay
on the modern views on the geology of chalk. The theories of sixty
years ago have had to be extensively revised, and there are many problems
associated with the origin of chalk which have not yet been cleared up.
Dr. Aston writes on The Hydrogen Isotope of Mass 2, and Dr. Norman,
of the Rothamsted Experimental Station, contributes the substance of
a lecture on ‘ Some Aspects of the Chemistry of the Plant Cell Wall.’
Dr. W. T. Astbury, of the Textile Physics Laboratory of the University
of Leeds, is already well-known for his important research work. His
article on ‘ The X-ray Interpretation of Fibre Structure ’ will be of great
interest to scientifically -minded readers, and more especially to those
who have been following recent work on molecular architecture as revealed
by X-ray examination. The Journal contains several important con-
tributions, extensive notes on Recent Advances in Science, and many
book reviews which are of real service.

NORTHERN NEWS.

Dr. Cyril Fox, Director of the National Museum of Wales, at Cardiff,
gave an address on ‘ Britain as an Environment for Man ’ to the Inter-
national Congress of Prehistoric and Protohistoric Sciences in London
recently. This has now been published by the Museum, and is remark-
able for the extraordinary number of maps showing the distribution of
barrows, beakers, bronze axes, flint daggers, etc., in Great Britain.
Judging from most of the maps, Yorkshire takes a very good share of the
records relating to Early Man.

The Naturalist

279

CLASSIFIED INDEX.

COMPILED BY W. E. L. WATTAM.

It is not an index in the strictest sense of that term, but it is a
classified summary of the contents of the volume, arranged so as
to be of assistance to active scientific investigators ; the actual
titles of papers not always being regarded so much as the essential
nature of their contents.

CONTRIBUTORS.

Bevan, D. W., 261-262
Bingham, C. D., 135
Booth, H. B., f.z.s., m.b.o.u., 19-21,
37, 87-92, 101, 103, 124, 249,

250-251, 266
Bradley, A. E., 7, 146
Bramley, W. G., 21-22
Brown, J. M., b.sc., f.l.s., f.e.s.,
39-4°, 93-96, 132, 134, 165, 185-188,
235-237

Burch, D. W., 153

Burkill, H. J., m.a., f.r.g.s., 205-206
Butterfield, R., f.e.s., 41, 69-70
Butterfield, J. A., m.sc., f.g.s.,
Circ. Ill*

Cheetham, C. A., 24, 43-44, 52, 70,
98, 102, 127-129, 132-133, I34-I35,
156, 182-183, 200, Circ. Ill*, 266,
275

Chislett, Ralph, m.b.o.u., 7
Clarke, W. J., f.z.s., 17-19, 56, 100,
i57_i58, 159, 162-163, 177, 277
Cowin, W. S., 177
Collenette, C. L., 70-71
Crookall, R., d.sc., ph.d., 169-176,
253-256, 267-274

Day, F. H., f.e.s., 155-156
Deans, T., 223-227
Dibb, J. R., f.e.s., 24, 38-39
Drabble, E., d.sc., f.l.s., 51-52

Fearnley, W. F., 102, 131-132, 181-
182

Fisher, S. D. P., 48
Flintoff, R. J., f.c.s., f.l.s., 4-5,
62-63, 70

Fordham, W. J., m.r.c.s., l.r.c.p.,
d.p.h., 69-70, 104, 119-120, Circ.
II*

Fortune, R., f.z.s., f.r.p.s., 124,

158-159, Circ. V*

Frankland, J. N., 32-35

Gallwey, Ellen, 86, 97-98, 217-222
Gill, N., 193-199

Grainger, J., ph.d., b.sc., 27-31, 46,
I5I-I53> 164-165, Circ. IV*

Gray, R. W., f.z.s., 257-260
Griffin, F. J., a.l.a., 178

Hallo well, E., 216, Circ. IV*
Hardy, Eric, 53-56, 228-230
Hilary, Miss D.,b.sc., 46
Hindis, W. D., 199
Howarth, Ralph, 101

Jourdain, F. C. R., 71

Longbottom, M., 162
Lumb, J. H., Circ. IV*

Marriner, T. F., 6-7, 123
Mason, F. A., f.r.m.s., 2-3, 12-24,
38-48, 27-31, 131-136, 147-148,

164-166, 181-190, 215-216, 231-237,
Circs. I to VII*

Milsom, F. E., b.sc., 45-46, 184
Mosley, Charles, m.b.o.u., 214
Morehouse, Mrs. E. M., 42-43, 133-
134, 185, 234

Murray, James, 68, 146, 230

* These items refer to the Excursion Circulars appearing in the appendix.

1933 Dec. 1

28o

Classified Index.

CONTRIBUTORS — continued.

Nelson, G. A., 199
Nowers, John E., 123

Osteide, H., 165

Pearsall, W. H., d.sc., f.l.s., 122-123,
200

Philipson, W. R., b.a., 251-252
Priestley, J. H., Circ. IV*

Procter, C. F., 22-24, 165, 266

Roberts, T. N., Circ. I*

Schlesch, Hans, 249
Schroeder, Rev. W. L., 154, 213-214
Sheppard, Thomas, m.sc., f.g.s.,
f.z.s., etc., 105-108, 109-116, 176,
179, 241-249

Simpson, Brian, m.sc., 57-61, 73-77
Sledge, W. A., d.sc., ph.d., 44-45,
190

Smith, A., 41-42

Smith, A. M., b.sc., m.a., 49-50, 188-
190

Smith, B. M., Circ. V*

Smith, S. H., f.z.s., 13-17, Circ. II*,
177

Smith, Stuart, b.sc. , 207-209
Snowdon, F., 101-102
Spencer, C. J., Circ. IV*

Stainfortli, R. M., 156
Stainforth, T., b.a., b.sc., Circs. I,
II*

Stather, J. W., f.g.s., Circ. II*
Sowden, H., Circ. II*

Taylor, E. W., 8-10, 117-119
Thomas, Mary, b.sc., 79-86
Thompson, M. L., f.e.s., 40, 187
Thornton, H., Circ. IV*

Wallis, E. A., 159-161
Walsh, G. B., b.sc., 65-68, Circ. I*,
149-150

Walton, James, b.sc., 35-36, 99-100,
201-205

Wattam, W. E. L., Circs. Ill, IV*
Wilson, C. H., Circ. I*

Winter, A. E., b.sc., Circ. V*
Winter, W. P., b.sc., 125-127
Woodhead, T. W., m.sc., ph.d.,
Circ. IV*

Wright, C. W., 210-212, 237, 263
Wright, E. V., 210-212

BOOK NOTICES.

ARCHEOLOGY.

Elgee, F. and H. W. — Archaeology o i
Yorkshire, 72

BIRDS.

Alexander, W. B. — Birds of the Ocean,
252 ; Birds Notes and News, 275

Chislett, R., m.b.o.u., f.r.p.s.- —

Northward Ho ! for Birds, 130

Cayley, N. W. — Australian Finches,

77

Evens, G. B. — A Romany in the
Country, 77

Hearn, G.— Strange Happenings in
Wild Life, 78

Moody, A. F. — Water-Fowl and Game-
Birds in Captivity, 26

Pike, O. G. — The Nightingale, 10

Ticehurst, C. B. — Birds of Suffolk, 78

Witherby, H. F. G. — British Birds,
166

BIOLOGY.

Phillips, M. E., and Cox, L. E. —
First Book of Biology, 129

BOTANY.

Fisher, R. — English Names, of Wild
Flowers, 180

Godfrey, Col. M. J. — Native British
Orchidaceae, 130

Horwood, A. R., and Earl of Gains-
borough— Flora of Leicestershire
and Rutland, 276

Holman, R. M., and Robbins, W. W.
— Elements of Botany, 238

* These items refer to the Excursion Circulars appearing in the appendix.

The Naturalist

Classified Index.

BOOK NOTICES — continued.

281

Leach, W. — Plant Ecology, 129
Wilcox, H. A.— Woodland and Marsh-
land, 277

GOLEOPTERA.

Joy, N. H. — British Beetles, 238

DIATOMACE^E .

Mills, F. W. — Dratomacese, 167

FISH.

Beebe, W., and Tee-Van, J. — Shore
Fishes of Bermuda, 166
Fishery Investigation Reports, 129
Roule, L. — Fishes, 238

GEOLOGY.

Dale, A. B. — Crystals, 37

HYMENOPTERA.

Rendi, G. — The Way of the Bee, 252

MAMMALIA.

Alverdes, F. — Psychology of Animals,
11

Baker, J. R. — Cytological Technique,
166

Hingston, R. W. G. — Animal Colour
and Adornment, 167
Pitt, Frances. — Scotty, 3
Wells, E. F. V. — Lions, 275

MOSSES AND HEPATIGS.

Dixon, H. N. — Mosses of Hong Kong,
180

SOCIETIES’ REPORTS,
TRANSACTIONS, etc.

Cleveland Field Club, 144
Formosa, 262

Geological Society of London, 264
London Entomological Society, 167
Leeds Phil., 263
Manchester Lit. and Phil., 190
Mycologicaj Society, 168
Northern Naturalists’ Union, 240
Palaeontographical, 240
Rochdale, 262

South England Entomological, 144

MISCELLANEOUS .

Anderson, R. M. C. — Roads of Eng-
land, 11

Arnot, F. L. — Gases, 249
Calvert, W. R. — Watchings, 252
Carpenter, G. D. H., and Ford,
E. B. — Mimicry, 249
Cheeseman, E. — Insect Behaviour, 37 ;

Children’s Books, 275
Collingwood, W. G. — Lake Counties,
11

Davenport, A. — A Country Holiday,
238

Drewitt, F. D. — Life of Edward
Jenner, 276

Eltringham, H., m.a. — Senses of
Insects, 129

Flint, W. P., and Metcalf, C. L.—
Insects, 154

Harker, Alfred — Metamorphism, 26
Kew, H. W., and Powell, H. E.—
Thomas Johnson, 10
Phytologist, New, 129
Richardson, L. — Country around
Cirencester, 212

Shelton, H. — Rambles in Surrey and
Sussex, 11

Tapper, E. W. — Physics Note-book,
166

Thesing, C. — Love Genealogy, 276

ILLUSTRATIONS.

BIRDS.

Chough, Flight Diagrams of, 207, 208
Tern, Common, 78
Thrush, Albino Song, 124

BOTANY.

Mercurialis perennis, 195
Populus serotina Hartig, 81, 83

1933 Dec. 1

282

Classified Index.

ILLUSTRATIONS — continued.

DECAPODA.

Architeuthis clarkei, 157

Flagellata, Gonyostomum semen
Diesing, 49

GEOLOGY.

Ammonite percarmatum ( ? ) aptychus
Phillips, 105

Fossil Plants in Robin Hood Quarry,
Leeds, 201

Holocene Deposits at North Ferriby,
211

Pugnax pugnus Martin and Pugnax cf .
sulcatus J. de G. Sow, 57, 59-61,
73-76

Tardenoisian Site Implements from
Oxenhope Moor, 225, 227

PORTRAITS, VIEWS AND
GROUPS.

Beanland, J., 125
Burnley, A. I., 261
Farndale, 179
Gyngell, W. J., 159
Rishworth Dam, 215
Sheppard, Thomas, m.sc., f.g.s., etc.,
Plate I

Skipwith Common (Horseshoe Lake),
164

St. Ouintin, Wm. H., j.p., d.l.,
Plate II

REPTILES.

Cankered Grass Snake, 217, 219-222

SPECIES AND VARIETIES NEW TO BRITAIN BROUGHT
FORWARD IN THIS VOLUME.

Algae . — Uroglenopsis Americana in
Windermere, W. H. Pearsall, 122-
123

Flagellata . — Gonyostomum semen

Diesing, found at Austwick Moss,

NOTES AND

January. — Miss Frances Pitt, 3

February — Fakes and Forgeries —
Reticulata or Red icu lata ?— Mr.

figured and described, A. M. Smith,
49-50

Decapoda. — Architeuthis clarkei at
Scarborough, illustration, W. J.
Clarke, 157-158

COMMENTS.

W. H. St. Qu intin’s Birds — Dr.
Harker’s Lastest Work, 25-26

November. — British Association

Meeting at Leicester, T. Sheppard,
241-249

COUNTIES.

CHESHIRE.

Geology. — Bibliography, 1932, T.
Sheppard, 109-116, 137-143

CUMBERLAND.

Birds. — Albino Records, 1932, T. F.
Marriner, 6-7

Goleoptera. — Additional Kingmoor
Nature Reserve Records, F. H.
Day, 155-156

Diptera. — County Captures, J.
Murray, 230

Geology. — Bibliography, 1932, T.
Sheppard, 109-116, 137-143

The Naturalist

Classified Index.
COUNTIES — continued.

283

Mammalia. — Badgers and Lambs,
T. F. Marriner, 123

Psyllidae. — Psylla betulae Linn, at
Todhills Moss, J. Murray, 68 ;
Trioza velutina Forst in Cumb.,
J. Murray, 146

DERBYSHIRE

Geology. — Variation in Pugnax
Pugnus Martin and Pugnax cf.
sulcatus J. de G. Sow at Castleton,
illustrated, B. Simpson, 57-61, 73-
77 ; Bibliorapby, 1932, T. Sheppard,
109-1.16, 137-143

DURHAM.

Geology. — Bibliography, 1932, T.
Sheppard, 109-116, 137-143

ISLE OF MAN.

Birds. — Nesting of Peregrine Falcon,
R. Howarth, 101

Flowering Plants. — Flowering

Period of Barren Strawberry, W. S.
Cowin, 177

Geology. — Bibliography, 1932, T.
Sheppard, 109-116, 137-143

LANCASHIRE.

Birds. — Grey Phalarope at Liverpool,

E. Hardy, 7 ; Bird Life inside
Liverpool, E. Hardy, 228-230

Geology. — Bibliography, 1932, T.
Sheppard, 109-116, 137-143

Mammalia. — Habits of the Red
Squirrel, E. Hardy, 53-56

Societies. — Manchester Lit. and Phil.,
190 ; Rochdale, Annual Report of,
262

LINCOLNSHIRE.

Geology. — Bibliography, 1932, T.
Sheppard, 109-116, 137-143

NORTHUMBERLAND .

Geology. — Bibliography, 1932, T.
Sheppard, 109-116, 137-143

Mosses and Hepatics. — Notes on
Marchantia polymorpha, W. R.
Philipson, 251-252

NOTTINGHAMSHIRE .

Geology. — Bibliography, 1932, T.
Sheppard, 109-116, 137-143

WESTMORLAND.

Geology. — Bibliography, 1932, T.
Sheppard, 109-116, 137-143

YORKSHIRE.

Algae (Marine).- — Species at Robin
Hood’s Bay, C. D. Bingham, 135

Arachnida. — Foreign species at Scar-
borough, W. J. Clarke, 163

Biology (Freshwater). — Species at
Robin Hood’s Bay, J. M. Brown,
134 ; at Dent, J. M. Brown,
188-189

Birds. — Y.N.U. Vertebrate Section
Reports, E. W. Taylor, 8-10, 117-
119 ; Zoological Section Reports,
S. H. Smith, W. J. Clarke, H. B.
Booth, 13-21 ; C. F. Procter, 22-24 »
Waxwings in the West Riding,
H. B. Booth, 37 ; British Willow
Tit at Doncaster, H. B. Booth, 37 ;
Scarborough Bird Notes, W. J.
Clarke, 56 ; Sparrowhawk and
Little Owl at Huddersfield, E.
Gallwey, 86 ; Great Crested Grebe

1 933 Dec. 1

284

Classified Index.

Y ORKSHIRE — continued.

Census of 1931, County records,
H. B. Booth, 87-92 ; Waxwings
at Whitby, F. Snowdon, 101-102 ;
Snow Buntings at Teesmoutb, W. F.
Fearnley, 102 ; Wheatears in Settle
District, C. A. Cheetham, 102 ;
Circular Notes (Robin Hood’s Bay),
T. H. Roberts, I ; (Skip with)
S. H. Smith, II ; (Ripponden)
H. Thornton, IV ; (Ripon) R.
Fortune, V ; Hen Harrier in Upper
Nidderdale, R. Fortune, 124 ;

Albino Song Thrush at Menston,
H. B. Booth, 124 ; Y.N.U. at
Robin Hood’s Bay, W. F. Fearnley,
131-132 ; at Skipwith, C. F.
Procter, 165 ; at Dent, W. F.
Fearnley, 181-182 ; Nightingale
and Waxwings at Scarborough,
W. J. Clarke, 162 ; Fulmar Petrel
attacking a Rabbit at Scarborough,
W. J. Clarke, 163 ; Nightingale
nesting at York, S. H. Smith, 177 ;
Ringed Carrion Crow, H. B. Booth,
249 ; Cuckoo Notes, H. B. Booth,
250-251 ; Tame Robin at Ilkley,
H. B. Booth, 266 ; Hen Harrier at
Patrington, C. F. Proctor, 266

Coleoptera . — Annual Y.N.U. Report,
M. L. Thompson, 40 ; Entomo-
logical Section Reports, 64 ; County
records, G. B. Walsh, 65-68 ;
Circular Notes (Robin Hood’s Bay),
G. B. Walsh, I; (Skipwith),
W. J. Fordham, II ; (Ripon),
A. E. Winter, V ; Species at
Robin Hood’s Bay, J. M. Brown,
132 ; at Skipwith, H. Osteide, 165 ;
at Dent, J. M. Brown, 186 ; M. L.
Thompson, 187 ; Mating of Acilius
sulcatus, M. Longbottom, 161-162

Collembola. — Species at Robin
Hood’s Bay, J. M. Brown, 132;
at Ripon, J. M. Brown, 237

Decapoda. — Architeuthis clarkei (new
to science) at Scarborough, illus-
tration, W. J. Clarke, 157-158 ;
Ommastrephes sagittatus at Scar-
borough, W. J. Clarke, 162

Diptera. — Annual Y.N.U. Report,

C. A. Cheetham, 24 ; Entomological
Section Reports, 64 ; Tipula vafra
Riedel in Crummockdale, C. A.
Cheetham, 98 ; Prey of species of
Scopeuma Mg. (Scatophaga Mg.),
W. J. Fordham, 120 ; Circular
Notes (Skipwith), W. J. Fordham,
II ; Species at Robin Hood’s Bay,
C. A. Cheetham, 133 ; at Dent,
C. A. Cheetham, 182-183 ; Further
County Records, C. A. Cheetham,
156

Ephemeroptera. — Annual Y.N.U.
Report, J. R. Dibb, 24, 38.-39

Fish. — Annual Y.N.U. Report, S. H.
Smith, 15-17 ; Saury Pike at
Scarborough, W. J. Clarke, 100;
Regalecus glesne (Ribbon Fish) at
Scarborough, W. J. Clarke, 162-
163 ; Nerophus aequoreous (Snake
Pipefish) at Scarborough, W. J.
Clarke, 177

Flagellata. — Gonyostomum semen
Diesing, found at Austwick Moss,
new to Britain, figured and des-
cribed, A. M. Smith, 49-50

Flowering Plants. — Linnaea borealis
Gronov. in North Yorks., R. J.
Flintoff, 4-5 ; New Botanical Re-
cords for North Yorks, R. J.
Flintoff, 5 ; Arctostaphylos uva-
ursi Spreng. near Slippery Stones,
A. E. Bradley and R. Chislett, 7 ;
Annual Y.N.U. Report, C. A.
Cheetham and W. A. Sledge, 43-45 ;
Palmate Orchids of Craven, J. N.
Frankland, 32-35 ; Crepis biennis
L. near Bridlington, E. Drabble,
51-52 ; The Burton Agnes Crepis,
R. J. Flintoff, 62-63 >' February
blossoming of Purple Saxifrage,
C. A. Cheetham, 70 ; The Natural
Abscission of Twigs, illustrated,
Mary Thomas, 79-86 ; Circular
Notes (Robin Hood’s Bay), T.
Stainforth, I ; (Skipwith), T.
Stainforth, II ; (Dent), C. A.
Cheetham, III ; (Rippenden), E.
Hallowell, IV; (Ripon), B. M.

The Naturalist

Classified Index.

Y ORKSHIRE — continued.

285

Smith, V ; Species noted at Robin
Hood's Bay, C. A. Cheetham, 134-
135 ; at Dent, A. M. Smith, 188-
190 ; W. A. Sledge, 190 ; at
Ripponden, E. Hallowell, 216 ;
at Ripon, J. M. Brown, 235 ; Gagea
lutea at Ripon, D. W. Burch, 153 ;
Scutellaria minor L. at Keasden,
C. A. Cheetham, 200 ; Gift of
Sewell Collection to British Museum,
277

Fungi. — Annual Y.N.U. Report, J.
Grainger, 46 ; Fungus Foray at
Kirbymoorside, 1932, F. A. Mason
and J. Grainger, 27-31 ; Species
at Robin Hood’s Bay, F. A. Mason,
136 ; at Skipwith, F. A. Mason,
166 ; at Dent, F. A. Mason, 184-
185 ; at Ripon, F. A. Mason,
232-234 ; Circular Notes (Barnard
Castle), J. Grainger, VI ; Bolton -
iana, F. A. Mason, 147-148 ; Virus
Diseases of Potatoes, J. Grainger,
I5I-I53

Geology. — Low Grade Metamorphism
of Elland Flags at Fixby, J . Walton,
35-36 ; Palaeobotany of the
Midgley Grit, J. Walton, 99-100 ;
Malton Museum and other Geo-
logical Collections, illustration, T.
Sheppard, 105-108 ; Bibliography,
1932, T. Sheppard, 109-116, 137-
143 ; Infulaster excentricus
(Forbes) at E lloughton Dale, R. M.
Stainforth, 156 ; Soil Conditions
of Skipwith Common, J. Grainger,
164 ; Subsidence Evidence at Hull,
T. Sheppard, 176 ; Farndale Water
Supply for Hull, illustrations, T.
Sheppard, 179 ; Palaeobotany of
Robin Hood Quarry, Feeds, illus-
trated, J. Walton, 201-205 > Holo-
cene Deposits at North Ferriby,
illustrated, C. W. and E. V.
Wright, 210-212 ; Tardenoisian
Sites on Oxenhope Moor, illustrated,
T. Deans, 223-227 ; Circular Notes
(Dent), J. A. Butterfield, III ;
(Ripponden), C. J. Spencer, IV ;
East Riding Records, C. W. Wright,
263 ; Flint Implements in Craven,
C. A. Cheetham, 266

Hemiptera. — Annual Y.N.U. Report,
J. M. Brown, 39; Entomological
Section Reports, 64 ; County Re-
cords, 1929-1932, J. M. Brown,
93-96 ; Circular Notes (Skipwith),
W. J. Fordham, II ; Species at
Robin Hood’s Bay, J. M. Brown,
132 ; at Dent, J. M. Brown, 186 ;
at Ripon, J. M. Brown, 236

Heteroptera. — Species at Skipwith,
J. M. Brown, 165 ; at Dent, J. M.
Brown, 186 ; at Ripon, J. M.
Brown, 236

Homoptera. — Species at Skipwith,
J. M. Brown, 165 ; at Dent, J. M.
Brown, 186 ; at Ripon, J. M.
Brown, 236-237

Hymenoptera. — Annual Y.N.U.
Report, R. Butterfield, 41 ; Cor-
rections in County Aculeate Hymen-
optera List, R. Butterfield and
W. J. Fordham, 69-70 ; Further
Notes thereon, W. J. Fordham,
1 19-120 ; Circular Notes (Skip-
with), W. J. Fordham, II ; County
Records of Chrysis ruddii Thuck.
and Psammochares approximatus
Sm., A. E. Bradley, 146

Lepidoptera. — Annual Y.N.U.
Report, A. Smith, 41-42 ; Entomo-
logical Section Reports, 64 ; En-
tomological Magazine Notes, W. J.
Fordham, 104 ; Circular Notes
(Robin Hood’s Bay), G. B. Walsh,
I ; Species at Robin Hood’s Bay,
J. M. Brown, 132; Functions of
Hairs in certain Lepidopterous
Larvae, G. B. Walsh, 149-150 ;
Clouded Yellow at Ferriby, C. W.
Wright, 237

Lichens. — Circular Notes (Dent), III,
(Ripponden), IV, W. E. L. Wattam.

Mammalia. — Annual Y.N.U.
Report, W. G. Bramley, 21-22 ;
Y.N.U. Vertebrate Section Reports,

19 33 Dec. 1

286

Classified Index.

Y ORKSHIRE — continued.

E. W. Taylor, 8-10, 117-119 ;

Circular Notes (Skipwith), S. H.
Smith, II ; Species at Robin Hood’s
Bay, W. F. Fearnley, 131-132 ;
Rabbit attacked by Fulmar Petrel
at Scarborough, W. J. Clarke, 143 ;

Microscopy. — Field Notes, W. L.
Schroeder, 154, 2 13 -2 14

Mollusca (Land and Freshwater).

— Annual Y.N.U. Report, E. M.
Morehouse, 42-43 ; Skipton (1932)
Corrections, 31 ; Circular Notes
(Skipwith), H. Sowden, II ; Species
at Robin Hood’s Bay, E. M.
Morehouse, 133-134 ; at Dent,
E. M. Morehouse, 185 ; at Ripon,
E. M. Morehouse, 234 ; Species
noted in the Holocene Deposits at
North Ferriby, C. W. and E. V.
Wright, 210-2 12

Mosses and Hepatics. — Annual
Y.N.U. Report, F. E. Milsom,
45-46 ; Uncommon Moss Fruits,
C. A. Cheetham, 52 ; Fruiting cf.
Mnium undulatum, J. E. Nowers,
123 ; Species at Robin Hood’s Bay,
C. A. Cheetham, 135 ; at Dent,
F. E. Milsom, 184 ; Circular Notes
(Ripponden), E. Hallowell, IV

Museums, Publications of, etc. —

Castleford, 5 ; Huddersfield, 145

Neuroptera and Trichoptera. — -

Annual Y.N.U. Report, J. M.
Brown, 40 ; Circular Notes (Skip-
with), W. J. Fordham, II ; Species
at Robin Hood’s Bay, J. M. Brown,
134 ; at Skipwith, J. M. Brown,
165 ; at Dent, J. M. Brown, 187 ;
at Ripon, J. M. Brown, 236

Palaeo -Botany . — Of the Midgley
Grit, J. Walton, 99-100 ; Of Robin
Hood Quarry, Leeds, J. Walton,
201-205

Personal Notices. — W. H. St.

Quintin, j.p., d.l. (H. B. Booth),

103 ; J. Beanland (W. P. Winter),
1 25 -1 27 ; Arthur R. Sanderson,
f.l.s. (C. A. Cheetham), 127-128 ;
Herbert H. Sturdy (C. A. Cheetham)
128-129 ; Herbert K. Horsfield
(R. Fortune), 158-159 ; Walter
J. Gyngell (W. J. Clarke and E. A.
Wallis), 159-161 ; Henry Lodge
(Charles Mosley), 214 ; A. I.
Burnley (D. W. Bevan), 261-262 ;
Retirement of Prof. Garstang, 145 ;
Dr. Frank Elgee, conferment of
Hon. degree, 145 ; Dr. J. Grainger,
appointment as Curator of Tolson
Memorial Museum, 145 ; Election
of Mr. T. Sheppard as an Associate
Member of the Linnean Society,
178

Plant Associations and Ecology. —

Annual Y.N.U. Report, D. Hilary,
46 ; A Dent Problem, C. A.
Cheetham, 183 ; Notes at Dent,
A. M. Smith, 188-190 ; Circular
Notes (Ripponden), T. W.
Woodhead, IV ; Note on W. B.
Crump’s British Vegetation Col-
lection, 264

Plant Galls. — Annual Y.N.U.
Report, J. M. Brown, 40

Plecoptera. — Annual Y.N.U. Report,
J. M. Brown, 40 ; Species at Dent,
J. M. Brown, 187 ; at Ripon, J. M.
Brown, 235 ; Capria nigra Piet,
at Harewood Bridge, G. A. Nelson
and W. D. Hincks, 199

Psocoptera. — Annual Y.N.U.
Report, J. M. Brown, 40 ; Species
at Dent, J. M. Brown, 187 ; at
Ripon, J. M. Brown, 235

Reptilia. — Annual Y.N.U. Report,
W. G. Bramley, 22 ; Circular
Notes (Skipwith), S. H. Smith,
II ; Species at Robin Hood’s Bay,
W. F. Fearnley, 131-132 ; Canker
in Grass Snakes, illustrated, E.
Gallwey, 217-222

The Naturalist

Classified Index.

287

Y ORKSHIRE — continued.

Societies, Publications of, etc. —

Cleveland Field Club, 144 ; Leeds
Philosophical, 263

Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union. —

Annual Meeting, 1932, F. A.
Mason, 2-3 ; Vertebrate Section
Reports, E. W. Taylor, 8-10, 117-
119 ; Annual Report, 1932, . A.

Mason and S. D. P. Fisher, 12-24

38-48 ; Fungus Foray at Kirby-
moorside, 1932, F. A. Mason and
J. Grainger, 27-31 ; Entomological
Section Reports, 64 ; Editorial,
121 ; Excursion Reports, Robin
Hood’s Bay, 131-136 ; 'Skipwith
164-166 ; Dent, 181-190 ; Rippon-
den, 215-216 ; Ripon, 231-237 ;
Circulars I to VII, F. A. Mason ;
The Age of The Naturalist, 265 ;
Botanical Section, C. A. Cheetham,
275

MISCELLANEA.

Botany. — The Natural Abscission of
Twigs, illustrated, Mary Thomas,
79-86 ; Growth Habit and Anatomy
of Mercurialis perennis L. (Dog’s
Mercury), illustrated, N. Gill, 193-
199 ; Spread of Birch, H. J.
Burkill, 205-206 ; Gift of Charo-
phyta Collection to Leeds Univer-
sity, 238

Birds. — Flight of the Chough, illus-
trated, S. Smith, 207-209

Correspondence . — Botanical nomen-
clature, R. J. Flintoff, Butterfly
Foes, C. L. Collenette, Weight of
Birds, F. C. P. Jourdain, 70-71 ;
Whale Wounds, W. J. Clarke, 277

Fungi. — Virus Diseases of Potatoes,
J. Grainger, 151-153

Geology. — Constituents of Banded
Humic Coals, R. Crookall, 169-176 ;
Geological Notes, 190-191 ; Watson -
ian Counties Map, 237 ; Calcareous
Nodules and their Significance, R.
Crookall, 253-256, 267-274

Lepidoptera. — Function of Hairs in
certain Lepidopterous Larvae, G. B.
Walsh, 149-150 ; Flight in Insects,
W. H. Pearsall, 200

Magazine Notes. — General, 72, 96,
143, 168, 191-192, 239-240, 262,

264; Entomological, W. J.
Fordham, 104, 278

Mammalia. — Sleeping Habits of
Whales, R. W. Gray, 257-260 ;
Whale Wcunds, W. J. Clarke, 277

Microscopy. — Field Notes, W. L.
Schroeder, 154, 213-213

Mollusca. — Theba cartusiana Mull.,
etc., at Charlottenlund Fort, near
Copenhagen, H. Schlesch, 249

Northern News. — 48, 72, 261, 262,
278

Personal Notices. — William Spence
(F. J. Griffin), 178

Reptilia. — -Viper (Vipera (Pelias)
berus) in Captivity, E. Gallwey,
97-98 ; Canker in Grass Snakes,
illustrated, E. Gallwey, 217-222

Societies .—British Association,
Leicester Meeting Notes, T.
Sheppard, 241-249

1933 Dec. 1

288

Classified Index .

CORRIGENDA.

Page 35, line 35, for ‘ Flixby,’ read ‘ Fixby.’

PLATES.

Plate To face Page

I. Thomas Sheppard, m. Sc., f.g.s., etc. ... ... ... ... ... 1

II. Wm. H. St. Quintin, j.p., d.l. ... ... ... ... ... ... 103

I

The Naturalist

Supplement to “ The Naturalist 1933.

Circular No. 374.

Yorkshire naturalists’ XTlnton.

flrmfotti :

JAMES MEIKLE BROWN, B.Sc., F.L.S., F.E.S., Sheffield.

lEcral Sbmtarj :

GEO. B. WALSH, B.Sc., Linthorpe, Stepney Drive, Scarborough.

Hon. :

F. A. MASON, F.R.M.S., 29 Frankland Terrace, Leeds.

Hon. Sreastrar :

S. D. PERSY FISHER, Sackville Street, Leeds.

The 374th Meeting

WILL BE HELD AT

ROBIN HOOD’S BAY

for the investigation of

Ramsdale Beck, Mill Beck, Stoupe Beck,
Howdale Beck and Foulsike

DURING EASTER WEEK-END

SATURDAY, APRIL 15th to
MONDAY, APRIL, 17th, 1933

HEADQUARTERS . — The Victoria Hotel, Robin Hood’s Bay. Terms,
io/6 per day for bed, breakfast, sandwiches and dinner. Application for
rooms should be made to the proprietor without delay as there is a heavy
demand for accommodation.

TRAVEL FACILITIES. — Long week-end tickets at cheap rates are
available at all stations on the L.N.E.R., and enquiries should be made
locally. There is a ’bus service from Whitby to Robin Hood’s Bay, and
from Scarborough to the Bay by changing at Hawsker. Motorists are advised
to proceed by way of Hawsker; although Bay Town may be reached by some
of the moorland roads the surfaces are bad and the inclines dangerous.

BOOKS AND MAPS. — The district to be investigated is included in
the i in. Ordnance Survey Map (Coloured Edition), No. 16, or Sheet 16 in

(i) [P.T.O.

the i in. Ordnance Survey, Popular Edition. Circulars Nos. 79, 201 and
314 may be consulted. Baker’s ‘ North Yorkshire ’ ; T. Sheppard,
‘ Geological Rambles in East Yorkshire ’ ; Kendall and Wroot, ‘ Geology
of Yorkshire ’ ; F. Elgee, ‘ The Driftless Area in North-East Yorkshire
and its Relation to the Geographical Distribution of Certain Plants and
Animals,’ Naturalist, 1907 ; Memoirs of the Geology Survey, ‘ Whitby
and Scarborough District ’ ; Canon R. Fisher, ‘ Flowering Plants of Whitby
and District ’ (Horne & Son, Whitby, 1/6).

ROUTES. — Saturday : Leave Headquarters at 10 a.m. for footpath
from Robin Hood’s Bay past the gasworks to Fyling Hall (Park Gate),
along Ramsdale Beck to Ramsdale Mill ; thence across the beck by bridge
to its south side, and up to Kirk Moor. Return via road to north of Brack
Hall, Fyling Hall Station, and road down to the beach at Mill Beck, and by
the beach, if tide permits, otherwise along cliffs back to Robin Hood’s Bay.

Monday : Leave Headquarters at 10 a.m. for Stoupe Beck, via the cliff
path ; thence past Stoupe Brow Cottage and over the railway to
the old alum quarry (‘ Two Sister ’ rocks) ; turn right and follow road
past the school to Howdale Beck, keeping along the east side of the Beck
to its source on Brow Moor. Return by the west bank, and take the road
from Howdale Farm, northwards, crossing Stoupe Beck, returning to the
beach at Mill Beck.

Sunday : No definite programme will be arranged for this day until
members assemble on Saturday.

High tides at Scarborough (at Robin Hood’s Bay about 15 minutes
earlier) : — Saturday, April 15th, 8-32 a.m., 9-3 p.m. ; Sunday, April 16th,
9-37 a.m., 10-14 p-m. ; Monday, April 17th, 10-36 a.m., 11-27 p.m. (Summer
Time in each case).

BOTANY. — Mr. T. Stainforth, B.A., B.Sc., writes : ‘ Very little seems
to have been published about the natural history of the Robin Hood’s Bay
district as it is in the early part of the year. It will be best to keep as far
as possible to the valleys.’ Baker’s ‘North Yorkshire’ says little about
Robin Hood’s Bay, except that the district is not rich botanically. Mr.
R. J. Flintoff suggests that the following plants should be looked for : —
On the Moors : Linn&a, Andromeda, Carex pauciflora, Gentiana verna,

Genista anglica, Salix repens. In the woods the aliens Aconitum napellus
(common below Falling Foss) and Pyrus torminalis, and the native
Clinopodium calamintha, the agrestals Stachys arvensis and the alien Lepidium
campestre. In sandy fields, Scleranthus annuus, and in marshy places,
Comarum palustre, Vaccinium oxycoccos, Myrica gale, Eleocharis multicaulis,
Osmunda regalis, Menyanthes trifoliata and Inula helenium. On the cliffs.
Beta maritima and wild cabbage.

ENTOMOLOGY.— Mr. G. B. Walsh, B.Sc., writes

Coleoptera. — The most productive methods of collecting will be
searching at the roots of heather, turning stones on the moors, working
moorland pools, and sweeping heather. The most likely uncommon species
to occur are Carabus nitens, Miscodera arctica, Bembidion mannerheimi,
B. nigricorne, Olisthopus rotundatus, Nebria iberica, Cicindela campestris,
Brady cellus cognatus, B. collaris, B. similis, Pterostichus adstrictus, P.
lepidus, Calathus micropterus (usually in rotten wood), Patrobus excavatus,
Cymindis vaporarium. In the pools, Rhantus bistriatus, Hydroporus gyllen-
halia, obscurus, melanocephalus , melanarius, tristis and umbrosus. By
sweeping the heather, Haltica britten, Ceuth. erica, and Lochmaea suturalis.
Under the layers of shale on the shore both species of Aepus and M.
marinum. The Gyrinus on moorland pools is probably substriatus, but
mixed with it I have recently found in fair numbers ab. Schatzmajori Ochs.

Lepidoptera. — It will be too early for moorland and woodland butter-
flies, but sallows will well repay working, both near the village and in How-
gill, e.g. for Pachnobia leucographa. Sweeping the heather and bilberry

(ii)

after dark will give larvae of many species of heath -feeding Lepidoptera,
e.g. Noctua sobrina, N. festiva, Agrotis agathina, Scodiona belgiaria. Birch
trunks should be searched for Lobophora carpinata and Cymatophora
flavicornis ; grass-tufts near Galium saxatile for Laventia multistrigaria ,
while beating pines will give larvae of Ellopia prosapiaria, Thera variata
and T.firmata.

THE DISTRICT AND ITS GEOLOGY.— Mr. C. H. Wilson writes :
Robin Hood’s Bay is considered by many people to be the most picturesque
bay on the East Coast of England. It forms an amphitheatre about five
miles in diameter, dished, like an enormous bowl, out of the hillside, the
top of which, in some places, reaches the 700 ft. contour line. From the
brim, looking down the steep sides of the slope, to the sea at the bottom,
the prospect is delightful to the nature lover at all times of the year. Most
of the land in the immediate district is cultivated, but moorlands invest
a great part of the bay. Several deep wooded ravines, with waterfalls,
form a very pleasing contrast to the pasture land. The slope on the southern
side is somewhat marred by shale dumps, and take one back in time to the
days when alum was produced from the Lias strata. Nature has not yet
quite healed her wounds. There is also at this spot a quarry, perhaps
better described as a clay escarpment, where the fossil-hunter may gain a
rich harvest, but, unfortunately, most of his specimens are likely to be
incomplete. Geologically the coast is one of the most productive districts
in the world, ammonites, belemnites, and bivales predominating. The
Geology is best described in Kendall and Wroot’s ‘ Geology of Yorkshire,’
and the other publications to which reference is made above should be
consulted.

VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY.— Mr. T. N. Roberts writes : Many

interesting species of birds may be observed in the district adjacent to Robin
Hood’s Bay.

On the sea and the cliffs both north and south of the bay may be seen
large numbers of Herring Gulls ; the Comorant nests in suitable places
at the Peak ; Jackdaws and Rock Doves inhabit the precipitous portions,
while an odd Kestrel may be seen. The Fulmar has in recent years
established itself as a nesting species and may be seen in large numbers ;
to see this bird on the wing is a sight well worth a visit to this part of the
coast.

In the woods in the vicinity the Tawny Owl, Green Woodpecker, Ring
Dove and Woodcock may be observed as may also the Carrion Crow and
Magpie, while one or two pairs of Long-Eared Owls may be found in the
fir plantations.

Inland on the Moors may be seen the Wheatear, Curlew, Golden Plover
and the Merlin, as may also the Ring Ouzel and the Stone-Chat. The
Dipper can be found on all the streams and several pairs of Grey Wagtails
are most likely to be found. Lapwings are plentiful on every field, along
with many other common species. On some moorland ponds within a
few miles may be found a colony of Blackheaded Gulls, where Teal have
nested in recent years..

Easter may be early for the summer visitors, but Chiff-Chaff, Willow
Wren and others may have arrived.

A GENERAL MEETING will be held at Headquarters on Monday
at 6 p.m. for the election of new members, and to received reports from
Section Leaders.

Day visitors wishing to take a meal at Headquarters should notify the
Proprietor on arrival in the morning. Full particulars of the routes, if
different from those scheduled, will be left at Headquarters before starting
out each morning.

It is particularly requested that reports of this meeting should be
forwarded to the Hon. Secretary without delay.

(iii)

[P.T.O.

Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union.

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION.

For particulars apply to

The Hon. Secretary , or to The Hon. Treasurer , S. D. Persy Fisher ,
Sackville Street, Leeds.

This form , when filled up and signed , should be sent to the Hon .
Secretary of the Union, accompanied by the amount of the first
year’s subscription.

The Subscription of 15/- entitles the members to receive the
Union’s monthly magazine, “ The Naturalist,” as well as the
“ Transactions.”

Persons related to and resident in the family of a member are
admitted as 5/- members, to enable them to attend excursions,
but not to receive the publications.

Qualification for Life Membership : — A Donation of 11 Guineas.

Co ^
£

"T* CO

§

.<0>

§

^ §

^ v.

-

o ^

•<s»

CO

O

£ V

00

03

§

00

£

hq

kq

hn

5

§
O
• ^

§

(iv)

■5*

•Sffi,

^ a/

CO

co ^

^ ^ 1
■gs £ g

O 5$ O
^ O

CO

O0

On

co

co

Chairman’s Signature.

Supplement to “ The Naturalist,” 1933.

Circular No. 375.

UJorhsbire IRaturalists' XHnion.

JAMES MEIKLE BROWN, B.Sc., F.L.S., F.E.S., Sheffield.

local Shcrctarg :

C. W. MASON, 15 Park Avenue, Hull.

H*m. ^cmtarij :

F. A. MASON, F.R.M.S., 29 Frankland Terrace, Leeds.

Hon. treasurer :

S. D. PERSY FISHER, Sackville Street, Leeds.

The 375th Meeting

WILL BE HELD AT

SKIPWITH

for the investigation of

Skipwitk Common CUfU Riccall Common

On SATURDAY, MAY 13th, 1933

TRAVEL FACILITIES. — Skipwith is best reached by bus from York.
The Pullman Bus Service, via Thorganby, is as follows : —

a.m.

a.m.

p.m.

p.m.

York

9-40

10-45

12-45

2-45

Thorganby

dep.

10-15

—

—

Escrick

• , ?

—

11-0

1-0

3-o

Skipwith . .

,,

10-20

IX-IO

I-IO

3-10

10-25

11-15

i-i5

3-i5

p.m.

p.m.

Skipwith . .

, ,

5-22

7-22

Escrick

• > >

5-27

7-27

Thorganby

, ,

5-30

7-30

York

arr.

5-4°

7-40

HEADQUARTERS. — The Village Hut, Skipwith.

BOOKS AND MAPS. — The area to be investigated is included in the
i-in. Ordnance Survey Maps (coloured edition), Nos. 27 and 32, and the
same Nos. of the Popular Edition are required to cover the district. For
most purposes No. 32, Popular Edition is adequate. Kendall & Wroot’s
Geology of Yorkshire ’ and J. F. Robinson’s ‘ Flora of the East Riding,’
should be consulted. Circulars Nos. 124 and 236 contain much useful
information .

PERMISSION to visit his estates has been kindly given by Lord Wenlock.

ROUTES .—Members will assemble at Headquarters at 11-15 a.m.
and will leave for Skipwith Common after the arrival of the bus from York.

(v) [P.T.O.

Messrs. C. F. Procter and S. H. Smith, F.Z.S., will lead the Vertebrate
Zoologists ; Messrs. R. D’Oyley Good, M.A. and T. Stainforth, B.A., B.Sc.,
will act as guides for the Botany and Entomology Sections.

THE DISTRICT. — Mr. S. H. Smith writes : — The village is situated
some ten miles South East of York, and three miles from Riccall Station on
the L. & N.E.R. main line. The old stone built Church of St. Helen em-
bodies many styles of architecture, early Norman and Perpendicular, and
has a Saxon tower. There is some ancient glass and other remains of
antiquarian interest. Skipwith Hall is a fine brick -built mansion of Queen
Anne period.

The common is an extensive tract of sandy land with a veneer of peat ;
much of it in an almost primeval state, well covered with coarse grasses,
heather and bracken, with woodland areas chiefly composed of larch, pine
trees and birches. The expanse is generally flat and is only a few feet
above sea level.

There are numerous marshy places and ponds long famous among
naturalists as a happy hunting ground for specimens of their various interests.
Near the village some mounds are known as Dane Hills and there are also
some tumuli of early British origin. The Rivers Derwent and Ouse are
quite near, and both have close association with the mediaeval history of
the neighbourhood, Riccall in particular being remembered as the base
of the invading armies which culminated in the battle of Stamford Bridge,
1066 a.d . Two miles distant lies East Cottingwith, the birthplace and
home of the late Snowden Slights, the well-known old wildfowler whose
notes of bird life of the Derwent Valley have been duly recorded in his
biography.

GEOLOGY. — Mr. J. W. Stather, F.G.S., writes — -The area of this
excursion is mapped as Keuper Marls, but very little solid rock can be seen
owing to the widespread superficial deposits, consisting of warp, lacustrine
clay, sand and gravel. These deposits cover nearly the whole surface
between York and the Humber forming the great plain west of the Wolds,
which is only broken by the low hills about York, and the morrianic ridge
running through Escrick, and the isolated hill of Holme-on-Spalding Moor.
This hill which is composed of Keuper Marl, rises out of the fiats to a height
of 150 feet above sea level, and forms a conspicuous object in the landscape.
The gravels which cap the hill are mostly composed of material from the
west, while those on its flanks are generally local rocks. The geological
interest of this excursion lies in the examination of these gravels, and
similar deposits in the area, and the determination of the conditions under
which they were deposited.

VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY.— Mr. S. H. Smith supplies the following
notes : — The common abounds with all the usual resident and summer
visiting birds, and at the date of the excursion even the latest visiting
species will have arrived, although it is too early to expect to witness any
of their nesting. The chief feature is the colony of Black -Headed Gulls
now established for many years. The number fluctuates considerably,
probably because of the difficulty of food supply, this causing the gulls
to have a wide range over the surrounding district. They also have an
adverse effect on the Lapwing whose eggs they take as well as the Lapwing’s
food. There are generally from four to five hundred Black-Headed Gulls
nesting on the ‘ gull ponds ’ although this number is sometimes greatly
exceeded.

Numbers of Mallard and Teal Ducks nest on the common and there
are a few pairs of Shoveller Ducks and Pochard. Of late years Bitterns
have been noted, but so far they have not successfully nested there.

The keeper, Mr. J. Morris, tried to establish Red Grouse on the common,
but was unable to carry through the project beyond rearing and turning away
the first broods. Grouse do not appear ever to thrive at less altitudes than
five hundred feet above sea level.

Redshanks and Snipe nest on the marshy places, and other species which
may be seen are Herons, Short Eared Owl (nests sometimes), Long Eared,
Tawny, Barn and Little Owl, Nightjar, Turtle Dove, Kestrel and Sparrow
Hawks ; Marsh and Hen Harrier have occurred within recent years.

The Nightingale is a rare visitor, while Grasshopper Warblers (rare),

(vi)

Blackcap and Garden Warblers are summer visitors, also Yellow and Pied
Wagtails, Sedge and Reed Warblers nest on the common.

Mammals. — Foxes are encouraged in this area and their staple food
— rabbits are quite numerous. Hares are also in evidence, particularly
on the surrounding more cultivated lands. A feature of the common is
the herd of fallow deer, originally from Escrick Park. They are very shy
owing to being repeatedly hunted because of the local depredations on the
farms.

Otters frequent the River Derwent near by. The Water Vole is numerous
and owing to the marshy nature of the land preventing burrowing, they
construct pretty ball-like nests from the pith of ‘ peeled ’ sedges.

Long-Tailed Field Mice, Short-Tailed Vole and Common Shrew are
resident species. Grey Squirrels have multiplied enormously, and the
Red Squirrel become very rare. Stoats and Weasels are regularly trapped
by the keepers, Brown Rats are always numerous, and some years ago a
family of pure albino variety of this species were trapped and sent to me,
and specimens are in the York Museum.

Reptiles. — Viper and Grass Snakes used to be fairly common, but of
late years they have almost disappeared, perhaps as the result of successive
periods of wet. The Blind or Slow Worm also occurs and although the
date of the excursion is somewhat early, the Common Lizard might be seen.

Amphibia. — The usual species are fairly common.

ENTOMOLOGY.— Dr. W. J. Fordham, F.E.S., writes:—

Coleoptera. — The Tiger Beetle ( Cicindela campestris) is common and
search should be made for its parasite Methoca ichneumonoides which occurs
at Allerthorpe. Blethisa multipunctata occurs under felted algae in dried
up ponds. Numerous good Water Beetles occur including Dytiscus
circumcinctus , Rhantus grapii, Hydroporus lepidus, striola, tristis, umbrosus,
piceus, obscurens, nigrita, and melanarius , Agabus unguicularis and paludosus,
Copelatus agilis and Ilybius guttiger.

Heather roots and sedge refuse produce Bembidion clarki, Gymnusa
brevicollis, Atheta islandica, Agonum gracile, Conosoma pedicularium and
Gabrius stipes. Dung has given the rare Philonthus atratus and fungi
Gyrophaena bihamata, and Tetratoma fungorum . Other interesting Beetles
are Aromia moschata on sallow, Endomychus coccineus under bark of birch
stumps, Rhynchites harwoodi on birch and Aleochara cuniculorum in rabbit
burrows .

Diptera. — The outstanding Diptera of the common are Spaniotoma
angusta, Prionoccra turcica, Oxycera trilincata, Thcrioplectes distinguendus ,
Lasiopogon cinctus, Verrallia aucta, Paragus tibialis, Ischyrosyrphus glaucius,
Chrysotoxum arcuatum, Echinomyia grossa, Loxoccra fulviventris , Urellia
stellata and Phora fasciata.

Hymenoptera. — Among the Aculeata may be mentioned Psen bicolor,
Physosceles clavipcs, Leptothorax acervorum, Sphecodes pellucidus and
fcrruginatus , Halictus rufitarsis and Notozus panzcri. Sawflies include
Pamphilius vafer, Cimbcx femorata, Lophyrus pini. Ento-decta pumilus,
Empria excisa and Dolerus madidus, nigratus and pratensis.

Ichneumons are Ichneumon gradarius, Phaeogenes bcllicornis , Pimpla
arctica, Rhyssa persuasoria, Promethus sulcator, Polyblastus variitarsis and
Meloboris rufiventris.

Hemiptera. — Among the noteworthy bugs of the common are Asopus
punctatus, Picromcrus bidens, Zicrona coerulea, Acanthosoma inter stinctum,
Gastrodes ferrugineus, Ceratocombus coleoptratus, Phytocoris pini and
C amp tozygum pinas tri .

Neuroptera ( sensus lato) . — The Caddis Flies Phryganea minor and
Limnophilus flavicornis, bipunctatus, stigma, vittatus and luridus occur,
Raphidia xanthostigma, Chrysopa phyllochroma and Nothochrysa capitata
are found, and among the Dragonflies Sympetrum scoticum, Libellula
4- maculata and Lestes sponsa have been taken.

MOLLUSCA. — Mr. H. Sowden writes : — The following species should be
found in suitable situations in the district, Vitrea cellaria, V. alliaria,
V. nitidula, V. crystalina, Zonitoidus nitidus, Hygromia hispida, Vallonia

(vii) [P.T.O.

pulchella, Cochlicopa lubrica, Carychium mininum, Clausilia bidentata, Vertigo
antivertigo, V itrina pellucida , Euconulus fulvus, Succinea putris . Among the
Fresh Waters pecies, Limnaea stagnalis, L. palustris, L. glabra, L. truncatula ,
Pl.albus. PI. vortex, PI. fontanus, PI. crista, Paludestrina Jenkinsi, Valvata
piscinalis , Unio pictorum, U . tumidus, Anodonta cygnea, Vivipara viyipara,
may be expected, and a special look-out should be kept in the River Derwent
for ‘ Vivipara contecta ’ as it would be most interesting if this species should
be rediscovered and found still in existence near the district ‘ Wressle ’
where Dr. Martin Lister originally found it, 1678-81. Collectors should
always bear in mind that there is ever the possibility of some hitherto
unrecorded species turning up to reward the diligent worker.

The following species were obtained in the neighbourhood during August
Bank Holiday week-end, 1921 : — In the River Derwent, Bithinya tentaculata,
Neritina fluviatilis, Pisidium amnicum, Sphoerium corneum and Limnaea
pereger. From a pond and the dykes in the Ings towards Thorganby were
obtained Planorbis corneus, PI. spirorbis, PI. contortus, PI. umbilicatus,
Valvata cristata, Sphaerium corneum, Limnaea pereger, Aplecta hypnorum,
Physa fontinalis, Sphaerium lacustre, Pisidium subtruncatum , Pisidium
obtusale, and Pisidium milium. The last named was at that time a new
record for Yorkshire S.E. vice county area.

On the road side Helix nemoralis is to be found in many interesting
varietal forms.

FLOWERING PLANTS. — Mr. T. Stainforth writes : — The botany of
Skipwith and Riccall Commons has been fairly well investigated. The
date of the excursion is too early for many of the more interesting and
characteristic plants to be flowering. Apart from the common itself, good
collecting ground is to be found on the banks of the Ouse between Barlby
and Riccall, and in ponds near Barlby on the south-west of Riccall Common.
The Line Pits at Skipwith are good.

On the common and its borders the following plants may be found either
flowering or in sufficiently recognisable condition : — Ranunculus sardous ,
Chelidonium majus, Corydalis claviculata, Fumaria Boraei, Nasturtium
palustre, Polygala vulgaris, Erodium cicutarium, Rhamnus Frangula,
Ornithopus perpusillus, Potentilla silvestris, procumbens , and palustris,
Poterium Sanguisorba, Sanguisorba officinalis, Drosera rotundifolia and
intermedia, V accinium Myrtillus, Erica Tetralix, and cinerea, Pyrola minor,
Hottonia palustris, Samolus Valerandi, Menyanthes trifoliata, Pinguicula
vulgaris, Mentha pulegium, Littorella uniflora, Scleranthus annuus, Rumex
maritimus , Salix repens, var. argentea, Juncus squarrosus and effusus ;
the four Lemnas ; Alisma ranunculoides , Eleocharis multicaulis, Stirpus
caespitosus and fluitans, Eriophorum vaginatum and angustifolium ; the
Carices, dioica, pulicaris, muricata, echinata, ovalis, panicea and flava ; Apera
Spica-venti, Deschampsia flexuosa, Molinia varia, and Nardus stricta.

In the neighbourhood of the Ouse Bank at Barlby and Riccall have
occurred Aquilegia vulgaris, Thalictrum flavum, Saponaria officinalis,
Geranium pratense, Pimpinella major, Allium scorodoprasum, vinealp,
oleraceum and carinatum, Colchicum autumnale (now in fruit), Orchis ustulata
and Morio, Lister a ovata.

The Rubi recorded for the Skipwith area are plicatus, carpinifolius ,
rhamnifolius , pulcherrimus , macrophyllus , leucostachys, mucronatus , Koehleri,
and dumetorum.

Ferns, Horsetails, Etc. — The vascular cryptogams recorded include
Lomaria spicant, Asplenium ruta-murarua (Skipwith Church), Athyrium
Filix-foemina, Lastraea oreopteris and Filix-mas, Osmunda regalis, Ophio-
glossum vulgatum, Botrychium lunaria, Equisetum palustre and limosum,
Isoetes lacustris and Pilularia globulifera . (It would be interesting to re-
discover the two last named).

Algae (Characese). — Nitella translucens has been found in ponds at
Barlby end of common.

A Meat Tea will be served at Headquarters at 5-45 p.m., at a charge
of 2/3 each.

A General Meeting will be held at 6-30 p.m. for the election of new
members and to receive reports from Section Leaders.

(viii)

Supplement to “ The Naturalist," 1933.

Circular No. 376.

IjJovfcsbtre IRaturalists’ IHmon.

fhcsifccnt :

JAMES MEIKLE BROWN, B.Sc., F.L.S., F.E.S., Sheffield.

local ^ccrciarn :

J. HARTSHORN, The Mount, Leyburn.

Hon. ^ccrctarg :

F. A. MASON, F.R.M.S., 29 Frankland Terrace, Leeds.

Han. treasurer:

S. D. PERSY FISHER, Sackville Street, Leeds.

The 37 6th Meeting

WILL BE HELD AT

DENT

for the investigation of the neighbourhood including

Helmside Gkyll, Flinters Gliyll, Colm Scar,
Holme Fell and tke River Dee

DURING WHITSUN WEEK-END

SATURDAY, JUNE, 3rd to
MONDAY, JUNE, 5th, 1933

HEADQUARTERS. — The George and Dragon Hotel, Dent. Members
should apply for accommodation to the Proprietor, Mr. J. Winder. Terms,
9/6 per day for bed, breakfast, sandwiches and dinner.

(ix)

[P.T.O.

TRAVEL FACILITIES. — The nearest station is Dent. As Head-
quarters is situated some four miles distant from the station it is desirable
to make arrangements with Mr. Winder for the transport of luggage.

BOOKS AND MAPS. — i-inch Ordnance Survey Maps (Coloured Ed.),
Nos. 19 and 20, cover the area to be investigated. Geol. Survey Maps, 1 in. to
mile, Number 97 S.W. (97N.W., 98 N.E., 98 S.E. are also useful) ; Geol.
Survey Memoir on Ingleborough ; ‘ Geology of Yorkshire,’ Kendall and

Wroot ; ‘ West Yorkshire,’ Davis and Lees ; ‘ Flora of West Yorkshire,’
Arnold Lees. ‘ Dentdale and Garsdale ’ is the title of a very useful Guide
to the district published by F. Riley, The Book Stores, Settle, 1 /-. Circulars
Nos. 143, 183 and 292 should be consulted. A full account of the Excursion
in 1921 will be found in The Naturalist, 1921, pp. 273-281.

THE DISTRICT AND ITS GEOLOGY.— Mr. J. A. Butterfield,
M.Sc., F.G.S., writes : — Dent has a claim to the interest of all geologists,
for it was the birthplace of Adam Sedgwick (1785-1873). His father was
Vicar of Dent.

The village* lies in a beautiful valley drained by the River Dee, flowing
westward to join the Rawthey and the Lune. The geological structure is
simple but interesting. The valley is cut in the Great Scar Limestone,
which extends almost the full length of the dale from Gawthrop to the
source. Overlying this is a series of limestones with interbedded sandstones,
shales, and impure limestones — the Yoredales. Sections of these are dis-
played in Oliver Ghyll, Flinters Ghyll, Yellow Ghyll, Deepdale, Cowghyll
and Scotherghyll. In the last named a good succession of rocks is exposed,
including the Great Scar, Hardraw Scar, and Simonstone Limestones
Further afield the surrounding hills carry the succession through the Scar,
Undersett, and Main Limestones. Whernside (2414 ft.) to the south,
Widdale Fell (2203 ft.) to the east, and Baugh Fell (2216 ft.) to the north,
show outlier cappings of Millstone Grit. Throughout the area the beds lie
roughly horizontal. The aspect of the country is therefore that of a series
of terraces formed by the outcrops of the harder beds of limestones and
sandstone, the top of each bed of limestone being generally marked by a
row of potholes and the base by a line of springs. Thin coal seams occur
between the Main and Undersett Limestones. This coal was originally
mined and carried by pack-horse 17 miles for the use of the whitesmiths of
Kendal. The Hardraw Scar and Simonstone Limestones have been quarried
as ‘ black marble ’ at Dent Head and in Oliver Ghyll.

West of Gawthrop the Carboniferous Limestone is cut out by the Dent
Fault, which throws the Great Scar Limestone against beds of Silurian age,
consisting of Coniston Flags and Limestone. This fault is displayed in the
river bed 200 yards west of Barth Bridge, where the limestone, traversed by
cracks infilled with barytes, stands almost vertically. Helmside lies to the
west of the fault on these Silurian rocks. In Helmside Ghyll several mica-
trap dykes (probable apophyses of the Shap Granite) are to be found.
These are of post-Silurian, pre-Carboniferous age.

Glacial drift covers much of the area, and glacial striae and roches mou-
tonnees are to be found on the higher ground.

Two miles east of Dent the river has cut picturesque features in Hell’s
Cauldron and Black Dub.

(x)

THE EXCURSIONS will be led by Mr. Chris. A. Cheetham, who writes
as follows : — The old-world town of Dent offers much of interest to the
archaeologist in its houses, traditions and customs. On Saturday we shall
take the river side footpaths upstream from Dent bridge ; for a mile and a
half the river traverses a flat strath, where it has been confined to its bed
by high banks. In some places streams have been carried on high banks
to join the river. The whole effort must have entailed a great deal of
labour, but the fertile land gained in this way has been well repaid, and
to-day cattle from Dentdale fetch the best prices and have the highest
reputation for healthiness in the county in spite of the somewhat primitive
type of shippon to be found here. Our County veterinary officials have
noticed this anomaly. It will be interesting to see how the meadow plants
behave on this fertile land. The river and its banks here carry the flora and
fauna of an upland valley. Further along the stream runs in a limestone
gorge, and the cliffs bear mosses and plants of a different type. At times
the river sinks under ground except at flood times, and these dry beds
should interest the zoologists.

Flinters Ghyll will repay a scramble up the stream the next morning, and
after lunch the road here and on to the Crag will give the moorland
plants and animals. On these moors there are some boggy mosses, and at
a little tarn the black headed gulls often nest. On Monday the path down-
stream will be taken to the bridge where the Sedbergh road crosses the river.
On the river side the bryologists should try and rediscover G. Stabler’s Ash
tree, on which grows Habrodon Notarisii.

We shall then walk on to Helmside Ghyll, crossing the Dent fault on
the way. This is a deep steep-sided cleft in the older Limestone of Silurian
age. Here the geologists will find much to interest them, as there are
several igneous dykes traversing this Coniston limestone.

Bryologists will be interested in seeing if any mosses have picked out
these igneous rocks or the altered rock in contact with them. One of our
small feather mosses, Eurhynchium Teesdalei. grows on the limestone here.
The slippery steep sides may provide a foothold for plants not seen in other
parts of the area. The limestone and other Silurian rocks above are fossili-
ferous. We have very few places in the county on this type of limestone,
and the fauna and flora of this ghyll seem to have been neglected.

LICHENS. — Mr. W. E. L. Wattam writes : — This class of plants is
well represented. Among the species recorded are Collema furvum Ach.,
Cetraria islandica Ach., Alectoria jubata Nyl., Physcia obscura Nyl., P.
Ciliaris DC., Lecanora subfusca Nyl., Pertusaria lactea Nyl., Gyrophora
polyphylla Hook, G. cylindrica Ach., Lecidia lithophila Ach., Rhizocavpon
geographicum DC., Gr aphis scvipta Ach., Dermatocarpon lachneum A. L. Sm.,
and Melanotheca gelatinosa Nyl. Record references are Mr. Albert Wilson’s
notes in The Naturalist, 1922, p. 398, and 1924, pp. 49-50, and my own notes
in the same journal for 1921, pp. 276-7, and Y.N.U. Circular No. 143.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SECTION.— The Field Meeting of the Plant Galls
Committee and other Committees of this Section coincides with this Meeting
at Dent and a good attendance is desired ; further details will be announced
in The Naturalist.

A GENERAL MEETING will be held at Headquarters at 6 p.m. on
Monday evening for the election of Members and other general business.

(xi) [P.T.O.

Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union.

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION.

For particulars apply to

The Hon. Secretary, or to The Hon. Treasurer, S. D. Persy Fisher
Sackville Street, Leeds.

This form, when filled up and signed, should be sent to the Hon.
Secretary of the Union, accompanied by the amount of the first
year’s subscription.

The Subscription of 15/- entitles the members to receive the
Union’s monthly magazine, “ The Naturalist,” as well as the
“ Transactions.”

Persons related to and resident in the family of a member are
admitted as 5/- members, to enable them to attend excursions,
but not to receive the publications.

Qualification for Life Membership : — A Donation of 11 Guineas.

on

on

$3 on

-S ^ ^
^

CO ^

« §

CO

CO

•S

b

on

on

£

on

o.

>~C)

on

CO

^3

2 co

^ £
-2 ^

■ ^

§

on

CT\

H

(xii)

Chairman's Signature .

Supplement to 11 The Naturalist," 1933.

Circular No. 377.

lj)orksbtre naturalists’ Tflnion.

President :

JAMES MEIKLE BROWN, B.Sc., F.L.S., F.E.S., Sheffield.

local ^ccrctarg :

Dr. J. GRAINGER, B.Sc., The University, Leeds.

Iron. Scrrcianj :

F. A. MASON, F.R.M.S., 29 Frankland Terrace, Leeds.

Hon. treasurer :

S. D. PERSY FISHER, Sackville Street, Leeds.

The 377th Meeting

WILL BE HELD AT

RIPPONDEN

for tlie investigation of the

RYBURN VALLEY

On SATURDAY, JULY 8th, 1933

HEADQUARTERS.— The Derby Inn, Rishworth.

TRAVEL FACILITIES.— Suitable trains to Halifax are. as follows —

Huddersfield. Halifax.
From Huddersfield for the morning excursion 8-52 a.m. 9-18 a.m.

,, ,, ,, afternoon ,, 12-13 P-m. 12-46 p.m.

Leeds. Halifax.

From Leeds for the morning excursion 8-35 a.m. 9-41 a.m. ( via Bfd.)
,, ,, ,, afternoon ,, 11-45 a.m. 1-1 p.m. ,, ,t,

,, ,, ,, ,, ,, 1-2 p.m. 1-33 p.m.

Trains leave Halifax at 6-50 p.m. and 8-18 p.m. for Huddersfield, and
at 6-17, 6-34, 7-18 and 8-17 p.m. for Leeds.

(xiii)

[P.T.O.

Visitors from Huddersfield may also take a ’bus from Catherine Street,
Elland (Ripponden and District), starting five minutes to every hour.
This, however, is: only suitable for the afternoon excursion as it runs straight
to Ripponden.

Members may travel to the Triangle by tramcar from Halifax or by ’bus
from King Edward Street, Halifax (every 20 minutes, 10 minutes past the
hour, etc. ) . Trams do not run past the Triangle, so visitors for the afternoon
excursion should take the ’bus direct to Ripponden.

’Buses run back from the Derby to Halifax 17 minutes past the hour
(Ripponden and District) and every hour (North-Western and Yorkshire).
From Rish worth there is a 20 minutes’ service.

ROUTES. — The morning party will meet at 10 a.m. at the Triangle
tram terminus. Under the leadership of Mr. E. Hallowell they will walk
along the road for some distance and then spend some time on the right
bank of the river, working up-stream towards Ripponden. They will join
the afternoon party after lunch.

The afternoon party will meet at 2 p.m. at Ripponden ’Bus stop (at
the junction of the Manchester and Rochdale roads). Mr. J. H. Priestley
will lead the party up Turner Clough and over the moors to the Derby,
where tea may be obtained . (Ham and egg teas 2 /6 ; beef and boiled ham
teas 1/9; plain teas iod.)

MEETING. — A General Meeting will be held at Headquarters at
6 p.m. for the election of members and other business.

BOOKS AND MAPS. — Mr. J. H. Lumb, Secretary of the Halifax
Scientific Society, sends the following list of books on the district : — ‘ The
Halifax Naturalist ’ (Crump and Crossland), ‘ The Flora of Halifax ’
(Crump and Crossland), ‘West Yorkshire ’ (Davis, and Lees), ‘Flora of
West Yorkshire ’ (Lees), ‘ Botanical Map of Leeds and Halifax District ’
(Smith and Moss) , ‘ The Country around Hudderfield and Halifax ’ (Geo-
logical Survey). Mr. J. H. Priestley has written a ‘ History of Ripponden.’

Sheet No. 77 of the Ordnance Survey and the same Sheet No. of the
Geological Survey Map portray the district.

THE DISTRICT.— Mr. J. H. Priestley writes The Ryburn Valley,
embedded in the heart of the Pennines, is without doubt one of the prettiest
valleys in the West Riding. Ryburn, Rybourne, Ribbonden or Ripponden
has a very ancient history written in stone and flood. Rhy is British for a
ford, bourne is a river, and dean, dene, or den is a Teutonic word for a deep,
wooded valley. The gateway to the valley is at Sowerby Bridge, where
the Ryburn loses itself into the Calder. The road was one of the earliest
turnpikes in the country and runs between an avenue of beech, birch, elm
and sycamore, with not a few limes.

Ripponden, a little over a hundred years ago, was the cluster of houses
round the church, which was said to be the fifth building. The old Waterloo
Bridge is interesting, though we cannot say when it was built. Over it,
however, went Daniel Defoe on his way to Halifax, after crossing Blackstone
Edge.

An interesting walk leads along Ox Grains river till it buries itself in
Turner Woods. Then one may mount the hillside and gain some remarkable
sights of the woods and ravine, or turn by Rishworth Mills, once the site of
many small Avater Avheels and corn mills owned by John Wheelwright.

Pike End Hill, 1080 ft. high, refuses to be unnoticed, and as Ave turn
down the slope by Cockroft, a typical sixteenth century farmhouse, Manshead
towers in the distance, 1368 ft.

GEOLOGY. — Mr. C. J. Spencer Avrites : — Many of the Avestern tributaries
of the Calder seem to run in lengthy zig-zags with more or less right-angled
bends. The Ryburn is a fairly typical example of this feature in the broad
outlines of its course. The AArhole valley is carved out of the Millstone

(xiv)

Grits. The Ladstone, a prominent weathered escarpment of Rough Rock,
is on the eastern side from Triangle, while on the west, the summit of Crow
Hill (1258 ft.) is capped by the flags found at the base of the Rough Rock.
Coming down the hillsides the four grit bands formerly grouped together
as the third Grits, but now known by the specific titles applied by the recent
re-Survey, are exposed in various parts of the valley. Above Ripponden the
Kinderscout Grit appears and becomes prominent up on the moors. Several
faults cross the valley — one just on the north (or Triangle) side of Ripponden
Church and one just north of Triangle station, well displayed in the railway
cutting. Fossils are not frequently found. The moors, particularly
Ringstone Edge and parts of Blackstone Edge, have yielded numerous flint
implements and chippings to the collections of Mr. Barratt, Mr. Priestley
and others.

BIRDS. — Mr. H. Thornton writes : — In and around Ripponden, in the
woods, may be seen the Wood Warbler, Spotted Flycatcher, Stock Dove,
Wood Pigeon, Greater Spotted Woodpecker, Sparrow Hawk, Kestrel, Tawny
Owl and occasionally the Long-eared Owl. On the moorlands above, the
following nest each year : — Dunlin, Golden Plover, Redshank, Mallard,
and about five miles distant is a colony of Black -headed gulls.

Within easy distance of Ripponden are also Merlin, Twite, Ring Ouzel,
Dipper and Grey Wagtail which all nest regularly, and in 1932 three pairs
of Short -eared Owl nested, each in close proximity to nesting Merlin.

FLOWERING PLANTS. — Mr. E. Hallowell gives the following list
of trees which may be found on the park land between Triangle and
Ripponden. (Morning excursion).- — Variegated Maple (possibly a periclinal
chimaera), Hornbeam, Norwegian Maple, London Plane and Pyrus aria.
Many interesting flowering plants are found in the bogs on the right bank
of the stream, and Myrica Gale is found on the moors.

The river banks offer the usual flowering plants of industrial valleys.
At Rishworth occurs Convallavia majalis, which, however, will not be in
flower.

There used to be two stations for Trollius europceus, but I believe one
of them has been destroyed in the new waterworks excavations. A remark-
able addition to our flora was made some years ago by the appearance high
up the Ryburn Valley of Claytonia siberica. This plant now occupies
considerable ground for many miles down the Ryburn and Lower Calder
Valleys, and may be seen in many cottage gardens.

MOSSES AND LIVERWORTS.— Mr. E. Hallowell gives the following
lists as being typical : — Mosses : Webera nutans Hedw., Ceratodon purpureas
Brid., Bryum argentum L., Barbula rubella Mitt., B. Convoluta Hedw.,
Fissidens bryoides Hedw., Tortula muralis Hedw. Liverworts: Gymnocolea
inflata H., Lophocolea bidentata L., Lophozia floerkii Weber et Mohr., and
Conocephalus conicus.

LICHENS. — Mr. W. E. L. Wattam writes: — The impure atmosphere
is responsible for only the hardiest species continuing to exist. Amongst
those which may be expected to be met with are Evernia furfuracea Mann . ,
Cetraria glauca Ach., Parmelia physodes Ach., P. fuliginosa Nyl., P.
omphalodes Ach., Xanthoria parietina Th. Fr., Candelariella vitellina Mull-
Arg., Lecnanora muralis Schaer., L. varia Ach., L. conizcea Nyl., L. galactina
Ach., L. polytropa Schaer., Cladonia gracilis Willd., C. coccifera Willd.,
Lecidia granulosa Schaer., L. contigua Fr., and Bilimbia sabuletorum B. and R.

ECOLOGY. — Dr. T. W. Woodhead writes : — Ripponden is in a typical
Millstone Grit Valley, the River Ryeburn has cut deeply through a succession
of sandstones and shales from the Rough Rock, through the Middle Grits
down to the Kinderscout Grit in the bed of the stream. The outcrops of

(xv) [P.T.O.

sandstone give a step -like character to the sides of tlie narrow valley which is
freely planted with sycamore, elm, beech and horse-chestnut. After leaving
Sowerby Bridge the lower part of the valley through Triangle and Ripponden
is park-like in character with riiany fine trees. The slopes above retain
traces of primitive woodland of oak and birch, with heath plants and much
bracken in the ground flora.

From Rishworth to Cunning Corner the trees become stunted and the
lower parts of the narrowing valley are occupied by oak -birch scrub and
small plantations of beech, sycamore and scots pine. The pastures of
the upland slopes are divided by low blackened sandstone walls. To meet
the needs of West Riding towns for increased water supply and to reduce
the chances of pollution, these upland farms are becoming vacated and
derelict and the vegetation is reverting to grass-heath with Nardus as the
dominant grass. The springs are marked by rush -beds, and bracken covers
extensive parts of the slopes up to the higher springs. Beyond the Derby
Inn are fine examples of Molinia moor and this gives place to bilberry on
the edges and finally cottongrass on the peat -covered summit where the mean
annual rainfall is 50 to 55 inches. On the flatter stretches, Eriophorum
augusti folium covers large areas but on the plateau the dominant plant is
E. vaginatum which is still the chief peat former over a wide area. Here one
gets a good idea of the extent of the cottongrass moss of the Southern Pennines.
On the better drained parts of Moss Moor and Weystone Moor there is much
bilberry, cowberry and crowberry and grey-green patches of cloudberry,
and in the small sphagnum bogs is the cranberry.

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION.

For particulars apply to

The Hon. Secretary , 29 Frankland Terrace, Leeds / or to the
Hon. Treasurer , 5. D. Persy Fisher, Sackville Street, Leeds.

19

[Signature and Titles.]

[A ddress.]

wishes to become a member of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union,
and will subscribe FIFTEEN SHILLINGS (15/-) per annum
until the end of the year in which written resignation is given.

Members are entitled to receive ‘ The Naturalist ’ and all other current
publications of the Union, free.

\ [Signature
of Proposer
and

Seconder .] ,

(xvi)

Supplement to “ The Naturalist 1933 .

Circular No. 378.

Yorkshire IRaturaltets' XHmon.

flrmtont :

JAMES MEIKLELBROWN, B.Sc., F.L.S., F.R.E.S., Sheffield.

Itotal S^mtarg :

RILEY FORTUNE, F.Z.S., 8 WestclifEe Terrace, Harrogate.

Han. Shmtarg :

F. A. MASON, F.R.M.S., 29 Frankland Terrace, Leeds.

Hon.

S. D. PERSY FISHER, Sackville Street, Leeds.

The 378th Meeting

WILL BE HELD AT

RIPON

for the investigation of the

VALLEYS OF SKELL AND LAVER

During Bank-Holiday Week-end

SATURDAY, AUGUST 5th to
MONDAY, AUGUST 7th, 1933

HEADQUARTERS. — Unicorn Hotel, Market Place, Ripon. Terms :
bed and breakfast, 8/6, full daily tariff, 12/-. Members intending to attend
should write immediately as there is a heavy demand on accommodation
in Ripon.

TRAVEL FACILITIES. — There are frequent trains and a good bus
service from Leeds, Bradford, Harrogate, etc. These are likely to be busy
owing to the Races and members should make certain of their booking
previous to the date of travel.

(xvii)

[P.T.O.

PERMISSION to visit their estates has been given by Sir Wm. Aykroyd,
Bart., Sir J. Barran, Mr. Viner and the Ripon Corporation.

MAPS AND BOOKS. — Maps Nos. 20 and 21 of either the i-in. Ordnance
Survey (Coloured Edition) or of the Popular Edition are required for the
district to be investigated. Kendall & Wroot’s ‘ Geology of Yorkshire,’
Lee’s ‘ Flora of West Yorkshire ’ should be consulted. Circulars Nos.
122 and 186 contain much information relating to the districts to be visited.

ROUTES. — Saturday, Leave Headquarters at 10 a.m. for the Upper
Valley of the Skell to Grant ley, Eavstone Lake and Lumley Moor Reservoir.

Sunday. To Sawley, Pickingill and Brimham Rocks, leaving Head-
quarters at 10 a.m.

Monday, 10 a.m. To Aldfield for Spa Gill Woods, Fountains and
Studley Park, returning via Mackershaw Woods to Ripon.

These excursions require a journey by bus at the outset and the arrange-
ments for this service can only be made after assembling for the week-end.

BOTANY. — The district is interesting botanically and in 1905 Mr.
B. M. Smith wrote : — The Skell valley is a delightful botanist’s paradise.
Formed by two streamlets, one running from Hungate, the other from the
moors between Grantley and Pateley Bridge, the Skell enters the park at
Grantley. Opposite the Hall is a huge hill which for long defied all
efforts to clothe it with verdure, until a shot gun was charged with various
seeds and the desired verdant bank secured. Leaving Grantley Hall, the
Skell runs into Aldfield Wood and Spa Gill. A mild sulphur water from
this part has lately been conveyed to Ripon, and visions of an inland
watering place are occupying the minds of the civic authorities. Numerous
ferns and flowers abound, both Chvyospleniums , Paris quadrifolia, several
shield ferns, and in the boggy land near Spa House, many marsh plants.
In Aldfield Wood have been found the Oak, Beech, Lemon scented, Broad
Shield, Prickly Shield, and Hart’s tongue (crested variety) Ferns, while
Epipactis lati folia and E. palustris are sometimes fairly abundant. Entering
the grounds of Fountains Abbey the botanist should see several wall-
loving ferns, Mimulus, water lily (yellow), daffodil, etc. A few plants
of Atropa belladonna have been carefully preserved by Lord Ripon for
many years in a secluded spot away from the public eye. A few years
ago the water soldier and white water lily were planted in the ponds
opposite the Temple pf Piety as the results of a Y.N.U. excursion, but
I don’t know if they still grow there. It is a place where many rareties
have been found at one time or another. In the Mackershaw Woods the
lily -of -the -valley may be found, while in the pastures beyond, Moonwort,
Adder’s tongue, and Bird’s nest, Neottia, have been found. On Whitcliffe
the spindle tree grows, while on Redbank Gagea lutea revels. Nothing
of much note occurs as the river winds its way through the city, ultimately
emptying itself into the Ure at Fishergreen.

The following have been recorded : — Thalictrum minus and T. flavum,
Adonis , Trollus, Helleborus viridis, Aconitum napellus, Actaea spicata,
Chelidonium majus, Corydalis claviculata, Reseda lutea and luteola,
Ononis arvensis, Spirceea ulmaria and S. filipendula, Potentilla Comarum,
Parnassia palustris, Drosera rotundifolia, Monotropa Hypopitys, Hottonia
palustris, Pinguicula vulgaris, Anchusa sempervirens , Hyoscyamus niger,
Ophrys apifera, and O. muscifera.

The late Dr. Wm. G. Smith wrote : — The trees of Studley Park are worthy
of attention. One may find here good examples of almost all the woodland
trees grown in Britain, Old Chestnut, Oak, Ash, Spruce, Hemlock, Fir,
Scots Pine, etc. The route is well suited for observations on botanical
survey.

(xviii)

The whole district will repay examination of its flora in departments of
cryptogamic botany.

VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY. — Mr. Riley Fortune writes : — The district
to be visited is exceedingly rich in bird life. Most of our smaller songsters
are abundant. In the woodlands all the British Owls, with the exception
of the Short-eared (which is occasionally seen on the moors), are fairly
plentiful. The Barn Owl nests regularly among the ruins of the Abbey.
Woodpeckers are fairly common and the Nuthatch has one of its few York-
shire habitations here. This bird becomes very tame, so much so that it
occasionally comes to the tea tables with the Chaffinches, etc., in the grounds
of Fountains. On the Moorlands, Grouse, Curlew, Redshanks, Snipe and
Ring Ouzels regularly nest. By the river side may be seen Dippers, Sand-
pipers and Grey Wagtails. The Yellow Wagtail also nests in the district.
Game being strictly preserved, birds of the Hawk family are kept rigorously
within bounds, nevertheless both the Kestrel and Sparrowhawk manage to
rear a few broods, and the Merlin, at rate intervals, attempts to nest.

All the most familiar mammals are to be met with, including both the
Otter and Badger. A small cave, Ned Hole, in the vicinity of Eavstone
Lake, was formerly the only known Yorkshire habitat of the Lesser Horse-
shoe Bat ; unfortunately, the greed of collectors and other causes have
contributed to its, I am afraid, total extermination.

Very fine herds of both Red Deer and Fallow Deer are to be seen at Studley,
though, I regret to say, in smaller numbers than formerly.

In the streams and lakes trout are abundant and grow to large size in the
lakes. Very large Grayling are caught in the Skell. Minnows, Gudgeon,
Loach, Roach and Bull-heads are common in some parts, and although
not coming under the list of Vertebrates, it is worthy of note that the Crayfish
is found in the district.

Adders are fairly common on the Moorlands and waste grounds, and also
the Common Lizard. Whilst in the more fertile spots both the Grass Snake
and the Slow Worm can be seen.

ENTOMOLOGY. — Mr. A. E. Winter writes : — The well- wooded
district will well repay the Coleopterist a visit, but, owing to the warm
summer this year, he may find August not too promising owing to an early
season.

The following are a few of the less common species the writer has found
in the district : — Wasps’ nests are productive in this district, the following
Beetles having been taken :-^—A leochara spadicea, Quedius ochripennis, and
the interesting Metoechus paradoxus. Silpha tyrolensis var. nigrita in
carcases ; Triplax aenea, Tetratoma fungorum and T. ancora in fungi on
fir stumps ; Elater balteatus and Melanotus rufipes in rotten fir stumps ;
of the Longicornia, Stenostola ferrea may be found occasionally. Chrysomela
■orichalcea var. Hobsoni Occasionally by sweeping. The most interesting
Rhynchophora are probably : — Rhynchites pubescens on Hazel, not uncommon
in July, and Rhinomacer attelaboides on Scotch fir in the Studley district.

A Meat Tea may be obtained on Monday at Headquarters at a charge
of 2/6 per head, and will be served at 5-30 p.m.

A General Meeting will be held at 6-30 p.m.

FRESH- WATER BIOLOGY COMMITTEE.— The Annual Meeting
of this Committee will be held at Headquarters during the week-end.
Ripon is a good centre for investigation and a good attendance is requested
by the Convenor, Mr. C. Allen, 27 Grosvenor Terrace, York.

(xix)

[P.T.O.

Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union.

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION.

For particulars apply to

The Hon. Secretary , or to The Hon. Treasurer, S. D. Persy Fisher,
Sackville Street, Leeds.

This form , when filled up and signed , should be sent to the Hon .
Secretary of the Union, accompanied by the amount of the first
year’s subscription.

The Subscription of 15/- entitles the members to receive the
Union’s monthly magazine, “ The Naturalist,” as well as the
“ Transactions.”

Persons related to and resident in the family of a member are
admitted as 5/- members, to enable them to attend excursions,
but not to receive the publications.

Qualification for Life Membership : — A Donation of 11 Guineas.

On

<5

si

CO

i — i co

co r0

g 5

I &

^ co

£

o

’ <S>

b

Co

-Kk

co

§

-si

Co

O

.o

5)

O

£

co

§

s

CO

CO

1 §

co

Co

co

Qj

§

CO

£

fel

£

§

CO

So

(XX)

Chairman's Signature.

Supplement to “ The Naturalist ,” 1933-

Circular No. 379.

J^ovhsbice IRaturaltsts’ Tftmoii.

Prrsxihnt :

JAMES MEIKLE BROWN, B.Sc., F.L.S., F.R.E.S., Sheffield.

Hon. J^mtarir :

F. A. MASON, F.R.M.S., 29 Frankland Terrace, Leeds.

Hon. ®«B5urft:

S. D. PERSY FISHER, Sackville Street, Leeds.

The 379th Meeting

WILL BE

THE ANNUAL FUNGUS FORAY

OF THE

MYCOLOGICAL COMMITTEE

AT

BARNARD CASTLE

for the investigation of

Baldersdale, Deepdale, Pecknell Wood, Lartington Park
and Wood, Thorsgill, Rokeby Park, Brignall Banks and
Bamingham Park.

From Saturday, September 16th to
Thursday, September 21st, 1933

Chairman of the Mycological Committee :

Mr. A. E. Peck, Scarborough.

Hon. Secretary and Convener :

Dr. J. Grainger, Tolson Memorial Museum, Huddersfield.
Recorder : Mr. F. A. Mason, Leeds.

HEADQUARTERS .—Station Hotel, Barnard Castle. Terms
7/6 per day for bed, breakfast, sandwiches and dinner. Members

(xxi) [p.t.o.

should write the Proprietor, Mr. Robert Brown, stating their
requirements without delay. The accommodation consists largely
of double-bedded rooms, and when writing applicants should
state if they are willing to share a room.

PERMISSION to visit parts of the district has been kindly
granted by the Earl of Strathmore, Sir Fredk. Milbank, Bart.,
Major H. E. Morritt, and Norman Field, Esq.

EXCURSIONS . — On Saturday, Pecknell Wood and Larting-
ton Park and Woods will be visited. Lartington may be reached
by 'bus or train, and times of departure will be announced at
headquarters. The Mycological Committee will be joined by
members of the Darlington and Teesdale Naturalists’ Field
Club, and arrangements will be made for an afternoon party to
meet the main party. Lartington Hall Wood will be first
examined ; then the Scur Beck through the park and along the
narrow strip of Pecknell Wood, mostly felled, to its junction
with the Tees. From there, two or three fields of riverside
lead back to Barnard Castle for tea.

On Sunday afternoon, Rokeby Park and Mortham Wood will
be visited. Tea at Rokeby Cafe.

In addition, excursions will be arranged, as convenient, to
the following places : Baldersdale, Deepdale, Brignall Banks,
Barningham Park, and Thorsgill.

GUIDES. — Mr. J. B. Nicholson, M.A., Secretary of the
Darlington and Teesdale Naturalists' Field Club, and Mr. M. S.
Welsh, of Barnard Castle, will act as guides for the various
excursions.

MEETING.' — The Annual Meeting of the Committee will be
held at headquarters on Saturday evening, September 16th, at
8 p.m.

LECTURES. — The Chairman's Address will take the form
of a public lecture entitled ‘ Edible and Poisonous Mushrooms,'
illustrated by lantern slides, and will be delivered in the
School House, on Monday evening, Sept. 18th, at 8 p.m.

On Tuesday evening, Mr. T. Petch, B.A., B.Sc., will speak
on ‘ Some Reminiscences of a Government Mycologist.'

SPECIAL WORK. — Members are particularly requested to
bring books and microscopes, and as it is felt that it would be
highly desirable to extend our knowledge of the larger Ascomy-
cetes and their classification, Mr. T. Petch and Mr. F. A. Mason
will deliver short informal talks on methods of investigation,
etc. It is thought that this might form the basis for an intensive
study of the group by members of the Committee. The convener
will be glad to receive particulars of any notes or subject for
discussion which members might like to bring up at the
meeting.

(xxii)

Supplement to “ The Naturalist 1933.

Circular No. 380.

J^orksbire IRaturalists’ Union.

JAMES MEIKLE BROWN, B.Sc., F.L.S., F.R.E.S., Sheffield.

Hon. J^mtary :

F. A. MASON, F.R.M.S., 29 Frankland Terrace, Leeds.

Hon. ®r*asimr:

S. D. PERSY FISHER, Sackville Street, Leeds.

ITia-flrmfonts :

Prof. PERCY F. KENDALL, D.Sc., F.R.S., F.G.S., Frinton.

A. H. PAWSON, J.P., F.L.S., F.G.S., London.

W. EAGLE CLARKE, LL.D., F.R.S.E., Edinburgh.

Prof. A. C. SEWARD, M.A.,- F.R.S., Cambridge.

ALFRED HARKER, M.A., F.R.S., Cambridge.

THOMAS SHEPPARD, M.Sc., F.G.S., F.S.A.Scot., Hull.
RILEY FORTUNE, F.Z.S., Harrogate.

Prof. W. GARSTANG, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.Z.S.

H. B. BOOTH, F.Z.S. , M.B.O.U., Ben Rhydding.

T. W. WOODHEAD, Ph.D., M.Sc., F.L.S., Huddersfield.

Sir A. SMITH WOODWARD, LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., London.
PERCY H. GRIMSHAW, F.R.S.E., F.R.E.S., Edinburgh.

Prof. J. H. PRIESTLEY, D.S.O., B.Sc., F.L.S., Leeds.
EDWIN HAWKESWORTH, Cross Gates, Leeds.

WM. FALCONER, F.R.E.S., Liverpool.

Prof. F. O. BOWER, D.Sc., F.R.S., F.L.S., Ripon.
HERBERT E. WROOT, Leeds.

T. PETCH, B.A., B.Sc., North Wootton, King’s Lynn.

Prof. A. GILLIGAN, D.Sc., F.G.S., M.I.M.E., Leeds.

The 380th Meeting

and 72nd Annual Meeting

WILL BE HELD AT

LEEDS

On Saturday, December 9tb, 1933

(xxiii) [p.t.o.

By the courtesy of the Council of the University of Leeds, the Meetings
will be held in the Botany and Zoology Departments at the University,
University Road, Leeds, on the joint invitation of : —

The Leeds Co-operative Naturalists’ Field Club ;

The Leeds Geological Association ;

The Leeds Naturalists’ Club and Scientific Association ; and

The Yorkshire Conchological Society.

TRAVEL FACILITIES. — Good train services from all over the county
and excellent bus services from every part of the West Riding make Leeds
a readily accessible centre for this meeting. Intending visitors should
enquire at their local stations for particulars of cheap bookings. The
following are times of departure of trains from Leeds to the various larger
towns : —

Barnsley, 7-25 p.m. and 9-15 p.m.

Bradford, via Shipley, 8-10 p.m., all stations, 9-5 p.m.

via Stanningley, all stations, 8-12 p.m., 9-0 p.m.

Darlington, 8-0 p.m.

Halifax, 7-20 p.m., 8-48 p.m.

Huddersfield, 8-0 p.m., 8-48 p.m., 9-10 p.m.

Hull, 8-0 p.m.

Manchester (Victoria), 7-15 p.m., 8-48 p.m. ; (Exchange), 7-30 p.m.

Sheffield, 7-10 p.m., 8-55 p.m.

York, 8-45 p.m., 9-15 p.m.

PROGRAMME.

2-0 p.m. Sectional and Committee Meetings. This affords an oppor-
tunity for Conveners of Committees to bring forward business
or complete election of officers where necessary before the
General Committee Meeting. (Room 29).

2- 30 p.m. Executive Meeting. (Botany Museum, behind Large Lecture

Theatre, Room 18).

3- 0 p.m. A General Committee Meeting will be held in the Large

Lecture Theatre, (Room 18 )»

Executive Officers, Permanent Members of Committee, and
Delegates of Affiliated Societies are requested to attend to
consider the Annual Report, elect officers and arrange Ex-
cursions for 1934.

(xxiv)

4-45 p m. Tea will be served in the University Refectory. A meat tea
will be provided at a charge of 1/9 per head, and plain teas
may be had at proportionate charges.

6- 0 p.m. Annual Meeting, at which the President

Mr. J. M. Brown, B.Sc., F.L.S., F.R.E.S.,
will deliver his Presidential Address, entitled,

“THE ANIMAL BIOLOGY OF UPLAND STREAMS,”
which will be illustrated by lantern slides.

( In the Large Lecture Theatre ) .

7- 15 p.m. Conversazione, on the invitation of the four Local Scientific

Societies named above, during which refreshments will be
provided in the Zoology Laboratory.

Exhibits have been arranged by the respective Societies as follows : —

Leeds Co-operative Naturalists’ Club :

The Local Alien Flora.

Ornithological Photographs.

Leeds Geological Association.

Specimens illustrative of Local Geology.

Leeds Naturalists’ Club and Scientific Association :

Alien plants from Olympia Oil & Cake Mills.

Yorkshire species of Carex.

Some Yorkshire Mosses and Marine Algae.

Some Interesting Yorkshire Insects.

Recent Entomological Literature.

Bromeliad inhabiting Dragonflies.

Some specialised Insect types.

These exhibits will be found in the Laboratories situated on the top
floor of the Departments.

Leeds Naturalists’ Club and Leeds Co-operative Naturalists’ Field
Club :

An Exhibition of Mycological photographs and specimens.
Yorkshire Conchological Society :

Local Land and Freshwater Mollusca and the Helicidiae ; Yorkshire
Marine Mollusca. (In the Zoology Laboratory.)

Further exhibits will be arranged in the Botany Department by Prof.
J. H. Priestley, and in the Zoology Department by Prof. E. A. Spaul.

(xxv) [p.t.o.

Yorkshire Naturalists' Union.

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION.

For particulars apply to

The Hon. Secretary, or to The Hon. Treasurer, S. D. Persy Fisher,
Sackville Street, Leeds.

This form, when filled up and signed, should be sent to the Hon.
Secretary of the Union, accompanied by the amount of the first
year’s subscription.

The Subscription of 15/- entitles the members to receive the
Union’s monthly magazine, “ The Naturalist,” as well as the
“ Transactions.”

Persons related to and resident in the family of a member are
admitted as 5/- members, to enable them to attend excursions,
but not to receive the publications.

Qualification for Life Membership : — A Donation of 11 Guineas.

s

co

s

s

Co

I U"1 <o
oj r2>

CO

^ s

to

<3

CO

S
o

§ ^

CO

lo ^

-s*

CO

O

CO

<5

CO

m

co

s

Co

£

£

CO ^ » *

^ to JS

« ^ 8 s
8 ? “

CO

o « o
^ co
co
CO

ON

CO

“Kk

CO

CO

hi

Chairman’s Signature.

NEW YORKSHIRE BOOKS

WINESTEAD AND ITS LORDS

The History of a Holderness Village. By Norman James
Miller. M.A., Rector of Winestead, 1890-1920. With a Foreword
by The Archbishop of York. 258 pages, demy 8vo, 9 plates
and 5 illustrations, quarter-bound cloth. 10/- net, or post-free,
10/6.

“ Parish history is a notable aid to the cultivation of a keen
national spirit. An excellent example is ‘ Winestead and its
Lords,’ by the late Canon N. J. Miller. The old church there is
a shrine of English history, and the Rector holds his Rectory with
house and glebe in unbroken succession from the appointment of
Nicholas Maleth in 1237. Every phase of the making of England
is illustrated in this chronicle of a quiet corner in ‘ the mersshy
contree called Holdernesse,’ as Chaucer describes it. Winestead
was the birthplace of Andrew Marvell, and in his poems he recalls
the lowly parsonage in which he was born.” — Morning Post.

PLACE-NAMES OF THE EAST RIDING
OF YORKSHIRE

By John Nicholson. 137 pages, demy 8vo, being a reprint
from The Transactions of the East Riding Antiquarian Society.
In paper covers, 5/- net, or in cloth boards, gilt, 7/6 net.

For many years this author has had the reputation of being our
greatest authority on East Yorkshire folklore. He has had excep-
tional opportunities of investigating rare sources of information,
regarding the question of the various puzzling place names occurring
in the East Riding of Yorkshire. At the present time there seems
to be a distinct revival of interest in this subject, and it is felt that
many would like to have a work dealing with it, in a cheap and
readily accessible form.

Obtainable from all booksellers

A. BROWN & SONS, LIMITED,

5 Farringdon Avenue, London, E.C.4.

Apparatus and Lantern-Slides
for the

FIELD-NATURALIST AND MICROSCOPIST

CATALOGUES POST FREE ON REQUEST

“C” — Apparatus for Field-Work. “BX” — Microscopical Equipment.
“E” — Lantern Slides.

Flatters & Garnett, Ltd.,

309 OXFORD ROAD, MANCHESTER.

BINDING “THE NATURALIST”

Volumes of THE NATURALIST for
any year can be bound in a serviceable
and attractive Cloth Case , dark blue
and gilt lettered on back and side. Price
4/- per volume, or post free 4/6.

A. BROWN & SONS, LIMITED

PERTH STREET WEST, HULL

WATKINS & DONCASTER

NATURALISTS,

36, STRAND, LONDON, W.G.2

(Five doors from Charing Cross),

P.O. Box 126 Telephone: Temple Bar 9451.

Keep in stock every description of

APPARATUS, CABINETS, BOOKS & SPECIMENS

for Collectors of

BIRDS’ EGGS, BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS, Etc.

Catalogue (96 pages) sent post free on application.

WHERE TO STAY AND WHAT TO SEE

in Hull and District

Contains a carefully selected list of hotels and boarding houses
and all a visitor wishes to know of the places of interest and of
entertainment. With folding plan of Hull. Price 6d.

A. BROWN & SONS, LIMITED, HULL.

~ W. II. JANSON & SON

44 GT. RUSSELL STREET, LONDON, W.C.l

ALL REQUISITES FOR NATURALISTS
Catalogue sent free.

Printed by A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., Perth Street West, Hull, and published by
A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., at 5 Farringdon Avenue, in the City of London.

December, 1933.

.

y